Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy

Weeks, Fred Boughton · 1893 · Historical

Bibliography and index of North American geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy by Weeks, Fred Boughton (1893). Full text and reference in the…

Public-domain full text preserved in the Mountain Man Mining Library. Original source: archive.org.

at|: .com/I

Br

H

U j o

Harvard University.

Library

Museum Of Comparative Zoology.

u

Department Of The Interior

Bulletin

OF TflK

United States

Geological Sukvey

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAX GE0L()(4Y, PALEON- TOLOlrY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY FOR 1892-1900, INCLUSIVE.— Weekh

Washington

Government Printing Office

1 Department Of The Inteeioe

Bulletin

United States

Geological Survey

No. 188

SERIEN C, msCELLAMEOlIS, ar

WASHINGTON OOYKBNMENT PBINTINa OPFIOK

Jr

lINITEn STATES SURVEY

Chablbs D. Walciitt. Iiikector

Bibliography

And J

The Years 1892-1900, Inclusive

Fbbd Bouguton Weeks

Washington

Oovbrnhent Printing Uffick

I'J03

Contents.

Page.

\jstter of transmittal 7

Introduction 9

List of publications examined 11

Bibliog:raphy 17

Supplement 716

5 '

Letter Of Transmittal.

Department of the Interior, United States Geological Survey,

Washhigton D. 6'., Aug ant 1901. Sir: I have the honor to transmit herewith the manuscript for a Bibliog-raphy of North American Geology, Paleontology, Petrology, and Minei-alogy for the Years 1892-1900, inclusive, and to request that it be published as a bulletin of the Survey. Verj respectfully,

F. B. Weeks. Hon. Charles D. Walcott,

United States Geological Survey,

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINER- ALOGY FOR THE YEARS 1892-1900.

By Fred Boughton Weeks.

Introduction.

This bulletin is a combination of the bibliographies published each year from 1892 to 1899, inclusive. These have appeared as Bulletins Nos. 130, 135, 146, 149, 156, 162, and 172. With these the bibliography of the literature for the year 1900 has combined. The papers have been arranged alphabetically by authors' names and the entries numbered consecutively. Full titles of separate papers, an abbreviated reference to the publication in which the paper is printed, and a brief summary of contents are given.

Bulletin No. 189, which is an index to the same literature, is to be used in connection with this bibliography; they were too large to })e iHSued as a single unbound bulletin.

This publication brings the series of yearly geological bibliographies compiled by the author to the beginning of the century, January 1, 1901. It is expected that these bibliographies will continue to be published yearly, and that every ten years they will be brought together in a form similar to the one now presented.

List Of Publications Examined.

iloadmie Royale dcH Sciences, Ittres et Beaux-art de Beljrique: Bulletin 3d ser., Vols. XXIII-XXIX; Memoirs, Vols. XLV-LII. BnixelltM?, Biuni.

Alabama Survey: Bulletins, Nos. 2-5; Report on the geological Structure of MurphreeV Valley, by A. M. (jiljson, 1893; (m the Coal Mea**urt*H of Blount Mountain, by A. M. 1893; Geological map of Alabama with explanatory chart, 1894; Report on the geology of the Plain of 1894; Report upon the Oxjea coal field, by A. M. (gibson, 1895.

Alabama Industrial and Scientific Society: Proceedings, Vols. lV-lX,Part2. Tuscaloosa, Ala.

American Academy of Arts and Sciences: Proceedings, Vols. XXVI-XXXVI, No. 8; Memoirs, Vol. XII, Nos. 2-4. Boston, Mass.

American Association for the Advancement of Science: lnxeedings, Vols. XL-XLIX. Salem, Mass.

American Geographical Society: Bulletin, Vols. XXIV-XXXl. New York, N. Y.

American Geologist, Vols. IX-XXVI. Minneajwlis, Minn.

American Institute of Mining Engineers: Transactions, Vols. XX-XXIX. New York, N. Y.

American Journal of Science, 3d ser.. Vols. XLIII-L; 4th ser.. Vols. I-X. New- Haven, Conn.

American Museum of Natural History: Bulletin, Vols. IV-XIII; Memoirs, Vol. I, Parts 1-5. New York, N. Y.

American Naturalist, Vols. XXVI-XXXIV. Boston, Mass.

American Paleontology: Bulletin, Nos. 1-13. Ithaca, N. Y.

American Philosophical Society: Proceedings, Vols. XXIX-XXXIX. Philadelphia, Pa.

American Society of Civil Engineers: Transactions, Vols. XXXIX-XL. New York, NY.

American Society of Naturalists: Records, Vol. II, Part 1. Boston, Mass.

Annales dee Mines, 9th ser.. Vols. IX-XVIIl. Paris, France.

Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 7th ser., Vols. IX-XX; 8th ser.. Vols. I-VI. London, England.

Apftalachia, VoL VI, No. 4-1 X, No. 2. Boston, Mass.

Arizona. Report of Governor to the Secretary of the Interior, 1899.

Arkansas Geological Survey, Vol. Ill, V, 1890; Vols. I-II, 1891; Vols. I-II and V, 1892; Annual Report for 1892. Little Rock, Ark.

Association of Engineering Societies: Journal, Vols. XX-XXIII. Pa.

Augustana Library Publications, No. 1, 1898. Rock Island, 111.

Boston Society of Natural History: Proceedings, Vols. XXV, Part iXXIX, part 14; Memoirs, Vol. V, Nos. 1-6; Occasional Papers, IV, Parts 1-2. Boston, >Iass.

Botanical Gazette, Vols. XVII-XXX. Chicago, 111.

British Association for the Advancement of Science, Reports, 1891-1900. London, England.

Buffalo Society of Natural Sciences: Bulletin, Vols. V, No. 4-. Buffalo, N. Y.

12 List Ok Pltblications Examined.

California AcacU'iny of Srioiure: 2cl wr., Vol. III-V; 3d ser., Vol. I, No8. 1-9; Memoirs, Vol. II, No. 5; Occasional PaiHrH, IV-VI. San Francisco, Cal.

California State Mining Bureau: Annual 11-13; Bulletinn, Nos. 3-19. Sacramento, Cal.

California, University of, of (geology: Bulletin, VoIh. I-II, No. 7. Berkeley, Cal.

Canada, (Tcoloical and Natural History Sur\'ey: Annual Report*?, new 8*r., Vols. V-X; Contributions U) Vol. i. Part 4; Vol. II, Part 1; Vol. IV, Part 1; Paleozoic Fossils, Vol. Ill, Parts 2-3; Prtliminary report on the Klondike gold fields, Yukon district, Canada: note on the Sydney coal field, Cape Breton, Nova Scotia; (reneral Index to the Rtjwrta of Progress, 1863 to

Canada, Royal Pro<*eeding8 and Transactions, Vols. X-XII, new ser.. Vols. I-V. Montreal,

Canadian Institute: Transactions, Vols. II-V; new ser.. Vols. I-V, Part II; l*roceeilings, new str., I-II, No. 9. Toronto, Canmla.

Mining Institute: Journal, Vols. I-III. Ottawa, Canada.

Canadian Mining Review, Vols. X V-X IX. (Ottawa, Ontario.

Reconl of Stience, Vols. V-VIII, No. 4. Montreal, Canada.

Chicago Atdemy of Bulletin, Nos. 1-4. Chico, 111.

Cincinnati Society of Natural History: Journal, Vols. XIV, No. 3-XIX. Cincinnati, Ohio.

Colorado College Studies: Annual Publications, I V-VIII. Colorado Springs, Colo.

Scientific Society: PrcKiHlings, Vols. IV-V; Bulletins, Nos. 6-11, 1897; Nos. 1-9, 1898; Nos. 1-4, 1899; Nos. 1-2, Denver, Colo.

State Mining Burtau: 1897 and 1898; Bulletin, Nos. 1-2. Denver, Colo.

Connecticut Academy of Arts and Transm*tions, Vols. VIII, Part 2-X, Part 2. New Haven, Conn.

Cfjrnwall Royal Oeological Society: Transactions, Vol. XII, Parts 1. Penzance, England.

Academy of Natural Sciences: Proceedings, Vols. VI-VII. Davenport, Iowa.

Denison University, Sc'ientific laboratories: Bulletin, Vols. VIII, No. 2-XI, Article 9. (granville, Ohio.

Denver Mining and Scientific Vols. XXVIII-XXXI. Denver, Colo.

Edinburgh Society: Transact ioiLs, Vol. VII. Edinburgh,

Edinburgh Royal Society: Transatrtions, Vols. XXXVII-XXXIX; Proceeiiinga, Vols. XIX-XXI. Flinburgh, Scotland.

Elisha Mit**hell Scientific Journal, 1892-1899. Hill, N. C.

Engineering and Mining Journal, Vols. LIII-LXX. New York, N. Y.

Engineering Magazine, Vols. II-VIII. New York, N. Y.

Essex Institute: Bulletin, Vols. XXIV-XXX. Salem, Mass.

Federatod Canatlian Mining Institute: Journal, Vols. I-III. Ottawa, Canada.

Columbian Mustum, Geological Stories, Vol. I, Nos. 1-7. Chicago, III.

Franklm Institute: Journal, Vols. CXXXIII-(;L. Pa.

Geological Magazine, decade 3, Vols. IX-X; de<*ade 4, Vols. I-VII. London, England.

Geological Society of America: Bulletin, Vols. III-XI. Rochester, N. Y.

Georgia, Geological Survey: Bulletin, 1, 2, 3a-7a, 10a; The Paleozoic group; The geology of ten counties of northeastern Georgia and resources, Atlanta, Ga.

GWnland, Expetlition der Gesellschaft fi'ir Erdkunde zu Berlin, 2 vols., 1898. Berlin, Germany.

List Of Publications Examined. 13

Hamilton Aflsociation: Journal and Noh. VHI-XVI.

Ontario. Harvani Museum of Comparative Zoolojry: Bulletin, Vols. XVT, Xoh. 1,

11-13, 15; XXII-XXV, XXVI, Noh. 2, 11-13; XXVII, No. 7; XXVIII-XXXII,

XXXIV-XXXVTII. MemoirH, VoK XVII, Xo. 2-3; XVIII, XXII, XXIII,

No. 1; XXIV. Cambridge, Maw. Hawaiian Experiment Station, Lavas and hoIIh of the Hawaiian Itlandn, 1898.

Honolulu, niinoifi, State Iaboratory of Natural History: Bulletin. Vol. Ill, Art. 13-V, Art. 11.

Peoria, III. Illinois State Museum of Natural HiHtory: Bulletin, :5-12. SpriuKfield, 111. Indiana Acrademy of Seienct*: 1891-1899. Indiana]>olii$, Ind. Indiana, Department of Nology and Natural Hintory: Annual Rtport8, UJ-24.

Indianapolis, Ind. International Congress of (geologists: 5th Session, 1891. Washington, 1893. Iowa Academy of Seiena: Vol. I, Part 2-VlI. Des Moines, Iowa.. Iowa Cleological Survey: Annual Vols. I-X. Moines, Iowa. Iowa State University: laboratories of Natural History, Bulletin, Vols. II, Part 2-V,

Part 1. Iowa City, Iowa. Johns Hopkins Univereity: Circulars, Nos. 95-148. Baltimore, Md. Journal of Geolog>% Vols. I-VIII. Chicago, 111. Journal of Morphology, Vols. VI-XVII, No. 1. ('hicago, III. Kansas Academy of Science: Transactions, Vols. XIII-XVI. Kans. Kansas City Academy of Sciemrts: Transactions, Vol. I. Kansas City, Mo. Kansas State Board of Agriculture: Eighth Biennial Topeka, Kans. Kansas, L'niversity (geological Survey, Vols. I-V. ToiH*ka, Kans. Kansas University Quarterly, Vols. I-IX, No. 3. Iwrence, Kans. Leland Stanford University: Publications, Nos. 11-15, 17-19. Palo Alto, ('al. Liverpool, Geological Journal, Voh. XI-XVI. England. Liverpool, <Teological Society: Pnxtedings, Vols. VI, Part 3-VIII, Part 3.

England. London, Geological Association: Proceedings, Vol. XII, Part 6-XVI, Part 6. London, England. London, Geological Society: Quarterly Journal, Vol. XLVIII-LVI. London,

England. London, Geologists' Association: Vols. XIV-XV, Part 4. London,

England. London, Royal Society: Proceedings, Vols. L-LXV. Philosophitral Transactions,

Vols. CLXXXIII-CLXXXVI. London, England. Louisiana State Experiment Station, Part V, (ieology and Agriculture, 1899. Baton

Rouge, La. Manchester, Geological Society: Transaitions, Vols. XX, Part 13-XXVI, Part 9.

5lanche8ter, England. Mar>'1and Academy of Sciences: Transactions, pp. Baltimore, Md. Mar}'Iand Geological Survey, Vols. I-III. Allegany County. Baltimore, Md. Maryland State Weather Service: First Biennial Report, and Vol. I. Baltimore, Md. Meriden Scientific Association: Transactions, Vol. V. Meriden, Conn. Mexico, Comision geologica: Bulletin, No. 1. City of Mexico. Mexico, Institute geologica: Bulletin, Nos. 2-13. City of Mexico. Michigan, Geological Survey, Vols. V-VII. Iansing, Mich. Michigan, State Board of Geological burvey: Report for 1891 and 1892, and 1893.

Lansiiig, Mich.

14 List Of Publications Examined.

Minee and Minerals, Voh. XVIII, No. 6-XXI, No. 5. Denver, Colo. See "The Colliery Enjineer** for preWoiifi volumes. Mining, Vols. I-III, No. 6. Spokane, Waah.

Mininjf and Scientific Press, Vols. LXV, LXXII-LXXXI. San Francisco, Cal. Minnesota Academy of Natural Sciences: Bulletin, Vol. Ill, No. 2. Minneapolis,

Minn. (leolojjrical and Natural History Survey: Annual Reports, 19-24, Final

Report, Vols. II-IV, Bulletins, Nos. 6-10. Minneapolis, Minn. Missouri, Bureau of (ieolojry and Minces: Biennial Report, 1898. Preliminary report

on the structural and economic K*oloj?y, 1900. Jefferson City, Mo. Missouri, Geolojfical Survey, Vols. I-XII, Atlas Sheets 1-4. Jefferson City, Mo. Missouri Mininjj Club: Bulletin, Vol. I, No. 1. Rolla, Mo. Mojsisovics (E. V.) und Neumayr (M.). Beitrajfe zur Paleontologie und (Teologie.

Osterreich-Ungarns und dt Orients: Vol. XII-XIII, Heft 1. Wien und Leipzig. National Academy of Sciences: Memoirs, Vols. \I-VII. Biographical Memoirs,

Vol. III. VVashingtm, I). C. National Geographic Sotnety: Monographs, Vol. I, Nos. 1-10; National (Teographic

Magazine, Vols. IV-XI. Washington, I). C. Natural Science, Vols. I-XV. Ijondon, England. Nature, Vols. LIII-LXIII, No. 1H26. London, England. Nautilus, Vols. VII, No. 9-XIV, No. 8. Philailelphia, Pa. Nebraska State Boanl of Agriculture: Annual for 1892. Lincoln, Nebr. Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, (ieologie, und Palaeontologie, 1892-1900. Stuttgart,

(iermanv. New Brunswick Natural History Scxnety: Bulletin, Nos. X-XVII. St. John, New

Brunswick. New Jerst*y, (leological Survey: Annual 1892-1900. Report on Forestry,

MKK). Tnnton, N. J. New York Airademy of Sciences: Vols. XI, No. 3-XVI; Annals, Vols.

Vl-Xm, Parti; Memoirs, Vol. I. New York, N. Y. New York State Engimer and Sur\'cyor: for 1897. Albany, N. Y. New York State Geologist: Annual Re[)orts, 14-18. Albany, N. Y. New York State Museum: Annual 45-52; Bulletin, Nos. 12-39; Memoirs,

Vol. II and III, No. 3. Albany, N. Y. North Carolina, (Geological Sur\'ey: Bulletin, Nos. 1-11 and 13; Economic Papers,

Nos. 1-3. Raleigh, N. C. North of England Institute of Mining and Mechanical Engineers: Transactions, Vols.

XLl-XLIX. England. Nova Scotian Institute of Science: Proceedings and Transactions, Vol. I, Part 3-X,

Part 2. Halifax, Nova Scotia. Nova Scotia Mining Society: Journal, Vol. IV. Halifax, Nova Scotia. Ohio, (geological Survey: First Annual Report (3d organization). Vol. VII. CJolum-

bus, Ohio. College, Bulletin, Nos. 7-9. Oberlin, Ohio. Ontario Bureau of Mines, Vols. VIII-IX. Toronto, Ontario. Ottawa Naturalist, Vols. V-XIV, No. 9. Ottawa, Ontario. Paleontographica, Band XXXVIII-XLVI. Stuttgart, Germany. Palaeontologische Abhandlungen, W. Dames und E. Kayser, Neue Folge, Vol. II,

Heft 6-1 V, Heft 1. Jena, (rennany. Paliiontologischen Institute der IJniversitiit Wien, Mittheilungen, Band XI. Leipzig und Wien. Pennsylvania, Geological Survey: Atlas to Report F, Final Report, Vols. I~I1I.

Harrisbui, Pa.

r

List Of Publications Examined. 15

Pennsylvania State Collec?e: Annual Report for 1897. State College, Pa.

Philadelphia Academy of Natural Science: Proceedings, 1892-1900. Journal, 2d ser.. Vol. IX, Parta 3-4, and XI, Parts 1-2. Philadelphia, Pa.

Popular Science Monthly, Vols. XL-LVII, No. 3. New York, N. Y.

Rochester Academy of Science: Proceedings, Vol. l-III, Brochurt* 1. Rochester, NY.

Royal Irish Academy: Proceedings, Vol. II, No. 3-VI, No. 1. Transactions, Vol. XXIX, Part 19-XXXI, Part 11. Dublin, Ireland.

St. Louis Academy of Science: Transactions, Vol. V, No. 3-X, No. 8. St. Louis, Mo.

School of Mines Quarterly, Vols. XIII-XXII, No. 1. New York, N. Y.

Science, Vols. XIX-XXIII, New Series, Vols. I-XI. New York, N. Y.

Scientific American, Vols. LXVI-LXXXIII. New York, N. Y.

Scientific American Supplement, Vols. XXXIII-L. New York, N. Y.

Smithsonian Institution: Annual Reports, 1890-1897; C/contributions to Knowledge, Vols. XXX-XXXII and Nos. 840, 980, 989, and ia34; Miscellaneous CVl lections, Vols. XXIV, XXVI, XXXVII-XXXIX, and Nos. 846, 854, 856, 969-972, 1031, 1032, 1035, 1037-1039, 1071-1073, 1075-1077, 1081, 1084, 1087, 1090, 1125, 1126, 1170, 1171, 1173. Washington, D. C.

Societa geologica Italiana: Bulletin, Vol. XI-XVI, Fascicle No. 1. Rome, Italy.

Sodt Beige de Geologic, de Palontologie, et d'Hydrologie: Bulletin, Vol. VIII, Fascicle 4-XIV, Fascicle 4. Brussels, Belgium.

Socit gologique de Belgique: Annals, Vols. XVIII-XXV. Liege, Belgium.

Socit geologique de France: Bulletin, 3d ser.. Vols. XIX-XXVIIl. Paris, France.

South Dakota, Geological Survey: Bulletin, Nos. 1-2, 4. Vermilion, S. Dak.

South Dakota School of Mines: Bulletin, 1899. Rajnd City, S. Dak.

Staten Island Natural Science Association, Vol. VIII, No. 12.

Stone, Vols. XII-XXI. New York, N. Y.

Technology Quarterly, Vols. V-XIII. Boston, Mass.

Texas Academy of Science: Transactions, Vols. I-III. Austin, Tex.

Texas Geological Survey: Annual Reports, II-IV. Bulletin No. 3. Report on brown Coal. Austin, Tex.

The Colliery Engineer, Vols. XVI, No. 6-XVII, No. 5. Scranton, Pa.

The Mineral Industry, 1895-1898. New York, N. Y.

The Plant Worid, Vols. I-III. Washington, D. C.

The Wilder Quarter-Century book, 186-1893. N. Y.

Torrey Botanical Club: Bulletin, Vols. XIX-XXVII. Lancaster, Pa.

United States Experiment Station, South Dakota, Bulletin, Nos. 41, 49. Brookings, S. Dak.

United States Geological Survey: Annual Reports, 11-21, Parts I, II, and Monographs, Vols. XVII-XL, Bulletins, 83-176, (geologic Atlas of the United States, Folios Nos. 1-59, 61-69; Topographic Atlas of the United States, Folios Nos. 1-3; Water Supply and Irrigation Papers Nos. 1-40; Maps and descriptions of routes of exploration in Alaska in 1898, with general information concerning the Territory. Washington, D. C.

Tnited States National Museum: Proceedings, Vols. XIV-XXIII, pp. 1-392, Bulletins, XLVII-XLVIII, Annual Reports, 1892-1897. Washington, D. C.

Vassar College: Transactions, Vol. VII. N. Y.

Victoria, British C-olumbia, Bureau of Mines: Bulletin No. 3. Victoria, B. C.

Wagner Free Institute of Science: Transactions, Vols. Ill, Part 3-VI. Philadelphia, Pa.

Waihington Academy of Science: Proceedings, Vol. I. Washington, D. C.

Washington Biological Society: Proceedings, Vols. VI-X. Washington, I). C.

Washington Geological Society: Address of retiring Presidents, 1896, 1897, 1899.

Washington Philosophical Society: Bulletin, Vols. XII-XIII. Washington, D. C.

16 List Of Publications Examined.

West Virginia Geological Survey, Vol. I. Morgan town, W. Va.

Wisconsin Academy of Science, Arts, and Letters: Proceedings, Vols, VIII-XII,

Part 2. Madison, Wis. Wisconsin Geological and Natural History Survey: Economic Series, No. 2, Scientific

series, Nos. 2, 3, Educational neries. No. 1. Madison, Wis. Wisconsin, University of, Science series, Vol. I, Nos. 1-4. Madison, Wis. Wyoming, University of. School of Mines: Petroleum series. Bulletin Nos. 1-2.

Laramie, Wyo. Yorkshire Geological and Polytechnic Society: Proceedings, new ser., VoL XIII,

Parts 3-4. Leetls, England. Zeitschrift der deutschen geologischen Gesellschaft, Bander XLIV-LII. Berlin,

Germany. i(

Zeitschriit fur praktische Geologic, 1896-1900. BerUn, Germany.

-Ai

Bibliography.

1 Abbe (Cleveland, jr.). Remarks on the cuspate capes of the Carolina coast.

Boeton Soc Nat. Hist, Proc., vol. xxvi, pp. 489-497, figs. 1-2, 1894. Describes the formation of these capes and discusses their origin.

2 An episode during the terrace cutting of the Potomac [Maryland].

Johns Hopkins Univ., Circ., vol. xviii, pp. 16-17, 1898. Describes occurrence of gravel and clay within a cave, and the:, relation to the terraces of the Potomac River.

3 A general report on the physiography of Maryland.

Md. Weather service, vol. i, pp. 41-216, pis. iii-xix, figs. 1-20, 1899. Discosses the physiographic features of the Piedmont plateau and Appalachian provinces in Maryland.

4 The physiography of Allegany County [Maryland].

Md. Greol. Surv., Allegany County, pp. 27-M, pis. i-\i, figs. 1-3, 1900. Describes the topography and drainage features of the county and discusses the stages of its physiographic history.

4a A general report on the physiography of Maryland.

A dissertation presented to the president and faculty of the Johns Hopkins University for the degree of doctor of philosophy. (Not seen. ) Review: Am. Greol., vol. xxv, pp. 182-187, 1900.

5 AdaniB (A. N.). The geology of Vermont as developed along the

western border in the oldest fossiliferous rocks of the continent.

Author's edition, Fairhaven, Vt., pp. 12.

Reviews the history of geologic work in Vermont, describes the character and distribution of the Cambrian and Silurian rocks, and discusses the Taconic question and the stratigraphic succession of the older Paleozoic rocks.

6 (Frank D.). On a melilite-bearing rock (alnoite) from Ste.

Anne de Bellevue, near Montreal, Canada.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 269-279, 1892.

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvi, p. 697, 1892.

Describes the formation occurring in the bed of the river and ittf mineralogic constituents. Differs from original alnoite in containing more olivine. Probably connected with volcanic center of Mount Royal.

BuU. 188—01 2 17

18 BIBLKXJRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, Ibull.W8.

7 Adams (Frank D.). Notes to aci'ompany a tabulation of the igneous

rocks based on the system of Prof. H. Rosenbusch.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. iv, pp. 463-469, 1892. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 268-269, 1892.

8 On the typical Laurentian area of Canada.

Jour. Geol., vol. i, pp. 325-:W0, 1893.

Gives the reHulte of a detailed study of the Laurentian rocks of the Grenville district in inchidinjf a description of the fundamental gneiss, the Grenville, Anorthosite, and Hastinp series, and the orographic movements to which they have been subjected.

9 Ueber das Norian oder Ober-Laurentian von Canada.

Neues Jahrbuch fiir Mineralogie, (xeologie, imd Palaeontologie, 1892, pp. 419-498.

Abstracts: Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, p. 564, 1893; Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 153-154 (J p.), 1893.

10 On the occurrence of a large area of nepheline syenite in the

township of Dungannon, Ontario.

Am. Jour. 8i'i., 3d ser., vol. xlviii, pp. 10-16, 1894.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. xiv, pp. 189-190 (J p.); Am. Nat., vol. p. 800 (J p.), 1894.

Describes the occurrence and microscopic character of the rock and the contained minerals, nepheline, plaoclase, mica, hornblende, scapolite, calcite, zircon, and sodalite.

11 A further contribution to our knowledge of the Laurentian.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. 1, pp. 58-69, with map, 1894.

the general distribution of the Laurentian rocks of Canada and the lithologic chara<'ter and relations of the two divisions which comprise the formation. Describes the petrographic characters and gives the chemical analysis of the gneiss and compares it with chemical analyses of gneiss and slate from other regions. Reviews the evidence as to the sedimentary origin of the gneiss.

12 Preliminary report on the geology of a portion of central

Ontario, situated in the counties of Victoria, Peterborough, and Hastings.

Canada Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept., 1892-93, new ser., vol. vi, Rept J, 15 pp., 1895.

the character and distribution of the Laurentian rocks, including an occurrence of nepheline-syenite, mentions the occurrence of iron-ore bodies, and gives their chemical analyses.

13 On the Norian or " Upper Laurentian" formation of Canada.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. vi, pp. 169-198, 277-305 (figs. 1-7), and 416-443,

Describes the general characters of the Laurentian rocks and the petrographic characters of the anorthosites in different parts of Canada. Gives a table of chemical analyses and a bibliography of the subject.

WEEfcs.) PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINEHALOGY. 19

14 AfianiB (Frank D.). Laurontian area in the northwe.st corner of

the sheet (Montreal sheet, Canada).

Canada Geol. Surv., new ser., vol. vii, Rept. J, pp. 93-112,

Describes the character and distribution of the Iaurentian rockH and the economic resounres, and gives chemical analyses of jjranite, jjneiss, slate, and iron ore, and the microscopic characters of anorthosite.

15 [Review of ''A handbook of rocks for use without the micro-

scope," by J. F. Kemp.]

Science, new ser., vol. iv, pp. 764-765, 1896.

16 and Harrington (B. J.). On a new alkali hornblende and a

titaniferous andradite from the nepheline-syenite of Dungannon, Hastings County, Ontario.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. i, pp. 210-218; Can. Rec. Sci., vol. vii, pp. 77-88, 1896.

Describes the microscopic characters of the hornblende and garnet, and gives their chemical analyses.

17 Adams (Frank D.). Notes on the geology of the Admiralty group

of the Thousand Islands, Ontario.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. vii, pp. 267-272, 1897.

Gives notes on the character of the granites and occurrence of the other igneous rocks.

18 Report on the geology of a portion of the Laurentian area

lying north of the island of Montreal, C'anada. Can. Greol. Surv., new ser., vol. viii, pp. 1 J-184 J, 11 pis., 2 maps, 1897.

19 [Review of some recent papers on the influence of granitic

intrusions upon the development of crystalline schists.] Jour. Geol., vol. v, pp. 293-302, 1897.

20 and Barlow (Alfred E.). With remarks by R. W. Ells. On

the origin and relations of the (xrenviUe and Hastings series in the Canadian Laurentian.

Can. Rec. 8ci., vol. vii, pp. 304-316, 1897.

Describes the occurrence, character, and age of the Fundament. 1 Gneiss, and Grenville and Hastings series.

21 Origin and relations of the Grenville-Hastings series of

the Canadian Laurentian.

Abstract, Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 398-401, 1897. Describes the petrographic characters of the series and their relations to the Laurentian.

22 and EUs (R. W.). Origin and relations of the Grenville

and Hastings series in the Canadian Laurentian.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iii, pp. 173-180, 1897. Describes the chanuter and relations of the Fundamental Gneiss, Grenville and Hastings series.

20 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY,- (bii.i.188.

23 Adams (Frank D.). On the structure and origin of certain rocb of the Laurentian system.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept. 1897, pp. 665-666, 1898. Describes the origin and structure of certain igneous and altered sedimentary' rocks.

24 Nodular granite from Pine Lake [Ontario].

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. ix, pp. 163-172, pi. 11, figs. 1-2, 1898; Abstract, Science, new ser., vol. vii, p. 82 (t p.); Review, Am. Nat, vol. xxxii, pp. 614-615, 1898.

Describes the microscopic and chemical characters of the granite and nodules and discusses the origin of the nodular structure.

26 Notes on the geology of Montreal and vicinity.

Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. vii, pp. 512 (i p.), 1898.

26 The defonnation of rocks under pressure.

Abstract: Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixv, p. 522, 1898.

27 and Nicholson (John T.). Preliminary notice of some exper-

iments on the flow of ro<*ks.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept. 1897, pp. 642-643, 1898; Science, new 8tr., vol. vii, pp. 82-83, 1898. Describes the methods and tlie results.

28 Adamit (Frank D.). [Review of '' Report on the geology and

natural resources of the area included by the Nipissing and Temiscaming map sheets, comprising portions of the districts of Nipissing, Ontario, and of the county of Pontiac, Quebec," by A. E. Barlow.]

Jour. Geol., vol. vii, pp. 713-717, 1899.

29 Sir William Dawson.

Jour. Geol., vol. vii, pp. 727-736, 1899.

Gives a sketch of the life and publications of Sir William Dawson.

30 Sir William Dawson.

Science, new ser., vol. x, pp. 905-910, 1899. Gives a sketch of life of Sir William Dawson.

31 Sir John William Dawson.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. viii, pp. 137-149, pi. i, 1900. Giv a sketch of his life and work.

32 Memoir of Sir J.William Dawson.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. xi, pp. 550-557, pi. 52, 1900. Gives a sketch of his life and work.

33 On the probable occurrence of a large area of nepheline

bearing rocks on the northeast coast of Lake Superior.

Jour. Geol., vol. viii, pp. 322-325, 1900.

Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 21

34 Aiiawp (Frank D.), [Review of 'Report on the jroology and natural n?8ouri5e.s of the ai'ea included hy the Nipissing and Temi8eaming map sheets, comprising portions of the district of Nipissing, Ontario, and of the county of Pontiac, Quebec," by A. E. Barlow.]

Ottawa Nat, vol. xiii, pp. 247-251, 1900.

35 AdaitiB (George L). A geologic section from Galena to Wellington [Kansas]. Univ. Geol. Surv. of Kans., vol. i, pp. 16-30, pis. i, ix, 1896. Describes the lithologic character and succession of the rocks forming the Carboniferous series in this region.

36 A section f i*om Manhattan to Abilene [Kansas].

Univ. Geol. Surv. of Kans., vol. i, pp. 124-128, pi. vi, fig. 6, 1896. Gives the sections at Manhattan, Fort Riley, and Abilene, Kans., of the Carboniferous and Permo-Carboniferous beds.

37 The extinct Felidse of North America.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. i, pp. 419-444, pis. x-xii, 1896.- Describes the osteology of Hoplophoneus prininevus and gives a brief historical sketch, description, and figures of the several .species of Hoplophoneus. Discusses the nomenclature, synonymy, dentition, succession of genera, and the present and proposed phylogeny of the Felidte.

On the extinct Felidte.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv, pp. 145-149, figs. 1-8, 1897. Describes the synonymy of the group.

" — The Upper Cretaceous of Kansan. A historical review. Kan. Univ. Geol. Surv., vol. iv, pp. 13-27, 1898. Gives a summary of the views of various writers on the Cretaceous of Kansas, and a general section.

A geological map of Logan and Gove counties [Kansas],

Kan. Univ. Quart., vol. vii, pp. 19-20, 1898.

Shows the distribution of the Cretaceous and Tertiary rocks and gives a brief accoimt of their occurrence.

"" Physiography of southeastern Kansas.

Kan. Univ. Quart., vol. vii, pp. 87-102, 2 maps, 1898.

Describes the general physiography of the Great Plains, the geologic structure of Kansas, and the physiographic features of the southeastern portion of the State.

A. geological reconnaissance in Grant, Garfield, and Woods

counties, Okla. Kan. Univ. Quart., vol. vii, pp. 121-124, pis. xi-xii, 1898. Describes the general geologic and geographic features of the region.

Physiography of southea.stern Kansas.

Kansas Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. xvi, pp. 53-63, pis. ii-iii, 1899. Describes the physiographic and drainage features of the region.

22 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMKRIOAK GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

44 AdaiHB I.). Physiography of the Arkansas Valley region.

Abtract: Science, new ser., vol. xi, j). 508, 1900.

45 Taff (Joseph A.) and. Geology of the eastern Choctaw coal

field, Indian Territory.

See Taff (J. A.) and AdauiH (G. I.), No. 5295.

46 AgaBsIx (Alexander). Calamocrinus diomeda, a new stalked cri-

noid, with on the apical system and the homologies of echinoderms.

Harv. Coll., Mus. Zool., Memoirs, vol. xvii. No. 2, pp. 5-95, pla. i-xxxii, 1892.

Gives an account of the confusion that has arisen in the nomenclature of the primary divisions of echinoderms. Describes the structure of the new crinoid.

47 Reports on the dredging operations oflf the west coast of Central

Amei'ica to the Galapagos, to the west coast of Mexico, and in the Gulf of California, in charge of Alexander Agassiz, carried on by the U. S. Fish Commission steamer Lieut. Commander Z. L. Tanner, U. S. N., commanding.

Harv. Coll., Mus, Conp. Bull., vol. xxiii. No. 1, pp. 1-89, pis. i-xxii, 1892.

Gives a brief account of the and a description of the character of the deep-sea deposits as shown by dredgings.

48 A reconnaissance of the Bahamas and of the elevated reefs of

Cuba in the steam yacht Wild Duelc, January to April, 1893.

Harv. Coll., Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. xxvi, pp. 1-203, pis. i-xlvii,

Abstract: Am. Greol., vol. xiii, p. 141 (J p.), 1894.

the character of parts of the Bahamas and the distribution of corals, and discusses recent views on the formation of coral reefs.

49 Notes from the Bermudas.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvii, pp. 411-416, figs. 1-7, 1894.

DisciUMses tlie foniiation of the nHfs and tlie agency of algae corallines and strpulte in building up or protetiting them from the action of the surf.

50 Note on the Florida reef. [Letter to J. D. Dana.]

Am. Jour. Sci., str., vol. xlix, pp. 154-155, 1895. Describes the formation of the coral reefs of Florida.

51 On underground Umpemtures at great depths.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3tlier., vol. 1, pp. 503-504 , 1895.

Describes the in obtaining the temjxrature in the mines at Calumet, Mich., and gives the temperatures at various deptlis tlown to 4,580 feet

wteM] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 23

52 AgawriTt (Alexander). A visit to the Bermudas in Mareh. 1894.

Harv. ColL, Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. xxvi, pp. 205-281, pie. 30,

Describes the olian hills and dimes, the sounds and lagoons, the distribution of the corals, the ledge flats and patches, and the serpuline reefs. Mentions the occurrence of recent fossil shells, and discusses the evidences of an elevation of the islands.

53 The Florida elevated reef. With notes on the geology of

.southern Florida by Leon S. Griswold.

Harv. Coll.,Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. xxviii. No. 2, pp. 29-62, 26 pis., 1896.

Describes the character and extent of the elevated reef of Florida and discusses its origin.

The elevated reefs of Florida.

Jour. Geol., vol. 5, pp. 312-313, 1897. Review by J. Edmund Woodman.

55 Agnilar y Santillan (Rafael). Bibliografia geol6giea y minem de

la Republica Mexicana.

Inst Geol. de Mexico, Bull. No. 10, 158 pp., 1898.

56 Agnilera (Jos Q,). The geology of Mexico.

Commission Greologico Mexicana.

Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci., ser., vol. xlvii, pp. 7R-79, 1894.

57 Fauna fosil de la Sierra do Catorce, San Luis Potosi.

Comision geol. de Mexico, Bull., No. 1, 55 pp., 24 pis., 1895. Describes fossils from the Jurassic formation, with a brief discussion of the ocf!urrence of the Jurassic in Mexico.

58 Antonio del Castillo.

Inst Geol. de Mexico, Bulls. Nos. 4-6, pp. 3-7, 1897. Gives a sketch of the life of A. del Castillo and a list of his published works.

59 Bosquejo geologico de Mexico. Prologo.

Inst. Geol. de Mexico, Bulls. Nos. 4-6, pp. 11-15, 1897. Describes the general results of the work of the Jeological Survey of Mexico.

Itinerarios geologicos.

Inst Geol. de Mexico, Bulls. Nos. 4-6, pp. 78-166, 1897.

Describes the occurrence and character of the Cntaceous, Tertiary, and Pleistocene strata, and of the volcanic and metamorphic TOi'ks in various parts of Mexico.

Sinopsis de geologia Mexicana.

Inst Geol. de Mexico, Bulls. Nos. 4-6, pp. 189-250, 1897.

Describes the general characters of the igneous rocks, the pttrographic and paleontologic characters of the and the 0(;currence of economic mineral pnxlucts in Mexico.

24 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [BrLL.l88.

62 Agnilera (Jos (t.) and Ordones (Ezequiel). Fisiografia de la Sierm de PachucA [Mexico].

Inst. Geol. de Mexiex), Bulls. Nos. 7-9, pp. 19-26, pi. ii, 1897. Describes the physiography of the region.

63 Geologia general de la Sierra de Pachuca [Mexico].

Innt. Geol. <le Mexiet*, BuIIh. Nos. 7-9, pp. 27-50, pis. iii-v, 1897. Descrilies the <MH*urrence charat'.ter of Tertiary eruptive rcK'-ks.

64 Las vetas [Sierra de Pachuca, Mexico].

Inst. Geol. de Mexico, Bulls. Nos. 7-9, pp. 51-80, 1897. Describes the vein systems in this region.

65 Las fumarolas del Popocatepetl.

Soc. Cient. Ant. Alzate, Mem., vol. x, pp. 185-188, 1897.

66 Agnilera (Jos G.). Catfilogo sinterndtico geogrdfico de las especies mineral6gico8 de la Republica.Mexicana.

Inst. Geol. de Mexico, Bull. No. 11, 157 pp., 1898.

67 Essai d'une evolution continentale du Mexique.

Soc. Gl. de France; Bull., 3d ser., vol. xxvi, pp. 512-516, 1898.

68 Aims (Walton I.). Notes on the construction of the EJast River gas

tunnel [New York].

Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. xl, pp. 16332-iaS35, 1895.

Gives a profile view of the tunnel and notes on the rocks penetrated.

69 Alden (W. C), Salisbury (R. D.) and. The geogi-aphy of Chicago

and its environs.

See Salisbury (R. D.) and Alden ( W. C), No. 4782.

70 Aldrich (T. H.). The (Midway) Clayton Tertiary section and its

fossils [Alabama].

Ala. Geol. Surv., Rept. on the geolojjry of the Coastal Plain of Alabama, pp. 240-248, pis. xii-xv, 1894.

DesKribes the fossils occurring at this horizon, including six new species.

71 New Tertiary fossils from Red Bluff, Mississippi.

Nautilus, vol. vii, pp. 97-99, 1894. Describes six new spetries from this locality.

72 Description of two new Eocene Solaridae from Alabama.

Nautilus, vol. ix, pp. 1-2, pi. 1, 1895.

Diwcribes Solarium elaboratmn Conrad var. bimixta and S. planiforme n. sp.

73 New or little known Tertiary MoUusca from Alabama and

Texas.

Am. Pal., Bull., vol. i, No. 2, pp. 1-19, pis. 1-5, 1895.

Describes fossils from Tertiary including a number of new species.

Wmksi.1 Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 25

74 Aldrich (T. IL). NoUvs on Eocone Molhisea, with

of some new species.

Am. Pal., Bull., vol. ii, No. 8, 2 pp., 5 pK, 1897. Gives notes on various species and describes and figures a number of new species.

75 A new Cancellaria from the Alalmma Eocene.

Nautilus, vol. xi, pp. 27-28, 1 fig., 1897. Describes C. lanceolata n. sp.

76 Some new Eocene fossils from Alabama.

Nautilus, vol. xi, pp. 97-98, 1898.

77 Allen (E. T.). Native iron in the Coal Measures of Missouri.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv, pp. 99-104, 1897. Describes its occurrence and character.

78 Althonse (H. W.). The Buckstown coal fields, Berlin basin, Somer-

set County, Pennsylvania. Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixix, p. 291 p.), 5 figs., 1900. Contains notes on the character and occurrence of the coal betls.

79 Ami (Henry M.). Notes and desta'options of some new or hitherto

unrecognized species of fossils from the Cambro-Silurian (Ordovician) rocks of the Province of

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. v, pp. 96-103, 1892.

Describes species of Bryozoa, including Solenopora coinpacta Billings, var. minuta, n. var., Dicranopora parva n. sp., Prasopora Vanuxem, var. selwyni, n. var., Diplotrypa quebecensis n. sp., and Monotrypa incerta n. sp., and two doubtful species.

80 Paleontolocal notes.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. v, pp. 104-108, 1892.

Gives a list of fossils found in the three Ordovician terranes along L' Assumption River and a list of Ordovician species collected from the Manitou Islands, Lake Nipissing, Ontario. At several the islands consist of sedimentary strata, while the lake shores are completely made up of Archean rocks.

81 The Utica terrane in Canada.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. v, pp. 166-183, 234-246, 1892.

Describes the stratigraphic and lithologic characters of this formation, and gives lists of fossils, which number about sixty fomis, mark a special horizon of the Ordovician, and show an affinity to the fauna of the overlying Hudson River and underlying Trenton.

82 — Additional notes on the geology and paleontology of Ottawa and its environs. Ottawa Nat., vol. vi, pp. 7,H-78, 1892.

Includes brief of Silurian strata and some Pleistocene deposits in this vicinity and names of fossils found in them.

26 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [Bru.lw.

83 Ami (Ilonry M.). On tho of stmta forming the

group of Igan and Billings, with remarks.

Ottawa Nat., vol. vi, pp. 41-43, 1892.

the relatioriH of the Htrata comjMsing this group and gives a table showing the fomiationH conipriHing the Onlovieian HVHtem.

84 Extinct Canadian vertebrates from the Miocene roeks of the

Northwest Territories of Canada.

Ottawa Nat., vol. v, pp. 74-76, 1892.

Desorilx's MenodiiH angiistigenis, Elotherium mortoni Leidy, and Leptonier>'x niaininifer (\)pe, and mentions other extinct forms.

85 Notes on the geology and paleontology of the Rockland

quarries and vicinity in the county of Russell, Ontario, Canada.

Ottawa Nat., vol. vii, pp. 13S-147, 1893.

the geologic features of the region, including a description of the Calciferous and Chazy, and Black River and Trenton seriett an of the and microscopic characters of the limestone and a list of fossils collected at the quarries.

86 Notes on fossils from Quebec City, Canada.

Ottawa Nat, vol. viii, pp. 82-90, 1894.

Uives a list of 9() H|)ecie8 occurring in the Silurian strata, near the city of

87 Fossil insects from the Leda clays of Ottawa and vicinity

[Ontario].

Ottawa Nat, vol. ix, pp. 190-191, 1895.

Names the insects found in the Pleistocene beds of this locality and quotes of Ph; rganea ejecta by S. 11. Scudder.

88 Notes on a collection of Silurian fossils from Cape George,

Antigonish County, Nova Scotia, with descriptions of four

new species.

Nova S<*otian Inst, of M., Proc. and Trans., vol. viii, pp. 41115, 1895.

Serpulites longissimus n. var., Tentaculites canadensis n. sp., Discina nova-sooti(!an. sp., D. fletcheri n. sp., and D. orientalis n. sp., with notes on other fossils.

89 Notes on the Canadian fossil Bryozoa.

Can. Re<-. 8ci., vol. vi, pp. 222-229, 1895.

Names the genera and species of Canadian fossil Bryozoa, including references to the literature.

90 Preliminary lists of the organic remains occurring in the various

geological formations comprised in the southwest quarter sheet map of the Eastern Townships of the Province of Quebec.

Canada (Jeol. Surv., new ser., vol. vii, Rept J, Appendix, pp. 11:157,

wttKHl PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 27

91 Ami (Henry M.). Notes on some fossils from the Trenton of

Highgate Springs, Vt., near the Canadian line. Ottawa Nat., vol. ix. pp. 215-216, 1896. Gives list of foseilH collected at this locality.

Note on Cardinia subangulata Dawson and Area punctifer

Dawson.

Ottawa Nat., vol. x, p. 44, 1896.

These names were preoccupied, and (/. anstifera and A. puncticostata are

93 New species of gmptolites from Canada.

Ottawa Nat., vol. x, pp. 145-147, 1896.

Gives lists of graptolites from Point Ijevis and other loi'alities in Quebec.

Notes on some of the fossil organic remains comprised in the

geological formations and outliers of the Ottawa Paleozoic [Canada].

Can. Roy. Proc. and Trans., ser., vol. ii, sect, iv, pp. 151-158,

Gives a list of fossils found in each of the sulxli visions of the Ordovician and Silurian systems occurring in the Ottawa basin.

95 Contribution to the paleontology of the post-Pliocene deposits

of the Ottawa Valley [Canada].

Ottawa Nat, vol. xi, pp. 20-26, 1897.

Gives lists of species at various localities.

Note on the physiogi'aphy and geology of Kings County,

Nova Scotia.

Ottawa Nat, vol. xii, pp. 149-150, 1898. Gives brief notes on the geology of the county.

W The mastodon in western Ontario.

Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. vii, p. 80 (J p.), 1898.

98 On some Cambro-Silurian fossils from Lake Temiscaming,

Lake Nipissing, and Matawa outliers.

Can. Geol. Surv.,new ser., vol. x, Rept. I, Appendix II, pp. 289-302, (lives lists of genera and species collected in the regions named.

99 On the subdivisions of the Carboniferous system in ceitain

portions of Nova Scotia.

Brit Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept 1899, pp. 755-756, 1899. Discusses the stratigraphic of certain beds.

100 On a new and hitherto unrecognized geological horizon in

the gas and oil region of western Ontario.

Can. Min. Inst, Jour., vol. ii, pj). 186-190, 2 pis., 1899. Describes occurrence in Devonian strata.

28 Bibliography Of North American Geology, [. 188.

101 Ami (Ilonrv M.). Projross of oolojfical work in Canada during

Ottawt; Nat., vol. xiii, pp. 52-55, 1899. Contains a list of papere relating to the geology of Canada.

102 Obituary. O. C. Marsh.

Ottawa Nat, vol. xiii, pp. 135-136, 1899. Givt*H a brief sketch ()f his life.

103 Bellinurus granda?vus, a new species of Paleozoic limuloid

crustacean recently by Prof. T. R. Jones and Dr. Henry Woodward, from the eo-Carboniferous of Riversdale. Nova

Ottawa Nat., vol. xiii, pp. 207-208, 1899.

Contains notes on the fossil and on the associated formations.

104 Report of the (ieoloiciil branch [Ottawa Field-Naturalists'

Club] for l8*)8-<9. Ottawa Nat., vol. xiii, pp. 21H-228, 1899.

Contains and notes on the ngion in the vicinity of Ottawa.

105 On the geolog'}' of Wolfville, and part of the basin of Mina8,

Nova Scotia. The Evangeline Journal, edition, 1899. & Co., Wolfville, Nova Scotia. (Not seen.)

100 Notes on some of the formations belonging to the Carboniferous system in eastern Canada.

(an. Rec. Sci., vol. viii, pp. 149-13, 1900.

Describes the chanuter and the fauna of some 6f the Carboniferous subdivisions, and a summary of the succession of sediments.

107 Proifress of geological work in Canada during 1899.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. viii, pp. 232-246, 1900.

Contains a list of papers pertaining to Canadian geology arranged by authors' names.

108 Bibliography of Sir. J. William Dawson.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. xi, pp. 557-580, 1900.

109 [Review of Geological Survey of Canada. Annual Report

(new series), vol. x.]

Science, new ser., vol. xi, pj). 2r>(>-268, 1900.

110 On the subdivisions of the Carboniferous system in eastern

Canada, with special reference to the position of the Union and Riversdale formations of Nova Scotia, referred to the Devonian system by some Canadian geologists.

N. S. Inst. Sci., Pro<-. and Trans., vol. x, pt. ii, pp. 102-178, 1900. Describes the lithologic and faunal characters of the Carboniferous in the region and gives the author's classitieation.

wms.1 PALEONTOLOGY, PKTROLOOY, AND MINKRALOOY. 29

UOa Ami (Henry M.). Sir John William Dawson. A brief biographical sketch.

Am. Geol., vol. xxvi, pp. 1-48, 1900.

Gives a sketch of hm life and list of hia publications.

IIOJ On some Trenton (OrdoVician) fossils from the lijf ht-gray

limestones of Cmnberland County of Russell, Ontario, Canada.

Ottawa Nat., vol. xiii, pp. 238-240, 1900.

Contains a brief a<'coiint of the Onlovician strata at this locality and a list of fossils that have been collected.

UOc [Review of Canadian Geological Nomenclature," by R. W.

EUs.]

Ottawa Nat, vol. xiii, pp. 251-252, 1900.

nod Annual address of the President of the Ottawa Field-Naturalists' Club, 1899.

Ottawa Nat., vol. xui, pp. 263-276 and 279-315, 1900.

Contains an account of the work of the club, a tribute to the late £. Billings and to Sir William Dawson, and a bibliographic list of the papers of the latter.

On the occurrence of a spines of Whittleseya in the Riversdale formation (Eo-Carboniferoa) of the Harrington River along the boundary line between Colchester and Cumberland counties. Nova Scotia, Canada.

Ottawa Nat., vol. xiv, pp. 99-100, 1900.

Discusses the age of the in which this fossil was found.

110/ Notes bearing on the Devono-Carboniferous problem in

Nova Scotia and New Brunswick.

Ottawa Nat., vol. xiv, pp. 121-127, 1900.

Discusses the evidences of the age of these beds based on the studios of the Pottsville formation in eastern United States.

Ill Andersen (Carl). TheCooney mining district, Socorro County, New Mexico.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. lix, pp. 343-344, with map, 1895. Describes the ore bodies in this district carrying gold and silver.

112 The mineral belt of the Mogollon range [New Mexico].

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiv, pp. 276-278, 1897. Describes the geologic features of the region and the occurrence and character of the gold ores.

113 Anderson (F. M.). Some Cretaceous beds of Rogue River Valley, Oregon.

Jour. Geol., vol. iii, pp. 455-468, 1895.

De8crilxs the pre-Cretaceous rockn and the stratigraphy and structure of the Cretaceous series of a portion of southern Oregon, (jives lists of foasils collected and five cross sections.

30 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bill. 188.

114 Anderson (F. M.). The ffoolojy of Point Reyes Peninsula [Cali-

fornia].

Gal., Univ. of., Dept. of Geol., Bull., vol. ii, No, 5, pp. 119-153, pi. iv,

the character of the granitic rocks and of the Franciscan and Miocene sediment*, and the physiographic and dynamic history of the region.

115 AndrevTB (C. I.). The volcanic rock of Alum Hill, Boulder

County [Colorado].

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proo., vol. v, pp. 148-155, 1898. the microscopic, and chemical characters of two varieties of eruptive rock.

116 Arey (Albert L.). Preliminary notice of the discovery of strata

of the Guelph formation in Rochester, N. Y.

Roch. Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. ii, pp. 104-107, 1893. Describes the outcrop and gives a tahle comparing ita fauna with those of the Guelph formation of Canada, Wisconsin, and other localities.

117 Argall (Philip). [Gold-bearing quartz.]

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc, vol. iv, pp. 331-336, 1893. In diwussion of paper by T. A. Rickard on certain dissimilar occurrences of gold-bearing quartz.

118 [Origin of ore deposits.]

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 353-354, 1893. In discussion of paper by P. H. Van Diest on the evidence bearing on the formation of ore deposits by lateral secretion.

119 Nickel. The occurrence, geological distribution and genesis

of its ore deposits.

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 395-421, 1893.

Describee the chemical comjxwition and occurrence of nickel in meteorites. Gives the chemical composition of the nickel ores, and discusses the occurrence of the arsenides, sulphides, and silicates of nickel, the genesis of the ore bodies and the distribution of the nickel ores.

120 [Geology of Cripple Creek district, Colorado.]

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc. vol. v, pp. 43-45.

In discussion of paper by Whitman Cross on the same subject. See No. 1192.

121 Ashley (George Hall). Studies in the Neocene of California.

Jour. Geol., vol. iii, pp. 434-454, 1895.

DescrilHJS the general geology and stratigraphy of the Tertiary rocks of the Santa Cruz Mountains and the Pleistocene history of San Francisco Peninsula, as shown by its topography and deposits. Dimrmsee the evidences of the age of the Coast ranges and the recent history oi Santa Catalina Island. Includes a sketch map and cross sections of the regions.

Weeks.1 Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 31

122 Ashley (George Hall). The Neoi*ene stmtigmphy of the Santa Cniz Mountains of California.

Cal. Acad. Sc-i., Proc., vol. v, pp. 273-367, pin. xxii-xxv, 1895.

DescribeH the topographic features of the mountains and reviews the literature regarding them. Gives a general geologic dewription of the region, including a columnar section, and the lithologic characters and distribution of the various deposits which fonn the range. Discusses the evidences as to the geologic age of these and gives lists of fossils that have been

123 Geology of the Paleozoic area of Arkannassouth of the nova-

elite region. With an introduction by John C. Branner.

Am. Phil. iSo(!., Procr., vol. xxxvi, pp. 217-318, 37 figs., 1897; Leland Stanford Jr. Univ. Pub., No. xi, 1897.

Describes the geologic and geographic position of the region, the lithologic and faunal characters of the formations, and their structure, and discusses the correlations of the various beds.

124 Note on an area of compressed structure in western Indiana.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. ix, pp. 429-430, 4 figs., 1898; Jour. Geol., vol. vi, pp. 118-119; Science, new ser., vol. vii, p. 84 (9 1.) , 1898. Describes occurrence in the Indiana coal field.

125 Note on fault structure in Indiana.

Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc. 1897, pp. 244-250, pis. i-ii, 1898. Describes faults in the Coal Measures of Indiana.

126 Blatchley (W. S.) and. Geological scale of Indiana.

See Blatchley (W. S.) and Ashley (G. H.), No. 496.

127 Ashley (George Hall). The coal deposits of Indiana.

Ind. Dept. of Geol. and Nat. Res. , Ann. Kept., pp. 1-1428, coal maps, sheets A-G, 89 sket'h maps, pis. i-lxxix, 1899. Abstracts: Mines and Minerals, vol. xx, pp. 202-2a5, 1899.

Describes general geologic and geographic occurrence and distribution of coal, the general geology of the Coal Measures of Indiana, and the detailed geology in various counties.

128 Geological results of the Indiana coal survey.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. xi, pp. 8-10, 1900.

Gives a summary regarding the stratigraphy and structure of the Coal Measures and the occurrence of the coal beds.

129 Atwood (Wallace Walter), Salisbury (Rollin D.) and. Drift

phenomena in the vicinity of Devils Lake and Baraboo,

Wisconsin. See Salisbury (R. D.) and ( W. W.), No. 4772.

— The geography of the region about Devils Lake and

The Dalles of the Wisconsin, with some notes on its surface

geology. SeeSaUsbury (R. D.) and Atwood (W. W.), No. 4788.

32 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

131 Austin (W. L.). The nickel deposits near Riddles, Oregon.

Read the Colorado Scientific Scxiiety, in Denver, Colo., Jan. 6, 1896, 27 pp., 10 tigs.

the geologic features of the region and the chemical and mineralogic characters and ocxuirenc* of the ores.

132 Copper deposits of Mora County, New Mexico.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixv, p. 370 (1 p.), 1898. Describes the occurrence and origin of the deposits.

133 Boundary and Trail Creek [British (lumbia].

Mines and Miueraln, vol. xviii, pp. 268-272, 1898. DescrilKjs the geologic and geographic features of the region and the occurrence of gold and silver ores.

134 Nickel deposits near Riddles, Oregon.

Mines and Minerals, vol. xix, p. 226, 1 fig., 1898. Describes occurrence of nickol at this locality.

135 The nickel deposits near Riddles, Oregon.

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. v, pp. 173-196, 1 pi., 9 figs., 1898.

136 Telluride veins in the La Plata Mountains [Colorado].

Colo. Sci. Soc., Bull. No. 10, pp. 4-5, 1898. occurrence and character of the veins.

137 Ayres (Eklward F.). Plattnerite, and its occurrence near Mul-

lan, Idaho; by Wm. S. Yeates. With crystallogmphic notes.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d sen, vol. xliii, pp. 407-412, 1892.

138 Babcock (E. J.). Coal in North Dakota.

Mines and Minerals, vol. xix, p. 254, 1899. Dewribes character and occurrence of the coal.

139 Bache (Franklin). Coal sections developed by recent operations

in Wise County, Virginia.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxiv, pp. 70-80, 1895.

Describes the coal developments and gives sections from various parts of the coal area of the county.

140 BachUery (M. A.). Les mines de fcr du Minnesota.

Annates des Mines, 9th sen, vol. xviii, pp. 154-213, 1900.

Describes the general physiographic and geologic features of the region, the occurrence and character of the iron ore deposits, and the methods of mining operations.

141 Backstrom (Helge). Causes of magmatic differentiation.

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 773-779, 1893.

Reviews the literature of the subject and discusses the causes and. conditions under which magmatic differentiation takes place.

Wk81 Paleontology, Petrology, And Minebalogy. 83

142 Backstrom (Helge). Causes of magmatic differentiation, 1894.

Abetracte: Am. GeoL, vol. xiii, pp. 194-196 p.); Am. Nat, voL xxviii, p. 515 (i p.), 1894.

143 Bagg (Rufus Mather, jr.). Protozoa fauna of the Middle

Atlantic slope].

Johns Hopkins Univ., Circ., vol. xv, p. 6 p.), 1895. Describes one new species and gives a list of other foraminifera.

144 The Cretaceous foraminifera of New Jersev.

Johns Hopkins Univ., Circ., vol. xv, pp. 1895. Gives a list of the foraminifera and describes new species.

145 [Protozoa from the Eocene deposits of Delaware, Maryland,

and Virginia.]

U. 8. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 141, pp. 91-92, 1896.

Describes one species and gives a list of Eocene species occurring at various localities in the region.

146 See Clark (W. B.), No. 910.

W7 — The occurrence of Cretaceous fossils in the Eocene of Maryland.

Am. Geol., vol. xxii, pp. 370-375, 1898.

Describes the occurrence and succession of the strata. Discusses the probable migration of the species mentioned.

148 The Tertiary and Pleistocene foraminifera of the Middle

Atlantic slope.

Am. Pal., Bull., vol. ii. No. 10, 68 pp., 3 pis., 1898. Includes a description of the lithologic character of the formations, a bibliography and description of the fossil foraminifera.

19 [Foraminiferal deposits near Bujio and on the Empire limestone, Isthmus of Panama.]

Harv. Coll. Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. xxviii, No. 5, p. 275 (J p.), Names the species identified from collections from these formations

iW The Cretaceous foraminifera of New Jersey.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 88, pp. 1-89, pis. i-vi, 1898.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, p. 126 (J p.), 1899.

Gives a historical review of the literature on Cretaceous foraminifera, a partial bibliography and description and geologic distribution of the species found in the Cretaceous of New Jersey.

151 See Clark (W. B.), No. 916.

152 Bailey (E. H. S.) and Case (E. C). On the composition of some

Kansas building stones. Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. xiii, p. 78 p.), 1892. Brief note giving results of chemical analyses.

Bull 188—01 3

34 Bibliography Of North American Geology, [.188.

153 Bailey (E. H. S.). Natural gas and coal oil in Kansas.

Kans. Univ. Quart., vol. iv, pp. 1-14, 1895.

Gives an account of the natural gas and petroleum industry of Kansas.

154 and Whitten (W. M.). On the chemical composition of

some Kansas gypsum rocks. Kans. Univ. Quart., vol. vi, pp. 29-34, 1897. Gives chemical analyses of from several localities.

154a Grimsley (G. P.) and. Special report on gypsum and

gypsum cement plasters. See Grimsley (G. P.) and Bailey (E. H. S.), No. 2192a.

155 Bailey (L. W.) and Mclnnes (W.). Report on portions of the

Province of Quebec and adjoining areas in New Brunswick and Maine.

Canada Geol. Surv. Repts., vol. v, new ser., pt. i, 1890-91, Rept. M, 27 pp., 1893.

Discusses the relations of the Cambrian and overlying Silurian rocks in this region, and states that fossils found in the latter indicate a Lower Ilelderberg horizon. and illustrates by a colored sketch map the supposed arrangement of the Cambrian strata between Temiecouata Lake and Riviere du Loup.

156 Bailey (L. W.). Preliminary report on geological investigations

in southwestern Nova Scotia.

Canada Geol. Surv., Ann. ., 1892-93, new ser., vol. vi, Rept. Q, 21 pp., geologic map, 1895.

Describes the character and distribution of the granite and of the Cambrian, Devonian, and Triasic formations. Includes a description of the economic minerals of the region.

157 Notes on the geology and botany of Digby Neck [Nova

Scotia].

N. S. Inst. Sci., Proc. and Trans., 2d ser., vol. ii, pp. 68-82, pis. iv-vi,

Describes the physiographic and general geologic features of the region.

158 Some Nova Scotian illustrations of dynamical geology.

N. S. Inst. Sci., Proc. and Trans., 2d. ser., vol. ii, pp. 180-194, pis. vii-ix,

Describes sand hill dunes, glacial phenomena, metamorphism, and vein and contact phenomena.

159 Some typical sections in southwestern Nova Scotia.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept. 1897, p. 640 (i p.), 1898.

Contains brief notes on the stratigraphy and structure of the reg:ion.

160 Triassic (?) rocks of Digby Basin [Nova Scotia].

N. S. Inst. Sci., Proc. and Trans., vol. ix, pt. 4, pp. 356-360, 1898. Discusses the age of the rocks of the region.

win*.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 35

161 Bailey (L. W.). Report on the geology of southwest Nova Scotia, embracing the counties of Queens, Shelburne, Yarmouth, Digby, and part of Annapolis.

Canada Geol. Surv., new eer., vol. ix, Rept. M, 154 pp., 5 pis., 1898.

Describes the physiographic features, glacial phenomena, character, and occurrence of Cambrian, Silurian, and Devonian rocks, and the occurrence of economic materials.

162 The mineral resources of the Province of New Brunswick.

Canada Geol. Surv., new ser., vol. x, Rept. M, 129 pp., 1 map, 2 pis.,

Describes the occurrence of iron, copper, nickel, antimony, lead, silver, gold, manganese, coal, gypsum, and other economic products.

163 The Bay of Fundy trough in American geological history.

Can. Roy. Soc, Proc. and Trans., 2d ser., vol. iii, sect, iv, pp. 107-116, Discusses the geologic history of the region.

164 Some typical sections in southwestern Nova Siotia.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept. 1897, p. 640 (J p.), 1898.

Contains brief notes on the stratigraphy and structure of the region.

165 Bain (F.). The Permian in Prince Edward Island.

Science, vol. xxi, pp. 132-133, 1893.

Describes the occurrence of Permian sandstones and shales and gives an account of their fossil contents.

166 Bain (Harry Foster). Distribution and relations of the St. Louis

limestone in Mahaska County, Iowa.

Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. i, Ist Ann. Rept, 1892, pp. 173-179, 1893.

The Lower Coal Measures lie unconformably on the St. Louis limestone, the Kaskaskia beds to the south having deposited in the interval. The Coal Measures up the valleys and the present drainage systems are independent of the old land surface.

167 Structure of the Mystic coal Imsin [Iowa].

Iowa Acad. Rci., Proc., vol. 1, pt. iv, pp. 33-36, 1894. Describes the lithologic character of the beds and gives several sections displayed at various

168 Sigourney deep well [Iowa].

Iowa Acad. Sta., Proc., vol. i, pt. iv, pp. 36-38, 1894. Gives the section of the well to the depth of 1,888 feet, and discusses the evidences as to age of the formations represented.

Peculiarities of the Mystic coal seam [Iowa].

Am. Geol., vol. xiii, pp. 407-411, 1894.

Describes the occurrence of this coal seam and the associated strata, which, in contrast with the complexity of structure and nonpersistence of the beds of the Coal Measures in other parts of Iowa, has an extent of about 50 miles north and south and 40 miles east and west

36 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

170 Bain (Harry Foster). Cretaceous deposits of the Sioux Valley

[Iowa].

Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. iii, 2d Ann. Kept., pp. 99-114, pis. vii-viii, 1895.

Destribes the distribution and lithologic characters of the Cretaceous beds of northwestern Iowa and gives the sections exposed at various locaUties.

171 Geology of Keokuk County [Iowa].

Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. iv, 3d Ann. Rept., pp. 259-311, pi. viii, figs. 27-29, with geologic map, 1895.

Describes the topography and drainage of the county and the lithologic and stratigraphic features of the Carboniferous and Pleistocene formations. Gives vertical sections of different localities, and describes the of coal, clay, building stone, water supply, road materials, and mineral paint.

172 Geology of Mahaska County [Iowa].

Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. iv, 3d Ann. Rept, pp. 317-380, pi. ix, figs. 30-45, with geologic map, 1895.

Describes the physiography drainage of the region and the stratigraphy and lithology of the of the Carboniferous and Pleistocene formations. Gives typical vertical sections, and discusses the geologic structure. Includes remarks on the occurrence of coal, clay, lime, building stone, soils, water supply, and road materials.

173 Central Iowa section of the Mississippian series.

Am. Geol., vol. xv, pp. 317-325, 1895.

Abstract: Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc, vol. ii, p. 174, 1895.

Describes the lithologic character of the St. Louis, Augusta, and Kinderhook IkhIs, which make up the Mississippian series in central Iowa, and mentions some of the characteristic fossils. Discusses the evidence indicating that a of the Kinderhook may possess closer affinities to the Devonian than to the Carboniferous.

174 Pre-Glacial elevation of Iowa.

Iowa Acad. Sci. Proc., vol. ii, pp. 23-26, 1895.

Discusses the evidences showing that this region, in pre-Glacial time, stood at a considerable elevation above the present.

175 [Review of the '' Preliminary report on the geology of South

Dakota," by J. E. Todd.] '

Jour. Greol., vol. iii, pp. 114-115, 1895.

176 Origin of certain features of coal basins.

Jour. Geol., vol. iii, pp. 640-654, 1895.

Describes the character of the basins in which the coal of the Iowa- Missouri region occurs and discusses the origin of these basins.

177 Notes on Iowa building stones.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 16th Ann. Rept., pt. iv, pp. 500-503, 1895. Notes on the character and distribution of building stones in Iowa, contained in a paper on "Stone/' by William C. Day.

178 Todd (J. E.) and. Interloessial till ner Sioux City, Iowa.

See Todd (J. E.) and Bain (H. F.), No. 5411,

nusKs.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 37

179 Bain (Harry Foster). Geology of Wjushington County flowa].

Iowa Geol. Surv.. vol. v, pp. 113-173, pi. iii, figs 9-15, 1896.

the physiography and drainage of the region; the character, distribution, and geologic structure of the Carboniferous and Pleistocene formationB, including sections at typical localities; and the occurrence of clays, building stones, water supply, and road materials. Includes a geologic map of the county.

180 Geology, of Woodbury County flowa].

Iowa (leol. Surv., vol. v, pp. 243-299, pis. v-vi, figs. 32-43, 1896.

Describes the physiography of the county, the stratigraphy of typical sections, the distribution and structure of the Cretaeous, pre- Gladal, and Glacial deposits, and the occurrence of clay, cement, and water supply. Includes a geologic map of the county and one of the superficial deposits.

181 Geology of Appanoose County [Iowa].

Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. v, pp. 363-438, pb. xi-xiv, figs. 52-72, 1896.

Describes the topography and drainage of the county, the lithologic character, distribution, and structure of the Carboniferous and Glacial strata, and the occurrence of coal and clays. Includes a geologic map of the county.

182 [Review of "General relations of the granitic rocks in the

Middle Atlantic Piedmont Plateau," by G. H. Williams.]

Jour. Geol., vol. iv, pp. 638-640, 1896.

183 [Abstract: University Geological Survey of Kansas, vol. i,

by Erasmus Ha worth and assistants.] Jour. Geol., vol' iv, pp. 645-646, 1896.

184 Review of "Iowa Geological Survey, vol. v, Annual Report 1895."]

Jour. GeoL, vol. iv, pp. 649-651, 1896.

185 [Review of "Monoclinic pyroxenes of New York State," by

Heinrich Ries.]

Jour. GeoL, vol. iv, pp. 651-652, 1896.

186 Machine coal mining in Iowa.

Mineral Industry, 1895, pp. 195-200, 1896. Gives the sections of the Mystic coal beds.

1' Relations of the Wisconsin and Kansas drift sheets in central

Iowa, and related phenomena.

Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. vi, pp. 433-476, pis. xxvii-xxviii, figs. 45-54,

Describes the character and relations of the two drift sheets, and discusses the time ratios employed in estimating the length of Glacial time. Includes map of the Iowa drift sheets.

[Review of "Geology of Castle Mountain mining district, Montana," by W. H. Weed and L. V. Pirsson.]

Jour. Geol., vol. v, pp. 210-212, 1897.

38 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

181> Bain (Harry Fost(*r). A sketch of tho feolojy of Mexico.

Jour. Geol., vol. v, pp. 3H4-890, 1897.

Gives a summary of the report of Jos G. Aguilera on the geology of Mexico.

190 [Review of ''Missouri Geoloorical Survey, vol. xi. Clay

deposits," by H. A. Wheeler.]

Jour, (ieol., vol. v, pp. 399-400, 1897; Science, new ser., vol. v, j). 852,

191 Geology of Polk County, Iowa.

Review by U. S. Am. Geol., vol. xx, p. 334 p.), 1897.

192 Geology of Polk County [Iowa].

Iowa Geol. 8urv., vol. vii, pp. 265-412, pis. vii-ix, figs. 38-66, with geologic map, 1897.

the physiography, the cKcurrence, and character of the Carboniferous and Pleistocene strata, and the occurrence of coal, clay, and road materials.

193 Geology of Guthrie C/Ounty [Iowa].

8ur, vol. vii, pp. 415-487, ligs. 67-71, with geologic map,

Describes the physiographic features, the occurrence, and character of the Cretateous, and Pleistocene formations, and the occurrence of coal and clays.

194 Preliminary outline map of the drift sheets of Iowa.

Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. viii, pi. iii, 1898. 195 Geology of Decatur County [Iowa].

Iowa (leol. Surv., vol. viii, pp. 258-309, pis. xxi-xxiv, figs. 9-10, with geologic map, 1898.

Des(;ribe8 the physiographic features, the (Recurrence, and character of the Carboniferous and Pleistocene foniiations, and the occurrence of coal, clay, and building stone.

196 Geology of Plymouth County [Iowa].

Iowa Geol. 8urv., vol. viii, pp. 318-366, pis. xxv-xxix, fig. 13, with geologic map, 1898.

Describes the physiographic and stratigraphic features, the occurrence, and character of the Cretaceous, and Pleistocene formations, and the occurrence of clay, cement, and coal.

197 Properties and tests of Iowa building stones.

Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. viii, pp. 370-416, pis. xxx-xxxii, 1898. the essential pro|)ernie8 of building stones and the character of some material from Iowa.

198 The Bethany limestone, at Bethany, Misssouri.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. v, pp. 4.'i-439, 1898.

Describes the character (Krurrence of the series at the locality and in Iowa. Gives lists of fossils determined and the author's clafisificatiou.

Weeks.) Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 39

W Bain (Harry Foster). The Aftonian and pre-Kansan deposits in southwestern Iowa.

Iowa Ac. Sci., Proc., vol. v, pp. 86-101, pla. v-vii; Abstract: Am. Geol., voh xxi, pp. 255-262, 1898.

Deeeribea the evidence of two drift sheets and its bearing on the evidence of a pre-Kansan drift

m [Review of Geologic Atlas of the United States, Folio

No. 42. Bidwell Bar folio, California," by H. W. Turner.]

Jour, (jeol., vol. vi, pp. 542-544, 1898.

201 [Review of "Clay deposits and clay industry in North Carolina," by Heinrich Ries.]

Jour. Geol., vol. vi, pp. 545-547, 1898.

202 [Review of "Bibliography and index of North American

geology, paleontology, petrology, and mineralogy for 1896," by F. B. Weeks, and " Bibliograf ia geologica y minera de la Rep6blica Mexicana," by R. Aguilar y Santillan.]

Jour. Geol., vol. vi, pp. 763-764, 1898.

203 The Bonanza Arkansas coal mines.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixvi, pp. 579-580, 1898. Describes the occurrence and chemical character of the coal in Sebastian County, Arkansas.

204 and Leonard (A. G.). The Middle Coal Measures of the

western interior coal fields.

Jour. Geol., vol. vi, pp. 577-588, 1898.

Abstracts: Geol. Soc Am., Bull., vol. x, pp. 10-12, 1899; Am. Geol., vol. xxii, p. 251 (i p.); Science, new ser., vol. vii, p. 464 (J p.), 1898.

Describes the conditions under which the Dch Moinc*s and Misnourian series were laid down, gives a section of the in (Mintral Iowa, and discusses the classification and correlation of portions of the Coal Measures.

205 Bain (Harry Foster). Geology of Carroll County [Iowa],

Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. ix, pp. 53-107, pi. ii, 11 figs, and geologic map, 1899.'

Describes the physiography and the occurrence and character of the Carboniferous, Cretaceous, and Pleistocene deposite, and of coal, clays, and water supply.

206 Notes on the drift of northwestern Iowa.

Am. Geol, vol. xxiii, pp. 168-176, 1899.

Describes the character and distribution of morainic drift, covering probable Kansan drift

20Y The Dubuque lead and zinc mines [Iowa].

Mines and Minerals, vol. xx, pp. 10-12, 4 figs., 1899. Describes the occurrence and chanu'ter of the ore bodies.

40 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bi u . isg.

208 Bain (Harry Foster). The western interior coal field of America.

North of Eng. Inst, of Min. sliu\ Mech. Eujrrs., Traiip., vol. xlviii, pp. 55-80, 6 figs, and map, 1898.

DescribeH the stratigraphy of the Mississippi Valley and the character and occurrence of the coal mines.

209 [Review of "Iron making in Alabama," by W. B. Phillips.]

Jour. vol. vii, pp. 213-214 (1 p.), 1899.

210 [Review of ''Special report on gypsum and gypsum-cement

plasters," by G. P. Grimsley and E. H. S. Bailey.]

Jour. GeoL, vol. vii, pp. 625-627, 1899.

211 [Review of 'American cements," by Uriah Cummings.]

Jour. Geol., vol. vii, p. 627 (J p.), 1899.

212 Greology of the Wichita Mountains.

GeoL Soc. Am., Bull., vol. xi, pp. 127-144, pis. 15-17, figs. 1-7, 1900.

Gives a summary of the previous work done in the region and describes the character and occurrence of the crystalline rocks and the sedimentaries of Cambrian and Ordovician age.

213 [Review of "The fauna of the Chonopectus sandstone at

Burlington, Iowa," by Stuart Weller.]

Jour. Geol., vol. viii, pp. 202-208, 1900.

214 Calvin (Samuel) and. Geology of Dubuque County [Iowa].

See Calvin (S.) and Bain (H. F.), No. 720.

215 Bain (J. W.). A sketch of the nickel industry.

Ont. Bureau of Mines, 9th Ann. Kept, pp. 213-224, 1900. Contains notes on the sources of nickel ores and methods for their refinement.

216 Baker (Frank Collins). The Mollusca of the Chicago area. The

Pelecypoda.

Chicago Acad. Sci., Bull., No. 3, pp. 1-129, pis. i-xxvii, figs. 1-12, 1898. Contains notes on occurrence of the mollusca in a subfossil condition.

217 Notes on a collection of Pleistocene shells from Milwaukee,

Wisconsin. Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., Jour., vol. xix, pp. 175-177, 1900.

218 Baker (Marcus). Alaskan geographic names.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 21st Ann. Rept, pt. ii, pp. 487-509, 1900.

219 Suney of the Northwestern boundary of the United States

1857-1861.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 174, pp. 1-78, pi. i, 1900.

220 Baldwin (S. Prentiss). Muir glacier, Alaska.

Sci, Am., vol. Ixvi, pp. 227-228, 1892.

Containn a general description of the glm-ier and an account of explorations in this region.

wwaw] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 41

221 Baldwin (S. Prentiss). Rec'ont changes in the Muir glacier.

Am. GeoL, vol. xi, pp. :i66-375, 1893.

Discufises the methiKls of measuring the ice movement adopted by other observers and points out certain probable errors.

222 Pleistocene history of the Champlain Valley.

Am. Geol., vol. xiii, pp. 170-184, with map and 1 fig., 1894. Describes the deltas, moraines, and other glacial deiKwita of this region and the pre-Glacial and post-Glacial drainage Systems.

223 Ball (T. H.). The Lake Michigan and Mississippi Valley watershed.

Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc, 1896, pp. 72-73, 1897.

Traces the course of the watershed in northern Indiana.

22i Some notice of streams, wells, and sand ridges in Lake CJounty,

Indiana. Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc, 1896, pp. 73-75, 1897. Describes certain physical features of the region.

225 Ballard (Hetty O.), Crosby (W. O.) and. Distribution and

probable age of the fossil shells in the drumlins of the

Boston Basin.

See Crosby (W. ().) and Ballard (H. O.), No. 1156.

226 BaUou (William H.). The serpent-like sea saurians.

Pop. Sci. Mo., vol. liii, pp. 209-225, 8 figs., 1898. Describes the distribution and gives illustrations of saurians of recent and geologic time.

227 Baimister (H. M.). The drift and geologic time.

Jour. Geol., vol. v, pp. 730-743, 1897.

Discusses previous estimates of the duration of the Glacial period and its probable duration, estimated from a study of the transportation of erratics.

228 Barbour (Carrie Adeline). Report on the work of the Morrill

geological expeditions of the University of Nebraska.

Science, new ser., vol. xi, pp. 856-858, 1900.

229 Barbour (Erwin Hinckley). Notice of new gigantic fossils.

Science, vol. xix, pp. 99-100, 1892.

Describes some new fossils from northwestern Nebraska.

230 On a new order of gigantic Tossils.

Univ. of Nebr., Univ. Studies, vol. i, No. 4, p. 23, pi. 5, July, 1892. Abstract: Jour, of Geol., vol. i, p. 421, 1893.

Describes a new order of Miocene fossils from Nebraska, and proposes the following classification:

Order. Family. Genus. Species.

Daimonelicidie.

Daimonelix f circumaxilis.

bispiralis. i anaxilis.

-j robusta.

(carinata.

42 BIBLIOGRAPHY Vf NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [btllISS.

281 Barbour (Erwin Hinckley). Is DaMiionolixa burrow? A reply to Dr. Theodor Fuchs.

Am. Nat, vol. xxix, pp. 517-527, 1895.

the character of the Miocene bad lands of the United States and reviews the evidences which have betn said to indicate that these Miocene IhhIs are of aerial origin and I);emonelix a rodent

232 Progress made in the study of Djemonelix.

Extract from publication No. V, Nebr.'Aca*!. Sci., Proc., 1894-95. IXscribes and illustrat** the progress of the author's studie**.

233 The deposits of volcanic ash in Nebraska.

Extract from publication No. V, Nebr. Aci. Sci., Proc., 1894-95. Describes the character, octmrrence, and distribution of the volcanic ash beds.

234 The diatomaceoas deposits of Nebraska.

Extract publication No. V, Nebr. Acad. Sci., Proc,, 1894-95. the character and (KH'urrence of the diatomaceous strata and presents a list foKil diatoms <letennined by Clarence J. Elmore.

235 Nature, structure, and phytogeny of Dfeinonelix.

Geol. Am., Bull., vol.viii, pp. 305-314, pis. 31-39, 1897. Review by A. Torrey liot Club, Bull., vol. xxiv, pp. 286-267, Describes illustrates the occurrence and characters of Daemonelix.

236 Notes on the ash beds of Nebraska and the Great Plains.

The Mineral Industry for 1897, pp. 22-25, 5 fip*., 1898. Describes the character and occurrence of the volcanic ash beds.

237 Wells and windmills in Nebraska.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply Paper No. 29, 85 pp., 27 pis., 25 figs., Gives a sketch of the general subjei't of water supply.

238 The rapid decline of geyser phenomena in the Yellowstone

National .Park.

Abstracts: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xlviii, p. 230 p.); Science, new ser., vol. x, pp. 490-491 (J p.), 1899.

239 and Knight (W. C). The discovery of new invertebrates

in the dinosaur beds of Wyoming.

Abstracti: Science, new ser., vol. x., p. 490 (J p.); Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xlviii, pp. 229-230 (9 1.), 1899.

240 Barbour (Erwin Hinckley). Report on the initial work of the

State Geological Survey, of Nebi'aska.

Science, new ser., vol. xi, pp. 343-344, 1900.

241 Glacial grooves and stria* in southeastern Nebraska.

Jour, (jeol., vol. viii, pp. 309-312, figs. 1-3, 1900.

Wmk8.J Petbology, And Minkralckjy. 43

:i42 Barlo7 (Alfred Ernest). On the nickel and copper deposits of

Sudbury, Ontario.

Ottawa Nat., vol. v, pp. 51-71, 1892.

Abstract: Can. Rec. Sci., vol. v, pp. 68-69, 1892.

Gives an account of the mining oiierations of the district and a description of the geologic occurrence of the ore and of its miueralogic characters.

'M On the relations of the Laurentian and Huronian on the north

side of Lake Huron.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 236-239, 1892. Discusses the relations of the two formations in this region.

2M Relations of the Laurentian and Huronian rocks north of Lake

Huron.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 313-332, 1893.

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, pp. 996-997, 1893.

Describes the general characteristics of Huronian and Laurentian rocks and their contact relations, and gives the results of the microscopic examination of the quartzites, gneisses, and schists. Summarizes the facts showing the eruptive nature of the Laurentian gneiss.

245 On some dikes containing " huronite."

Ottawa Nat, vol. ix, pp. 26-47, 1895.

Reviews the literature on huronite and describes the petrographic character of rocks from various parts of Canada and from Minnesota containing huronite.

246 EUfl (R. W.) and. The physical features and geology of the

route of the proposed Ottawa canal between the St. Lawrence River and Like Huron.

See Ells (R. W.) and Bariow (A. E.) No. 1651.

247 Barlow (Alfred Ernest). On the occurrence of cancrinite in

Canada.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. vii, p. 288, 1897.

Describes the character of the mineral from elaeolite syenite of Quebec.

248 Adams (Frank D.) and. With remarks by R. W. Ells. On

the origin and relations of the Grenville and Hastings series

in the Canadian Laurentian. See Adams (Frank D.) and Barlow (A. E.), No. 20.

Origin and relations of the Grenville- Hastings series of

the Canadian Laurentian.

See Adams (F. D.) and Barlow (A. E.), No. 21.

%

— and Xnis (R. W.). On the origin and relations of the Greoville and Hastings series in the Canada Laurentian.

See Adams (F. D.), Barlow (A. E.), and Ells (R. W.),No. 22.

44 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERirAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

251 Barlo'w (Alfred Ernest). Relations of the Laurentian and

Huronian roeks north of Lake Huron. Review Am. Geol., vol. xiii, pp. 63-64. See No. 244.

252 and Ferrier (W. F.). On the relations and structur*

of certain granites and associated arkoses of Lake Temiscaming, Canada.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. Rept. 1897, pp. 59-660, 1898.' Describes the microscopic characters and relations of the rocks.

253 Barlo7 (Alfred Ernest). Report on the geology and natural

resources of the area included by the Nipissing and Temiscaming map sheet, comprising poitions of the district of Nipissing, Ontario, and of the county of Pontiac, Quebec.

Can. Geol. Surv., new ser., vol. x, Rept. 1, 287 pp., 2 maps, 5 pis., 1899. Review: Jour, of Geol., vol. vii, pp. 713-717, 1899.

the physiography, the character and occurrence of the Archean rocks, Ordovician and Silurian strata, the petrographic character of the igneous rocks, the glacial deposits and occurrence of gold and silver.

254 On the origin of some Archaean conglomerates.

Ottawa Nat., vol. xii, pp. 205-217, pis. vi-ix, 1899. Discusses origin of certain pseudo-conglomerates of the Grenville and Hastings series of Ontario.

255 Barnard (Charles). Some recent changes in the shore line of

Nantucket [Massachusetts]. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. x, p. 895 p.), 1899.

J56 Barnard (E. C). Report of the Fortymile expedition [Alaska]

U. S. (ieol. Surv., Expl. in Alaska, pp. 76-84, 1899. Describes physiography and occurrence of gold.

. 257 Barnard (H. M.). The zoological position of trilobites.

Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. xl, pp. 16533-16534 and 16549-16550, 1895. DcvScribes the characters of trilobites and discusses their zoological position.

258 Barrell (Robert W.). Elkhorn Mountain and Rock Creek district

of the Blue Mountains, Oregon.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixii, p. 128, 1896.

Describes the occurrence of gold and silver ores in this region.

259 The mineral formation of the Golden Leaf mines [Montana].

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiv, p. 64, 1897.

Describes the geologic features of the region and the occurrence of gold and silver.

260 Gold mining in Oregon.

Mines and Minerals, vol. xix, pp. 12-15, 5 figs., 1898. the topographic features of eastern Oregon and the occurrence of sold.

KE.] PALEOirrOLOG\, FKIBOLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 45

261 Barron (Robert W.) The Bear Butte Mineral formation [Black

Hills, South Dakota].

Mines and Minerals, vol. xx, pp. 512-514, 1 fig., 1900. Describes the occurrence of gold ores, of eruptive rocks, and Cambrian strata.

262 Barrett (S. T.). Note on the paper in the November number of

this journal on "A new Oriskany fauna in Columbia County, N. Y."

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, p. 72 (communicated) 1893. Considers that this faxma. extended to and reached a higher stage of development in Lower Devonian strata.

363 Barris (W. H.). Our local geology [Davenport, Iowa].

Davenport Acad, of Nat. Sci., vol. vii, pp. 14-32, 1900. Describes the character and fauna of the Devonian strata of the region.

264 Barrois (Charles). [Correlation of clastic rocks.]

Int. Cong. Geol., Compte Rendu, 5th session, pp. 172 and 175, 1893. Remarks on the impossibility of comparing in detail the Paleozoic formations of Europe and North America.

265 Notice sur James Hall.

Soc. G6ol. de France; Bull., 3d ser., vol. xxvii, pp. 168-173, 1899.

26o Barrows (David P.). The Colorado desert [Arizona].

Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. xi, pp. 337-351, 5 figs., 1900. Describes the general physiographic features of the region.

}67 Barton (George H.). Bowlders formed in situ.

Tech. Quart., vol. v, pp. 401-403, 1892.

Refers to some granite bowk 3rs of Montana and of eastern Massa chusetta

268 [Remarks on drumlins.]

Boet. Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. xxvi, pp. 23-25, 1893. Reviews the theory advanced by Warren Upham in a paper on the origin of drumlins.

269 Glacial origin of channels on drumlins.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. vi, pp. 8-13, 1895.

Describes the characteristics of Glacial and pre-Glacial erosion of drumlins and discusses the origin of channels on certain drumlins in Massachusetts.

270 Evidence of the former extension of glacial action on the

west coast of Greenland, and in Labrador and Baffinland.

Am. Geol., vol. xviii, pp. 379-384, 1896.

Discusses the evidences of the former extension of the ice sheet in these regions.

46 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull.188.

271 Barton (George H.). Glacial observations in the Umanak district,

Greenland.

Tech. Quart., vol. x, pp. 213-244, figs. 1-27, 1897. Review by W. Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 329-330, 1897. Describes the glacial features of the region.

272 Bartsch (Paul). Notes on the Cretaceous flora of western Iowa.

Iowa State Univ., Lab. of Nat Hist, Bull., vol. iii, pp. 178-182, 1896. Gives a list of fossil plants collected at Holman Cut, Woodbury Iowa.

273 Bams (Carl). High temperature work in igneous fusion and

ebullition, chiefly in relation to pressure.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 103, pp. 11-57, 1893.

Describes the apparatus used and given results of experiments showing the pressure variations of certain high temperature (metallic) boiling points, the contraction of molten igneous rocks on passing from liquid to solid, and the thermal capacity of igneous rocks considered in its bearing on melting point and pressure.

274 Criticism of Mr. Fisher's remarks on rock fusion.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 140-141, 1893.

Discusses statements con(!ming the fusion points of certain rocks in paper by 0. Fisher, "Rigidity not to be relied upon in estimating the earth's age.**

275 Bascom (Florence). The structure, origin, and nomenclature of

the acid volcanic rocks of South Mountain.

Jour. Geol., vol. i, pp. 813-8IS2, 1893. Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. xiii, pp. 122-123, 1894; Am. Nat., vol. xxviii, pp. 515-516, 1894.

DetH'ribes the different structures which these acid rocks assume. Considers that these acid lava flows are similar to recent lavas found in the Yellowstone National Park and that the process of devitrifaction in these rocks is similar to that of crystallization in a fluid magma, except for the great length of time retjuired. Reviews the nomenclature used by various authors in describing similar acid rocks.

276 Volcanic rocks of South Mountain, Pennsylvania.

U. S. (ieol. Surv., Bull. No. 136, 124 pp., 28 pis., 1896.

Gives a historical review of geologic 8ur\'ey8 in the region and list of bibliographic references. the character, distribution, and age of the and eruptive rocks, and the petrographic character of the Cambrian acid eruptive and basic eruptive rocks, including a <iiscussion of their nomenclature. Gives a list of papers on acid volcanics and devitrification and on spherulites.

277 A pre-Tertiary nepheline-bearing rock.

Jour. Geol., vol. iv, pp. 160-165, 1896.

Gives a description of the megamopic and microscopic characters of a glacial bowlder from Ohio, and discusses the evidences of its age.

278 Perido-steatite and diabase.

Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc., 1896, pp. 219-220, 1896. Comprises brief notes on the characters of those rocks from near Philadelphia, Pa.

1 Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 47

279 Bascom (Florence). Aporhyolites of South Mountain, Pennsylvania.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 393-396, 1897. Describee the topography of the region and the petrographio structure of the aporhyolites.

280 The relations of the streams in the neighborhood of Philadelphia to the Bryn Mavrr gravel.

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 1897.

Gives a sketch of the geologic history of the region, and discusses the evidence of the stream erosion as indicating the age of the Bryn Mawr gravel.

281 [Review of 'The geology of the Fox Islands Maine, a contribution to the study of old volcanics," by George Otis Smith.]

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 214-219, 1897.

282 The ancient volcanic rocks of South Mountain, Pennsylvania.

Reiew by N. H. Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 13140, 1897. Review by J. P. Iddings, Jour. Geol., vol. v, pp. 213-216, 1897.

283 [Review of "Maryland Geological Survey, vol. i, 18*7."]

Am. Geol., vol. xxii, pp. 375-377, 1898.

284 See Diller (J. S.), No. 1507.

285 The dike rocks [slate belt of New York and Vermont].

U. 8. Geol. Surv., 19th Ann. Rept., pt. Ill, pp. 223-22(>, 1899. Describee the petrographio characters of certain dike rocks of the region.

286 [Review of "Maryland Geological Survey, vol. ii."]

Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, pp. 193-195, 1899.

287 On some dikes in the vicinity of Johns Bay, Maine.

Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, pp. 275-280, pis. viii-xi, 1899. Describes the occurrence and character of a<'id and basic dikes in the region.

288 Volcanics of Neponset Valley, Ma-ssachusette.

Geol. Soc Am., Bull., vol. xi, pp. 115-126, 1900. Describes the general geology of the region and the occurrence and characters of the acid and basic volcanics.

289 Bashore (Harvey B.). The Harrisburg teri*aces [Pennsylvania].

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvii, pp. 98-99, 1894. Describes the gravel deposits in this \icinity.

290 Notes on Glacial gravels in the lower Susquehanna Valley

[Pennsylvania].

Am. Jour. 8ci., 4th ser., vol. i, pp. 281-282, 1896. Gives the results of recent observations on the Glacial geology of this region.

291 Baskerville (Chas.), Mitchell (R. H.) and. An example of river adjustment.

See Mitchell (R. H.) and Baskerville (C), No. 4019.

48 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

292 Bassler (R. S.), Harper (G. W.) and. Catalogue of the fossils of

the Trenton and Cincinnati periods, occurring in the vicinity

of Cincinnati, Ohio. See Harper (G. W.) and Bassler (R. S.) No. 2294.

293 Nickles (John M.) and. A synopsis of American fossil

Br'ozoa including bibliography and synonymy.

See Nickles (J. M.) and Battler (R. S.) No. 4096.

294 Bather (F. A.). Brachiocrinus and Herpetocrinus.

Am. .GeoL, vol. xvi, pp. 213-217, 1895.

DiK'Uses the reasons for considering that the fragments described as Brachiocriniii to the genus Herpetocrinun.

295 [Review of New and interesting species of Paleozoic fossils,'' by S. A. Miller and Wm. F. E. Gurley.]

Am. Geol., vol. xvii, pp. 184-186, 1896.

296 Wacbsmuth and Springer's classification of crinoids.

Nat. Sci., vol. xii, pp. 337-345, 1898.

297 [Review of of Paleontology," by Karl A. von

Zittel.]

Science, new ser., vol. xi, pp. 980-984, 1900.

297 Pores in the ventral sac of fistulate crinoids.

Am. Geol., vol xxvi, pp. 307-312, 1900.

298 Baur (G.). On the morphology of the skull in Mosaauridae.

Jour. Morph., vol. \ii, pp. 1-22, pis. i-ii, 1892.

Reviews the literature on the characters of the skull of the Mosasauridas itcribes the skull of Platecarpus coryphaeus Cope, found in the Cretaceous of Kansas, and includes remarks on the relations of the Mosasauridse.

299 Notes on some little known American fossil toitoises.

Phila. Acad. Nat. 8ci., Proc, 1893, Part iii, pp. 411-430. RevieWvS previous descriptions and clajifications of some Cretaceous of Wyoming and Colorado.

300 and Case (E. C). The history of the Pelycosauria, with a

description of the genus Dimetrodon, Cope.

Am. Phil. Soc, Trans., vol. xx, pt. i, pp. 5-62, pis. i-iii, figs. 1-7,

301 Bayley (William Shirley). Eleolite-syenite of Litchfield, Me.,

and Hawes's hornblende-syenite from Red Hill, N. H.

(ieoi. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii pp. 231-252, 1892.

Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 500-501, 1892.

Describes the megascopic and microscopic characters of the specimens and gives several chemical analyst*?. Condudts that of the two the New Hampshire rock is more nearly a normal eleolite-syenite.

wnw) PALEOJTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 49

302 Bayley (William Shirley). Notes on the petrography and geology of the Akeley Lake region in northeastern Minnesota.

Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., 19th Ann. Kept, pp. 193-210, 1892.

States that the results of microscopic study of certain specimens mentioned in the 16th and 17th Minnesota Reports indicate that a different interpretation should be f?iven them. Gives locality of specimens, with petrographic notes, a discussion of the character of specimens mentioned in each report, and a summary of results.

303 A fibrous intergrowth of augite and plagioclase, resembling a

reaction rim, in a Minnesota gabbro.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 515-520, 1892.

Gives the petrographic results of a study of the Keweenawan gabbros in northeastern Minnesota.

304 The classification and naming of igneous rocks.

Science, vol. xxi, pp. 87-88, 1893.

Reviews papers on "The origin of igneous rocks" and "The eruptive rocks of Electric Peak and Sepulchre Mountain, Yellowstone National Park,** by J. P. Iddings, and discusses the principles of the classification of igneous rocks.

305 A fulgurite from Waterville, Me.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 327-328, 1893.

306 Striated garnet from Buckfield, Me.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 79-80 (communicated), 1893.

307 .Actinolite magnetite schists from the Mesabi iron range, in

northeastern Minnesota.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 176-180, 1893. Describes the petrographic characteristics of the rocks and remarks on their similarity to certain schists of the Penokee series.

308 The basic massive rocks of the Lake Superior region.

Jour. Geol., vol. i, pp. 433-456, 587-596, and 688-716, 1893.

Gives historical sketch of the gabbros and allied rocks, and discusses the question of the separation of the gabbros from the diabases. Reviews the literature concerning the basic massive rocks of the Lake Superior region and describes the position of the gabbros of northeastern Minnesota, with a petrographic description of the normal phase of gabbro.

The eruptive and sedimentary rocks of Pigeon Point, Minn.,

and their contact phenomena.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 109, pp. 11-121, pis. i-xvi, figs. 1-15, 1893.

Describes the general distribution and relations of these rocks, the petrographic characters of the olivine-gabbro, diabase, red rock, contact rocks of olivine-gabbro and red rock, fragmental rocks, and the contact belt between the sedimentary and other rocks. Discusses the origin of the red rock.

Bull 188—01 i

50 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

310 Bayley (William Shirley). The basic massive rocks of the Lake Superior region. IV. The peripheral phases of the great

gabbro mass of northeastern Minnesota.

Jour. GeoL, vol. ii, pp. 814-825, 189 k

Describes the characters of the nonfeldspathic gabbros and the olivine-pyroxene and pyroxene aggregates, and discusses the relation of the basic rocks to the normal gabbro.

311 A summary of progress in mineralogy and petrography in

Colby University, (jeol. Dept.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xiv, p. 52 (8 1.), 1894.

312 The basic massive rocks of the Lake Superior region, iv. The

peripheral phases of the great gabbro mass in northeastern Minnesota.

Jour. Geol., vol. iii, pp. 1-20, 1895.

Describes the olivinitic, dialiagic, biotitic, homblendic, and nonfeldspathic varieties of the granulitic gabbros. Gives the author's conclusions and a preliminary geologic map of the vicinity of Akeley Lake, Minnesota.

313 Spherulitic volcanics at North Haven, Maine.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. vi, pp. 474-476, 1895.

Describes the occurrence and characters of volcanic rocks, basal tfl, and rhyolites associated with Niagara limestones and sandstones in this vicinity.

314 Van Hise (C. R.) and. Preliminary report on the Marquette

iron-bearing district of Michigan. See Van Hise (C. R.) and Bayley (W.S.), No. 5696.

315 Bayley (William Shirley). Summaries of progress in petrography in 1894, 1895, 1890, and 1897.

316 Van Hise (C. R.) and. The Marquette iron-bearing district

of Michigan. With atlas. See Van Hise (C. R.) and Bayley (W.S.), No. 5704.

317 Bayley (William Shirley). See Van Hise (C. R.) and Bayley

(W. S.), No. 5704.

318 See Diller (J. S.), No. 1507.

319 The Sturgeon River tongue [Michigan].

U. S. Geol. Surv., Mon. XXXVI, pp. 458-487, pis. li-liii; 19th Ann. Rept., pt. iii, pp. 14()-151, 1899.

Describes the character and occurrence of the Basement Complex and the Algonkian and igneous rocks of the region.

TKMl PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY.. 51

320 Bayley (William Shirley). The geological features of the Menominee iron district of Michigan.

Abstracts: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xlix, pp. 18190 (i p.), 1900; Science, new ser., vol. xii, pp. 992-993, 1900.

321 Van Hise (Charles Richard) and. Menominee special folio,

Michigan. See Van Hise (C. R.) and Bayley (W. 8.), No. 6713.

22 Beachler (Charles S.). Keokuk group of the Mississippi Valley.

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 88-96, 1892.

Reviews the literature concerning this formation and gives a table of typical sections in Missouri, Indiana, Illinois, and Kentucky. Describes several exposures of the group.

323 Erosion of small basins in northwestern Indiana during the

time preceding the Pleistocene period.

Am. GeoL, vol. xii, pp. 51-53, 1893.

Describes the general features of a deep basin in Montgomery County and the character of the glacial deposits that were laid down in it.

324 An abandoned Pleistocene river channel in eastern Indiana.

Jour. Geol., vol. ii, pp. 62-65, with map, 1894. Describes the evidences which indicate the former existence of a river channel in Rush and Decatur counties in southeastern Indiana.

325 Beadle (H. M.). The persistence of ores in lodes in depth. The Empire lode.

Eng. and Min. Jour., vol. Iv, pp. 154-155, 1893. Remarks on the evidences found in mines at Butte, Mont., concerning the formation of lodes in depth, with a description of the Empire lode.

326 The Iron Mountain mine [Montana].

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ix, p. 562, 1895.

Brief description of the silver-lead ore Indies of this district in Missoula County, Mont.

327 Mineral regions of British Columbia.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixii, pp. 104-105, 1896. Describes the occurrence of gold in the Trail Creek mining region, British Columbia.

328 British Columbia mines.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixii, pp. 174-176, 1896.

Describes the gold ore bodies of Trail Creek region, British Columbia.

329 Beals (William, jr.). The building stones of New England.

Stone, vol. xiv, pp. 545-567, 10 pis., vol. xv, pp. 1-7, 213-223, 9 pis.,

Describes the character and occurrence of New England building stones.

52 BIBLIOGBAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

330 Beals (William, jr.). The Soven Devils mining district, Idaho.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixix, pp. 345-340, 3 figs., 1900. Describes the general geology of the region and the occurrence of the copper ores.

331 Becker (George F.). Finite homogeneous strain, flow, and rupture

of rocks.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 13-90, 1893.

Abstrat*t: Am. Geol., vol. xi, p. 411 p.), 1893.

Discusses the general conditions of displacement**, simple and compound strains, tangential strain, relation of stress and strain, and the viscosity, flow, and rupture of matter. Describes their geologic applications and reviews the theories of slaty cleavage.

332 Fisher's new hypothesis.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 137-139, 1893.

Refers to paper by O. Fisher, Rigidity not to be relied upon in estimating the earth*8 age," and discusses the bearing oC oceanic tides on the theory of the viscosity or rigidity of the earth.

333 Quicksilver ore deposits.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Min. Res., 1892, pp. 139-168, 1893.

Describes the occurrence of mercurial <ieposits in the United States and foreign countries. Discusses the opinions of other writers concerning the origin of these deposits. Concludes that the usual association of minerals shows precipitation from solution which took place in thermal springs of volcanic origin to be the ordinary genetic process. The deposits occur as fissure veins, im pronations, and in zones of broken country rock. Tables of productions.

334 On certain astronomical conditions favorable to glaciation.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlviii, pp. 95-113, figs. 1-3, 1894.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xiv, pp. 191-192, 1894.

Discusses the variation of temperature as influenced by solar radiation and the effect, of low eccentricity and high obliquity, and includes a calculation of sunshine per unit area. Concludes that the accumulation of glacial ice may be due to a combination of low eccentricity and high obliquity with a favorable disposition of land and water.

336 [The genesis of ore deposits.]

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxiii, pp. 602-604, 1894. Discusses a paper by F. Posepny on the same subject, noticed in Bibliography and Index for 1892 and 1893.

336 Gold fields of the southern Appalachians.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 16th Ann. Rept., pt. iii, pp. 251-331, pis. xvi-xvin,

Describes the geography of the region and gives a history of mining operations and statistics. Describes the characters of the rocks of the gold fields, their geologic structure, the gangue minerals, veins, impregnations, and placers. Includes descriptive notes of the Georgian South Mountain mining district, North Carolina, and the Carolinian belt, and a review of the history of the gold fields of the British maritime provinces and of the Green Mountains. A bibliography of the subject is also given.

Wsek8.] Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 5S

3:37 Becker (George F.). The torsional theory of joints.

Am. Inst Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxiv, pp. 130-188 and 865-867, 1895.

Describee the phenomena of joints, reviews some of the explanatory hypotheses and the' results of the author's experiments, and discuHses the torsional theory and the character of torsional rupture.

338 Distribution of gold deposits in Alaska.

Jour. Geol., vol. iii, pp. 960-962, 1895.

Gives a brief description of the gold deposits of Alaska.

339 Schistosity and slaty cleavage.

Jour. Geol., vol. iv, pp. 429-448, figs. 1-6, 1896.

This paper is a continuation of the discussion in a former paper on "Finite homogeneous strain, flow, and rupture of rocks." Discusses the structure developed by the deformations of a "solid, homogeneous, viscous, isotropic, not infinitely brittle mass."

340 Witwatersrand banket, with notes on other gold-bearing

pudding stones.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 18th Ann. Rept, pt. v, pp. 153-184, pi. i, fig. 1, 1897. Describes the occurrence of gold on the Witwatersrand and the occurrence of auriferous conglomerates in various parts of the States.

341 Some queries on rock differentiation.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iii, pp. 210, 1897. Review by C. F. Tolman, jr., Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 393-398, 1897.

Discusses the hypotheses of rock differentiation from homogeneous magmas of great volume.

342 Computing diffusion.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iii, pp. 280-286, 1897.

Describes methods and gives tables for computing diffusive phenomena.

343 Fractional crystallization of rocks.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv, pp. 257-261, fig. 1, 1897.

Describes the solidification of material in certain dikes and laccolites, and discusses its bearing on the theory of magmatic segregation or differentiation.

344 Lewis on the diamond.

Science, new ser., vol. vi, pp. 664-667, 1897.

Discusses the paper by George F. Kunz on the genesis of the diamond and review of Professor Lewis's papers on the "Genesis and matrix of the diamond."

- — Beconnaissanee of the gold fields of southern Alaska, with some notes on general geology.

U. 8. Geol. Sur\'., 18th Ann. Rept., pt. iii, pp. 7-86, pis. i-xxxi, figs. 1-6, 1898.

Includes notes on some igneous rocks and on the glacial features and voI(;anic- phenomena of the region. Describes the occurrence and character of the auriferous deposits and veins.

54 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [buix.188.

346 Becker (George F.). The Witwatersrand banket, with notes on

other gold-bearing pudding stones.

Review Zeit. fur prak. GeoL, Heft 6, pp. 212-217, 1898. See No. 340.

Includes notes on auriferous conglomerates occurring in the United States.

347 Auriferous conglomerates of the Transvaal.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. v, pp. 193-208, 1898. In describing the character of the (!onglomerate8 and the origin of gold, refers to the river gravel and beach sands of California.

348 On the determination of plagioclase feldspars in rock sections.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. v, pp. 349-354, pi. iii, 1898.

Reviews Michel Levy's method of determining plagioclase feldspars.

349 Brief memorandum on the geology of the Philippine Islands.

U. S. (leol. Surv., 20th Ann. Rept, pt. ii, pp. 3-7, 1900. Gives a brief description of the general geology and mineral resources of the islands.

360 Beecher (Charles E. ). Development of the Brachiopoda. Part II. Classiticution of the stages of growth and decline.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 133-155, 1892. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 253-255, 1892.

Reviews the literature of the subject and discusses the observed stages of the growth of brachiopods and their limitations.

351 Notice of a new Lower Oriskany fauna in Columbia County,

New York, with an annotated list of fossils by J. M. Clarke.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 410-414, 1892. Discusses the relations of the deposits of the region and concludes that the fauna are transitional.

352 The development of a Paleozoic coral.

Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci., Trans., vol. viii, pt. ii, pp. 207-214, 1893.

Describes the development of Pleurodict}*um lenticulare. Concludee that its nontabulate feature is without special consequence in considering the relations with other tabulate poriferous genera and that the development of mural pores is identical or homologous with the procesB of gemmation.

353 Symmetrical cell development in the Favositidee.

Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci., Trans., vol. viii, part 2, pp. 215-219, 1893.

Describes the process of cell development and a symmetrical system of intermural cell multiplication oljserved in a specimen of Michelinia convexa D'Orbigny from the Corniferous limestone.

354 Larval forms of trilobites from the Lower Helderberg group.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 142-147, 1893.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. :4-3; (i p.), 1893.

Describes and figures some larval forms of the trilobites, Phcethonldee and Acidaspis, found in the Helderberg Mountains of New York and gives a classification of the stages of development

wraa.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 55

355 Beecher (Charles E.). A larval form of Triarthrus.

Am. Jour. Sei., 3d eer., vol. xlvi, pp. 378-379, 1893. Describee an earlier stage in the development than that described by C. D. Walcott in 1879.

356 On the thoracic legs of Triarthrus.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 467-470, 1893. Describes and illustrates specimens showing the presence and structure of thoracic legs in Triarthrus becki Green.

357 Ueber die Entwickelung der Brachiopoden.

Neues Jahrb. f. Min., etc.. Band I, Heft 1, 1892, pp. 178-197, 1893. Describes the general structure of brachiopods and the characteristics of several orders and gives a list of genera of each order.

358 and Schuchert (C). Development of the brachial supports

in Dielasma and Zygospira.

Wash. Biol. 8oc., Proc., vol. viii, pp. 71-78, pi. x, 1893.

Describes the development of the loop in Dielasma turgida, as shown by a specimen from the Lower Carboniferous of Kentucky, the development of the brachial supports in Zygospira recurvirostra, and gives a statement of observations and correlations.

359 Beecher (Charles E.). Revision of the families of loop- bearing Brachiopoda: The development of Terebratalia obsoleta Dall.

Acad. Arts and 8ci., Trans., vol. ix, pp. 376-399. 1895. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 188-190.

360 Dodge (W. W.) and. On the occun*ence of Upper Siluriai

strata near Penobscot Bay, Maine. See Dodge (W. W.) and Beecher (C. E.), No. 1522.

361 Beecher (Charles E.). On the mode of occurrence and the struc tire and development of Triarthrus becki.

Am. Geol., vol. xiii, pp. 38-43, pi. iii, 1894.

Describes the peculiar mode of occurrence of the trilobites found in the Utica shale near Rome, N. Y., and describes and figures the structure of the legs and antenna* of Triarthrus becki.

362 The appendages of the pygidium of Triarthrus.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvii, pp. 298-300, pi. vii, 1894. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xiii, p. 428 (i p.), 1894. Describes the appendages attached to the pygidium or caudal shield of Triarthrus.

363 and Schuchert (Charles). Development of the brachial supports in Dielasma and Zygospira. Abstract: Am. Nat, vol. xxviii, p. 267 (I p.), 1894.

56 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

364 Beecher (Charles E.). Revision of the families of loop- bearing Brachiopoda.

Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci., Trans., vol. ix, pp. 376-391, pis. i-ii, 1895. Discusses the clasjdficatiou of the loop-bearing Brachiopoda and gives the author's classification of the genera.

365 Further observations on the ventral structure of Triarthrus.

Am. Geol., vol. xv, pp. 91-100, 1895.

Describes the ventral structure of Triarthrus as shown by additional characters observed since the publication of the last paper on this trilobite.

366 The larval stages of trilobites.

Am. Geol., vol. xvi, pp. 166-197, pis. viii-x, 1895.

Describes the characters of the protaspis and gives a review of the larval stages of trilobites and an analysis of the variations of trilobite larvae. Describes the antiquity of trilobites, the restoration of the protapsis, and the development and characters of the crustacean Nauplius. Gives a summary, list of bibliographic references, and explanation of plates.

367 Structure and appendages of Trinucleus.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlix, pp. 307-311, pi. iii, 1895.

Mentions the genera allied to Trinucleus and the homologous features in other trilobites. Describes and figures the appendages of Trinucleus concentricus, found associated with Triarthrus becki in the Utica slate near Rome, N. Y.

368 The morphology of Triarthrus.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. i, pp. 251-256, pi. viii; Geol. Mag., dec 4, vol. iii, pp. 193-200, pi. ix, 1896.

Gives a summary of present knowledge of the structure of Triarthrus and presents a figure showing the natural position of the appendages.

369 James Dwight Dana.

Am. Geol., vol. xvii, pp. 1-16, 1896.

Contains a biography and a list of the publications of Professor Dana.

370 On a supposed discovery of the antennae of trilobites by

Linnaeus in 1759.

Am. Geol., vol. xvii, pp. 303-306, 1896.

Refers to the literature on the subject and gives a list of references.

371 On the validity of the family Bohemillidae Barrande.

Am. Geol., vol. xvii, pp. 360-362, figs. 1-3, 1896.

Discusses the characters and synonymy of Bohemilla stupenda.

372 On the occurrence of Silurian strata in the Big Horn Mountains, Wyoming, and in the Black Hills, South Dakota.

Am. Geol., vol. xviii, pp. 31-33, 1896.

Discusses the occurrence of fossils of Niagara and Trenton facies and remarks on the necessity of a knowledge of the complete unas for purposes of correlation.

wisKfl.) PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 57

373 Beecher (Charles E.). Outline of a natural classification of the trilobites.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iii, pp. 89-106, and 181-207, pi. iii, 1897.

Reviews previoua classifications and describes the principles and application of a natural classification. Gives diagnoses of the orders and families and a list of the genera.

374: Morphology of the brachia.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 87, pp. 105-112, figs. 2-6, 1897. Describes the different stages of development.

375 [Review of "Synopsis of American fossil Brachiopoda," by

Charles Schuchert.]

Am. Nat, vol. xxxi, pp. 1053-1055, 1897.

376 See Kingsley (J. S.), No. 3182,

377 Origin and significance of spines. A study in evolution.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. vi, pp. 1-20, pi. i, figs. 1-31; 125-136; 249-268, figs. 32-50; 329-359, figs. 51-73, 1898.

Discusses the origin, growth, development, and significance of spines. Includes a bibliography of the subject.

378 Othniel Charies Marsh.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. vii, pp. 403-428; Am. Geol., vol. xxiv, pp. 135-157, 1899.

Gives a sketch of Professor Marsh's life and work, and a chronologic list of his publications.

379 [Review of "The Cretaceous Foraminifera of New Jersey,"

by R. M. Bagg, jr.]

Am. GeoL, vol. xxiii, p. 126 (J p.), 1899.

380 Restoration of Stylonurus lacoanus, a giant arthropod from

the Upper Devonian of the United States.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. x, pp. 145-150, 1 pi., 1900. Gives a historical sketch of the genus and describes the material and the character of the restoration. Includes a bibliography.

381 Conrad's types of Syrian fossils.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. ix, pp. 176-178, 1900. 382 On a large slab of Uintacrinus from Kansas.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. ix, pp. 267-268, pis. iii-iv, 1900. Describes the slab and the general characters of the specimens.

383 Restoration of Stylonurus lacoanus, a giant arthropod from

the Upper Devonian of the United States. Geol. Mag., dec. iv, vol. vii, pp. 481-485, pi. xviii, 1900.

384 Memoir of Othniel Charles Marsh.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. xi, pp. 521-537, 1900. Gives a sketch of his life and work and a list of his publications relating to geology and paleontology.

58 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NOKTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [ bull. 188.

385 Beade (J. W.), Haworth (E.) and. The McPherson Etiuus beds

[Kansas],

See Haworth (E.) and Beede (J. W.), No. 2374.

386 Beede (J. W.). New corals from the Kansas Carlwniferous.

Kan. Univ. Quart., vol. vii, pp. 16-18, 1898. DeHcrilxs four new sixxnts.

387 Variations of external appearance and internal characters of

Spirifer cameratus Morton.

Kan. Univ. Quart., vol. vii, pp. pi. vi, figs. 1-3, 1898.

388 Notes on Campophyllum torquium Owen, and a new variety

of Monopteria gibbosa Meek and Worthen.

Kan. Univ. Quart., vol. vii, pp. 187-190, 5 figs., 1898.

389 Preliminary notice on the correlation of the Meek and Mar-

cou section at Nebraska City, Nebraska, with Kansas Coal Measures.

Kan. Univ. Quart., vol. vii, pp. 231-233, 1898.

Di8cu*t*s the evidence for the correlation of the Nebnuka City beds with Measures at Topeka, Kansas.

390 The stratigraphy of Shawnee County [Kansas].

Kan. Acad. Std., Trans., vol. xv, pp. 27-34, 1898. Names and a number of subdivisions of the ,Ooal Measures. Gives a list of fossils collected.

391 The McPherson Equus beds.

Kan. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. xv, pp. 104-110, pi. vi, and map and sections, 1898.

DescrilK's the typography of a part of cH?ntral Kansas and the character, occurrence, and origin of the Equus beds.

392 Notes on Kansas physiography.

Kan. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. xv, pp. 114-120, pis. vii-ix, 1898. Describes the physiographic features as determined by the geologic structure, rocks, and climate.-

393 Descriptions of some new forms of Pseudomonotis from the

Upper Coal Measures of Kansas. Kans. Univ. Quart., vol. viii, pp. 79-84, pis. xviii-xix, 1898.

394 — — New fossils fiom the Kansas Coal Measures.

Kan. Univ. Quart., vol. viii, pp. 123-130, pis. xxxii-xxxiii, 1899.

395 On the correlation of the Coal Measures of Kansas and

Nebraska.

Kan. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. xvi, pp. 70-84, 1899. Reviews the literature on the subject, gives sections at the localities, and discusses their relations.

▼nosl PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 59

396 Bccde (J. W.) and Rogers (Austin F.). New and little-known

pelecypods from the Coal Measures. Kan. Univ. Quart., vol. viii, pp. 131-134, pi. xxxiv, 1899.

397 Beede (J. W.). Two new crinoids from the Kansas Carbonifer-

ous.

Kan. Univ. Quart., vol. ix, pp. 21-24, pi. v, 1900.

398 A reconnaissance in the Blue Valley Permian [Kansas- Nebraska]. Kan. Univ. Quart., vol. ix, pp. 191-202, pi. xliii, 1900. Describee the ooc'urrenc*e of the Wabaunsee, Cottonwood, Neosho, Chaae, Florence, and Marion formations.

399 Bell (Andrew). Notes on the building stones of eastern Ontario.

Stone, vol. xii, pp. 565-567, vol. xiii, pp. 24-27, 1896. Describes the building stones of the Laurentian, Potsdam, Trenton, and Calciferous formations.

400 Bell (Robert). Report on the Sudbury mining district. With an

appendix by Prof. George H. Williams.

Canada Geol. Surv. Reports, vol. v, new ser., pt. i, 1890-91, Report F, 91 pp., 1893.

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 269-270, 1893.

Describes the Laurentian and Huronian rocks of the region, the occurrence of nickel and copper and their mineral association in these rocks, and discusses the origin of the ore

401 [Post-Glacial outlet to the Great Lakes.]

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 425-427, 1893.

In discussion of paper by G. Frederick Wright "The supposed Post- Glacial outlet of the Great Lakes through Lake Nipissing and the Mattawa River.*'

402 Pre-Paleozoic decay of ci'ystalline rocks north of Lake Huron.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. v, pp. 357-366, pis. 15-16, 1894.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xiii, p. 214 (J p.), 1894.

Discusses the evidence of pre-Paleozoic erosion, the conditions affecting this ancient erosion and the contacts of Archean and Paleozoic rocks. Discusses the significance of the of Paleozoic deposition and the effect of glacial denudation.

403 Honeycomed limestones in Lake Huron.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. vi, pp. 297-304, pis. 1-16, 1895.

Describes the physical characteristics, age, and appearance of the eroded rocks on Grand ManitouUn and adjacent islands. Discusses the relations of the erosion forms to rock variety and the causes which have produced this peculiar phenomena.

- — Proofs of the rising of the land around Hudson Bay.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. i, pp. 219-228, 1896. Reviews the author's observations in this region, which indicate that the country about Hudson Bay is continually rising.

60 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bill. 188.

405 Bell Evidence of northeasterly differential rising of the

land along Bell River [Canada].

Ge<)l. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 241-250, pis. 2:V24, 1897. Dencribes the characters of the dramage and it on the evidence of an earth movement.

406 Report on the geology of the French River sheet, Ontario.

Canada (Jeol. Siirv., new str., vol. ix, Uept. I, 29 pp., 1898. DescrilxiH the (K'currence and chaitu'ter of the granite, Laurentian, Huronian, and Silurian rm'ks and glacial phenomena.

407 On the occurrence of mammoth and mastodon remains around

Hudson Bav.

(iwl. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. ix, pp. .369-390, 1 fig., 1898.

the occurrence, migration, disappearance of the mammoth and mastodon, the character of the Pleistocene deposits southwest of James Bay, and the discovery of in other parts of Canada.

408 Fossil-like forms in the Sault Ste. Marie sandstone.

Alwtract: Science, new ser., vol. vii, p. 80 (12 1.), 1898.

409 Rising of land around Hudson Bay.

Smith. Inst., Ann. Kept, for 1S97, pp. 359-367, 1898.

410 Outline of geology of Hudson Bay and Strait.

Abstracts: Science, new ser., vol. ix, pp. 101-102; Am. Greol., vol. xxiii, pp. 92-93, 1899.

411 The geological history of Lake Superior.

Can. Inst., Trans., vol. vi, pp. 45-60, 2 figs,, 1899. Descrilx*s the origin of the Great Lakes and the geologic history of Lake

412 Bell (R. N.). The deepest mine in Idaho. The Ramshorn at Bay-

horse. Mines and Minerals, vol. xxi, pp. 174-176, 1900. the geologic featurtv of the region and the occurrence of silver ores,

41B Bendrat (T. A.), Herrick (C. L.) and. Identification of an Ohio Coal Measures horizon in New Mexico.

See Herrick (C. L.) and Bendrat (T. A.), No. 2464.

414 Benedict (A. C). Petroleum in Indiana.

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Hist., 17th Kept., 1891, pp. 306-325, 1892.

Gives a historical sketch of jietroleum and an account of the extent of the Indiana oil field and sections of oil wells in various parts of the State.

415 Elrod (Moses W.) and. Geology of Wabash

See Elrod (M. W.) and Benedict (A. C), No. 1666.

K8,] Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 61

M6 Benedict (A. C.). The Bayport, Michigan, quarries.

Stone, vol. xvii, pp. 153-1, 5 pin., 1898.

Beflcribes the character and occurrence of the St. Louin limestone at the locality, and its value as a building stone and for road material.

416a Elrod (M. N.) and. Geology of (Jass County, [Indiana],

See Elrod (M. N.) and Benedict (A. C), No. 1666a.

417 Bennett (John). A geologic section along the Missouri Pacific Railway, from State Line, Bourbon County, to Yates Center [Kansas].

Univ. Geol. Surv. of Kans., vol. i, pp. 86-98, pi. iv, fig. 4, 1896. Describes the limestones and shales which make up the series and mentions their contained fossils.

418 A geologic section along the Kansas River from Kansas

City to McFarland [Kansas],

Univ. Geol. Surv. of Kans., vol. i, pp. 107-124, pi. vi, fig. 5, 1896. Gives the section of the Carboniferous strata at various localities and mentions the fossils collected.

419 A preliminary catalogue of the invertebrate paleontology

of the Carboniferous of Kansas (preliminary).

Univ. Geol. Surv. of Kans., vol. i, pp. 270-310, 1896.

420 Haixrorth (Erasmus) and. A geologic section from Baxter

Springs [Kansas] to the Nebraska State Line.

See Ha worth (Erasmus) and Bemiett (John), No. 2367.

421 Bennett (Lee F.). Four comparative cross sections of the Knobstone group of Indiana.

Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc. 1897, pp. 258-262, 1898.

Describes the charai'ter of the formation and compares the set'tions as drawn.

421a Notes on the eastern escarpment of the Knobstone formation in Indiana.

Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc. for 1898, pp. 2a3-287, 1 fig., 1899.

422 Headwaters of Salt Creek in Porter County [Indiana].

Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc. for 1899, pp. 164-166, with topographic map,

423 Bergeat (Alfred). Zur Kenntniss der jungen Eruptivgesteine der Republik Guatemala.

Zeit der deut. geol. (Resell., Band xlvi, Heft 1, pp. 131-157, 1894.

Describes the physiography of the region and the geologic distribution, occurrence, and petrographic characters of the recent rocks of Guatemala.

62 Bibliography Of North American Geology, [Bull.M8.

424 Berkey (Charles P.). Preliininarv report of leveling party.

Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., 22d Ann. Kept., pp. 134-140, 1894.

Describes the topographic character of portions of Cook County, Minn., and includes two profile sections showing the principal elevated regions, and tables showing the elevations of a number of localities above sea level.

425 Notes on Minnesota minerals.

Minn. and Nat. Hist. Surv., 23d Ann. Rept, pp. 194-202, 1895.

Contains notes on minerals from amygdaloidal diabase, with a chemical analysis of the rock, and a description and chemical analysis of apophyllite, laumonite, strigovite, datolite, travertine, and marl.

426 Chemical anal3'sis of the Fisher meteorite.

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 317-318, 1897.

Describes its mineralogic and chemical characters.

427 Geology of the St. Croix Dalles [Minnesota- Wisconsin].

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 345-Ii83, pis. xx-xxii, 1897.

Describes the physiographic features, the glacial geology, the lithologic characters and distribution of the Cambrian subdivisions, and the characters of the igneous rocks. Presents a geologic and topographic map of the region.

428 Geology of the St. Croix Dalles. II [Wisconsin].

Am. Geol., vol. xxi, pp. 139-155, pis. xii-xiii, 1898. Decribes the igneous rocks and minerals and presents a geologic map of the region.

429 Geology of the St. Croix Dalles. Ill, Paleontology.

Am. (ieol., vol. xxi, pp. 270-294, pis. xvii-xxi, 1898. (Tives lists of fossils collected from the different beds and describee a number of new species. Includes a geologic map.

430 Bernard (Felix). The principles of paleontology (extracted from

Bernard's Elements de Palontologie, Paris, 1895).

N. Y., 14th Ann. Kept. State pp. 131-215, 1897; N. Y. State Mus., 48th Ann. liept., vol. ii, pp. 131-215, 1897.

431 Beyer (Samuel Walker). The .spotted slates associated with the

Sioux quartzites.

Johns Hopkins Univ., Circ, vol. xv, p. 10, 1895.

Desfribts the megascopic and microscopic characters of the slates overlying the Sioux quartzite in South Dakota.

432 Geology of Boone County [Iowa].

Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. v, pp. 177-232, pi. iv, figs. 16-31, 1896.

Describes the topography and drainage, the stratigraphy of typical sections, the distribution of the Carboniferous and Glacial deposits, and the occurrence of coal, building stone, clays, and soils. Includes a geologic map of the county and a map of the surface deposits.

wms.) PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AB MINERALOGY. 63

433 Beyer (Samuel Walker). The Sioux quartzite and certain associated rocks.

Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. vi, pp. 69-112, fip?. 24-28, and geologic map, 1897. Published in 1896. ,

Describes the occurrence of Niobrara chalk, the character of the Sioux quartzite and slate, the petrographic characters of the olivine diabase, quartzite, and slate, and discusses their origin.

Evidence of a sub-Aftonian till sheet in northeastern Iowa.

Iowa Acad. Sci., Pnx*., vol. iv, pp. 58-62, pis. ii-iii, 1897. Discusses the evidence as to the line separating the various stages of the ice sheet in this region.

435 Geology of Marshall County Iowa].

Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. vii, pp. 199-262, pis. v-vi, figs. 25-37, with geologic niap, 1897.

Describes the physiographic and drainage features, the occurrence and character of the Carboniferous subdivisions, and the occurrence of building stones and clay.

436 Geology of Story County [ Iowa].

Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. ix, pp. 159-237, pis. iii-iv, figs. 16-29, and geologic map, 1899.

Describes the physiography and drainage, the character and occurrence of the and Pleistocene sulxiivisions and wind deposits, and the occurrence of coal, clays, and other economic products.

437 Buried loess in Story County [Iowa].

Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. vi, pp. 117-121, 1899. Describes occurrence and gives list of fossils.

438 Geology of Hardin [ Iowa].

Iowa Geol. Sur\\, vol. x, pp. 245-313, figs. 23-36, and geologic map,

Describes the physiography and drainage of the region, the character and occurrence of the and Pleistocene series, and the occurrence of clay, building stones, and road materials.

439 Bibbins (Arthur). Notes on the paleontology of the Potomac formation.

Johns Hopkins Univ.,Circ., vol. xv, pp. 17-20, Figs. A to H, 1895. Describes the general characteristics of the plant and animal remains, with detailed notes on certain localities in Maryland.

440 Clark (W. B.) and. The stratigraphy of the Potomac group

in Maryland.

See Clark (W. B.) and Bibbins (A.), No. 913.

441 Bibbins (Arthur). A fossil cypress swamp in Maryland.

The Plant World, vol. i, pp. 164-166, 1 pi., 1898.

Describes occurrence on Chesapeake Bay in Cretaceous strata.

64 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

442 Bierbauer (Bruno). A check-list of the Paleozoic fossils of Wis-

consin, Minnesota, Iowa, Dakota, and Nebraska.

Minn. Acad. Nat. Sci., Bull., vol. iii, No. 2, pp. 206-247, 1892. Contains a table giving the names of the foesilfl and the state and formation in which they occur.

443 Bigney (A. J.). Preliminary notes on the geology of Dearborn

County, Indiana.

Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc., 1891, pp. 66-67, 1892.

States that the principal fonnation is a blue limestone of Silurian age. Briefly describes the glacial drift exposures.

444 Birkinbine (John). [Occurrence of titaniferous iron ore.]

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 277-278, 1893. In discussion of paper by H. B. C. Nitze, "The magnetic iron ores of Ashe County, N.

445 Iron ores.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 19th Ann. Kept., pt. vi, pp. 23-63, pis. i-xi, 1898.

Includes statistics of production, analyses of iron ores, notes on the Marquette iron range, by James E. Jopling, and notes on the iron ores of Alabama, by Henry McCalley.

446 Manganese ores.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 19th Ann. Kept., pt. vi, pp. 91-125, 1898. Includes statistics of production and notes on the manganese ores of Virginia, by Charles Catlett.

447 Bishop (Irving P.). Report on the development of the salt

industry of central New York for the year 1891.

N. Y. State Mus., 45th Ann. Rept., pp. 53-61, 1892.

Gives several sections as shown by well borings at different localities.

448 The structural and economic geology of Erie County [New

York].

N. Y., 15th Ann. Rept. State Geologist, vol. i, pp. 17-18, 305-392, pig. i-xvi, figs. 1-6, 1897; N. Y. State Mus., 49th Ann. Rept, vol. ii, pp. 305-392, pis. i-xvi, figs. 1-6, 1898.

Describes the physiography, the character, and occurrence of the Silurian and Devonian subdivisions, the glacial phenomena, and the occurrence of building stones and natural gas, with data of the well borings.

449 Report on petroleum and natural gas in western New York.

N. Y., 17th Ann. Rept. State Geol., pp. 9-63, and map, 1899; N. Y. State Mus., 51st Ann. Rept., vol. ii, pp. 9-63, and map, 1899. Gives data of well borings in the region.

450 Blake (William P.). Age of the limestone strata of Deep Creek,

Utah, and the occurrence of gold in the crystalline portions of the formation.

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 47-48, 1892.

The limestone forms the ranges of hills and mountains and has been metamorphosed by the intrusion of granitic dikes. Its Carboniferous age is indicated by the contained fossils.

whmI paleontology, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 65

451 Blake (William P.). Relative abundance of gold in different geological formations. Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 166-168, 1892.

Discusses the question as to the age of the chief gold-bearing formations in the United States.

452 Association of apatite with beds of magnetite.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 159-160,1893. Mentions examples of such association in New York, Missouri, Utah, and New Jersey.

453 [Vein structure.]

Am. Inst Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, p. 873, 1893. In discussion of paper by Ernest Wilteee, "Notes on the geology of the Half-Moon Mine, Pioche, Nev."

454 The mineral deposits of southwest Wisconsin.

Am. (leol., vol. xii, pp. 237-248, 1893.

Describes the geology of the region, the forms of the ore bodies, and the character and structure of the blende deposits, with remarks on smithsonite, blende, barite, and marcasite ores.

455 The persistence of ores in lodes in depth.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Iv, p. 3, 1893.

Abstract: North of England Inst, of Mg. and Mech. Engrs., Trans., vol. xlii, part v, p. 404 ( J p.) , 1893.

Remarks on the independence of lode formation of any superficial phenomena and on the evidences of lateral secretion and vein filling in depth in the mines at Butte, Mont., and concludes that lode mineralization is deep seated and in a homogeneous rock formation may extend downward to and beyond the limit that mining operations can be conducted.

*56 The progress of geological surveys in the State of Wisconsin. A review and bibliograph3\

Wis. Acad. Sci., Arts and Letters, vol. ix, pt i, pp. 22&-231, 1893. Reviews the literature of Wisconsin geology, particularly that relating to the lead and zinc deposits.

The mineral deposits of southwest Wisconsin.

Am. Inst, Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxii, pp. 558-568, 1894. Describes the geology of the region and the character and structure of the ore deposits.

*58 [The lead and zinc deposits of the Mississippi Valley.]

Am. Inst Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxii, pp. 621-634, 1894. In discussion of paper by W. P. Jenney on the same subject.

59 [The genesis of ore deposits.]

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxiii, p. 587 (i p. ), 1894. In discussion of paper on the same subject by F. Posepny.

[Terrestrial submergence southeast of the American continent.]

Greol. 8oc. Am., Bull., vol. v, p. 21 ( J p.) , 1894.

In discussion of paper by J. W. Spencer on the same subject

Bull. 188—01—5

66 BIBLIOGBAPHY OF NOBTH AMERIOAK GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

461 Blake (William P.). Wisconsin lead and zinc deposits.

Geol. Soc. Am., Ball., vol. v, pp. 25-32, 1894.

Reviews the literature on these deposits, discusses the relation of deformation to ore deposition, the evidences of deformation, and the general distribution of zinc in the Silurian seas, and gives the author's conclusions.

42 Trilobites in tiie "Oil Rock" liorizon of the Trenton limestone.

Am. Geol., vol. xiv, pp. 133-134 (correspondence) , 1894.

Mentions the occurrence of species of Ceraurus, Dalmania, Encrinurus, Orthis, Murchisonia, Orthoceras, Cypricardites, Raphistoraa, Hyolithes, Streptelasma, and encrinal stems in the Trenton limestone of Wisconsin.

463 On the origin of ancient quartz rocks.

Science, vol. xxiii, pp. 141-142, 1894.

Discusses the origin of quartzites of pre-Cambrian strata.

464 The zinc deposits of southwestern New Mexico.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxiv, pp. 187-195, 1895. Gives a brief account of the geology of the region and of the characteristics of the ore bodies.

466 Note on the structure of the franklinite and zinc ore bodies

of Sussex County, New Jersey.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxiv, pp. 521-524, 1895. Discusses the geologic structure of the region.

466 Alunogen and bauxite of New Mexico.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxiv, pp. 571-573, 1895. Brief description of a deposit in New Mexico and discussion of the origin of similar bauxites.

467 Cinnabar in Texas.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxv, pp. 68-76, 1896. Describes the occurrence of cinnabar in western Texas and the character and relations of the associated Tertiary and Cretaceous series.

468 Notes and recollections concerning the mineral resources of

northern Georgia and western North Carolina.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxv, pp. 796-811, 1896.

Describes the occurrence of gold in Geoia and copper in Tennessee, and mentions the occurrence of certain minerals in the southern Appalachians.

469 Gold in granite and plutonic rocks.

Abstract: Mining and Scientific Press, vol. Ixxiii, p. 296, 1896. See No. 471.

Describes the occurrence of gold in Arizona, Cali*omia, and South Dakota.

470 Gypsum beds in southern Arizona.

Am. Geol., vol. xviii, p. 394 (i p.) (correspondence), 1896. Mentions occurrence of gypsum in this region

▼nw-l PALEOKTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINEBALOGY. 67

471 Blake (William P.). Gold in granite and plutonic rocks.

Am. Inst Mg. Engre., Trans., vol. xxvi, pp. 290-298, 1897. Deecribes the occturence of gold in Arizona, California, and South Dakota.

472 The Fortuna gold mine, Arizona.

Eng. and Mg. Jonr., vol. Ixiii, pp. 664-666, 1897.

Describes the geologic occorrence and character of the ore body.

473 Oscillations of level of the Pacific coast of the United States.

Am. GeoL, vol. xxi, pp. 164-166, 1898.

Deecribes occurrence of Ocoya Creek formation and its bearing on the evidence of a recent uplift of the region.

474 Anthracite coal in Arizona.

Am. Geol., vol. xxi, pp. 346-346, 1898.

Describes occurrence of coal in beds of the Carboniferous series and gives a chemical analysis.

475 Remains of a species of bos in the Quaternary of Arizona.

Am. GeoL, vol. xxii, pp. 65-72, 1898.

Describes horn cores and reviews the hterature describing similar material.

476 Bison latifrons and Bos arizonica.

Am. Geol., vol. xxii, pp. 247-248, 1898.

Refers to remains recently described by Dr. Allen.

77 Native sodium carbonate.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixv, p. 188 (J p.), 1898. Describes occurrence of soda in northern Mexico.

478 Wolframite in Arizona.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixv, p. 608 (i p.)> 1898. Contains brief notes on occurrence in Cochise County.

79 The occurrence and production of wolframite in Arizona.

The Mineral Industry for 1898, vol. vii, pp. 720-722, 1899. Describes character and occurrence in Arizona.

The Pliocene skull of California and the flint implements of

Table Mountain.

Jour. Geol., vol. vii, pp. 631-637, 1899. Discusses bearing on the antiquity of man.

Habnerite in Arizona.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxviii, pp. 543-546, fig. 1, 1899. Describes character and occurrence of the material.

Glacial erosion and the origin of the Yosemite Valley.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxix, pp. 823-836, figs. 1-3, 1900. Discusses the origin of Yosemite Valley and the effects of glacial erosion*

Remains of the mammoth in Arizona.

Am. Geol., vol. xxvi, p. 257 (I p.), 1900.

Contains notes on occurrence of Elephas americanus.

68 BIBLIOGBAPHY OF NORTH AMEBIOAN GEOLOGY, [boll. 188.

483a Blake (William P.). Geology and mineral resources of Arizona.

Arizona, Rept. of Governor to the Secretary of the Interior, 1899, pp.

Describes the general geology of various portions of Arizona and the character and occurrence of ores and economic products.

484 Blandy (John F.). The persistence of ores in lodes in depth.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Iv, pp. 75-76, 1893.

Remarks on the evidences of lateral secretion and the comparatively limited depth to which mining has yet been carried.

485 Some notes on the geology of Arizona.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ivi, pp. 473-474, 1893. Describes the geology of portions of Arizona, with particular reference to the Triassic of the southern part of the Territory.

486 An Arizona copper deposit.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiv, p. 97, 1897.

Describes the occurrence of copper near the rim of the Grand Canyon of the Colorado.

487 Mining in Yavapai County, Arizona.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixvi, pp. 547-548, 1898. Describes the general geology of the region and the occurrence of precious metals.

488 The origin of the native copper in the Michigan deposits.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixx, pp. 278-279, 1900.

489 Blatchley (W. S.). A preliminary report on the clays and clay

industries of the coal-bearing counties of Indiana.

Ind. Dept of Geol. and Nat. Res., 20th Ann. Rept, pp. 23-185, pis. i-vu, 1896.

Discusses the origin and classification of clays and describes their distribution and physical and chemical characters in the several counties in Indiana.

490 The petroleum industry in Indiana.

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Res., 21st Ann. Rept., pp. 27-96, with map,

Describes the origin and occurrence of petroleum in Indiana, and gives loc!al details, accompanied by qnap of productive area in northeastern Indiana.

491 Indiana caves and their fauna.

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat Res., 2l8t Ann. Rept, pp. 121-212, pis. iv-xiii,

Describes the formations of caves in limestones and the character and fauna of the caves in southern Indiana. Includes a bibliography.

492 The geology of Lake and Pointer counties, Indiana.

Ind. Dept. of Geol. and Nat. Res., 22d Ann. Rept., pp. 25-104, pis. iii-viii, 1898.

Describes the physiography, the Devonian and Silurian rocks, and the glacial and recent geologic features of the reon. Gives sections of

Paleontology, Petkolooy, And Mineralogy. 69

493 Blatchley (W. S.). The clays and clay industries of northwestern

Indiana.

Ind. Dept of Greol. and Nat Res., 22d Ann. Rept, pp. 105-153, pis. ix-xi, 1898.

Describes the character, origm, varieties, and properties of clays, and the clays and clay industries of the region.

494 The petroleum industry in Indiana in 1897.

Ind. Dept of Geol. and Nat. Res., 22d Ann. Rept, pp. 155-184, pis. xii-xiii, 1 fig., 1898.

Describes the mode of formation of oil in the Trenton limestone in Indiana.

495 See OUphant (F. H.), No. 4136.

496 and Ashley (George H.). Geological scale of Indiana.

Ind. Dept of Geol. and Nat. Res., 22d Ann. Rept , pp. 17-23, pi. ii, 1898. Gives a brief description of each of the formations occurring in the State.

497 Blanvelt (Harrington). Mineral in basalt.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixi, p. Ill p. ), pis. i-ii, 1896. Describes occurrence of silver and copper in basalt in Yavapai County, Ariz.

498 Blow (A. A.). The Leadville gold belt [Colorado].

Abstract: Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. lix, p. 77, with map, 1895. Gives a brief description of the topography and geology of the region and of the character and occurrence of the gold ores.

499 Bine (Archibald). Sixth report of the bureau ot mines [Ontario].

Ottawa, 289 pp., 2 geological maps, 1897.

Includes notes on the occurrence of building materials, petroleum, natural gas, mica, graphite, iron, nickel, copper, gold, and corundum and two geological maps.

500 Corundum in Ontario.

Can. Inst., Proc., new ser., vol. ii, pp. 15-22; Ont. Bur. of Mines, vol. viu, pp. 241-249, 1899. Contains note on occurrence of corundum.

501 Corundum in Ontario.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxviii, pp. 565-678, 1899. Gives a historical sketch of corundum and describes discovery and occurrence in Ontario.

502 Are there diamonds in Ontario?

Ont. Bureau of Mines, 9th Ann. Rept., pp. 119-124; Can. Mg. Inst. Jour., vol. iii, pp. 149-160, 1900.

Contains notes on general occurrence and origin of diamonds, and discusses their probable occurrence in Ontario.

503 [Ninth Annual Report of Ontario Bureau of Mines], 239 pp.,

52 figs, and maps, 1900. Contains statistics and geological notes on many mining properties.

70 Bibliography Of North American Geology, [.M8.

503a Boehm (G.)-* Ueber Caprinidenkalke aus Mexico.

Zeit. deut geol. GeselL, vol. 1, pp. 323-332, figs. 1-10, 1898.

504 Bolton (H.). The metamorphism of coal.

Colliery Engineering, vol. xvi, No. 1, pp. 254-255, 1896. Discusses the origin of the metamorphism of coal.

505 Bonney (T, G.). On the mode of occurrence of Eozoon cana-

dense at Cote St. Pierre [Canada].

Geol. Mag., dec. iv, vol. ii, pp. 292-299, 1895.

Describes the limestone: in which Eozoon canadense occurs at this locality and the characteristics of the associated gneisses.

606 [Review of "The glaciers of North America," by I. C.

Russell.]

Nature, vol. Iv, p. 556, 1897.

607 Bose (Emilio). Ueber Lias in Mexico.

Zeit. deut. geol. Gesell., vol. 1, pp. 168-175, 1 fig., 1898.

508 Geologia de los Alrededores de Oi4zaba con un peril de la

vertiente oriental de la raesa central de Mexico.

Mex. Inst Geol., Bull., No. 13, pp. 12, 2 pis., 4 figs., and sheet of cross sections, 1899.

Describes the character, occurrence, and fauna of the Cretaceous rocks, and physiography and structure of central Mexico.

509 Boss (C. M.). Some dike features of the Gogebic iron range

[Michigan-Wisconsin]. Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxvii, pp. 556-563, 1898. Gives local details regarding the dikes of the region.

510 Boi (James A.). Lower Seine gold mines [Ontario].

Ont. Bur. of Mines, vol. viii, pp. 263-274, 1899. Describes occurrence of gold.

511 Bownocker (J. A.). The paleontology and stratigraphy of the

Corniferous rocks of Ohio.

Denison Univ., Sci. Lab., Bull., vol. xi, art ii, pp. 12-40, pis. ii-viii,

Describes the stratigraphy and gives lists of fossils found at various localities.

512 A deep pre-Glacial channel in western Ohio and eastern

Indiana.

Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, pp. 178-182, pi. vi, 1899.

Describes the drift covering of the region and the course of the pre- Glacial river.

513 Boyd (Charles R.). The Indiana natural gas field.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Iv, pp. 440-1, 1893.

Describes the geologic structure of the region, illustrated by two croas sections.

wim-l PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 71

514 Boyd (Charles R.). The Wythe lead and zinc mines, Virginia.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Iv, pp. 561-562 and 586, 1893. Gives a historical sketch of muung operations in this vicinity and describes the character of the ore and its manner of treatment.

515 Correlations in the coal rocks west of Pocahontas, Flat Top,

Virginia.

Am. Inst Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxiv, pp. 254-257, 1895. Remarks on the occurrence of a conglomerate overlying the coal in this region and its bearing on the correlation of the coals.

516 [The torsional theory of joints.]

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxiv, p. 866 (i p. )f In discussion of paper by G. F. Becker on the same subject.

517 Boyer (Charles S.). A fossil marine diatomaceous deposit at St

Augustine, Florida. Torrey Bot Club, Bull., vol. xxii. pp. 171-174, 1895. Brief notes on diatoms from an artesian well at this place.

518 A diatomaceous deposit from an artesian well at Wild wood,

N.J.

Torrey Bot Club, Bull., vol. xxii, pp. 260-266, 1895. Gives a list of diatoms occurring in Miocene strata and describes two new species.

519 See Woolman (L.), No. 6476.

520 Boyle (Cornelius Breckinridge). A catalogue and bibliography of North American Mesozoic Invertebrata.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 102, pp. 7-315, 1893.

I comprises an author's list of all publications that contain a description of species referred to the Mesozoic. Part 11 embraces a list of all names applied to Mesozoic species from North American rocks.

521 A catalogue and bibliography of North American Mesozoic

Invertebrata.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xiv, p. 330 (i p.), 1894.

522 Brackenbnrg (Cyril). The Mesabi range [Minnesota].

Mines and Minerals, vol. xxi, pp. 150-152, 5 figs., 1900. Gives a brief description of the iron ore bodies.

523 Bndnerd (Ezra) and Seeley (Henry M.). The Chazy of Lake

Champlain [New York].

Am. Mus. Nat. Hist, Bull., vol. viii, pp. 305-315, 1896. Gives two vertical sections of the beds and list of fossils of the various beds, accompanied by geologic sketch maps.

524 Branner (John Casper.) The mineral waters of Arkansas.

Ark. Geol. Surv., Kept, for 1891, vol. i, pp. 1-144, 1892.

Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, p. 73 (3 1.), 1893.

Describes the gieral characteristics and manner of occurrence of mineral waters in this State and gives many chemical analyses. Discusses the origin of their therapeutic qualities and the cause of some of the mineral waters being hot.

72 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, fBtulM.

525 Branner (John Casper). Observations upon the erosion in the hydrographic basin of 'the Arkansas River above Little Rock.

The Wilder Quarter-century Book, 1868-1893, pp. 325-337, Ithaca, N. Y., 1893.

Ark. Geol. Surv., Ann. Kept. 1891, vol. ii, pp. 153-166, 1894.

Ahetract: Jour, of Gol., vol. ii, p. 866 (i p.), 1894.

Describes the methods of observation used in the study of the erosion of the Arkansas River basin in Arkansas, the physical and chemical character of the sediment, and gives analyses of the filtered river water and tables showing the relations of suspended to dissolved matter and the amount of material carried by the Arkansas River past Little Rock during the year 1887-88.

526 The coal fields of Arkansas.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Min. Res., 1892, pp. 303-306, 1893. The coal fields lie in the drainage area of the Arkansas River. The coal-bearing rocks belong to true Coal Measure series, but the upper beds are probably Permo-Carboniferous, equivalent to those of Kansas and Nebraska. The lignites cover an area of 720 square miles, and are confined to the Tertiary area.

527 The supposed glaciation of Brazil.

Jour. Geol., vol. i, pp. 753-772, 1893.

Reviews the theories on the glaciation of Brazil and the evidences on which they are based. Expresses the opinion that there are no phenomena of bowlders, gravels, days, etc., that can be attributed to glacial agencies.

528 Elevations in the State of Arkansas.

Ark. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. 1891, vol. ii, pp. 77-152, 1894. (lives the elevations, detennined by different methcKls, of certain points in the State.

529 Magmatic observations and meridian monuments established

in Arkansas. Ark. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. 1891, vol. ii, pp. 168-176, 1894. Describes the location and character of monuments and the magmatic observations of certain points in Arkansas.

530 Bibliography of the geology of Arkansas.

Ark. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. 1891, vol. ii, pp. 319-340, 1894. Gives a list of papers on the geology of Arkansas, arranged alphabetically by authors' names.

531 The geological surveys of Arkansas.

Jour. Geol., vol. ii, pp. 826-836, 1894.

Reviews the work of the several geological surveys of Arkansas.

532 A bibliogiuphy of clays and the ceramic arts.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 143, 114 pp., 1896. an author's list of titles of publications.

▼raw.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MlNEBALOGY. 73

533 Branner (John Casper), Thickness of the Paleozoic sediments in

Arkansas.

Ain. Jour. Sci., 4th sen, vol. ii, pp. 229-236, with geologic map of Arkansas, 1896.

Described the distribution of Paleozoic rocks in Arkansas and gives the thicknesses of the different series.

534: [Coal Measures of Arkansas.]

Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. , p. 214 p.). In article by J. P. Smith on Marine Coal Measures of Arkansas.'*

535 The phosphate deposits of Arkansas.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxvi, pp. 580-598, 1896.

Describes the character of the Devonian strata in which the deposits occur and the occurrence and characteristics of the phosphate material, and discusses its origin. Gives chemical analyses.

536 Bacteria and the decomposition of rocks.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iii, pp. 438-442, 1897. Discusses the agency of bacteria in the decomposition of rocks, apd reviews some recent literature on the subject.

537 The former extension of the Appalachians across Mississippi,

and Texas.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv, pp. 357-371, two geological maps, 1897.

Abstracit: Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept. 1897, pp. 643-644, 1898; Review by A. H. Punlue, Jour, of Geol., vol. v., pp. 759-760, 1897.

Discusses the character and extent of the southwestern A])palachiAn depression and its bearing on the prolwble extension of the Appalachians across the lower Mississippi region.

538 The deposits of Arkansas.

Jour. Geol., vol. v, pp. 263-289, pis. i-ii, figs. 1-, 1897. Describes the composition and structure of the ixauxite material, and discusses the geologic age, origin, and forms of the deposits, (live a bibliography of the subject.

539 [Review of '""The Bedford oolitic limestone of Indiana," by

T. C. Hopkins and C. E.

Jour. Geol., vol. v, pp. 529-531, 1897.

540 The phosphate deposits of Arkansas.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., vol. xxvi, pp. 580-598, 1897.

Describes the character of the Devonian strata in which the deposits occur, and the occurrence and characteristics of the phosphate material, and discusses its origin. Gives chemical analyses.

541 The introduction of new terms in geology.

Science, new ser., vol. v, pp. 912-913, 1897.

542 New terms in geology.

Science, new ser., vol. vi, pp. 133-134, 1897.

74 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bulu 18ft.

543 Branncr (John Casper). See Ashley (George H.), No. 123. 544 Newsom (J. F.) and. The Red River and Clinton monoclines.

See Newsom (J. F.) and Branner (J. C), No. 439.

545 Branner (John Casper). The cement materials of southwest

Arkansas.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxvii, pp. 42-d3, figs. 1-6, 1898.

Describes the occurrence of the chalk beds and gives chemical analyses of the material.

546 On the origin of novaculites and related rocks.

Jour. Geol., vol. vi, pp. 368-371, 1898.

Gives a summary of the views of various authors as to the origin of these rocks, with a brief statement of the writer's conclusions.

547 Geology and its relations to topography.

Am. Soc. Civil Engrs., Trans., vol. xxxix, pp. 53-78, 94-95, 16 figs.,

Describes the internal changes which rocks undergo, the character and mode of operation of the destructive agencies, and the resulting topographic forms.

548 [Review of The Upper Silurian fauna of the Rio Trombetas,

State of Para, Brazil," and ''Devonian moUusca of the State of Para, Brazil," by John M. Clarke.]

Jour. Geol., vol. vii, pp. 813-814, 1899.

549 Ants as geologic agents in the Tropics.

Jour. Geol., vol. viii, pp. 151-153, 1900.

550 [Review of "A Preliminary Report on the Geology of Louisiana," by Gilbert D. Harris.]

Jour. Geol., vol. viii, pp. 277-279, 1900.

551 The origin of beach cases.

Jour. Geol., vol. viii, pp. 481-484, figs. 1-3, 1900. Discusses the evidences of two dets of waves of translation as to the origin of beach cusps.

552 The zinc and lead region of north Arkansas.

Ark. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept for 1892, vol. v, pp. 1-395, pis. 1-38, figs. 1-91, 1900.

Describes the physiography of northern Arkansas, the character, occurrence, origin, and relation of the ore bodies, the faults of the region, the local features of the region, and the local features of various mines. Includes a discussion of the Paleozoic faunas by H. S. Williams.

553 Bratnober (H.). The Klondike gold fields [British Columbia].

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiv, p. 484, 1897. Describes the occurrence of gold placers.

1 Paleontology, Petrology, And Mnebalogy. 75

554 Brewer (William M.). The brown ore deposit of Baker Hill, Ala.

Ihig. and Mg. Jour., vol. Iv, pp. 77-78, 1803. Gives a brief deecription of this ore body.

555 The Warwhoop bauxite bank, Alabama.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Iv, p. 461, 1893.

Describes the body of bauxite occurring at this locality.

556 Some Alabama gold-mining districts.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Iv, p. 486, 1893.

Describes the occurrence of gold in parts of Cleburne and Randolph counties, Ala.

557 The Coosa coal field in Alabama.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ivi, pp. 7-8, 1893.

Describes briefly the geologic structure of the region, with remarks on the occurrence of the coal.

558 Notes on the Alabama gold ores.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ivii, pp. 57-58, 1894.

Describes the gold ore deposits of Tallapoosa County, Ala.

559 Ducktown, Tenn., copper-mining district.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. lix, p. 271, 1895.

Describes the occurrence of copper ores in the southwestern portion of Tennessee.

560 The Arbacoochee gold district, Alabama.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ix, p. 148 (i p.), 1895. Describes a recent discovery of gold in Cleburne County.

561 Mineral resources on the Southern Railway from Atlanta

[Georgia] to Bii-mingham [Alabama].

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ix, pp. 610-611, 1895.

Gives a brief description of some of the gold mines of the region.

562 A preliminary report on the upper gold belt of Alabama.

In the counties of Cleburne, Randolph, Clay, Talladega, Elmore, Coosa, and Tallapoosa.

Ala. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 5, pp. 1-105, 3 pis., 1896. Describes the topographic and geologic features of the region, mining operations, and occurrence of gold in the region.

563 The gold regions of Georgia and Alabama.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxv, pp. 569-587, 1896. Comprises an account of the present condition of the gold-mining industry in Georgia and Alabama.

564 Mineral resources along the line of the East Tennessee, Virginia, and Georgia division of the Southern Railway. Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixi, pp. 65-66, 1896.

Includes general remarks on the occurrence of bauxite, iron, lead, and line ores in this region.

76 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

565 Breier (William M.). Gold mining in Alabama.

Ala. Ind. and Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. vi, pp. 42-49, 1896. Gives a general description of the occurrence of gold in certain regions of Alabama.

566 The manganese ore of Georgia.

Ala. Ind. and Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. vi, pt. 2, pp. 72-78, 1896. Gives general notes on the manganese ore bodies in Georgia.

567 Further notes on the Alabama and Georgia gold fields.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxvi, pp. 464-472, 1897. Contains notes on the occurrence of gold ores and associated rocks in these States.

568 Metal mining in Alabama.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiii, p. 256, 1897.

Describes the occurrence of gold in certain districts of Alabama.

569 Gold mining in Georgia.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiii, p. 280, 1897. Describes the occurrence of gold in northwest Geoigia.

570 The Villa Rica mining district, Georgia.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiii, p. 483, 1897. Describes the occurrence of gold in this district.

571 Some auriferous quartz bodies in Alabama.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiv, pp. 458-459, 1897. Describes the occurrence of gold in northern Alalmma.

572 Copper mining in Alabama.

Ala. Ind. and Sci. Soi*., Proc., vol. vii, pp. 13-16, 1897.

Gives brief notes on the occurrence of copper in Cleburne County.

573 Gold fields of the South.

Colliery Eng., vol. xvii, pp. 333-3a5, 1897.

the geologic formations and occurrence of gold in Georgia and Alabama.

574 Harrison Lake, British Columbia.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixv, p. 640 (i p.)> 1898. Contains brief notes on the <xM;urrence of gold and copper in the region.

575 The Sandon district, British Columbia.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixv, pp. 731-732, 2 figs., 1898. Describes the occurrence of the silver-leatl ores of the region.

576 Rossland, British Columbia.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixvi, pp. 40-41, 1 fig., 1898.

Includes brief notes on the geologic occurrence of the ore bodies.

577 Prospecting on the upper Lillooet, British Columbia.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixvi, pp. 62-63, 185, 1898. Includes notes on the general geology of the ron.

Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 77

578 Brewer (William M.). Pemberton meadows and the Blackwater, British Columbia.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixvi, p. 281, 1898. Deecribes the general geologic features of the region.

579 Lillooet River and the Squamish trail, British Columbia.

Eng. and Mg. Jonr., vol. Ixvi, p. 615, 1 fig., 1898. Gives notes on the general geology of the region and the occurrence of gold.

580 The copper deposits of Vancouver Island.

Can. Mg. Rev., vol. xviii, pp. 270-271, 1899.

581 The west coast of Vancouver Island [British Columbia].

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixvii, p. 176, 1899. Describes occurrence of ore depoeito in the region.

582 Mining on Vancouver and Texada Islands [British Columbia].

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixvii, pp. 529-530, 1899. Describes occurrence of ore bodies in the region.

583 Leech River, Alberni and Skirt Mountain [British Columbia].

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. 1 xviii, p. 36, 1899. Describes gold ores of the region.

584 Windemere mining division, East Kootenay district [British

Columbia].

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixviii, pp. 127-128, 1899. Describes general geology and occurrence of copper ores.

585 Mineral resources around Kamloops [British Columbia].

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixix, pp. 165166, 2 pis., 1900.

586 Van Anda-Texada Island, British Columbia.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. ixix, pp. 259-260, 4 figs., 1900. Describes the occurrence and character of copper ores carrying gold and silver.

587 Prospects on Howe Sound, west coast, British Columbia.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixix, pp. 315-316, 1 fig., 1900. Briefly describes the geology of the region and occurrence of copper ores.

588 Vancouver Island, Alberni district, British Columbia.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixix, pp. 465-466, 3 figs., 1900. Contains notes on the geology of the region and on the occurrence of copper ores.

589 Iron ore deposits of Vancouver and Texada islands, British

Columbia, Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixix, p. 521, 1900. Qiv a brief account of the iron-ore deposits of the region.

78 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

590 Brewer (William M.). Progress on Vancouver and Texada

islands, British Columbia.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixx, pp. 34-35, 1 fig., 1900. Contains notes on the geology of this region.

591 Mount Bicker district, Vancouver Island, British Columbia.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixx, pp. 65-66, 1900.

Contains notes on the geology of the region and the occurrence of iron ores.

592 The copper deposits of Vancouver Island [British Columbia].

Am. Inst Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxix, pp. 483-4S8, 1900. Describes the general geology of the region and the character of the copper deposits.

693 Brigham (Albert Perry). Rivers and the evolution of geographic forms.

Am. Geog. Soc., Bull., vol. xxiv, pp. 23-43, 1892. Discusses the results of continental uplift and river erosion.

693a The Finger Lakes of New York.

Am. Geog. Soc., Bull., vol. xxv, pp. 203-223, 1893. Discusses their origin.

594 Drift bowlders between the Mohawk and Susquehanna

rivers.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlix, pp. 213-228, 1895.

Describes the topographic features of the Oriskany and Chenango valleys and adjacent territory, in central and southern New York, and mentions the sedimentary formations occurring in the district. Describes the distribution of the bowlders derived from the Archean, Oneida, Lower Helderberg, Oriskany, and Comiferous rocks, and gives a summary of the facts concerning the distribution of the bowlders.

595 Glacial flood deposits in Chenango Valley [New York].

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 17-30, pi. 1, 1897. Describes the glacial phenomena of the region.

596 Note on trellised drainage in the Adirondacks.

Am. Geol., vol. xxi, pp. 219-222, pi. xv, 1898.

Discusses the drainage of a portion of the Adirondack region.

597 Topography and glacial deposits of Mohawk Vallev [New

York].

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. ix, pp. 183-210, pi. xv, figs. 1-2, 1898. Abstracts: Jour. Greol., vol. vi, pp. 211-212; Science, new ser., vol. viii, p. 50 (}p.), 1898. Describes the pre-Glacial drainage and drift deposits of the region.

598 Glacial erosion in the Aar Vallev.

Abstracts: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. xi, pp. 588-590; Science, new ser., vol. xi, p. 103 (i p.), 1900.

mg.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETBOLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 79

599 Biitton (Elizabeth G.). A new Tertiary fo88il moss.

Torrey Bot Club, Boll., vol. xxvi, No. 2, pp. 79-81, 1 fig.; The Plant World, vol. ii, pp. 108-109, 1899. De6crib90 a new species from Kittitas Washingtoii.

600 Broadhead (Grarland C). The Cambrian and Ozark series.

Am. Joor. Sd., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 57-60, 1893.

Refers to different papers on the Ozark series. Gives the section of the St Loois well to a depth of 3,843 feet, indicating the succession of the limestone and sandstone beds and the author's general section in Madison County, Mo., and concludes that the evidence does not at pres- &iX warrant a new classification.

601 The correct succession of the Ozark series.

Am. Geol., voL xi, pp. 260-268, 1893.

Reviews statements of F. L. Nason in paper 'Iron ores of Missouri." Gives the lithologic characters of the beds in the Ozark region and discusses the evidence indicating the succession of the sandstone and magnesian limestone series.

602 A critical notice of the stratigraphy of the Missouri Paleozoic.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 74-89, 1893.

Describes the lithologic character of the strata resting on the Archean and the occurrence and geographic distribution of the magnesUn limestones and the sandstones, and gives the vertical section of a well at St. Louis, to a depth of 3,843 feet, showing the presence of Quaternary, Carboniferous, Lower Silurian, and Upper Cambrian series. Mentions the principal fossil forms found in the several subdivisions of the Paleozoic in Missouri.

603 Geological history of the Missouri Paleozoic.

Am. Geol., vol. xiv, pp. 380-388, 1894.

Describes the topography of the Ozark plateau, the mode of deposition of the strata and their deformation during the Paleozoic era, and the dislocations and erosion that have since taken place.

604 Coal Measures of Missouri.

Mo. Greol. Surv., vol. viii, pp. 355-395, 1895.

Describes the general character and distribution of the Coal Measure rocks of Missouri and gives several vertical sections.

605 The Devonian of North Missouri, with notice of a new fossil.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. ii, pp. 237-239, figs. 1-7, 1896. Mentions the Devonian fossils found in this region and describes Fleurotomaria providencis.

606 (leology of Boone CJounty [Missouri].

Mo. GeoL Surv., vol. xii, pt. iii, pp. 375-388, pis. xii-xiii, 1898.

Describes the physiographic features, the character, and occurrence of the Ozark, Osage, and Keokuk groups, and includes a geologic map

80 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

607 Broadhead (Grarland C.)* The Ozark uplift and growth of the

Missouri Paleozoic.

Mo. Greol. Surv., vol. xii, pt iii, pp. 391-409, 1898. Describes the general character of the Ozark aplilt and the geologic history of the ron.

608 Maj. Frederick Hawn.

Am. Geol., vol. xxi, pp. 267-269, pi. xvi, 1898.

Gives a sketch of his life and a list of published papers.

609 Biographical sketch of George Clinton Swallow.

Am. Geol., vol. xxiv, pp. 1-6, pi. i, 1899.

Gives a sketch of his life and a list of his publications.

610 Brock (R. W.), Miller (W. G.) and. Some dikes cutting the Lau-

rentian system, coiinties of Frontenac, Leeds, and Lanark, Ontario.

See Miller (W. G.) and Brock (R. W.), No. 4005.

611 Brock (R. W.). West Kootenay ore bodies [British Columbia].

Can. Mg. Rev., vol. xviii, pp. 61-64; Min. and Sci. Press, vol. Ixxix, pp. 201, 230-231; Can. Min. Inst. Jour., vol. ii, pp. 72-86, 1899.

Describes the general geologic features of the region and occurrence of gold and silver.

612 West Kootenay notes [British Columbia],

Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. iii, pp. 141-144; Can. Mg. Rev., vol. xix, p. 51, 1900. Contains notes on the occurrence of the gold and silver ores.

613 Brdgger (W. C). On the formation of pegmatite veins.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. pp. 33-46, 61-71, 1894.

Reviews the previous theories as to the formation of pegmatite vein and gives a rum6 of the author's conclusions, indicating that theae veins are magmatic eruptive veins formed under peculiar conditions.

61Sa Broili {F.)Ein Beitrag zur Kenntniss von Eyrops megacophalus (Cope).

Paleontographica. Band xlvi, pp. 61-84, pis. 8-10, figs. 1-5, 1899.

614 Brook (W. M.). The Atlin district in British Columbia.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixviii, pp. 605-606, 1899. Briefly describes gold placers.

615 Brooks (Alfred Hulse). Preliminary petrographic notes on some

metamorphic rocks from eastern Alabama. Ala. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 5, pp. 177-197, 1896. Describes the petrographic characters of some metamorphic and igneous rocks.

616 TafF (J. A.) and. Buckhannon folio, West Viiginia.

See Taff (J. A.) and Brooks (A. H.), No. 5287.

617 Brooks (Alfred Hulse), Wolff (J. E.) and. The age of the Frank-

lin White limestone of Sussex County, New Jersey.

Wolff (J. E. ) and Brooks (A. H.), No. 6409,

Paleontology, Petbology, And Mineralogy. 81

618 Brooks (Alfred Hulse). The Yukon district [Alaska].

U. 8. Geol. Surv,, Expl. in Alaska, pp. 85-100, 1899. Deecribes the physiography and drainage, the general geologic featoree, and occurrence of gold.

619 The coast from Point Barrow to the Mackenzie [Alaska].

U. 8. Geol. Surv., Expl. in Alaska, pp. 130-132, 1899. Describes physiography of the region.

620 — Notes on the geology of the Tanana and White river basins,

Alaska. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. ix, p. 622, 1899.

621 Peters (W. J.) and. Report on the White River-Tanana

expedition [Alaska]. See Peters (W. J.) and Brooks (A. H.), No. 4361.

622 Brooks (Alfred Hulse). A reconnaissance in the Tanana and White river basins, Alaska, in 1898.

U. 8. Geol. Surv., 20th Ann. Rept, pt vii, pp. 431-494, maps 22-26, pis. xxxvi-xxxviii, figs. 25-27, 1900.

Describes the topography and physiographic development of the region, the character and occurrence of the sedimentary and igneous rocks, and the mineral resources of the region.

623 A reconnaissance from Pyramid Harbor to Egle City, Alaska,

including a description of the copper deposits of the Upper

White and Tanana rivers.

U. 8. Geol. Surv., 2lBt Ann. Rept, pt ii, pp. 331-391, pis. xl-1, fig. 21,

Describes the orographic and drainage features of the ron, the character and occurrence of the igneous and sedimentary rocks, and the occurrence of gold and copper.

624 A reconnaissance from Pyramid Harbor to Fortymile River,

Alaska.

Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. xi, pp. 825-826, 1900.

625 Hayes (C. WiHard) and. Ice cliflfs on White River, Yukon

territory.

See Hayes (C. W.) and Brooks (A. H.), No. 2437.

626 Brooks (Alfred Hulse), Schrader (Frank C.) and. Preliminary

report on the Cape Nome gold region, Alaska. See Schrader (F. C.) and Brooks (A. H.), No. 4836.

627 Brooks (W. K.). The origin of the oldest fossils and the discov-

ery of the bottom of the ocean.

Jour. Geo!., vol. ii, pp. 455-479, 1894.

Discusses the evidences which indicate that the fauna of the Lower Cambrian is an approximation to the primitive fauna, and that, prior to the Lower Cambrian, animal life was represented by minute animals not likely to be preserved as fossils. Bull. 188—01 6

82 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

628 Brooks (W. K.). The origin of the oldest fossils and the dis-

covery of the bottom of the ocean.

Johns Hopkins Univ., Circ., vol. xiv, pp. 11-16, 1895.

629 Brown (Amos P.). The crystallization of molybdenite.

Phil. Acad. Nat Sci., Proc., 1896, pp. 210-211, 1896. Describes crystallographic characters of molybdenite.

630 Brown (Lucius P.). Phosphate mining in Tennessee.

Mineral Industry, 1896, pp. 463-456, 1897.

Describes the character and occorrence of phosphate rocks in certain parts of the State.

631 The phosphate-rock deposits of Tennessee during 1897.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 19th Ann. Rept, pt vi (continued), pp. 547-555, Describes the character and origin of the Tennessee phosphate deposits.

632 Brown (Lytic), Meadows (T. C.) and. The phosphates of Ten-

nessee.

See Meadows (T. C.) and Brown (L.), No. 3894.

633 Brown (R. G.). The Georgetown mining district, Montana.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Iviii, pp. 345-346, 1894. Notes on the ore deposits of this region.

634 The ore deposits of Butte City [Mont.].

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxiv, pp. 543-558, figs. 1-3, 1895. Describes the topography of the city and the distribution and character of the several copper and silver belts.

635 A mineralized dike [Mexico].

School of Mines Quart, vol. xix, pp. 90-93, 4 figs., 1897. Describes the occurrence of the dike rock and its mineralization.

636 Brown (S. B.). The Lower Coal Measures of Monongalia and

Preston counties, W. Va.

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 224-228, 2 figs., 1892.

Describes the topographic features of the region, and gives vertical sections at various localities which show the position and thickness of the several coal seams.

637 Browne (David H.). Segregation in ores and mattes.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. vii, pp. 176-190, 1896.

Gives a brief description of the Sudbury, Ontario, copper ore deposits.

638 Browne (Ross E.). Calfornia placer gold.

f:ng. and Mg. Jour., vol. lix, pp. 101-102, 1895.

Describes the character and occurrence of gold placers in Galifomia.

639 The mother lode of California.

Mg. and Si'i. Iress, vol. Ixxvi, pp. 105-106, 5 figs,, 1898. Describes the characteristic features of the mother lode and the occurrence of gold.

WBMl PALEONTOLOGY, PETEOLOOY, AND MINERALOGY. 83

610 Bnun (H. Peareth H.). Notes on manganese in Canada.

Am. Gepl., vol. x, pp. 80-88, 1892.

Describee the ore depomte at various localities and gives several chemical analyses of the ores. The crystalline ores are found in the Lo irer Carboniferous and the bog ore deposits in beds of recent formation.

Ul Report on natural gas and petroleum in Ontario prior to 1891.

Canada Geol. Surv., Repts., vol. v, new ser., pt. ii, 1890-91, Rept. Q, 94 pp., 1893.

Discussee the character of the hydrocarbons, with extracts from different publications bearing on the subject. Gives a record of various boring operations up to the close of 1890. Illustrated by four maps and sections. Appendix C is a bibliography of the subject.

642 Notes on the occurrence of petroleum in Gasp, Quebec.

Geol. 8oc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 241-244, 1893. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 120-121 (J p.), 1893. The oil-bearing formation is found in sandstones of Lower Devonian or Upper Silurian age. Gives an account of recent work in this area.

643 On the geology of natural gas and petroleum in southwestern

Ontario.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 225-240, 1893.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xii, p. 120 (i p.), 1893.

Describes the character of the Devonian, Silurian, and Cambro-Silurian strata of this region from the sections shown by several wells. Describes the occurrence of oil in the Comiferous and Medina formations and the occurrence of gas in Clinton, Medina, Niagara, Onondaga, and Trenton rocks.

W4 Brush (George J.). Manual of determinative mineralogy, with an introduction of blowpipe analysis. New York, John Wiley A Sons, 1882. Review by O. C. Farrington, Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 86-87, 1897.

W5 Manual of determinative mineralogy, with an introduction

on blowpipe analysis. Revised and enlarged, with entirely new tables for the identification of minerals, by Samuel L. Penfield.

John Wiley & Sons, New York, 15th edition, 1898.

Review by J. P. Iddings, Jour, of Geol., vol. vi, pp. 757-758, 1898.

W6 BryBcm (John). The glacial geology of Marthas Vineyard compared with that of Long Island.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 210-212 (correspondence), 1893.

Discusses the evidences indicating the character of the glacial phenomena on Long Island, and compares them with those of Marthas Vineyard as described in the report on the geology of Marthas Vineyard, by N. 8. Shaler.

W7 The drift mounds of Olympia and Long Island.

Am. (Jeol., vol. xii, pp. 127-129 (correspondence), 1893.

Describes the sand dunes of Long Island and compares them with the drift mounds of Olympia previously described by G. O. Rogers in the June number, 1893, of the American Geologist

84 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

648 Bryson (John). Origin of Peconic Bay and Shinnecock Hills, Long Island.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 402-403 (correspondence), 1893.

Considers their formation due, in part, at least, to subglacial streams.

649 Lake Ronkonkoina and other glacial features of Long Island

[New York].

Am. Geol., vol. xiii, pp. 390-392, 1894.

Describes the depression in which this lake occurs and discusses the evidences bearing on the amount of elevation and subsidence the island has undergone during and since the Glacial period.

650 The ups and downs of Long Island [New York].

Am. Geol., vol. xv, pp. 188-192 (correspondence), 1895.

Discusses the evidences which indicate the influence of the ice sheet in the formation of the coast line and the moraines and beaches of Long Island.

651 Rock Hill, Long Island, N. Y.

Am. Geol., vol. xvi, pp. 228-233, pi. xii, 1895.

Describes the occurrence of bowlders and other glacial phenomena on Long Island.

652 Good Ground, Long Island [New York].

Am. Geol., vol. xviii, pp. 329-331 (correspondence), 1896. Describes the glacial phenomena of the region.

653 The Hempstead Plains, Long Island [New York].

Am. Greol., vol. xx, pp. 61-65, 1897. Describes the glacial phenomena.

654 . Drift formations of Long Island [New York].

Am. Geol., vol. xxii, pp. 245-247, 1898. Describes certain features of the terminal moraine.

655 Buckley (Ernest Robertson). On the building and ornamental

stones of Wisconsin.

Wis. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., Bull., No. iv, econ. ser. No. 2, 500pp., pis. i-lxix, figs. 1-4, 1898; Review, Science, new ser., vol. xi, pp. 24- 25, 1900.

Describes the occurrence and character of the building and ornamental stonesderived from the igneousand sedimentary formations of Wisconsin.

656 [Review of Report on the building and decorative stones of

Maryland," by George P. Merrill and Edward B. Mathews.]

Jour. Geol., vol. vii, pp. 206-209, 1899.

657 The properties of building stones and methods of determining

their value.

Jour. Geol., vol. viii, pp. 160-185, 333-358, 1900.

658 Tests of Wisconsin building stone.

Jour. Geol., vol. viii, pp. 526-567, pis. i-xi, 1900.

▼nwl PALEONTOLOGY, PETBOLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 85

659 Boell (Ira M.). Greology of the Waterloo quartzite area.

Wis. Acad. Sd. Arts and Letters, vol. ix, pt ii, pp. 255-274, 1893. Describes the structural features and lithologic characters of some Pre-Cambrian strata in southeastern Wisconsin.

660 Bowlder trains from the outcrops of the Waterloo quartzite

area [Wisconsin].

Wis. Acad. 8ci. Arts and Letters, Trans., vol. x, pp. 485-509, pis. xii-xvi, 1895.

Describes the geology of the quartzite area, the evidence of glacial distribution, and the character and distribution of the bowlder trains in the region, in southern Wisconsin.

661 Biielna (Ramon Felix y). Itinerarios geologicos. Estados de

Durango, Chihuahua, Sonora y Sinaloa.

Inst. geol. de Mexico, Bulls., Nos. 4-6, pp. 19-29, 1897.

Describes the occurrence of gold and silver ore deposits in these States.

662 The Copalquin and Iemon mineral zone, Durango, Mexico.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiv, p. 217, 1897. Describes the geologic features of the region.

663 BnrdBal (C. W.). Cedar Canyon mining district [Washington].

Mining, vol. i, pp. 191-192, 1896.

Describee briefly the geology of the region and the occurrence of silver ores.

664 Bvrke (Robert E.), Burr (Henry T.) and. The occurrence of fossils in the Roxbury conglomerate.

See Burr (H. T.) and Burke (R. E.), No. 667.

665 Burr (Henry T.). A drainage peculiarity in Androscoggin County, Maine.

Am. Geol., vol. xxiv, pp. 369-371, 1899.

Abstract: Science, newser., vol. ix, p. 519 (J p.), 1899.

Describes a peculiar lake delta formation.

666 A new Lower Cambrian fauna from eastern Massachusetts.

Am. Geol., vol. xxv, pp. 41-60, figs. 1-2, 1900. Discusses the evidences of the Cambrian age of the beds and describes the fossils collect.

667 and Bvrke (Robert E.). The occurrence of fossils in the

Roxbury conglomerate.

Bost Soc. Nat Hist, Proc., vol. xxix, pp. 179-184, pi. i, 2 figs., 1900.

Gives a general summary of the evidence as to the age of the conglomerate and describes occurrence and character of material which is said to resemble trunks or roots of tree — like forms.

668 Burwash (£>award M.). Geology of the Nipissing-Algoma line [Ontario].

I Ontario Bureau of Mines, 6th Ann. Rept, pp. 167-184, 1897.

I Describes the occurrence of Huronian rocks and the glacial phenom-

ena of tiie

86 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NOBTH AITEBIOAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

669 Bush (E. Renshaw). The Sudbury nickel region [Ontario].

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ini, pp. 245-246, 1894.

Describes the topography of the region, names the rock varieties in which the nickel and copper occurs, and describes the general occurrence of the nickeliferous pyrrhotite and chalcopyrite. Discusses the origin of the deposits.

670 Bush (Katherine J.). [Review of 'Synopsis of the Recent and

Tertiary Leptonacea of North America and the West Indies, by W. H. Dall."]

Science, new eer., vol. x, pp. 249-251, 1899.

671 BuBhong (F. W.). The deep well at Madison, Kansas.

Kan. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. xvi, pp. 67-70, 1899. Gives a section of the well.

672 Butts (Edward). Description of some new species of crinoids

from the Upper Coal Measures of the Carboniferous age at Kansas City, Missouri.

Kansas City Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. i, pp. 13-15, 1 pi., 1898. Describes two new species.

673 Cabrera (Raimundo). Mineral resources of Cuba. Translated

from the Spanish, by Louis Edward Levy.

Franklin Inst, Jour., vol. cxlvi, pp. 261, 1898. Abstracts: Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixvi, pp. 308-309; Mines and Minerals, vol. xix, pp. 158-159, 1898. Describes occurrence of asphaltura, copper, iron, manganese, and gold.

674 Cadell (Henry M.). The Yellowstone region and its geysers.

Scottish Geog. Mag., vol. viii, pp. 233-248, 1893.

Describes the topographic and geologic features of the region and the thermal springs and their deposits. Illustrated by a colored geologic sketch map and reproductions of photographs of the Mammoth Hot Springs and of the Giant Geyser.

675 [Classification of Pleistocene deposits.]

Int. Cong. Geol., Compte Rendu, 5th session, p. 198 (J p.), 1893. Describes glacial phenomena of Scotland.

675a Cain (William), Holmes (J. A.) and. Road materials and road

construction in North Carolina. See Holmes (J. A.) and Cam (W.), No. 2718a.

676 Call (R. Ellsworth). The Tertiary silicified woods of eastern Arkansas.

Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. i, pt ii, pp. 37-43, 1892.

Gives a list of localities where specimens are found and the vertical section of two most important localities. Discusses the evidence as to the cause of the silicification. Gives a description of the occurrence of silicified wood in Iowa.

wins.] PALEONTOLOGY, PBTBOLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 87

677 Call (R. Ellsworth). Artesian wells in Iowa.

Science vol. xix, pp. 310-311, 1S92.

Abstract: Iowa Aoeul. Sci., Proc., vol. i, pt. ii, pp. 57-63, 1892.

Mentions the localities where artesian waters have been and may be loond. Gives section of deep well at Cedar Rapids. Accompanied by sketch map.

678 Keyas (C. R.) and. On a Quaternary section 8 miles southeast of Des Moines, Iowa. See Keyee (C. R.) and Call (R. E.), No. 3044.

679 Call (R. Ellsworth). On the induration of certain Tertiary rocks in northeastern Arkansas.

Ind. Acad. Sd., Proc. for 1893, pp. 219-224, with map, 1894.

Describes the outcrops of sandstone in this region, hitherto referred to the Potsdam, but which the author considers to be Tertiary. Discusses the causes of the induration of these sandstones.

680 The hydrographic basins of Indiana and their molluscan

fauna.

Ind Acad. Sci., Proc. for 1896, pp. 247-257, with map, 1897. Describes the drainage systems of Indiana.

681 Some preliminary notes on crystal growths in Mammoth

Qive.

Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. xi, p. 750, 1900.

682 Cahdn (Samuel). Section on west side of Wapsipimicon River about one-quarter mile below the dam at Littleton, Iowa.

N. Y., lOth Ann. Kept, State Geol., p. 99, 1 fig., 1891.

683 Notes on the diflference between Acervularia profunda Hall

and Acervularia davidsoni EMwards and Haime.

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 355-358, 1892; Iowa Acad. 8ci., Proc., vol. i, pt ii, pp. 30-32, 1892. States the difference between the two species.

684 Notes on a collection of fossils from the Lower Magnesian

limestone from northeastern Iowa.

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 144-148, 1892; Lab. Nat. Hist., State Univ. of Iowa, Bull., vol. ii, No. 2, pp. 189-193, 1893.

Refers to previous publications on the fossils of the Lower Magnesian series and describes StraparoUus clay tonensis, n. sp. ; Straparollus pristiniformis, n. sp.; Raphistoma pepinese, Meek; Raphistoma multivolvatum, n. sp.; Raphistoma pauci vol vatimi, n. sp.; Murchisonia, sp.; Orthoceras primigenium Vanuxem; and Cyrtoceras luther, n. sp., which belong either to the Gasteropoda or Cephalopoda, found in the cherty layers of the series.

88 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

685 Calvin (Samuel). The relation of the Cretaceous deposits of Iowa

to the subdivisions of the Cretaceous proposed by Meek and Hayden.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 300-307, 1893; Iowa Acad. Set., Proc., vol. i, pt iii, pp. 7-12, 1893.

Describes the lithologic characters and gives a section of the Cretaceous deposits along the Big Sioux River. Refers to the descriptions of the Cretaceous of this region by Dr. C. A. White, and Meek and Hayden, and describes the processes of sedimentation and movements of elevation and subsidence during Cretaceous time.

686 On the structure and probable affinities of Cerionites dactyl-

ioides Owen.

Am. Greol., vol. xii, pp. 53-57, 1893; Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. i, pt. iii, pp. 13-15, 1893.

Refers to previous descriptions of Cerionites. Describes its fossil form and its probable characteristics while living.

687 Notes on some of the fossil corals described by David Dale

Owen in his report of work done in the autumn of 1859, with observations on the Devonian species, Phillisastrea gas of later authors.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 108-112, 1893.

Refers to species described by Owen and their identification and classification by later writers.

688 Cretaceous deposits of Woodbury and Plymouth counties,

Iowa, with observations on their economic uses.

Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. i, 1st Ann. Rept., 1892, pp. 147-169, 1893.

Describes the character and extent of the Woodbury shales, Niobrara chalks and clays of this region, giving sections shown at various localities.

689 Report on some fossils collected in the Northwest Territory,

Canada, by naturalists from the University of Iowa.

Lab. Nat. Hist, State Univ. of Iowa, Bull., vol. ii. No. 2, pp. 163-165,

Describes Pentamerus decussatus Whiteaves, found in Upper Silurian strata near Lake Winnipeg.

690 Two unique spirif ers from the Devonian strata of Iowa.

Lab. Nat. Hist, State Univ. of Iowa, Bull., vol. ii, No. 2, pp. 165-167,

Describes and figures Spirifera urbana Calvin and Spirifera nmcbridei Calvin.

691 A geological reconnaissance in Buchanan County, Iowa.

Lab. Nat Hist, State Univ. of Iowa, Bull., vol. ii. No. 2, pp. 177-189,

Describes outcrops of Devonian strata in this region, mentions the fossils found in them, remarks on the irregularity in the line of outcrops and suggests it is due to an uplift at the close of the Niagara.

1 Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 89

692 Calvin (Samuel). On the geological position of Bennettites dacotensis Macbride, with remarks on the stratigraphy of the ron in which the species was discovered.

Am. Geol., vol. xiii, pp. 79-84, 1804; Iowa Acad. ScL, Proc., vol. i, pt iv., pp. 18-22, 1894.

Describee the stratigraphic relations of the formations m the portion of the Black Hills in which ' Bennettites dacotensis were found and concludes that they represent the Dakota Cretaceous.

693 On a new horizon and some new localities for friable sandstone in which the grains are enlarged by secondary deposition of silica in optical continuity with the original

nucleus.

Am. Geol., vol. xiii, pp. 225-227, 1894.

Describes sandstone beds associated with the Lower Magnesian limestone in Iowa, which are thought to be an equivalent of the New Richmond sandstone of Minnesota and Wisconsin.

694 The Niobrara chalk.

Am. Geol., vol. xiv, pp. 140-161, 1894.

Abstract: Jour, of Geol., vol. ii, pp. 756-766, 1894.

Describes the distribution and physical characters of the formation. Refers to the literature describing these beds and compares them with the chalk formation of England.

695 Composition and origin of Iowa chalk.

Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. iii, 2d Ann. Rept., pp. 213-236, pi. xix, 1896.

Compares the chalk formations of Europe and North America, reviews the literature on the latter deposits, and describes and figures some of the Foraminifera which make up the chalk beds.

696 Geology of Allamakee County [Iowa].

Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. iv, 3d Ann. Rept, pp. 39-120, figs. 1-12, and a geologic map, 1895.

Describes the physiography and drainage of the region and the stratigraphic and lithologic features of the Cambrian and Lower Silurian series. Describes the occurrence of building stones, lime, clay, iron, mineral paint, lead, and zinc.

697 Maquoketa shales in Delaware County [Iowa].

Abstract: Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. ii, pp. 40-42, 1895. Describes the character and occurrence of these beds, and gives a list of the fossils collected.

698 The Niobrara chalk.

Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xliii, pp. 197-217, 1895.

Describes the areal distribution, physical characteristics and stratigraphy of the Niobrara formation. Reviews the literature on the chalky character and foraminiferal origin of the Niobrara strata. Describes the distribution of the foraminifera, and compares the Niobrara and English chalk formations.

90 BIBLIOOBAPHT OF NOBTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

699 Calvin (Samuel). Geology of Jones County [Iowa].

lowaGeol. Surv., vol. v, pp. 33-112, pie. i-ii, figs, 1-8, 1896.

Describes the physiography, the stratigraphic features of the Niagara, Carboniferous, and Pleistocene deposits, including local details, and the occurrence of building stones, soils, lime, clays, road materials, and water supply. Includes geologic map of the county.

700 The Le Claire limestone [Iowa].

Iowa State Univ., Lab. of Nat Hist., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 183-189, pis. i-u, 1896.

Describes the character and distribution of the Le Claire limestone, a subdivision of the Niagara, and the phenomena of obhque bedding.

701 The Le Claire limestone.

Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. iii, pp. 52-58, pis. i-ii, fig. 2, 1896. Describes peculiar features of deposition in the Niagara strata in portions of Iowa, and discusses its origin.

702 The Buchanan gravels; an inter-Glacial deposit in Buchanan

County, Iowa. Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. iii, pp. 58-60, pis. iii-iv, 1896. Describes the occurrence of Glacial gravels.

703 The Buchanan gravels; an interglacial deposit in Buchanan

County, Iowa.

Am. Geol., vol. xvii, pp. 76-78, pis. iv-v, 1896.

704 Apparent anomalies of stratification in the Postville well

[Iowa].

Am. Geol., vol. xvii, pp. 195-203, 1896.

Describes the characteristics of the Galena and Trenton limestones of the region and discusses some of the peculiarities of deposition.

705 The Cedar Valley quarry [Iowa].

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixi, p. 544, fig. 1, 1896. Describes the occiurence of building stone at tliis locality, of Upper Silurian age.

706 Memoir of Charles Wachsmuth.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 374-376, 1897.

Gives a sketch of his life and list of his published papers.

707 The State quarry limestone [Iowa].

Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 16-21, 1897.

Describes its lithologic and faunal characters and discusses its taxonomic relations.

708 Synopsis of the drift deposits of Iowa.

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 270-272, 1897.

Gives brief statements regarding the various stages of the Glacial epoch.

709 Geology of Johnson County [Iowa].

Review by W. Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 273, 1897.

Paleontology, Pbtbology, And Minebalogy. 91

710 Cahdn (Samuel). Fifth Annual Report of the State Geologist

[Iowa].

Iowa Greol. Sorv., vol. vii, pp. 11-27, pi. i, 1897.

Gives a review of the work of the members of the survey and inclndes a geologic map of the State.

711 Greology of Johnson County [Iowa].

lowaGeol. Surv., vol. vii, pp. 35-104, pi. iii, figs. 1-9, with geologic map, 1897.

Describes the drainage systems, the character and occarrence of the Silmian, Devonian, Carboniferous, and Pleistocene series, and the occarrence of building stones.

712 Greology of Cerro Gordo County [Iowa].

Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. vii, pp. 119-195, figs. 10-24, with geologic map,

Describes the physiographic and drainage features, the occurrence and character of the Devonian, Carboniferous, and Pleistocene series, and the occurrence of building stones and clays.

713 Sixth Annual Report of the State Geologist [Iowa].

Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. viii, pp. 11-23, pi. ii, 1898. Gives a sketch of the geologic work of the survey during 1897 and a geologic map of the State.

714 Geology of Delaware County [Iowa].

Iowa Greol. Surv., vol. viii, pp. 121-192, pis. vii-xiii, with geologic map,

Describes the physiography, the occurrence and character of the Ordovidan, Silurian, Devonian, Cretaceous, and Pleistocene series, and the occurrence of building stones, clay, and road material.

715 GJeology of Buchanan County [Iowa].

Iowa Greol. Surv., vol. viii, pp. 203-253, pis. xiv-xx, with geologic map,

Describes the physiographic features and the occurrence and character of the Silurian, Devonian, and Pleistocene series, and the occurrence of building stones.

716 [Contribution to "A symposium of the classification and

nomenclature of geologic time divisions."]

Jour. Geol., vol. vi, pp. 352-355, 1898.

717 The interglacial deposits of northeastern Iowa.

Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. v, pp. 64-70. Abstract: Am. Greol., vol. xxi, pp.251-254, 1898. Reviews the literature on the subject and describes the character and occurrence of the Buchanan gravels.

718 lowan drift

Geol. Soc Am., Bull., vol. x, pp. 107-120, 1899.

Describes character and distribution of the lowan drift, and compares with other drift formations.

92 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERIOAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

719 Calvin (Samuel). A notable ride. From driftless area to lowan drift

Am. GeoL, vol. xiv, pp. 372-376, 1899. Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc, vol. vii, pp. 72-77, 1900. Describes the character and origin of certain topographic features in Iowa.

720 and Bain (H. F.). Greology of Dubuque County [Iowa].

Iowa GeoL.Surv., vol. x, pp. 385-622, figs. 45-102, and geologic map,

Describes the physiography of the ron, the character and occurrence of the Ordovician, Silurian, and Pleistocene series and the occurrence and character of the lead and zinc deposits.

721 Campbell (John T.). Source of supply to lateral and medial

glacial moraines.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xl, pp. 255-256, 1891.

Discusses the origin of the debris of glaciers where no mountains or hillsides are present

722 Campbell (Marius R.). [Correlation of coal seams of Big Stone

Grap coal fields of Virginia and Kentucky.]

Am. Inst Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 1004-1005, 1893. In discussion of paper by James M. Hodge, "The Big Stone Gap coal field."

723 Geology of the Big Stone Gap coal field of Virginia and

Kentucky.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. Ill, pp. 13-106, pis. i-vi, figs. 1-3, 1893.

Describes the topographic features and geologic structure of the region. Reviews the work and gives a description of the lithologic characters and distribution of the different formations and of the coal outcrops, and discusses their correlation with coal seams in other parts of the Appalachian belt

724 Estillville folio. Virginia, Kentucky, Tennessee.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio 12, 1894.

Describes the physiography and drainage of the region, the character and occurrence of the Cambrian, Cambro-Silurian, Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous strata, and the geologic structure and the coal deposits included in the area of the sheet Gives the section of several coal outcrops and a table of coal analyses. Includes topographic, colored areal geologic, economic geologic, and structure section maps and a sheet of columnar sections.

725 Paleozoic overlaps in Montgomery and Pulaski counties,

Virginia.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. v, pp. 171-190, pi. 4, 1894.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xiii, pp. 147-148 p.), 1894.

Describes the physical features and the stratigraphy of the Cambrian, Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous series, and discusses the geologic structure of the ron.

1 Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 98

7i6 Cainpbell (Marius U.). Tertiary changes in the drainage of soutiir

western Virginia.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d eer., vol. xlviii, pp. 21-29, with map, 1894.

DeecribeB the changes that have occurred in the drainage of this region, and discusses the evidences indicating that they were caused by local erogenic rather than by epeirogenic movements.

727 Greology of the Big Stone Grap coal field of Virginia and Kentucky. Abstract: Am. GeoL, vol. xiv, pp. 392-393, 1894.

728 Hayes (C. W.) and. Geomorphology of the Southern Appalachians.

See Hayes (C. W.) and Campbell (M. R.), No. 2414.

729 Campbell (Marius K.). Pocahontas folio, Virginia and West Virginia.

U. 8. Geol. Surv., Geo!. Atlas of U. 8., Folio No. 26, 1896.

Describes the physiographic features, the character and distribution of rocks of the Cambrian, Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous epochs, the geologic structure of the ron and occurrence of coal, iron ores, and soils. Includes topographic, geologic, and structure section maps and a sheet of columnar sections.

730 Drainage modifications and their interpretation.

Jour. Geol., vol. iv, pp. 567-581 and 657-678, 1896.

Discusses the principles of drainage modification, the criteria for determining stream modifications, and the characteristics of Appalachian drainage.

731 Rapid section work in horizontal rocks.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxvi, pp. 298-315, pis. i-iv, 1896. Describes methods of studying areal geology in regions where the strata lie in a nearly horizontal position.

732 and Mendenhall (Walter C). Geologic section along the

New and Kanawha rivers in West Virginia.

U. 8. Geol. Surv., 17th Ann. Rept, pt. ii, 39 pp., pis. xxxviii-xlix,

Describes the physiography, geologic structure, and stratigraphic features of the members of the Carboniferous series, and the occurrence of coal, and gives chemical analyses. Includes a sheet of geologic cross sections.

733 Campbell (Marius R.). Erosion at base level.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 221-226, pi. 20, 1897. Describes local base-levels of the Appalachian region.

734 Bapid section work in horizontal rocks.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxvi, pp. 298-315, pis. i-iv, 1897. L Describes methods of studying areal geology in regions where the

strata lie in a nearly horizontal position.

94 Bibliography Of North American Geology, [. 188.

735 Campbell (Marius R.). Tazewell folio, Virginia- West Virginia.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., Folio No. 44, 1898.

Describes the physiography of the Appalachian province and of the Tazewell quadrangle, the geologic stnicture of the region, the occurrence and character of Cambrian, Ordovician, Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous rocks, and the occurrence and chemical character of the coal. Includes topographic and geologic maps and columnar section.

736 Richmond folio, Kentucky.

U. 8. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. 8., folio No. 46, 1898.

Describes the physiographic features of the Ohio basin and Richmond quadrangle, the geologic history and structure, and the character and occurrence of Silurian, Devonian, Carboniferous, and Tertiary series. Includes topographic and geologic maps and structure sections.

737 London folio, Kentucky.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio No. 47, 1898.

Describes the physiographic features, geologic history, character and occurrence of the Siluro-Devonian, Devonian, and Carboniferous rocks, the structural relations and the occurrence of coal. Accompanied by topographic and geologic maps and columnar sections.

738 Earthquake shocks in Giles County, Virginia.

Science, new ser., vol. vii, pp. 23236, with sketch map, 1898. Describes the results of investigations of the earthquake shocks in May, 1897.

739 Standingstone folio, Tennessee.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio No. 63, 1899.

Describes the general physiographic and geologic features, the character and occurrence of the Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous rocks, and the occurrence of coal in the quadrangle. Includes topographic, geologic, and economic maps and structure sections.

740 Bristol folio, Virginia-Tennessee.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio No. 59, 1899.

Describes the general relations of the region, the physiography, the occurrence and character of the Cambrian, Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous strata, the geological structure, and the economic resources.

741 Huntington folio. West Virginia-Ohio.

U. 8. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. 8., folio No. 69, 1900.

Describes the physiography of the western division of the Appalachian province and of this quadrangle, the occurrence and character of the Carboniferous and possible Pleistocene sediments, and the occurrence of coal. Gives a number of well records of the region. Accompanied by topographic, geologic, and structure section maps and columnar section.

741a Stratigraphy of the Pottsville series in Kentucky.

Science, new ser., vol. xi, p. 140 (i p.)> 100.

wMocs-l PALEONTOLOGY, PBTBOLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 95

742 Campbell (Mariun R.) and Leverett (Frank). Danville folio,

lUinoiH-Indiana.

U. 8. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlaa of U. S., folio No. 67, 1900.

Deecribes the character and occurrence of the Pleistocene and CarboniferouB sedimentfl, the Glacial phenomena, the eologic history of the ron, and the occurrence of coal and under)?round waters. Accompanied by topographic and geologic maps and columnar sections, a report on fossil plants by David White, and tabulated data regarding the wells.

743 Hayes (C. W.) and. The relation of biology to physiography. See Hayes (C. W.), and Campbell (M. R.), No. 2438.

744 Canby (H. S.). See Parker (E. W.), No. 4249.

745 The cryolite of Greenland.

Sci. Am. SuppL, vol. 1, p. 20814 (J p.), 1900.

746 Cannon (George L., jr.). Notes on a discovery of radiolites,

Austinensis roemer (?).

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 75-76, 1892.

Brief note on the occurrence of this fossil in the Niobrara Cretaceous.

747 Notes on the geology of Palmer Lake, Colo., and the Paleozoic exposures along the Front Range.

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 224-234, with map, 1893.

Describes the topography of the region, the granites, the occurrences of Paleozoic rocks, and the Jura-Trias, Cretaceous, Tertiary, and Quaternary series which occur in this vicinity.

748 The geology of Denver and vicinity.

Colo. ScL Soc, Proc., vol. iv, pp. 235-270, 1893.

Discusses the causes of the absence of Paleozoic measures and describes the Triassic, Jurassic, Cretaceous, Tertiary, and Quaternary beds of the Denver Basin. Mentions some of the fossils found at different horizons.

749 Cardeza (J. T. M.), Rand (Theodore D.), Jefferis (William W.),

and. Mineral localities of Philadelphia and vicinity. See Rand (T. D. ), Jefferis ( W. W. ), and Cardeza (J. T. M), No. 4523.

750 Carlyle (William A.). Notes on a great silver camp.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. v, pp. 403-412, 1892.

Describes the geology of the mining districts of Leadville and Aspen, Colo., and the occurrence and character of the ore bodies.

751 Report on Trail Creek mining district, British Columbia.

Mining and Scientific Press, vol. Ixxiii, pp. 236-237; Mining, vol. ii, pp. 95-100, 124-128, and 143-151, 1896.

Describes briefly the occurrence of the gold, silver, and copper ores and the associated igneous rocks on pages 144-147.

96 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

762 Carlyle (William A.). Report on the Slocan, Nelson, and Ains-

worth mining districts, in West Kootenay, British Columbia.

Bureau of Mines, 6. C, Bull. No. 3, 95 pp. with map, 1896.

Deecribe the general geology of the region, the occurrence of the igneous rocks, and of the gold and silver lead ores.

753 [Mining operations for gold, coal, etc., in the province of

British Colmnbia.]

Brit. Col., Ann. Rep. of the Minister of Mines for 1897, pp. 463-640, 16 pis., 1898.

Includes account of the mining operations and quotations from descriptions of the geologic features previously published by members of the Canadian Geologic Survey.

764 Camot (Adolphe). Sur les variations observes dans la composition des apatites, des phosphorites, et des phosphates sdimentaires. Remarques sur le gisement et le mode do formation de ces phosphates.

Annales des Mines, vol. x, pp. 137-231, 1896.

Discusses the character and formation of the South Carolina and Florida phosphate deposits.

764a Carter (O. C. S.). Artesian wells.

Franklin Inst Jour., vol. cxxxvi, pp. 230-239, 1893. Contains data regarding artesian wells of Philadelphia.

755 Coastal topography of the United States.

Phil. Eng. Club,, Proc., vol. xvi, pp. 276-303, 1899. (Not seen.)

756 Gary (Austin). A study in foot structure.

Jour. Morph., vol. vii, pp. 305-315, pi. xviii, 1892.

The paper is based on a study of a Periasodactyl from the Bridger Eocene Pakeosyops, and includes remarks on the theoretical applications.

757 Case (E. C), Bailey (E. H. S.) and. On the composition of some

Kansas building stones. No. See BaUey (E, H. S.) and Case (E. C), iJo. 162.

758 Williston (S. W.) and. Kansas mosasaurs.

See WiUiston (S. W.) and Case (E. C), No. 6221.

751) Case (E. C). A geological reconnaissance in southwest Kansas and No Man's Land.

Kans. Univ. Quart, vol. ii, pp. 143-147, 1893.

Gives a brief description of the Triassic deposits of this region.

760 Traces of a glacier at Kansas City, Mo.

Kans. Univ. Quart, vol. ii, pp. 149-150, 1893.

Brief description of the evidences which indicate the former existence of a glacier in this vicinity.

Wekke,] Paleontology, Petrology, And Minebalogy. 97

761 Case (E. C). On the mud and sand dikes of the White River

Miocene.

Am. Geol., vol. xv, pp. 248-254, 1895.

Reviews the descriptions of dikes of this character in California, Nebraska, and South Dakota, and discusses the evidences which indicate that they occupy preexistmg cracks in the associated strata.

762 Experiments in ice motion.

Jour. Geol., vol. iii, pp. 918-934, 1896.

Describes and illustrators the experiments undertaken to show the existence of differential movements or currents in the ice bottom, and discusses the relation of the experiments to observed phenomena in ice.

763 Foramina perforating the cranial region of a Permian reptile

and on a cast of its brain cavity.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iii, pp. 321-326, 1897.

Describes the characters of Dimetrodon incisivus Cope and the occurrence of the foramina.

764 On the osteology and relationships of Protostega.

Jour. Morph., vol. xvi, pp. 21-55, pis. iv-vi, 1897. Describes material from the Niobrara Cretaceous of Kansas.

765 [Review of ''The Dinosaurs of North America,'' by O. C.

Marsh.]

Jour. Geol., vol. v, pp. 87-88, 1897.

766 The development and geological relations of the vertebrates.

Part I. The fishes.

Jour, (ieol., vol. vi, pp. 393-416, 3 figs., 1898.

Describes the classification and general changes in the anatomy of fishes resulting in the modem type, and a brief summary of the characters of different forms.

767 The development and geological relations of the vertebrates.

Part II. Amphibia.

Jour. Geol., vol. vi, pp. 500-523, 5 figs., 1898.

Discusses the origin and structure of the Amphibia and describes the general characters of various groups.

768 The development and geological relations of the vertebrates.

Part III. Reptilia.

Jour. Geol., vol. vi, pp. 517-523, 622-46, 711-735, 1898. Describes the general characters of the various forms.

769 The development and geological relations of the vertebrates.

Part IV. Aves. Part V. Mammalia.

Jour. Geol., vol. vi, pp. 816-839, 1898.

770 Toxochelys.

Kans. Univ. Geol. Surv., vol. iv, pp. 370-385, pis. ixxix-lxxxiv, 1898. Describes several species, including a new one.

Bull. 188—01 7

98 BIBLIOGEAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

771 Case (E. C). The significance of certain changes in the temporal

region of the primitive Reptilia.

Am. Nat, vol. xxxii, pp. 69-74, 2 figs., 1898.

772 The development and geological relations of the vertebrates.

Part V. Mammalia (Continued).

Jour. Geol., vol. vii, pp. 163-187, 1899.

Describes geologic and geographic distribution of Eqoidse, Lopbiodontidffi, Suidse, Tapiridae, Oreodontidae, and other groups.

773 The vertebrates from the Permian bone bed of Vermilion

Countv, Illinois.

Jour. Geol., vol. viii, pp. 698-729, pis. i-v, 1900. Contains original description of the material by Cope.

774 Banr (G.) and. The history of the Pelycosauria, with a

description of the genus Dimetrodon, Cope. See Baur (G.) and Case (E. C), No. 300.

775 Case (William H.). The Bertha zinc mines at Bertha, Va.

Eng. and Mg. Jour , vol. Ivi, pp. 292-294, 1893. Describes briefly the geological structure of the ron and the occurrence and character of the ore, illustrated by map and cross sections.

776 The Bertha zinc mines at Bertha, Va.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxii, pp. 511-536, 1894.

Describes the geology of the region, presents a geologic map and cross section, and describes the character and occurrence of the ore and the methods of mining employed.

777 Castleman (J. W.). The brown iron ore mines near Leeds, in

Jefferson County [Alabama].

Ala. Ind. and Sci. Hoc, Proc., vol. ix, pp. 13-18, 1899.

Describes the geologic features of the region and occurrence of the iron ores.

778 Catlett (Charles). Some of the manganese deposits of the Valley

of Virginia.

E:ig. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiv, pp. 156-157, 1897. Describes the occurrence and character of the ores and gives a chemical analysis.

779 See Birkinbine (John), No. 446.

780 The iron ores of the Potsdam formation in the Valley of

Virginia.

Abstract: Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixviii, pp. 157-158, 1899.

781 The Donald iron ore mine, Virginia.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixx, p. 485, 3 figs., 1900. Describes the occurrence of the iron ores.

wnM.) PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 99

782 OaUett (Charles). Iron ores of the Potsdam formation in the Val-

ley of Virginia.

Am. Inst Mg. finger., Trans., vol. xxix, pp. 308-317, 1900. Deflcribes the general occurrence and character of the iron ores the region.

783 Caiin (F. M. F.). [The genesis of ore deposits.]

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxiii, pp. 604-608, 1894.

In discossion of paper by F. Posepny on the same subject describes the character and structure of the ore bodies of the Vermont copper mines.

784 [The genesis of ore deposits.]

Am. Inst Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxiv, pp. 995-996, 1895. In discussion of paper by F. Posepny on the same subject

785 Chalmers (Robert). Height of the Bay of Fundy coast in the Glacial period relative to sea level, as evidenced by marine fossils in the bowlder clay at St. John, New Brunswick.

Geoi. Soc Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 361-370, 1893.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 176-177, 1893.

Describes the bowlder clay and the sections displayed at two localities and mentions the occurrence of certain fossil marine shells. Discusses the height of the land and the mode of deposition of the bowlder clay, the oscillations of the ice sheet, and the climatic conditions during the deposition of the Leda clay and Saxicava sands.

786 On the glacial lake St. Lawrence of Prof. Warren Upham.

Am. Jour. Sd., 3d ser., vol. xlix, pp. 273-276, 1896.

States the author's reasons for considering that there did not exist a glacial lake occupying the St Lawrence Valley from Quebec to Lake Ontario, and that there are no evidences of a movement of a great ice sheet over this region at any time during the Glacial period.

787 Report on the surface geology of eastern New Brunswick,

northwestern Nova Scotia, and a portion of Prince Edward

Island.

Can. Greol. Surv., new ser., vol. vii, Rept M, 149 pp., 6 pis., 1896.

Describes the physiography, the character, and distribution of the Pleistocene deposits, and glacial geology of the region. Discusses the evidences of Tertiary and post-Tertiary changes of level.

788 Pleistocene marine shore lines on the south side of the St.

Lawrence Valley.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. i, pp. 302-308, 1896.

Describes the topographic character of the ron and the occurrence of the terraces. Gives a table showing the elevation of the shore lines along .the north side of Notre Dame range, south of the St Lawrence.

789 The gold-bearing deposits of the eastern townships of Quebec.

Can. Mg. Rev., vol. xvi, pp. 74-77; Federated Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. ii, pp. 13-27, 1897. Describee their geological occurrence and discusses their origin.

100 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, Ibull. 188.

790 ChalmexB (Robert). The preglacial decay of rocks in eastem

Canada.

Brit. Aseoc. Adv. Sci., Kept. 1897, pp. 655-656, 1898. Describes beds of decayed rock beneath the glacial covering.

791 The preglacial decay of rocks in eastern Canada.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. v, pp. 273-282, 1898.

Describes the physiographic features of the region, the distribution of the decayed rock materials, and the causes of the decomposition of the rocks.

792 Report on the surface geology and auriferous deposits of

southeastern Quebec.

Can. (Jeol. Surv., new ser., vol. x, Rept. J, 160 pp., 1 map, 2 pis., 1898. Describes the physiography and drainage, the character, and distribution of the glacial and superficial deposits, and the occurrence of gold.

793 Chamberlin (Thomas C). The altitude of the eastern and central

. portions of the United States during the Glacial period.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xl, p. 250, 1891. Gives a general summary of the author's conclusions.

794 Some additional evidences bearing on the interval between

the glacial epochs.

Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts and Letters, vol. viii, pp. 82-86, 1892.

The evidences to the conclusion that toward the close of the earlier glacial epoch the altitude of the continent was low, in the interval it became higher, and during the later epoch its valley deposits were carried down the trenches formed during the interval.

795 [Glacial succession in the United States.]

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 227-228, 1892. Paper read before the World's Congress of Geology.

796 Salisbury (R. D.) and. On the relationship of the Pleisto-

cene to the pre-Pleistocene formations of the Mississippi Bain south of the limit of glaciation.

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvi, pp. 48-49, 1892.

797 Chamberlin (Thomas C). The nature of the englacial drift of the

Mississippi Basin.

Jour. Geol., vol. i, pp. 47-60, 1898.

Discusses the cause of the movement of basal material upward into the body of a glacier. Describes the course of several bowlder belts through

Indiana, their relation to terminal moraines, and the characters that distinguish them from the average bowlders of the till, and concludes that they represent an example of englacial and superglacial transportation.

798 The horizon of drumlin, osar, and kame formation.

Jour. Geol., vol. i, pp. 255-267, 1893.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 122-123, 1893.

Defines the term englacial ' ' and describes the movements of englacial material from the bottom of the ice sheet to limited heights and the agents of its transportation. Describes the drumlin area of Wisconsin and the bowlder trains and bowlder belts of Ohio, Indiana, and Illinois. Concludes that the osars and kames of the latter region are basal material.

wwM-l PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 101

799 Chamberlin (Thomas C). The diversity of the Glacial period.

Am. Jour. 8ci., 3d sen, vol. xlv, pp. 171-200, 1893.

Reviews the different theories concern inj? the unity or diverHity of the Glacial period, with special reference to and (quotations from pa[>er byG. F. Wright, "Unity of the Glacial period." Discusses the evidence as to the existence of the terminal moraine at certain points in New Jersey and the character of certain deposits in Delaware Valley and portions of Ohio. Refers to the gorge cutting of the Delaware and to concurrent erosion over the old drift surface as proof of an interval between the earlier and later drift formation.

8CH) [Classification of Pleistocene deposits.]

Int. Cong. Geol., Compte Rendu, 5th sess., pp. 176-192, 207,1893. Discusses the classification of Pleistocene glacial deposits, based upon the origin of the formations.

801 Pseudo-cols.

Jour. Geol., vol. ii, pp. 205-206, 1894. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xiii, p. 217 p.), 1894. Discusses the use of the term (*ol and describes the mode of formation of pseudo-col.

802 Proposed genetic classification of Pleistocene glacial forma-

tions.

Jour. Geol., vol. ii, pp. 517-538, 1894.

Describes the author's method of classifying the Pleistocere glacial formations, based on the origin of the formations.

803 Glacial studies in Greenland.

Jour. Geol., vol. ii, pp. 649-666, 768-788, figs. 1-14, 1894. Gives an itinerary of the journey to Greenland and describes the characteristics of the glaciers examined.

804: [Drift fringe on Long Island, New York.]

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. v, p. 16 (I p.), 1894. In discussion of papers by A. A. Wright and E. H. Williams, jr., on glacial phenomena of New Jersey and Pennsylvania.

805 [Relation of deformation to ore deposition.]

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. v, p. 32 (i p.), 1894. In discussion of paper by W. P. Blake on the Wisconsin lead and zinc deposits.

806 [Formation of kames, eskers, and moraines.]

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. v, p. 85 (J p.), 1894. Discusses the character of the material of which kames, eskers, and moraines are formed.

807 and Leverett (Frank). Further studies of the drainage

features of tlie Upper Ohio Basin.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvii, pp. 247-283, 483, 4 maps, 5 figs., 1894.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xiii, pp. 217-219, 1894.

Describes the drainage features and erosion of the Upper Ohio tributaries, the old fluvial floors, drift, and terraces. Gives a summary statement of four hypotheses and describes and illustrates by diagrams the ratios of work done.

102 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN (JEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

808 Chamberlin (Thomas C.)- Recent glacial studies in Greenland.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. vi, pp. 19220, pl. 3-10, 1895.

Abetraet: Sci. Am. SuppL, vol. xxxix, p. 15876, and vol. xl, pp. 16275-

Compares the glaciation of the mainland of North America and that of Greenland, and discusseB the relation of geologic formations of the region to glaciation. Describes the stratification of the glaciers and gives a discussion of the causes of their movements. Describes eskers, kames, drumlins, and other glacial phenomena of Greenland.

809 Notes on the glaciation of Newfoundland.

Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. vi, p. 467 p.), 1895. Describes the local character of the glacial phenomena of Newfoundland.

810 Glacial studies in Greenland.

Jour. Geol., vol. iii, pp. 61-69, 198-218, 469-480, 565-582, 668-681, and 833-843, 1895.

Describes the topographic and geologic features of the western coast of Greenland, and discusses their bearing on the glacial phenomena. Describes the characteristics of the various glaciers which occupy this portion of Greenland. Includes sketch maps of portions of the region and many illustrations of the glacial phenomena from photographs.

811 The classification of American glacial deposits.

Jour. Geol., vol. iii, pp. 270-277, 1895.

Describes the Kansan, Aftonian, Iowa, Toronto, and Wisconsin formations and the later deposits.

812 Alternative interpretations. [Discussion of history of Lake

Agassiz.]

U. S. Geol. Surv., Mon. xxv, pp. 244-251, 1896. Discusses Upham's interpretation of the glacial history of Lake Agassiz.

813 [The age of the second terrace on the Ohio at Brilliant, Ohio.]

Jour. Geol., vol. iv, pp. 219-221, 1896.

In discussion of a paper by G. Frederick Wright on the same subject.

814 Glacial studies in Greenland, IX.

Jour. Geol., vol. iv, pp. 582-592, pis. 60-63, 1896. Describes the Tuktoo glacier. This paper is a continuation of the description of the glaciers of Greenland in papers noticed in No. 810.

815 [Review of Greenland ice fields and life in the North

Atlantic, with a new discussion of the causes of the Ice age," by G. Frederick Wright and Warren Upham.]

Jour. Geol., vol. iv, pp. 632-36, figs. 1-2, 1896.

816 [Review of ''Ice work, present and past," by T. G. Bonney.]

Jour. Geol., vol. iv, pp. 636-638, 1896.

817 Salient points concerning the geology of north Greenland.

Jour. Geol., vol. iv, pp. 769-810, 33 figs., 1896. Describes the glacial geology of the region.

] Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 103

818 Cbamberlin (Thomas C). [Nomenclature of glacial deposits in the Mississippi Valley.]

Jour. GeoL, vol. iv, pp. 872-876, 1896.

DiscosBee the use of the terms Kansan, lowan, Wisconsin, Aftonian, and Albertan, with remarks on their correlation.

819 [Review of 'loe work, present and past," by T. G. Bonney.]

Science, new ser., vol. iv, pp. 406-408, 1896.

820 [Note on the former extension of the inland ice sheet of

Greenland.]

Joor. GeoL, vol. v, pp. 81-86, 1897.

Reviews certain interpretations of the author's views on this subject.

821 Glacial studies in Greenland, X.

Jour. Geol., vol. v, pp. 229-240, figs. 64-68, 1897. Continues the description of the author's observations of the glacial features of Greenland.

822 [Eeview of " Glaciers of North America, a reading lesson for

students in geography and geology," by Israel C Russell.]

Jour. Geol., vol. v, pp. 302-303, 1897.

828 [Review of "Former extension of Cornell glacier near the

southern end of Melville Bay," by Ralph S. Tarr ]

Jour. GeoL, voL v, pp. 303-307, pi. 1, figs. 1-2, 1897.

824 [Review of "Geological Survey of Canada, Annual Report,

vol. viii, 1895."]

Jour. Geol., vol. v, pp. 641-642, 1897.

826 [Review of " Iowa Geological Survey, vol. vi. Report on lead,

zinc, artesian wells, etc."]

Jour. Geol., vol. v, pp. 642-644, 1897.

826 [Review of "Geology and natural resources of Indiana, 21st

Annual Report."]

Jour. Geol., vol. v, pp. 644-646, 1897.

827 [Review of "Report on the valley regions. Part II. On the

Coosa Valley," by Henry McCalley.]

Jour. Qeoly vol. v, pp. 646-647, 1897.

828 [Review of "Glacial observations in the Umanak district,

Greenland" by G. H. Barton.]

Jour. Geol., vol. v, pp. 650-651, 1897.

829 A group of hypotheses bearing on climatic changes.

Jour. GeoL, vol. v, pp. 653-683, 1897; Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept. 1897, pp. 644-647, 1898.

Discusses the indications of glaciations during geologic time and the theories as to the origin and development of the earth and the atmosphere.

104 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

830 Chamberlin (Thomas C). Supplementary hypothesis respecting

the origin of the loess of the Mississippi Valley. Jour. Geol., vol. v, pp. 795-802, 1897. Deecribes the distribution of the loess and discusses its origin.

831 Studies for students. The method of multiple working

hypotheses.

Jour. Geol., vol. v, pp. 837-848, 1897.

Discusses the use of multiple hypotheses and their value in geolopcal investigation.

832 [Review of ''The Glacial Lake Agassiz," by Warren Upham. J

Jour. Geol., vol. v, pp. 851-853, 1897.

833 Former extension of Greenland glaciers.

Science, new ser., vol. v, pp. 400-401, 1897. Discusses Professor Tarr's statements on this subject.

834 The former extension of ice in Greenland.

Science, new ser., vol. v, p. 516, 1897.

Discusses briefly the indications of glaciation by topography.

835 Former extension of Cornell glacier near the southern end

of Melville Bay.

Science, new ser., vol. v, pp. 748-753, figs. 1-3, 1897. Reviews some of the questions discussed in previous papers by Professor Tarr and the author.

836 [Review of 'Revised text-book of geology," by James D.

Dana. Edited by William North Rice.]

Jour. Geol., vol. vi, pp. 435-436, 1898.

837 [Review of "Northward over the great ice. A narrative of

life and work along the shores and upon the interior ice cap of northern Greenland in the years 1886 and 1891- 1897," by Robert E. Peary.]

Jour. Geol., vol. vi, pp. 438-441, 1898.

838 The ulterior basis of time divisions, and the classification of

geologic history.

Jour. Geol., vol. vi, pp. 449-462, 3 figs., 1898.

Discusses the evidences that the history of the earth can classified into natural divisions by the recognition of its inherent jwritxls.

839 A systematic source of evolution of provincial faunas.

Jour. Geol., vol. vi, pp. 597-608, 1898.

Discusses the characteristics of the moveinentj of the earth crust and the relation and influence of the attitude of sea to land in the evolution of faunas.

Wmks.1 Paleontology, Petbologt, And Mineralogy. 105

84() Chamberlin (TbomaH C). The influence of great epochs of limestone formation upon the constitution of the atmosphere.

Jour. Geol., vol. vi, pp. 609-621, 1898.

DiscusBee the relation of carbon dioxide to geolojjrio processes, and the changes that are effected in the atmosphere through the building up of great limestone formations.

841 A group of hypotheses bearing on climatic changes.

Brit Assoc. Adv. Sci., Kept. 1897, pp. 644-647, 1898; Jour. Geol., vol. V, pp. 653-683, 1897.

DiscusHes the indications of glaciations during geologic timo, and the theories as to the origin and development of the earth and of the atmosphere.

g42 A supplementary hypothesis respecting the origin of the

loess of the Mississippi Valley. Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xlvi, pp. 204-205, 1898.

843 An attempt to frame a working hypothesis of the cause of

Glacial periods on an atmospheric basis.

Jour. Geol., vol. vii, pp. 545-584, 667-685, 751-787, 1899. Describes the characteristics of this hypothesis and its application to Glacial and inter-Glacial epochs.

844 [Review of "A preliminary report on the artesian well ayn-

tem of Georgia," by S. W. McCallie.]

Jour. Geol., vol. vii, p. 722 (i p.), 1899.

845 Lord Kelvin's address on the age of the earth as an abode

fitted for life.

Science, new ser., vol. ix, pp. 889-901, vol. x, pp. 11-18, 1899.

846 An attempt to test the nebular by the relations

of masses and momenta.

Jour. Geol., vol. viii, pp. 58-73, 1900.

Discusses the application of certain laws of dynamics to a study of the origin of the solar system.

847 [Review of '*The diuturnal theory of the earth; or. Nature's

system of constructing a stratified physical world," by William Andrews.]

Jour, (jreol., vol. viii, pp. 76-77, 1900.

848 [Review of ''Genesis of worlds," by J. H. Hobart Bennett.]

Jour. Geol., vol. viii, pp. 79-81, 1900.

849 [Review of "Principles and conditions of the movement of

ground water," by Fi-anklin Hiram King, and theoretical investigation of the motion of ground waters," by

Charles Sumner Slichter.] Jour. Greol., vol. viii, pp. 89-91, 1900.

106 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

850 Chamberlin (Thomas C). [Review of 'Irrifsfation and drainage

principles and prattice of their cultural phases," by F. H. King.]

Jour. Geol.,vol. viii, p. 100, 1900.

851 [Review of ''The glacial palagonite-formation of Iceland,"

by Helgi Pjetursson.]

Jour. GeoL, vol. viii, pp. 280-283, 1900.

852 [Review of ''The Illinois Glacial Lobe," by Frank Leverett.]

Jour. Geol., vol, viii, pp. 362-369, 1900.

853 [Review of "The glacial gravels of Maine and their asso-

ciated deposits," by George H. Stone.]

Jour. Geol. vol. viii, pp. 373-375, 1900.

854 [Review of "The fresh water Tertiary formations of the

Rocky Mountain region," by W. M. Davis.]

Jour. Geol., vol. viii, pp. 379-382, 1900.

855 On the habitat of the early vertebrates.

Jour. Geol., vol. viii, pp. 400-412, 1900.

Describes the habitat of fishes and some associated fauna

856 [Review of "Glacial erosion in France, Switzerland, and

Norway," bv William Morris Davis.]

Review, Jour. GeoL, vol. viii, pp. 568-673, 1900.

857 [Review of " Mineral resources of Kansas, 1899," by Erasmus

Ha worth.]

Jour. Greol., vol. viii, pp. 577-578, 1900.

858 [Review of "Results of the Branner-Agassiz Expedition to

Brazil." I. The Decopod and Stomantopod Crustacea, by Mary J. Rathburn. U. The Isopod Crustacea, by Harriet Richardson. HI. The Fishes, by Charles H. Gilbert. IV. Two characteristic geologic sections on the northeast coast of Brazil, by C. Branner.]

Jour. Geol., vol. viii, pp. 578-579, 1900.

859 Proposed international geologic institute.

Jour. Geol., vol. viii, pp. 596-609, 1900.

Discusses methods of geologic correlation and proposes the inauguration of a movement for the purpose of determining the fundamental facts upon which a pennanent classification may be founded.

860 [Review of " On the subdivisions of the Carboniferous system

in eastern Canada, with special reference to the Union and Riversdale formations of Nova Scotia, referred to the Devonian system by some Canadian geologists," by H. M. Ami.]

Jour. Geol., vol. viii, pp. 667-668, 1900.

] Paleontology, Pbtbology, And Mineralogy. 107

861 ChamberB (R. E.). A Newfoundland iron deposit.

Can. Mining Review, vol. xv, pp. 672, 1806.

Deecribee briefly the geology of the region and the character of the ore bodiee.

862 Chance (H. M.). The Rich Patch iron tract, Virginia.

Am. Inst Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxix, pp. 210-223, figs. 1-8, 1900. Describes the occurrence and character of the ores.

863 The discovery of new gold districts.

Am. Inst Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxix, pp. 224-230, 1035-1038, 1900. Contains remarks on the discoveries of gold in rocks that are not generally supposed favorable for its occurrence.

864: Gold ores of the Black Hills, South Dakota.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixix, pp. 227-228 p.), 1900. Gives a brief account of the gold ores of the region.

865 Chaney (L. W., jr.). Cryptozoon minnesotense in the Shakopie

limestone at Northiield, Minn.

Minn. Acad. Nat Sci., Bull., vol. iii, No. 2, pp. 280-284, 1892.

Describes the outcrops of this limestone in this locality and discusses the question of the organic origin of the Cryptozoon specimens found in them.

866 Glaciers in the Montana Rockies.

Science, new ser., vol. iv, pp. 761-762, 1896. Describes existing glaciers in northern Montana.

867 Chapman (E. J.). On the corals and coralliform types of Paleo-

zoic strata.

Can. Roy. Soc., Trans., vol. x, sec. iv, pp. 39-48, 1892.

In a tabular synopsis classifies the coelenterates into five subdivisions.

868 Note on the Belmontgold veins of Peterboro County, Ontario.

Can. Roy. Soc., Trans., vol. xi, sec. iv, pp. 61-62, 1893. Describes the country rock of the region and the vein phenomena of the ore bodies.

869 Chapman (Frederick). On some Pliocene Ostracoda from near

Berkeley [California].

Univ. of Cal., Dept of (Jeol., Bull., vol. ii, pp. 93-100, pi. 3, 1896. Gives a description of the beds, and describes and figures a number of new species.

870 Foraminifera from the Tertiary of California.

Cal. Acad. Sci., Proc., 3d ser., vol. i, pp. 241-260, pis. xxix-xxx, 1900.

871 Chapman (Henry C). Note on the geology of Mount Desert

Island.

Phila. Acad. Nat Sci., Proc., 1892, pt iii, p. 360. Brief description of the geology of the island.

108 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

872 Chapman (Robert H.). Notes on the structure of the Rocky Mountains in the Lewis and Clarke timber reserve, Montana.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxix, pp. 15156, with map, fig. 1, 1900.'

Describes the physiography of the region and the geologic structure of the range.

878 Charleton (A. G.). Nickel, its history, uses, and distribution.

Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. xxxvii, pp. 15418-15419, 1894. Discusses the genesis of nickel.

874 Charlton (Thomas). [Occurrence of nickel.]

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 420-421, 1893.

In discussion of paper by Philip Argall on " Nickel, the occurrence, geological distribution, and genesis of its ores,** describes the occurrence of nickel in the Gem Mine, Fremont County, Colo.

875 Charlton (W. A., jr.). Goulais River to Dalton [Ontario].

Ont. Bur. of Mines, vol. viii, pp. 197-204, pis. 21-27, 1899. Describes the general geologic and physiographic features.

876 Chase (Harvey S.). Southern magnetites and magnetic separation.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxv, pp. 551-557, 1896.

Describes the methods of treating nontitaniferous iron ores, and gives a table of chemical analyses of representative magnetic ores from North Carolina and Tennessee.

877 Chatard (Thomas M.). Phosphate chemistry as it concerns the

miner.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 160-175, 1893.

Discusses some problems of phosphate analysis and describes the processes to be followed in making a chemical analysis of a natural phosphate.

877a The natural soda deposits of the United States.

Franklin Inst., Jour., vol. cxxxix, pp. 271-283, 341-351, 1895. Contains notes on the soda deposits and waters of the lakes of the Great Basin region.

877i and WliiteheacL (Cabell). An examination of the ores of

the Republic gold mine, Washington. Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixix, pp. 497-498, 1900.

878 Chester (Albert H.). Acanthite from Colorado.

School of Mines Quart., vol. xv, pp. 103-104. 1894. Describes crystals of silver sulphide which are considered to belong to this species.

879 On caswellite, an altered biotite from Franklin Furnace, N. J.

Quartz crystals from EUenville, N. J.

N. Y. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. xiii, pp. 181-184, 1894. Describes the chemical and optical characters of a new mineral species, caswellite, and the crystallographic characters of quartz crystals.

Weeks.] Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 109

SSi) Chester (Albert H.). On caswellite. an altered biotite from Franklin Furnace, N. J.

N. J. Greol. Siirv., Ann. Rept 1895, pp. xxxvii-xl, 1896. Describes the occurrence and microscopic and chemical characters of the mineral.

K81 On krennerite from Cripple Creek, Colorado.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. v, pp. 375-377, 1 fig., 1898. Describes its chemical and crystallographic character.

882 Chittenden (A. Pereival). Mountain structures of Pennsylvania.

Am. Geog. Soc., Bull., vol. xxix, pp. 175-180, 6 figs.y 1897.

Review by W. M. Davis, Science, new ser., vol. vii, p. 203 (t P-) 18.

Discusses the origin of the mountain structures.

883 (John A.). Faulting in veins.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. liii, pp. 469-470, 613-614, 637-638 (correspondence), 1892.

Reviews statement of Albert Williamn, jr., concerning the occurrence of veins on the lines of fault fissures and describes the 'characteristics of vein formations.

884 The cause of faulting.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxr, pp. 782-792, 1893.

Discusses the different explanations of the cause of faulting and their insuflBciency to account for local faults of moderate extent. Considers that Assuring of rocks by compression may occur without dislocation and that, in the movement of rocks, both walls participate in the movement and the fault becomes shortened.

886 [Vein structure.]

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 871-872, 1893. In discussion of paper by Ernest Wiltsee, Notes on the geology of the Half-Moon mine, Pioche, Nev."

SS6 [Geological distribution of the useful metals in the United

States.]

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxii, pp. 732-735, 1894. In discussion of paper by S. F.. Emmons on the same subject.

887 [The genesis of ore deposits.]

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxiii, pp. 693-597, 1894. In discussion of paper on the same subject by F. Posepny.

888 Cirkel (Fritz). The Bridge River gold mining camp [British

Columbia].

Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. iii, pp. 21-29, 1900.

Describes the general geology of the region and the occurrence of goldbearing quartz veins.

889 Clark (Ellis). The silver mines of Lake Valley, New Mexico.

Am. Inst Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxiv, pp. 138-167, 1895.

Describes the occurrence of Silurian and Carboniferous formations in this district and the character and distribution of the associated igneous rocks. Describes the mining operations and gives several cross sections of ore bodies, accompailied by a topographic and geologic map.

110 BIBLIOOEAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

890 Clark (Maurice). Notes on mining in Oaxaca, Mexico.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiv, pp. 35-36, 1897. Describes occurrence of silver ores in this region.

891 Clark (William Bullock). Correlation papers. Eocene.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 83, 159 pp., pis. i-ii, 1892.

Abstracts: Air. Geol., vol. xii, p. 379 (I p. )t 1893; Am. Nat, vol. xxvi, pp. 330-832, 1892.

Describes the stratigraphy of the Eocene beds of the Atlantic coast, Gulf States, and the Pacific coast region, and gives lists of their contained fossils and discusses their correlation. Includes a bibliography of the papers on the Eocene of each of these rons.

892 The Mesozoic Echinodennata of the United States.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 97, pp. 13-101, pis. i-1, 1893.

Abstracts: Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, p. 1079 (i p.), 1893; Johns Hopkins Univ., Circ, vol. xii, pp. 51-62; Am. Geol., vol. xiv, pp. 329-330, 1894.

Gives a bibliography of North American Echinodermata, a description of the determining characteristics of the different species, and tables showing their geologic range in North America and the specific names employed by writers on the Mesozoic Echinodermata.

893 A preliminary report on the Cretaceous and Tertiary forma-

tions of New Jersey.

N. J. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. 1892, pp. 169-239, pis. iv-vi, 1893.

Abstract: Jour, of Geol., vol. ii, pp. 239-240, 1894.

Reviews the literature on the deposits of this region. Describes the topographic features and the lithologic and structural characters of the Cretaceous and Tertiary formations. Gives lists of fossils found in the several marl beds and discusses the origin, character, and manner of occurrence of glauconite.

894 The Eocene of the United States.

Johns Hopkins Univ., Circ, vol. xii, pp. 50-51, 1893. Describes the characters of the Eocene deposits of the Atlantic coast, Gulf coast. Pacific coast, and interior regions.

895 Williams (G. H.) and. Reports on short excursions made

by the geological department of the university during the

autumn of 1891. See Williams (G. H.) and Clark (W. B.), No. 6156.

896 [Geology of Maryland.]

Maryland, its Resources, Industries, and Institutions, pp. 55-88, Baltimore, 1893.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 396-398, 1893.

Includes a general description of the various geologic formations of Maryland.

897 Clark (William Bullock). Cretaceous and Tertiary geology.

N. J. Geol. Surv., Rept. for 1893, pp. 329-355, 1894.

Contains a general discussion, classification, and description of the formations and describes certain typical section lines across the Cretaceous and Tertiary beds.

1 PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. Ill

898 Clark (William Bullock). Origin and clanHiiieation of the green sand of New Jersey.

Jour. Geol., vol. ii, pp. 161-177, 1894.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xiii, p. 210 (i p.), 1894.

Gives a sketch of the stratigraphie feature, describes the several formations, and discusses the origin, genesis, and source of the materials of the greensands.

899 Climatology and physical features of Maryland.

Maryland State Weather Service, Ist Biennial Rept for 1892-93, pp. 1-146, 1894.

Describee the topography, geologic formations, soils and climate of Maryland.

900 WiUiams (George H.) and. Outline of the geology and

physical features of Maryland. See WUliams (G. H.) and Clark (W. B.), No. 6165.

901 Clark (William Bullock). Cretaceous deposits of the northern half

of the Atlantic Coastal Plain.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. vi, pp. 479-482, 1896. Describes the character and distribution of the Raritan, Matawan, Nevesink, Redbank, Rancocas, and Manasquan divisions of the Cretaceous formation in portions of New Jersey, Delaware, and Maryland.

902 Descriptions of the geological excursions made during the

spring of 1895.

Johns Hopkins Univ., Circ., vol. xv, pp. 1-3, 1895.

Describes the Cretaceous and Tertiary formations along the Potomac River, the Cambrian and Silurian limestones of the Great Valley of Virginia, and the Upper Silurian sandstone of Massanutten Mountain.

903 Two new brachiopods from the Cretaceous of New Jereey.

Johns Hopkins Univ., Circ., vol. xv, p. 3 (J p.), 1895. Describes two new species.

904 Contributions to the Eocene fauna of the Middle Atlantic

slope.

Johns Hopkins Univ., Circ, vol. xv, pp. 3-6, 1895.

Discusses the geologic and paleontologic criteria for the correlation of the Eocene deposits and describes many spends, including a number of nw ones.

906 Additional observations upon the Miocene (Chesapeake)

deposits of New Jersey.

Johns Hopkins Univ., Circ., vol. xv, pp. 6-8, 1895.

Describes the occurrence, relations, and lithologicr character of the beds and discusses the correlation of the strata and the deformation of the ron.

112 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

906 Clark (William Bullock). The Eocene deposi s of the Middle

Atlantic slope in Delaware, Maryland, and Virginia.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 141, 167 pp., 40 pis., 1896.

Describes the general relations, distribution, cliaracter, and stratigraphic and paleontologic characteristics of the Eocene strata of the region. Presents a bibliography, discusses the criteria to be employed in the correlation of the deposits, and describes a lai number of species.

907 The Potomac River section of the Middle Atlantic Coast

Eocene.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. i, pp. 366-374, 1896.

Gives a columnar section and describes the lithologic character and fauna of the several beds of the Potomac River section, including a list of the fossils characteristic of the two faunal stages. Discusses the geologic and paleontologic criteria for the correlation of the deposits.

908 [Review of *'Mollusca and Crustacea of the Miocene forma-

tion of New Jersey," by R. P. Whitfield.]

Science, new ser., vol iii, pp. 291-292, 1896.

909 Eocene deposits of the Middle Atlantic in Maryland,

Delaware, and Virginia.

Review by C. R. Keyes: Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 310-312, 1897.

910 (With the collaboration of R. M. Bagg and George B. Shat-

tuck.) Upper Cretaceous formations of New Jersey, Delaware, and Maryland.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 315-368, pis. 40-50, 1897.

Describes the occurrence, characters, and distribution of the Matawan, Monmouth, Rancocas, Manasquan, and Shark River formations. Discusses the interpretation of the sedimentary and faunal records.

91 1 Historical sketch embracing an account of the progress of

investigation concerning the physical features and natural resources of Maryland.

Md. Geol. Surv., vol. i, pp. 43-138, pis. ii-v, 1897.

91'2 Outline of present knowledge of the physical features of

Maryland, embracing an account of the physiography, geology, and mineral resources.

Md. Geol. Surv., vol. i, pp. 141-228, pis. vi-xiii, 1897.

Describes the physiographic features of the State, the character and distribution of the igneous and sedimentary rocks, and the mineral resources.

913 and Bibbins (Arthur). The stratigraphy of the Potomac

group in Maryland.

Jour. Geol., vol. v, pp. 479-506, 1897.

Describes the lithologic and faunal characters of the Patuxent, Arundel, Patapsco, and Raritan formations. Discusser the relation? and age of the deposits and the views of other writers.

wBKKa.] PALEONTOLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 113

914 COark (William Bullock) and Shattuck (George B.). The geology

of the sand hills of New Jersey.

Johns Hopkins Univ., Cire., vol. xvi, pp. 13-16, 1897.

Reviews the literature on this region and describes the stratigraphic relations and correlations of the deposits. Discusses the evidence of their age.

915 Clark (William Bullock). With the collaboration of R. M. Bagg

and George B. Shattuck. Report upon the Upper Cretaceous formations [New Jersey].

N. J. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept. for 1897, pp. 161-210, 1898.

Reviews the literature on the formation, describes the topographic features and the cliaraeter and occurrence of the subdivisions of the Upper Creta<'eou8, and discusses their correlation.

916 [Contribution to "A symposium of the classification and

nomenclature of geologic time divisions."]

Jour. Geol., vol. vi, pp. 340-342, 1898.

917 The relations of Maryland topography, climate, and geology

to highway construction. Md. Geol. 8urv., vol. iii, pp. 47-106, pis. iii-xi, figs. 1-3, 1899.

JUS [Review of '' Revised text-book on geology," by J. D. Dana,

edited by Wm. North Rice.] Science, new ser., vol. ix, p. 147, 1899.

iUt* Physical atlas of Maryland, Allegany County.

Md. Geol. Surv., Johns Hopkins Press, 1900.

Contains topographic, geologic, and soil maps of Allegany County.

920 O'Hara (C. C), Rowe (R. B.), and Ries (H.). The mineral

resources of Allegany County (Maryland). Md. Geol. Surv., Allegany County, pp. 165-194, pi. xvii, fig. 5, 1900. the ocxjurrence of coal, clays, lime and cement nKiucts, building stones, and road materials.

921 Clark (W. C). Coeur d'Alene mining region [Idaho].

Mines and Minerals, vol. xx, pp. 561-562, 1 fig., 1900. Contains notes on the general geology and mining industry of the region.

922 Clarke (Frank W.). Note on the constitution of ptilolite and

mordenite.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 101-102, 1892.

923 An occurrence of anorthite and epidote.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlviii, p. 429 (communicated), 1894. Describes the occurrence and chemical composition of these minerals, from Maine.

Bull. 188—01 8

114 BIBLIOGBAPHY OP NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

924 Clarke (Frank W.). The constitution of the silicates.

U. 8. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 125, 109 pp., 1895. Discasses the constitution of silicate minerals, with special rard to their structural formulae.

925 and Hillebrand (W. F.). Analyses of rocks with a chapter

on analytical methods.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 148, 306 pp., 1897.

Includes anal3r8es of a laige number of igneous and sedimentary rocks from various parts of the United States.

926 Clarke (Frank W.). [Chemical composition of roscoelite.]

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. vii, pp. 454-455, 1899. Review: Am. Geol., vol. xxiv, p. 318 (J p.), 1899.

927 Constitution of tourmaline.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. viii, pp. 111-121, 1899. Review: Am. GreoL, vol. xxiv, pp. 318-319, 1899.

928 The alkaline reaction of some natural silicates.

Review: Am. Geol, vol. xxiii, p. 328 (7 1.), 1899.

929 and Darton (N. H.). Hydromica from New Jersey.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. vii, pp. 365-366, 1899. Review: Am. Geol., vol. xxiv, p. 182 (J p.), 1899. Describes occurrence and chemical characters of the material.

930 Clarke (Frank W.). Contributions to chemistry and mineralogy

from the laboratory of the United States Geological Survey.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 167, pp. 1-166, figs. 1-7, 1900.

Includes contributions by F. W. Clarke, George Steiger, W. F. Hillebrand, H. N. Stokes, and N. H. Darton on various chemical problems and the occurrence and chemical characters of certain minerals.

931 Analyses of rocks from the laboratory -of the United States

Geological Survey, 1880-1899.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 168, pp. 1-308, 1900.

932 and Darton (N. H.). On a hydromica from New Jei'sey.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 167, pp. 154-155, 1900. Describes occurrence and chemical character of the material.

933 and Steiger (George). Experiments relative to the consti-

tution of pectolite, pyrophyllite, calamine, and analcite. U. S. Geol. Sury., Bull., No. 167, pp. 13-25, 1900.

934 Clarke (John M.). Notes on the genus Acidaspis.

N. Y. State Geol., 10th Ann. Kept., pp. 61-78, pis. i-iii, 1891. Abstracts: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 158-159; Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 202-203, 1892.

935 Note on Coronura Aspectans Conrad (sp.). The Asaphus

diurus, Green.

N. Y. State Geol., 10th Ann. Kept, pp. 79-83, pi. iv, 1891.

Paleontolooy, Petbology, And Mineralogy. 115

936 Clarke (John M.). Observations on the Terataspis grandis, Hall.

The largest known trilobite. N. Y. State Geol., 10th Ann. Rept, pp. 87-90, 1891.

936a Hall (James) and. An introduction to -the stud}' of the

Brachiopoda intended as a handbook for the use of students. See Hall (J.) and Clarke (J. M.), No. 2257.

937 Clarke (John M.). The discovery of Clymenia in the fauna of

the Intumescens zone (Naples beds) of western New York, and its geological significance.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 57-63, 1892.

Describee and gives drawings of newly discovered and very perfect specimens of Clymenia from the lower part of the Upper Devonian, which has hitherto been considered an horizon maker for the uppermost Devonian only, especially in Europe.

938 On Cordania, a proposed new genus of Trilobites.

N. Y. State Mus., 45th Ann. Rept, pp. 440-443, 1892. Discusses the classification of certain species from the Helderberg and Hamilton groups.

938a Catalogue of the collections of geological and paleontological

specimens donated by the Albany Institute to the State Museum.

N. Y. State Geol., 11th Ann. Rept., pp. 31-53; N. Y. State Mus., 45th Ann. Rep., pp. 347-369, 1892.

938J List of the original and illustrated specimens in the Paleon-

tological collection. Pai-t 1. Crustacea.

N. Y. State Geol., 11th Ann. Rept., pp. 57-121; N.Y. State Mus., 45th Ann. Rept., pp. 372-437, 1893.

938e List of original and illustrated specimens in the Paleontolog-

ical collections. Part IL Annelida and Crustacea. N. Y. State Mus., 46th Ann. Rept, pp. 203-250, 1893.

939 On the structure of the carapace in the Devonian crustacean

Rhinocaris, and the relation of the genus Mesothyra and the Phyllocarida.

Am. Nat, vol. xxvii, pp. 793-801, 1893.

Describes the structural characters of the typical species of Rhinocaris and compares them with those of Mesothyra and Phyllocarida.

94 The protoconch of Orthoceras.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 112-115, 1893.

Reviews the descriptions of the structure of the protoconch of the nautiloid Orthoceras, by Professor Hyatt and Dr. Branco, and describes remains from the Genesee shales of New York.

940a Hall (James) and. An introduction to the study of Paleozoic Brachiopoda. Part 1. See Hall (J.) and Clarke (J. M.), No. 2260.

116 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

94()J Clarke (John M.) Hall (James) and. An introduction to the

study of the genera of Paleozoic Brachiopoda. Part II.

SoeHall (J.) and Clarke (J. M.), Nos. 2261 and 2261a.

An introduction to the study of the Brachiopoda

intended as a handbook for the use of students. Part II.

8ce Hall (J.) and Clarke (J. M.), No. 2264.

940/ Clarke (John M.). Recent studies of the Eurypterina.

Am. Geol., vol. xiii, p. 125, 1894.

941 Composite generic fundamenta.

Am. Geol., vol. xiii, pp. 286-289 (correspondence), 1894. Describes the variations of the generic type of the genus Ixptodesina occurring in Hamilton beds.

942 American species of Autodetus and some paramorphic shells

from the Devonian.

Am. Ueol., vol. xiii, pp. 327-335, figs, 1-13, 1894.

Reviews the nomenclature of the genus Autodetus and the new species Autodetus and lindstrcemi and Protocalyptnva styliophila and marshalli, found in the Devonian of New York.

948 The early stages of Bactrites.

Am. Geol., vol. xiv, pp. 37-43, pi. ii, 1894.

some proton'onch-bearing specimens of Bactrites from the Devonian of western New York.

944 Nan no, a new cephalopoden type.

Am. (icol., vol. xiv, pp. 205-208, pi. vi, 1894.

The material described was obtained from the Trenton shales of Minneapolis and the (iralena shales at Chatfield, Minn.

945 The succession of the fossil faunas in the section of the

Livonia salt shaft [New York].

N. Y. Stat. :Mus., 47th Ann. Kept., pp. 327-352, 1894. Gives a list of fossils foimd in the Livonia salt shaft.

946 New or rare species of fossils from the horizons of the

Livonia salt shaft [New York].

N. Y. Stiite Mus., 47th Ann. Kept., pp. 355-383, pis. 1-4, 1894. a number of new and rare species from the Devonian found in the Livonia salt shaft.

947 Report on field work in Chenango County [N. Y.].

N. Y. State. Mus., 47th Ann. Rept, pp. 725-751, 1894. Describes the lithologic character and succession of the Devonian strata in this county and gives a resume of the results obtained.

948 A list of publications relating to the geology and paleontology

of the State of New York, 1S7H-1893. N. Y. State Mus., 47th Ann. Kept., pp. 755-791, 1894.

wtMLsl PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 117

Clarke (John M.). The fossil fishes of C-anyon City, Colomdo.

Am. (iet)!., vol. xv, p. 121, 1895.

m:9rt The evolution of the genera of the Paleozoic Bmchiopoda.

N. Y. State GeoL, 13th Ann. Kept., pp. 1S95.

550 "Cephalopod beginnings."

Am. GeoL, vol. xv, pp. 125-128 (correspondence), 1895. Discusses the recent reviews of the author's ])person the stnicture of Orthoceras and that of Bactrites and on the jeans Nan no.

951 The structure of certain Paleozoic barnacles.

Am. Geol., vol. xvii, pp. 137-143, pi. vii, 1896.

Discusses some of the characters of the species of and describes two new species.

961a James Hall and the New York State survey.

Am. Geol., vol. xviii, p, 55. 1896.

951J The law of priority.

Am. Geol., vol. xviii, p. 182, 1896.

951c Das Thierreich.

Am. Geol., vol. xviii, p. 182, 1896.

951/7 Professor James Hall and the geological survey of the

Fourth District of New York. Science, new ser.. vol. iv, pp. 706-711, 1896.

951 Principles of paleontology by F. Bernard.

N. Y. State Geol., 14th Ann. Kept., pp. 190-215; N. Y. State Mus., 48th Ann. Rept., pp. 190-215, 1896.

952 The Lower Silurian trilobites of Minnesota.

Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., Paleontology, vol. iii, pt. ii, j)]). 695-759, figs. 1-82, 1897.

Gives the terminology of the trilobites and notes on various sjKM'ies; also descriptions of new species.

953 The Lower Cephalopoda of Minnesota.

Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., Paleontology, vol. iii, pt. ii, pp. 761-812, pis. xlvii-lix, figs. 1-9, 1897.

954 [Review of ''Paleozoic fossils, vol. iii, pt. iii. The fossils of

the Galena-Trenton and Black River formations of Lake Winnipeg and its vicinity," by J. F. Whiteaves.] Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 187-188, 1897.

955 The morphology of graptolites.

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 188-189, 1897. Reviews some recent literature on graptolites.

118 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull.1S8.

956 Clarke (John M.). A sphinctozoan calcisponge from the Upper Carboniferous of eastern Nebraska.

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 387-392, pi. xxiii, 1897. Describee the characters of the material.

957 The geological conditions at the site of the proposed dam

and storage reservoir of the Genesee River at Portage [New York].

N. Y. State engineer and surveyor, Ann. Rept, 1896, pp. 730-746, 1897.

Describes the character and occurrence of the Portage group, the

topographic featureaof the region, and the erosion of the Portage group.

958 The stratigraphic and faunal relations of the Oneonta sand-

stone and shales, the Ithaca and Portage groups in central New York.

N. Y. State GeoL, 15th Ann. Rept., vol. i, pp. 11-12, 31-81, pis. i-vii, 9 figs., 1897; N. Y. State Mus., 49tb Ann. Rept., vol. ii, pp. 31-81, pis. i-vii, 9 figs., 1898.

Gives a historical sketch of these groups, a discussion of their stratigraphic and faunal relations, and two geologic maps.

959 Notes on some crustaceans from the Chemung group of Nev

York.

N. Y. State GeoL, 15th Ann. Rept, vol. i, pp. 729-738, figs. 1-4, 1897; N. Y. State Mus., 49th Ann. Rept, vol. ii, pp. 729-738, figs. 1, 1898.

Describes Pephricaris horripilata n. sp., and Bronteus seneecens Clarke.

959a Paleontology.

Univ. of N. Y. Handbook 13, 1899. (Not seen.)

959J Guide to excursions in the fossiliferous rocks of New York

State.

Univ. of N. Y. Handbook 15, 1899. (Not seen.)

959c Relation of New York State Paleontology to the schools

and colleges. Univ. of N. Y., Regents' Bull. No. 48, pp. 359-364, 1899. (Not seen. )

959rf Memorial of James Hall.

Univ. of N. Y. Regents' Bull., No. 48, pp. 382-385, 1899. (Not seen).

960 The Naples fauna (fauna with Mantioceras intumescens) in

western New York.

N. Y. Geol. Surv., 16th Ann. Rept, pp. 29-162, 9 pis., 106 figs., 1899. Describes the geologic relations and vertical range of the genera and species.

961 Notes on the early stages of certain Goniatites.

N. Y. Geol. Surv., 16th Ann. Rept, pp. 163-170, 7 figs., 1899.

tniM.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETHOLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 119

962 Clarke (John M.). Upper Silurian fauna of the Rio Trombetas, State of Para, Brazil, and Devonian mollusks from the State of Para, Brazil.

Archivoe do Musea Nacional do Rio de Janeiro, vol. x. Review: Am. Geol., vol. xxiv, pp. 311-317, 1899.

963 Geological time.

Science, new ser., vol. x, pp. 695, 1899.

Describes certain methods previously employed by which to estimate geologic time.

964 (a) Paropsonema: A peculiar echinoderm from the Intu-

mescens fauna, New York, (b) Remarkable occurrence of Orthoceras in the Oneonta sandstones of New York, (c) The Squaw Island ''water biscuit," Canandaigua Lake, New York.

Abstracts: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xlviii, p. 226 (J p.); Science, new ser., vol. x, pp. 488-489 (J p.), 1899.

965 and Sohnchert (Charles). The nomenclature of the New

York series of geological formations.

Science, new ser., vol. x, pp. 874-878, 1899.

Discusses the applications which have been made of the subdivisions of the New York series, and proposes a series of names derived from characteristic New York localities.

966 Hall (J.) and. A memoir on the Paleozoic reticulate sponges

constituting the family Dictyospongidce. Part I. See Hall (J.) and Clarke (J. M.), No. 2270.

967 A memoir on the Paleozoic reticulate sponges constituting the family Dictyospongidae. Part 11. See Hall (J.) and Clarke {J. M.), No. 2271.

968 Clarke (John M.). Note on the Siluro-Devonic boundary.

Science, new ser., vol. xii, pp. 406-408, 1900.

Comprises a critical review of Professor Williams's paper on the geology of Maine.

969 Lenticular deposits of the Oriskany formation in New York.

Abstracts: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. rlix, p. 188 p.); Science, new ser., vol. xii, pp. 991-992, 1900.

970 The fauna of the arenaceous Lower Devonian of Aroostook

County, Maine.

Abstracts: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xlix, p. 188 (J p.); Science, new ser., vol. xii, p. 992 (J p.), 1900.

971 The Oriskany fauna of Becraf t Mountain, Columbia County,

N. Y.

N. Y. State Mus., Mem., vol. iii, pp. 5-121, pis. i-ix and geologic map,

Describes the lithologic character of the strata and the structure of the region. Includes a list of names proposed by Clarke and Schuchert for the Paleozoic subdivisions of New York and description of fossils from the Becraft Mountain section.

120 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

972 Clarke (John M.). A remarkable occurrence of Orthoceras in

the Oneonta beds of the Chenango Valley, N. Y. N. Y. State Mus., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 167-171, pis! i-iv, 1900.

973 Paropsonema cryptophya, a peculiar echinodemn from the

Intumescens zone. (Portage beds of western New York.) N. Y. State Mus., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 172-178, pis. v-ix, 1900.

974 Dictyonine hexactinellid sponges from the Upper Devonic of

New York.

N. Y. State Mus., Bull., vol. \'iii, pp. 187-190, pis. x-xi, 1900.

975 The water biscuit of Squaw Island, Canandaigua Lake, N. Y.

N. Y. State Mus., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 195-198, pis. xii-xv, 1900. Describes the character, occurrence, and mode of formation of the material.

976 The Paleozoic faunas of Para, Brazil. I. The Silurian fauna

of the Rio Trombetas. II. The Devonian of the State of Para.

Archivos do Museu nacional do Rio de Janeiro, vol. x, 1899. (Submitted for publication 1891.) Author's English edition, pp. 1-100, pis. i-viii, 1900, Albany, N. Y.

976a Report of the State paleontologist, 1899 [New York].

N. Y. State Mus., 53d Ann. Rept., pp. 661-816, 1900 [reprint].

Contains an accoimt of the field work and investigations of the State paleontologist and assistants and a record of localities and formations of American Paleozoic fossils in the New York State Museum.

977 and Schnchert (Charles). The nomenclature of the New

York series of geological formations. Am. Geol., vol. xxv, pp. 114-119, 1900.

978 Cla3rpoIe (E. W.). On a deep pre-Glacial river bed near Akron,

Ohio.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xl, p. 259, 1891.

The evidence of the existence of the deep river is afforded by data obtained in sinking a deep well in the center of a pre-Glacial valley.

979 A new gigantic placoderm from Ohio.

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 1-4, 1892.

Describes the lower jaw and teeth of this species found in the Cleveland shale near Berea, Ohio.

980 The head of Dinichthys.

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 199-207, 1892.

Describes particularly the plates and illustrates the skull of Dinichthvs in three figures.

PALEONTOLOGY, PETKOLiKiY, AND MINERALiXlY. 121

981 (E. W.). The tin islands of the Northwest.

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 228-236, 1892.

Describee the structural charatteriaticn of the ipneouH and sedinuntary rocks that form the Black Hills and the movement** of elevation and subsidence that have occurred in the region. The cassiterite is confined to the granite veins, and is very finely and irregularly disseminated.

9H2 An episode in the history of the Cuyahoga River.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. ScL, Proc., vol. xli, p. 176 (9 1.), 1892.

On the structure of the American pteraspidian, Palaapis

(Claypole), with remarks on the family.

Geol. Soc., Quart. Jour., vol. xlviii, pp. 542-561, 1892.

Gives a statement concerning the discovery of pteraspidian fishes in the Upper Silurian of Pennsylvania. Reviews some of the previous descriptions and classifications of these fossils. In a figure given an attempted restoration of P. Americana and alio gives an amends*! definition of Pakeaspis.

984 A deep boring in the Pleistocene near Akron, Ohio.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 150-151, 1892. Describes the surface geology of the region and the section exhibited by the boring.

985 A new Coccostean-coccosteus Cuyahogee.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 167-171, 1893.

Refers to previous descriptions of species of Coccosteus, and de8cri])os a new species from the Cleveland shale of Ohio.

986 The cladodont sharks of the Cleveland shale.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 325-331, 1893.

Abstract: Am. Nat, vol. xxvii, p. 1083 (J p.), 1893.

Refers to the description of cladodont fishes by Dr. Newlxrry, with remarks on the classification. Descrilx?s: Cladodus kepleri, 0. clarki, C. sinuatus, C. rivi-petrosi, Monocladodus clarki, and M. pinnatus.

987 The three great fossil placoderms of Ohio.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 89-99, 1893.

Describes the general characteristics of the fossils found in the Cleveland and Huron shales, with special reference to placoilernis.

988 On three new species of Dinichthys.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 275-279, 1893.

Describes three new species, Dinichthys lincoln, D. clarki, and D. gracilis, from parts of the organs of the mouth, one from the Marcellus shale and the others from the Cleveland shale.

989 The Upper Devonian wishes of Ohio.

Geol. Mag., dec. iii, vol. x, pp. 443-448, 1893.

Describes a deposit of shale which represents a transition period between the Carboniferous and Devonian, with remarks on some of the fishes found in the shale.

122 BIBLIOGRAPHY OP NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

990 Claypole (E. W.). The fossil fishes of Ohio.

Ohio Geol. Surv., vol. vii, pp. 602-619, 1893.

Describes the characters of some fossil fishes and sharks from Ohio.

991 [Correlation of clastic rocks.]

Int Cong. GeoL, Compte Rendu, 5th session, pp. 166-167 (7 1.), 1893. Remarks on the value of the different methods of geologic correlation.

992 A new species of Carcinosoma.

Am. Geol., vol. xiii, pp. 77-79, pi. iv, 1894.

Describes Carcinosoma ingens n. sp., which was described as belonging to the genus Eurysoma in the December number, 1893, of the American Geologist.

993 Cladodus ? magnificus, a new selachian.

Am. GeoL, vol. xiv, pp. 137-140, pi. v, 1894.

Describes a portion of a jaw found in the Cleveland shale, with remarks on the character of the Devonian fish fauna of Ohio.

994 On a new placoderm, Brontichthys clarki, from the Cleveland

shale.

Am. Geol., vol. xiv, pp. 379-380, pi. xii, 1894. Describes a new genus from the Cleveland shale of Ohio.

995 On a new specimen of Cladodus clarki.

Am. GeoL, vol. xv, pp. 1-7, 1895.

Describes and figures a specimen of Cladodus clarki from the Cleveland shale of Ohio.

996 Recent contributions to our knowledge of the cladodont

Am. Geol., vol. xv, pp. 363-368, 1895.

Reviews the descriptions of the cladodont sharks from material found in Carboniferous rocks, and describes some of their characteristics from more perfect material from the Cleveland shale of Ohio.

997 Actinophorus clarki Newberry.

Am. GeoL, vol. xvi, pp. 20-25, pi. ii, 1895.

Describes additional features of this species from material found in the Cleveland shale of Ohio.

998 The cladodonts of the Upper Devonian of Ohio.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept. 1895, p. 694 (J p.), 1895. Gives a brief discussion of the characters of cladodonts.

999 The Great Devonian placoderms of Ohio," with specimens.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept. 1895, p. 695 (J p.), 1895. Gives brief notes on certain fossil fishes from the Devonian rocks of Ohio.

1000 The timepiece of geology.

Am. GeoL, vol. xvii, pp. 40-45, 1896.

Discusses the relations of paleontologic and stratigraphic evidence in geologic science.

wKKM-l PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 123

1001 Claypole (E. W.). A new Titanichthys.

Am. Geol., vol. xvii, pp. 166-169, pi. x, 1896. Describes and figures Titanichthys brevis n. sp.

1002 The ancestry of the Upper Devonian placoderms of Ohio.

Am. Geol., vol. xvii, pp. 34-360, 1896.

Gives a list of the genera and a number of species of placoderms occurring in the Cleveland (Devonian) shale of Ohio and compares them with European fish faunas and gives their vertical distribution.

1003 Dinichthys prentis-clarki.

Am. Geol., vol. xviii, pp. 199-201, pi. vii, 1896. Describes this species.

1004 A new Dinichthys-Dinichthys kepleri.

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 322-324, pi. xx, 1897.

Describes and figures a new species from the Cleveland shale of Ohio.

1005 [Keview of '' Pleistocene features and deposits of the Chicago

area," by Frank Leverett.]

Am. Geol., vol. xx, p. 67, 1897.

1006 [Review of ''Geological Survey of Canada, Annual Report

for 1895."]

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 130-131, 1897.

1007 [Review of "On the southern Devonian formation," by

H. S. Williams.]

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 133-134, 1897.

1008 [Review of " Geological Survey of Mexico, Bulletins 4, 6, 6."]

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 184-186, 1897.

1009 Microscopical light in geological darkness.

Am. Geol., vol. xxii, pp. 217-228, 1898.

Describes the use of the microscope in the study of geologic phenomena.

1010 Glacial theories, cosmical and terrestrial.

Am. Geol., vol. xxii, pp. 310-315, 1898. Discusses various hypotheses.

1011 The earthquake at San Jacinto December 25, 1899.

Am. Geol., vol. xxv, pp. 106-108, pi. iii, 1900.

lOllrt A white hot liquid earth and geological time.

Am. Geol., vol. xxv, pp. 310-312, 1900.

Reviews Prof. James Geikie's discussion of this subject.

1012 Cleland (H. F.). The Calciferous of the Mohawk Valley [New

York].

Am. Pal., Bull., vol. iii. No. 13, pp. 5-26, pis. xiii-xvii, 1900. Contains a historical sketch regarding the Calciferous and describes the fauna near Fort Hunter, N. Y.

124 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, Ibill.188.

1013 Clements (J. Morgan). The volcanics of the Michigamme dis-

trict of Michigan (preliminary).

Jour. Geol., vol. iii, pp. 801-822, 1895.

Reviews the previous work done in this digtriet and the of the formations and the petrographic charaotern of desite, the tufts and hrecciaa, and the acid volcanics. Dipcussen the nomenclature of certain rock types. Includes a prelimmary map of a part of the district.

1014 Notes on the microscopical character of certain rocks from

northeast Alabama.

Ala. Geol. Sur\\, Bull. No. 5, pp. 133-176, 1896.

Descrihes the petrographic characters of the collected.

1015 A study of some examples of rock variation.

Jour. Geol., vol. vii, pp. 372-392, 1898.

Review: Am. Geol., vol. xxii, p. 381 p.); Am. Nat., vol. xxxii, pp. 966-967, 1898.

Dtscrihes the microscopic and chemical characters of diorite, jrabbros, and peridotites of Crystal Falls, Michigan, and discuss the relations of the rocks of the series.

1016 Contributions to the study of contact metamorphism.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. vii, pp. 81-90, 1899.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. xxiv, pp. 254-255; Am. Nat., vol. xxxiii, pp. 551-552, 1899.

Descrilx's contact metamorphism of Mansfield slates in the peninsula of Michigan.

1017 and (H. L.). The Crystal Falls iron-bearing district

of Michigan. With a chapter on the Sturgeon River tongue

by \V. S. Bayley, and an introduction by C. R. Van Hise.

U. S. Geol. Surv. Hon. XXXVI, 512 pp., 53 pis., 24 figs; 19th Ann. Rept., pt. iii, pp. 19-151, pis. i-xi, figs. 1-6, 1899.

Review: Am. Geol., vol. xxiv, pp. 308-311, 1899.

Describes the physiography of the region and the occurrence and character of the Archean and Algonkian formations and of the iron-ore de[)Osits. Includes geologic maps.

1018 Clendenin (W. W.). Clays of Louisiana.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixvi, pp. 456-457, 1898.

Describes the occurrence and character of the clays of the State.

1019 Clerc (F. L.). [The lead and zinc deposits of Missouri.]

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxiv, pp. 931-932, 1895. Makes a correction of certain statements made by A. Winslow in a paper on the same subject.

1020 Cobb (Collier). A recapture from a river pirate.

Science, vol. xxii, p. 195 (correspondence), 1893. Describes phenomena caused by changes in the drainage of the Jackson River, Viiginia.

f

nxKs,] PALEONTOIXXJY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 125

1021 Cobb (Collier). Note on the deflective effect of the earth's rota-

tion an shown in streams.

Elisha MiU'hell iSt-i. Soc, Jour., 1893, pp. 26-32, 1893.

Gives a map of a portion of North (Carolina, descriU'H drainage pypteniH, and comiders that the effect of the earth's rotation ih tible in thiu region.

1022 On the geoloeal history of certain topogmphitl features .

east of the Bhie Ride.

ElLsha Mitchell Sci. 8oc., Jour., 1893, pp. 94-97, 1893. DewribeH certain form of North Carolina which an* considered to have been formed by wave action in po8t-(V*ta<*e(>iiH time.

1023 Codington (E. W.). The Florida pebble phosphates.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs. Trans., vol. xxv, pp. 42ii-43l, lHtM>. Givts a brief disciisHion of the origin of the pebble phosphate and a description of the of mining.

1024 Cold'well (A. E.). Notes on the superficial geology of Kings

County, N. S.

N. S. Inst. 8ci., Proc. and Trans., 2d ser., vol. ii, pp. 171-174, DcR;ri>)es the distribution of the Triassic trap, Cambrian and Ulacial deposits.

1025 Cole (A. H.). Palaeaster eucharis iTall.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 512-514, 1892. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xi, p. 120 (5 1.), 1893. Quotes the description of Dr. Hall of his type 8pe<*iine!i and states wherein the present specimen differs from it.

1026 Coleman (Ai'thur P.). Some Laurentian rocks of the Thousand

Islands.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. v, pp. 127-131, 1892.

Describes the Laurentian granites, gneisses, and quartzites of which these islands are com|)osed.

1027 The rocks of Clear Lake, near Sudbury.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. v, pp. 343-346, 1893.

Discribes the petrographic characters of gabbro, micropegmatitc, and other rocks from a portion of the Sudbury district not herttofore examined, and compares them with collections from other portions of this district.

1028 Antholite from Elzivir, Ontario.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlviii, pp. 281-283, 1894.

Describes the chemical and physical characteristics of the mineral

1029 Inter-Glacial fossils from the Don Valley, Toronto.

Am. Geol., vol. xiii, pp. 85-93, 1894.

Describee the lithologic character of the glacial beds in this region, mentions some of the fossils found in them, and discusses the evidences as to the character ol the glacial phenomena.

126 BIBLIOGBAPHV OF NORTH AKKBIOAN GEOLOGY, [edli_ isa.

1030 Coleman (Arthur P.). Notes od the geology of the Rocky Moun-

tains between the Saskatchewan and the Athabasca.

Am. Geol., vol. xiv, pp. 83-82, 1H94.

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. ixviii, pp. 880-881, 1894.

Describee the topography and geology of a portion of the Rocky Moiintains lying the Saskatchewan and Athabasca rivere, aiid ivcu lies of fouails collected at different localities in this region.

1031 Glacial and intor-Glacial deposits near Toronto [Ontario],

Jour. Geol., vol. ill, pp. 622-64S, 1895.

DeM:riheti theGlacial deposits of the non and gives lists of the epet-ies of the fauna and flora collected. DiscuBMS the probable character of the climate and the bearing of the data on the theory of distinct lee ajcee separated by mild inter-Glacial timee.

1033 Anorthosites of the Rainy lake region [Ontario],

Jour, Geol., vol. iv, pp. 907-911, 1H96.

DesLTlbes their geographic distribution in the region and their petrographic and chemical characters.

1033 Third report on the West Ontario gold regions.

Ont Bur. of Mines, 6th rept, pp. 71-124, 1897. Describee the occurrence of gold in the ron.

1034 Anthraxolite or anthracite carbon.

Ont Bur. of Mines, 6th rept., pp. 159-161, 1897. Describee its occurrence in Ontario.

1035 "Notes on the western Ontario gold fields."

Can. Mg. Rev., vol, xvi, pp. 115-116, 1897.

1036 The anorthosites of the Rainy Lake region [Ontario].

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. vii, pp. 230-235, 1897.

1037 Glacial and inter-Glacial deposits at Toronto [Canada].

Brit Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept. 1897, pp. 650-661, 1898. Detwribes glacial phenomena of the vicinity.

1038 Clastic Hur

Geol. Soc. .

Abstracts: J vii, p. 81 (i p

Discusses th elastics, the re history of the

103& Glacial and

Brit. Assoc. Describes gl:

1040 — Nota on th' Federated C Describes U

] Paleontology, Petbology, And Mineralogy. 127

1041 Coleman (Arthur P.). Lake Iroquois and its predecessor at

Toronto [Canada].

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. x, pp. 165-176, 1899.

Abetracts: Am. Geol., vol. xxxiii, pp. 103-104 (J p.); Science, new ser., vol. ix, pp. 143-144, 1899. Deecribes glacial feataree of the region.

1042 A new anaicite rock from Lake Superior.

Jour. Greol., vol. vii, pp. 431-436, 1899.

Describee the occurrence and petrographic and chemical characters.

1043 Corundiferous nepheline syenite from eastern Ontario.

Jour. Geol., vol. vii, pp. 437-444, 1899. Deacribee occurrence and petrographic character.

1044 Copper regions of the upper lakes [Ontario].

Ont Bur. of Mmes, vol. viii, pp. 121-174, 12 pis., 1899.

Describes the general physiographic and geologic features of the region and the character and occurrence of the Arehean rocks and Algonkian and Pleistocene deposits. Includes notes on the petrographic characters of the igneous rocks.

1045 Corundiferous nepheline syenite.

Ont Bur. of Mmes, vol. viii, pp. 250-263, 1899. Describes character and occurrence in Ontario.

1046 Copper in Parry Sound district [Ontario].

Ont Bur. of Mines, vol. viii, pp. 259-262, 1899. Describes character and occurrence of copper ores.

1047 and Willxnott (A. B.). Michipicoton iron i-ange.

Ont Bur. of Mmes, vol. viii, pp. 254-258, 1899 Describes occurrence of iron in the region.

1048 Coleman (AiUiur P.). The Iroquois beach.

Can. Inst., Trans., vol. vi, pp. 29-44, 2 figs., 1899. Describes the occurrence of the beach and the fossils \i'hi(!h have been found in its deposits.

1049 Upper and Lower Huronian in Ontario.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. xi, pp. 107-114, 1900.

Reviews: Jour. Geol., vol. viii, pp. 370, 371; Science, new ser., vol. xi, p. p.), 1900.

Describes character and cocarrence in a region northeast of Ike Superior and discosseb the relations to the Huronian, as originally described.

1050 On the Pleistocene near Toronto [Canada].

Brit Assoc. Adv. Sci., Kept 1900, pp. 328-334, 1900. Describes the Glacial deposits and fauna and discusses their evidence of a temperate interval between the two advances of the ice.

1051 A ferriferous horizon in the Huronian, north of Lake

Superior.

Brit Assoc Adv. Sd., Kept 1900, p. 722 p. ), 1900.

128 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1052 Coleman (Arthur P.). Copper and iron regions of Ontario.

Ont. Bur. of Mineti, 9th Ann. Rept, pp. 143-191, 1900.

Contains notes on the copper and iron inine, on Pleistn-ene and Glacial geology, and on the petrographic characters of certain ro*;k varieties. Discusses the relations of the Upper and Lower in Ontario.

1052 Heronite and its related rocks.

Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. xi, p. 144 p.), 1900.

t

1053 Collie (George L.). The geology of Conanicut Island, Rhode

Island.

Wis. Acad. Si*i. Art and Ixtters, Trans., vol. x, pp. 199-230, yA. iv, 1895.

DiS4*rilHs the occurrence of slate, granite, arkose, schist, and dike rcK-ks, and their characters.

1054 Collier (J. H.). Deep mining at the Utiea mine, Angels, Cali-

fornia.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxix, pp. H:i5-852, figs. 1-7, 1900. DeK'rilx the general character of the ore iKdy and the niethoiis of mine

1055 Collins (Henry F.). A novel association of gold.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixix, p. 404 p.), 1900. Contains notes on occurrence of gold in bomite crystals, ])robably chemically combined.

105fi Colqiihoun (A. J.). Notes on occurrence of quicksilver in

Canada.

Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. ii, pp. 13-16; Can. Mg. Rev., vol. xviii, pp. 41-42; Mg. and Sci. Press, vol. Ixxix, p. 288, 1899.

1057 Coman (C. W.). Geological work in southern New Jersey.

N. J. Geol. Sur>'., Rept. 1891, pp. 111-256, 1892. Gives a general des<!ription of the surface deiKJsits of the region and its artesian wells, with numerous sections as shown by the borings.

1058 Comely (V. R. de). The gold resources of Mexico.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixvii, pp. 320-321, 348, 189<). Describes general occurrence of auriferous veins and placers.

1058 Comstock (Frank Nason). An example of wave-formed cusp at Lake George, N. Y.

Am. Geol., vol. xxv, pp. 192-194, 2 figs., 1900.

1059 Comstock (Theodore B.). A preliminary report on parts of

counties Menard, Concho, Tom (jreen, Sutton, Schleicher, Crockett, Valverde, Kinney, Maverick, Uvalde, Edwards,

Bandem, Kerr, and Gillespie, Tex.

Texas Geol. Surv., 2d Rept. of Prog., pp. 43-54, 1891.

the Lower Cretaceous and Jurassic strata of this region, ita features, artesian water, and mineral resources.

r

rasM PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 129

Comstock (Theodore B.). Valuable experiments in vein formation. Science, vol. xix, p. 214, 1892.

Befera to some experimenta made by Prof, von Streeruwitz and the concluflionfl drawn therefrom.

1061 Notes on Arizona mines. I. Silver.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., voL Ivii, p. 103, 1894.

Describes briefly the general character of the silver ores in Arizona.

1062 Notes on Arizona geology.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ix, p. 369, 1895.

Comprises general remarks on the geology of Arizona.

1063 The chloride district, Arizona.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixx, pp. 97-98, 1900.

Gives some of the author's generalization reganling the occurrence of ore deposits and describes the mining operations in the chloride district.

1064 Cooper (A. S.). The genesis of petroleum and asphalt in California.

Sci. Amer. Suppl., vol. xxxvi, pp. 14738-14740, 1893.

Gives a detailed description of some depoHits near Santa Barbara, with topographic map of the region and cross section, and includes brief remarks concerning similar deposits in other portions of California.

1065 A bituminous rock deposit in Santa Barbara County, California.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixvi, pp. 278-279, 4 figs., 1898. Describes the geology of the region and the occurrence of the bituminous rock.

1066 Southern California petroleum.

Mg. and Sci. Press, vol. Ixxvii, p. 372, 2 figs., 1898. Describes occurrence of petroleum in Santa Barbara County, California.

1067 The genesis of petroleum and asphaltum in California.

Cal. State Mg. Bureau Bull., No. 16, 89 pp., 29 figs., 1899.

1068 The genesis of petroleum and asphaltum in California.

Min. and Sci. Press, vol. Ixxviii, pp. 124, 149, 182, 205 (2 figs.), 236 (1 fig.),344 (2fig8.),377 (1 fig.), 401-402,432 (1 fig.), 460 (1 fig.), 1899.

Describes occurrence and discusses origin.

1069 Phenomena accompanying the accumulations of bitumen.

Mg. and Sci. Press, vol. Ixxix, pp. 632-633 (3 figs.), 666 (3 figs), 691 (Ifig.), 721, 1899. Describes occurrences.

3ull, 18§-01 9

130 BIBLIOOBAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1070 Cooper (J. G.). On some Pliocene fresh-water fossils of Cali

fornia.

Cal. Acad. Sci., Proc., 2d eer., vol. iv, pp. 166-172, pi. 14, 1894.

Describes and figures Maigaritana subangulata n. sp. and gives a list of Pliocene fossils found in the Kettelman, Asphalto, Contra Costa, Tassajara, and Santa Clara lake beds.

1071 Catalogue of California fossils (Parts ii-v).

Cal. State Mg. Bureau, Bull. No. 4, 1894, pp. 65, pis. i-v, 1894.

Part II is a bibliography of fossil MoUusca of California. Part III contains a list of described species of Tertiary and Quaternary Molhisca found in the State since 1888. Part IV gives notes on Cretaceous and Tertiary fossils from Orange County. Part V contains descriptions and figures of new Cretaceous and Tertiary species from California.

1072 On some new Cretaceous (and Eiocene?) Mollusca of California.

Cal. Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. vi, pp. 330-336, pis. 47-48, 1897. Describes and figures five new species.

1073 Cooper (W. F.). The Paleozoic formation.

Denison Univ., Sci. Lab., Bull., vol. ix, pp. 1-10, 1895.

Describee the general characters and distribution of the Paleozoic rocks.

1074 Cope (Edward Drinker). On the cranial characters of Equus

exclsus.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xl, p. 285, 1891.

Distinguishes the general characters of the quagga from those of the horse.

1075 On a new horizon of fossil fishes.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xl, p. 285, 1891.

Mentions five species of fish from South Dakota, which differ in species, and some of them as to genus, from any hitherto known. They are Cenozoic in age, but it is not yet known to which division they belong.

1076 On the characteristics of some Paleozoic fishes.

U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. xiv, pp. 447-463, pis. xxviii-xxxiii, 1892. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 263-264, 1892. Describes new species from the Permian of Nebraska and Texas and the characters of other fossils from the Paleozoic.

1077 The Cenozoic beds of the Staked Plains of Texas.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xli, p. 177 (4 1), 1892.

1078 On a new form of Marsupialia from the Laramie formation.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xli, p. 177 (5 1), 1892.

raLB.] PALEONTOLOGY, PKTROLOOy, AND MINERALOGY. 131

1079 Cope (Edward Drinker). A contribution to a knowledge of the fauna of the Blanco beds of Texas.

Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc., 1892, pt. ii, pp. 226-229, 1892.

Describes Testudo turgida Cope, Testudo jwrtenuis, sp. nov. ; Mastodon successor, sp. nov. ; Pliauchenia obtained from these beds, and concludes that the una of the Blanco beds are between the Loup Fork and Equus beds. The fauna represent specie* of large size, including mastodons, camels, and horses.

lOhO On Tiaporus, a new genus of Teiida.

Am. Phil. Soc., Proc,, vol. xxx, No. 137, pp. 132-133, 1892.

1081 The osteology of the Lacertilia.

Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. xxx. No. 138, pp. 5-221, 1892. Especial reference is made to the necessities of the paleontology of the order and to the Nearctic fauna.

1082 On some new and little known Paleozoic vertebrates.

Am. Phil. Soc, Proc.,>ol. xxx. No. 138, pp. 221-229, 1892.

Describes Holonema horrid, sp. nov.; Holonenia rugosa Clayp.; Bothriolepis minor Newb. ; Ganorh ynchus oblongus, sj). nov. ; Coccosteus macromus, sp. nov.; Megalichthys macropomus, sp. nov.; (?) Holoptychius filoeus, sj). nov.; found in Chemung and Catskill of northern Pennsylvania.

1083 On the skull of the dinasaurian Laelaps incrasvsatus Cope.

Am. Phil. Soc, Pro*'., vol. xxx. No. 138, pj). 240-245, 1892. Describes two crania from the Iramie of Red Deer River, C'anada.

1084 Report on paleontology of the vertebrata.

Texas Geol. Surv., 3d Ann. Kept., 1891, pi). 251-259,1892; Am. Phil. Soc, Proc, vol. xxx. No. 137, pp. 12:M31, 1892.

Refers to certain siKnies fouml in the Fayette formation which indicate that it occupies the summit of the Tertiary. Describts Ecjuus simplicidens, n. sp.; osbornii Shufeldt, n. gen. et sp.; Testudo turgida, n. sp.; a Mesozoic Pycnodont, dumbelii, n. sp.; and Episcoposaurus haplocems, n. sp., from the Triassic or Dockum beds.

1085 On the genus Toniiopsis.

Am. Phil. Soc, Proc, vol. xxxi, No. 142, pp. 317-318, 1893. Describes the chara<'teristic*8 of a tooth of this genus found in a of Neocene age in western Texas.

1086 A new extinct species of Cyprinidai.

Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci., Prot!., 1893, pt. i, pp. 19-20. Describes a new species from Illinois which is probably not earlier than the Pliocene.

1087 A preliminary report on the vertebrate pjileontology of the

Llano Estacado.

Texas Geol. Surv., 4th Ann. Rept., pp. 11-87, pis. i-xxiii, 1893.

Describes vertebrate remains found in the Dockum beiis of the Trias, m the Loup Fork and Blanco beds of the Miocene, and in the Equus beds of the Pliocene.

132 BIBLlOGRAPHy OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1088 Cope (Edward Drinker). [Correlation of clastic rocks.]

Int. Cong. Geol., Compte Rendu, 5th session, p. 175 (J p.)i 1893. Remarks on the value of vertebrates for purposes of correlation.

1089 On the structure of the skull ia the plesiosaurian Reptilia,

and on two new species from the Upper Cretaceous.

Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. xxxiii, pp. 109-113, pi. x, 1894.

Describes and figures the skull of Cimoliasaurus snovii Williston from the Niobrara Cretaceous of Kansas and Embaphias circulosus n. gen. et sp. and Elasmosaurus intermedias n. sp. from the Cretaceous of South Dakota.

1090 Observations on the geology of adjacent parts of Oklahoma

and noi*thwest Texas.

Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc., pp. 63-68, 1894.

Includes brief notes on the Cretaceous of of North and South Dakota, on the Permian and Cretaceous of Oklahoma and adjacent portions of Texas, and on the Pleistocene in southeastern Kansas.

1091 Scott on the Mammalia of the Deep River beds.

Am. Nat., vol. xxviii, pp. 790-791, 1894.

Reviews a paper by W. B. Scott on the Mammalia of the Deep River beds.

1092 Marsh on Tertiary Artiodactyla.

Am. Nat., vol. xxviii, pp. 867-869, 1894. Review of paper by 0. C. Marsh.

1093 New and little-known Paleozoic and Mesozoic fishes.

Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci., Jour., 2dser., vol. ix. pp. 427-448, pis. xviii-xx, Describes two new genera and nine new species of fishes.

1094 On Cyphornis, an extinct genus of birds.

Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci., Jour., 2d ser., vol. ix, pp. 449-452, 1895.

Describes the characters of a new genus found on Vancouver Island, which indicates that the clay bed in which it was found is of Eocene or Oligocene age.

1095 Extinct Bovidae, Canidse, and Felida? from the Pleistocene of

the Plains.

Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci., Jour., 2d ser., vol. ix, pp. 453-459, pis. xxi-xxii,

Describes and figures a new species of Bovidae and of Felidfe.

1096 Fourth contribution to the marine famia of the Miocene

period of the United States.

Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. xxxiv, pp. 135-155, pi. vi, 1895. Describes a number of new species found in Miocene strata of the At lantic coastal plain.

Week8.J Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 133

Cope (Edward Drinker). The reptilian order Cotylosauria.

Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. xxxiv, pp. 436-457, pis. vii-ix, 1895.

Describes the characters of this order and gives a list of the genera comprising its four families. Describes a nmnber of new species, mainly from the Permian of Texas.

1098 On some Pleistocene Mammalia from Petite Anse, La.

Am. Phil. Soc, Proc., vol. xxxiv, pp. 458-468, pis; x-xii, 1895. Describes new species of Myolodon and £(]uus.

1099 The fossil Vertebrata from the fissure at Port Kennedy, Pa.

Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc. 1895, pp. 446-450, 1895. Describes the general character of the vertebrate remains found in this cave and the characters of two new species.

1100 Sixth contribution to the knowledge of the marine Miocene

fauna of North America.

Am. Phil. Soc., Proc, vol. , pp. 139-146, pis. xi-xii, 1896. Describes several new species.

1101 New and little-known Mammalia from the Port Kennedy

bone deposit [Pennsylvania].

Phil. Acad. Nat 8ci., Proc., 1896, pp. 378-394, 1896.

Describes material from the locality named, including several new species of mammals.

1102 Permian land Vertebrata with carapaces.

Am. Nat, vol. xxx, pp. 936-937, pis. xxi-xxii, 1896. Includes brief remarks on the characters of the fossils and illustrations of two of the species.

1103 On new Paleozoic vertebrata from Illinois, Ohio, and

Pennsylvania.

Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. , pp. 71-91, 3 pis., 1897. Describes new species of fishes and batrachia from the Catskill and Coal Measure series of these States.

1104 Vertebrate remains from Port Kennedy bone deposit [Pennsylvania.]

Phil. Acad. Nat Sci., Jour., 2nd ser., vol. xi, pt. ii, pp. 193-267, pis. xix-xxi, 1899.

1105 Coming (Frederick G.). An Idaho silver-gold camp.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ix, p. 244, 1895.

Gives a brief account of the ore bodies in the Florida Mountain district, Idaho.

1106 Coste (Eugene). Natural gas in Ontario.

Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. iii, pp. 68-89; Can. Mg. Rev., vol. xix, pp. 70-76, 1900.

Gives sections of wells and discusses the theory of the volcanic origin of natural gas.

134 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1107 Couper (Robert H.). The yellow ocher mines of the Carters-

ville district, Georgia.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixix, p. 738 (i p.), 1900. Brief note on the character of the deposit.

1108 CottrtiB (W. M.). Some notes on Alaska.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixx, p. 548, 1900.

Contains notes on the geology of the region Helm Bay, Alaska.

1109 Cowles (Henry C). [Review of " Fossil Plants for Students of

Botany and Geology, vol. i," by A. C. Seward.]

Jour, of Geol., vol. vi, pp. 436-438; Bot. Gaz., vol. xxvi, pp. 59-61, 1898.

1110 Cox (Charles F.). On recently discovered deposits of diatoma-

ceous earth in the Adirondacks.

N. Y. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. xii, pp. 219-220, 1893. Describes the deposits found in Herkimer County and gives a brief statement concerning the fossils found in them.

1111 Additional notes on recently discovered deposits of diato-

maceous earth in the Adirondacks.

N. Y. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. xiii, pp. 98-101, 1894.

Describes some recently discovertnl deposits in Herkimer County, N. Y.

1112 Cox (E. T.). Geological sketch of Florida.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxv, pp. 28-36, 1896. Reviews the literature on the geology of Florida and describes the character and distribution of the Ivxne and overlying deposits.

1113 The Albion phosphate district [Florida].

Am. luHt. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxv, pp., 36-40, 1896. Gives a brief description of the phosphate deposits and the methods of mining.

1114 Cragin (F. W.). Observations on llama remains from Colorado

and Kansas.

Am. (ieol., vol. ix, pp. 257-260, 1892.

some remains from volcanic ash of Kansas and from the Denver loess.

1115 A contribution to the invertebrate paleontology of the Texas

Cretaceous.

Texas (ieol. Surv., 4th Ann. Rept, pp. 141-246, pis. xxiv-xlvi, 1893.

Review: Am. Geol., vol. xiii, p. 124 (i p. ), 1894.

Description of genera and of Calenterata, Echinodermata, Molluscoida, MoUusca, Gasteropoda, and Cephalopoda from the Cretaceous series of Texas.

1116 New and little-known Invertebrata from the Neocomian of

Kansas.

Am. Geol., vol. xiv, pp. 1-12, pi. i, 1894.

Describes 17 new species from the Cretaceous of southern Kansas.

' Wkm.] Paxeontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 186

HIT Cragin (F. W.). The Choctaw and Grayson terranes of the Arietna.

Colo. College Studies, 5th Ann. Pub., pp. 40-48, 1894.

Reviews the nomenclature of the formations, describes the lithologic character and fauna of the Choctaw limestone and Grayson marl in Texas, and discusses the relations of the fauna.

1118 Descriptions of the invertebrate fossils from the Comanche

series in Texas, Kansas, and Indian Territory.

Colo. College Studies, 5th Ann. Pub., pp. 49-68, 1894.

Describes a number of new species from the Cretaceous of northern Texas.

1119 Vertebrate fossils from the Neocomian of Kansas.

Colo. College Studies, 5th Ann. Pub., pp. 69-73, pis, 1-2, 1894. Describes five new species from the Cretaceous beds of Kansas.

1120 A new Cretaceous genus of Clypeastridae.

Am. Geol., vol. xv, pp. 90-91, 1895.

Describes Scuteliaster cretaceous n. gen. et sp., from the Fox Hills division of the Cretaceous, near Colorado Springs, Colo.

1121 The Mentor beds : A central Kansas terrane of the Comanche

series.

Am. Geol., vol. xvi, pp. 162-165, 1895.

Describes the lithologic character of these beds in Saline County, Kans., and gives a list of the fossils collected.

1122 A study of the Belvidere beds [Kansas].

Am. Geol., vol. xvi, pp. 357-385, 1895.

Discusses the use of the term Belvidere. Dcribes the lithologic and faunal characters of the different subdivisions of the Belvidere beds and reviews the classification of the Comanche terranes.

1123 The Plains Permian.

Am. Geol., vol. xviii, pp. 131-132 p.) (correspondence), 1896. Note on the use of the term Marion in the classification of the Permian.

1124 The Permian system in Kansas.

Colo. College Studies, vol. vi, pp. 1-48, 1896.

Gives the author's classification of the Permian rocks of Kansas. Describes the character and distribution of the several subdivisions and gives lists of fossils from different horizons.

1125 On the stratigraphy of the Platte series, or Upper Cretaceous of the Plains.

Colo. College Studies, vol. vi, pp. 49-52, 1896.

Gives brief notes on the subdivisions of the Platte series.

1126 Preliminary notice of three late Neocene terranes of Ejinsas.

Colo. College Studies, vol. vi, pp. 53-54, 1896.

Describes briefly the characters of the three terranes in southwestern

136 BIBLIOGBAPHY OF NORTH AMEBIOAN GBOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1127 Cragm (F. W.). Discovery of mariDe Jurassic rocks in south-

western Texas.

Jour. Geol., vol. v, pp. 813-820, 1897.

Discusses the fossil evidence of the occurrence of strata in southwestern Texas and names the beds the Malone formation.

1128 Observations on the Cimarron series.

Am. GeoL, vol. xix, correspondence, pp. 361-363, 1897.

Describes the author's observations of this series in Kansas, Oklahoma, and Texas, and discusses the classification and nomenclature of the beds.

1129 Notes oa some fossils of the Comanche series.

Science, new ser., vol. vi, pp. 134-136, 1897.

Includes notes on certain species and description of Turritella belvideri n. sp.

1130 — — Stratigraphic names for Caprina and Caprotina (or Requi-

enia) beds. Science, new ser., vol. vi, p. 136, 1897.

Suggests that the name Barton Creek be abandoned, and proposes the name Stonewall limestone for it. Proposes the local names Gra bury bed for the Caprotina limestone.

1131 The Capricorns, mammals of an Asiatic type, former inhabitants of the Pikes Peak region.

Colo. Coll. Stud., vol. viii, pp. 21-26, 1 fig., 1900. Refers to fossils of late Pliocene and Pleistocene age.

1132 Buchieras (Sphenodiscus) belviderensis and its varieties.

Colo. . Stud., vol. viii, pp. 27-31, 2 pis., 1900.

1133 Goat antelope from the cave fauna of Pikes Peak region.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. xi, pp. 610-612, pi. 57, 1900. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. xi, p. 219 (J p.), 1900. Describes material of late Pliocene or Pleistocene age.

1134 Crane (Agnes). The generic evolution of the Paleozoic brachi-

opoda.

Science, vol. xxi, pp. 72-74, 1893.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 400-406, 1893.

Refers to the work of different authors on the Paleozoic brachiopoda, with special reference to the work of Prof. James Hall and his recent memoirs "An introduction to the study of the genera of Paleozoic brachiopoda."

1135 The evolution of Brachiopoda.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xiii, p. 194 (i p.), 1894.

1136 Crane (W. R.). "Horsebacks" in the Kansas Coal Measures.

Kans. Univ. Quart., vol. iv, pp. 145-151, 5 figs., 1896. Describes the occurrences, character, and extent of the horsebacks*' and discusses their origin.

] Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineealogy. 137

1137 Crane (W. R.). Geography and detailed stratigmphy of the Kansas Coal Measures; description of mines, mining methods, and mining machinery; chemical and physical properties of Kansas coals; output and commerce; mining directory, and mining laws.

Kan. Univ. Geol. Surv., vol. iii, pp. 108-336, pis. xxxi-lxx, figs. 4-64; 1S98.

1188 Crawford (J.). The geology of Nicaragua.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. ScL, Proc., vol. xl, pp. 261-270, 1891.

Describes the general geologic features. Concludes that there exists an Archean core upon which later rocks have been deposited unconformably, the latter separated each other by noncomformities. A glacial epoch existed synchronous with the same epoch in North America.

1139 The peninsula and volcano of Cosiguina.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xl, pp. 270-274, 1891. Describes the topographic features and orographic movements that have taken place in the region.

1140 Notes on earthquakes in Nicaragua, February 6, 1892.

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 115-118, 1892.

Describes the series of vibrations and oscillations which took place.

1141 Recent discoveries in northeastern Nicaragua: Granite hills,

moutonnd ridges and gold-containing lodes or reefs, and leads or placer niines.

Science, vol. xxii, pp. 269-272, 1893.

Deecribeshe geology of the region and its mineral deposits.

1142 Recent severe seismic disturbances in Nicaragua.

Am. Geol., vol. xxii, pp. 50-58, 1898. Describes earthquake shocks.

1143 Dr. Angelo Heilprin and the decrease of water in Lake

Nicaragua.

Am. Geol., vol. xxvi, pp. 257-258, 1900.

1144 Crawford (J. J.). Twelfth Report of the State Mineralogist.

Oal. State Mg. Bureau, 12tli Kept., pp. 1-411, 1894.

Describes the occurrence of antimony, silver, lead, asphalt, bitumen, borax, chromic iron, coal, copper, gold, iron, magnesite, manganese, natural gas, petroleum, quicksilver, building stones, platinum, salt, and zinc, in the various counties of California.

1145 Thirteenth Annual Report of the State Mineralogist for

the two years ending September 15, 1896 [California]. Sacramento, Cal. , 1896, 726 pp.

Contains notes on mines of the several counties of the State, yielding antimony, lead, asphalt, borax, chromic iron, coal, copper, gold, gypsum, iron, magnesite, manganese, mineral springs, natural gas, petroleum, quicksilver, silver, structural materials, and miscellaneous products.

138 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1146 Credner (H.). [Classification of Pleistocene deposits.]

Int. Cong. GeoL, Compte Rendu, 5th session, pp. 195 and 197, 1893.

Layers of sand between moraines are not to be considered as important criteria in chronologic classification, on account of their local character.

1147 Crook (Alja Robinson). Ueber einige fossile Knochenfische aus

der Mittleren Kreide von Kansas.

Palaeontographica, Band xxxix, 1892, pp. 107-124, pis. xv-xviii, 1893.

Describes some fossil fishes from the Cretaceous beds of Kansas, Protosphyrsenidaj S. Woodward, Ichthyodectes anaides Cope, Ichthyodectes polymicrodus Cope, Portheus Cope.

1148 Some geological causes of the scenery of the Yellowstone

National Park.

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 159-167, 1897.

Describes the general physiographic features and geological history of the Park.

fl49 Oliver Marcy, LL. D.

Am. Geol., vol. xxiv, pp. 67-72, pi. iv, 1899. Gives a sketch of Professor Marcy' s life.

1150 Memoir of Oliver Marc v.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. xi, pp. 537-542, 1900.

1151 Crosby (William O.). Geology of Hingham, Mass.

Abstract: Boston Soc. Nat. His., Proc., vol. xxv, pp. 499-512, 1892. Describes the geology of the region, gives a general vertical section of the strata and discusses the evidences of their geologic age.

1152 Geology of the Boston Basin.

Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Occasional Papers IV, vol. i, pt. i, Nantasket and Cohasset, pp. 1-177, 1893.

Abstracts: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvii, p. 79 (7 1.), 1894; Am. Geol., vol. xiii, pp. 192-193 (J p.), 1894.

1153 The origin of parallel and intersecting joints.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 368-375, 1893. Abstract: Tech. Quart., vol. vi, pp. 230-236, 1893. Reviews the torsion theory of joints and the character and results of Daubree's experiments.

1154 A classification of economic geological deposits based on

origin and original structure.

Am. Geol., vol. xiii, pp. 249-268; Tech. Quart., vol. vii, pp. 27-48,

Discusses the general principles of classification and describes the author's system, based on the following primary divisions: (a) Deposits of igneous origin (igneous rocks). Heat is the chief agent. (6) Deposits of aqueo-igneous origin (pegmatite). Heat and water cooperate, (c) Deposits of aqueous origin (sedimentary and vein rocks). Water is the chief agent

Wek8.1 Paleontology, Petkology, And Mineralogy. 139

1155 CroBby (William O.). Origin of the coarsely crystalline vein granites or pegmatites.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xiii, pp. 215-216 (f p.), 1894.

1150 and Ballard (H. O.). Distribution and probable age of the

fossil shells in the drumlins of the lioston Basin.

Am. Jour. Bci., 3d ser., vol. xlviii, pp. 486-496, 1894.

Gives a list of .55 sptMMes in tlie Bonton Baflin, ilencribes the distribution, and concludes that they are of (glacial and poet-Glacial origin and indicate a recession of the ici shett in this rtion.

1157 CroBby (William O.). Geology of the Boston Basin. Part II.

Hingham [Mass.].

Bost. Soc. Nat Hist., Occasional Papers IV, vol. i, pt. ii, 1894, pp. 179-288, pis. vii-ix, 1895.

the and distribution of the granite and sedimentary rocks. Gives a detailed account ' i the geology of Hingham and discusses the geologic agt* of the fo nations. Describes the glacial geology. The paper contains thrte colored geologic

1158 A classification of economical geological deposits.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. lix, pp. 28-29, 1895.

Reviews criticisms of R. W. Raymond on a former paper on tlie same subject

115J) Englacial drift.

Am. Geol., vol. xvii, pp. 203-234, 1896.

Discusses the early history of the Pleistocene ice sheet, the Ixasal relations of a sedentary ice sheet, the relations of englacial drift to nuxlified drift, and the evidences of transportation. Compares the Pleistocene ice sheet with modem glaciers.

1160 Englacial drift.

Tech. Quart., vol. ix,pp. 116-144, 1896.

1101 Mr. Bouve's [Thomas Tracy Bouv] work in geology and

mineralogy.

Boston Soc. Nat. Ilis., PrtK\, vol. xxvii, pp. 1896.

1102 Contribution to the geology of Newport Neck and Conani-

cut Island [Rhode Island].

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iii, pp. 230-236, figs. 1-2, 1897.

Reviews previous descriptions of the geology of the region and describes the characters and relations of the Carboniferous and igneous rocks.

1103 The great fault and accompanying sandstone dikes of Ute

Pass, Colorado.

Science, new ser., vol. v, pp. 1897.

Describes the occurrence of the fault and discuHscs the origin of the dikes.

140 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GKOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1163a Crosby (William O.). Sandstone dikes accompanying the great fault of Ute Pass, Coloi-ado. Essex Inst., Bull., vol. xxvii, pp. 113-147, map and 4 figs., 1897. Describes the sedimentary and igneous rocks of the region and the occurrence of the fault and discusses the origin of the sandstone dikes.

1164 and Fuller (M. L.). Origin of pegmatite.

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 147-180, pis. viii-ix. 1897. Describes the character of acid and discusses the theories of their igneous and aqueo-igneous origin.

1165 Crosby (William O.). Geology: South shore [vicinity of Boston,

Mass.].

Am. Aaoc. Adv. Sci., fiftieth anniversary meeting. Guide to localities illustrating the geology, marine zoology, and botany of the vicinity of Boston. by A. W. Grabau and J. E. Woodman, pp. 21-31, 3 figs. Salem, Mass., 1898.

Describes the geologic features of the region and gives a list of papers on its geology.

1166 History of the Blue Hills complex [Massachusetts].

Abstracts: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proo., vol. xlvii, pp. 304-305; Am. Geol., vol. xxii, pp. 263-264, 1898. Describes the igneous and sedimentary rocks of the region.

1167 [Review of various geologic papers.]

Am. Geol., vol. xxii, pp. 377-383, 1898.

1168 Archean-Cambrian contact near Manitou, Colorado.

Geol. Am., Bull., vol. x, pp. 141-164, pis. xiv-xviii, 38fig8., 1899.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, p. 92; Science, new ser., vol. ix, p. 101 (i p.), 1899.

Describes the contact, the structural features, modes of erosion, and the relation of the form of the contacts and the character of the overlying

1169 Geology of the Wachusett dam and Wachusett aqueduct

tunnel of the Metropolitan waterworks in the vicinit}' of Clinton, Massachusetts.

Tech. Quart., vol. xii, pp. 68-96, 10 figs., 1899.

Describes the character and occurrence of the sedimentary and igneous rocks and stnicture features of the region.

1170 Geological history of the Nashua Valley during the Tertiary and Quaternary periods.

Tech. Quart, vol. xii, pp. 288-324, 4 pis., 1899. Describes the physiography and character of the Tertiary and Pleistocene drainage.

1171 [Eeview of "Notes on North Carolina minerals," by J. H.

Pratt.]

Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, pp. 325-326 (i p.), 1899.

1 Paleontology, Petkology, And Mineralogy.

1172 Crosby (William O.). [Review of "The origin and chemical

composition of petroleum," by S. P. Sadtler, S. F. Peckham, David T. Day, Francis C. Phillips, and Charles F. Mabery.]

Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, pp. 32t>-327, 1899.

1173 [Review of ''The genesis of bitumens as related to chemical

geology," by S. F. Peckham.]

Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, p. 327 (4 1.), 1899.

1174 [Review of "Origin of grahamite," by I. C. White; "A

contribution to the study of contact metamorphism," by J, Morgan Clements; "The petrographical province of Essex County, Mass.," by H. S. Washington; and "A contribution to the geology of the pre-Cambrian igneous rocks of the Fox River Valley, Wisconsin," by Samuel Weidman.]

Am. Geol., vol. xxiv, pp. 253-267, 1899.

1175 The glacial lake of Nashua Valley.

Abetracte: Science, new ser., vol. ix, p. 106 (i p.), Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, pp. 102-103 (i p.); 1899.

1176 Outlin of the geology of Long Island in its relation to the

public water supplies. Tech. Quart., vol. xiii, pp. 100-119, 1900. Describes the general geology of the island and its water

1177 Notes on the geology of the sites of the proposed dam in

the valleys of the Housa tonic and Ten Mile Rivers [Connecticut].

Tech. Quart., vol. xiii, pp. 120-127, 1900. Describes the general geology of the region.

1178 Geology of the Boston Basin. The Blue Hills Complex.

Boat. Soc. Nat. Hist., Occasional Papers IV, pt. iii, pp. 289-563, pis. 15-29, figs. 25-46 and map, 1900.

Describes the topography, character, occurrence, and relations of the igneous rocks and the Cambrian, Carboniferous, and Pleistocene sediments and the geologic structure and history of the region.

1178a On the origin of phenocrysts and the development of the

porphyritic texture in igneous rocks. Am. Geol., vol. xxv, pp. 299-310, 1900.

1179 Cross (Whitman). Post-Laramie deposits of Colorado.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 192, 1892.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 256-257 (i p.), 1892; Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, p. 471 (J p.), 1893.

Describes the deposits occurring in different parts of the State and concludes that, in Colorado, the deposition of the conformable series of the Cretaceous ended with the coal-bearing Laramie, as the result of a long-continued continental elevation in this region, and when it began again the deposits were laid down in lakes or small seas. Discusses the fossil evidences bearing on the geologic age of the formation.

142 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOUXJY, [bull. 188.

1180 Cross (Whitman) and Eakins (L. G.)- A new occurrence of

ptilolite.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d eer., vol. xliv, pp. 96-101, 1892. Al)><tract: Am. Nat, vol. xxvii, p. 43 (J p.), 1893. the chemical and mineralogic characteristics of the rock in which ptilolitt occurs.

1181 Cross (Whitman). The Post-Laramie beds of Middle Park,

Colorado.

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 192-213, 1892.

Gives historical sketch of the work done and reviews the literature on this region. Dest;ribes the character of the IxhIs, called doleritic breccia by Marvine, and the constitution of the lignitic Discusses the stratigraphic relations and reviews the evidence of the fossil flora as to the age of the Middle Park beds.

1182 Itinerary, Nathrop to Salida, Colo.

Int. Omg. Geol., Compte Rendu, 5th session, pp. 423-424, 1893. the geology along the railroad between these points.

1188 Manitou. Itinerary, Colorado Springs to Denver. Excursion to Morrison. Excursion to Golden [Colo.]. Int. Cong. Geol., Compte Rendu, 5th session, pp. 430-442, 1893. DestTibes the geology of the Pikes Peak ngion, the geology of the Denver liasin, and the character of the Jura trias and Cretaceous IkhIs at Morrison and Golden, Colo.

1184 On a series of peculiar schists near Salida, Colo.

Colo. 8t*i. Soc., Proc, vol. iv, pp. 286-293, 1893.

Reviews the of the geology of the nion on the Hayden Atlas, and indicates the general character of the nect*ssary corretrtions. the stratigraphy and general character of the schists, and discusses their origin and relationships.

1185 Igneous rocks from the coal and iron regions of Coahuila

and Nueva Leon, Mexico, collected by R. T. Hill.

Am. Jour. 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 119-120, 1893.

the microscopic characters of specimens of diorite, hornblende-porphyrite, and augite-diorite; the former are considered deep-seattMi eniptives and the latter to the diorite, but from smaller masses and prolmbly consolidated nearer the surface.

1186 The laccolitic mountain groups of Coloi*ado, Utah, and

Arizona.

IJ. S. Geol. Surv., 14th Ann. Kept., pt. ii, pp. 165-241, pis. vii-xvi, figs. 25-43, 1894.

Reviews the literature of the laccolitic theory. Describes the laccolites of the Henry, West dik, San Miguel, La Plata, Carriso, El Late, Abajo, and La Sal mountains, Moscpiito Range, and the intrusive rocks of the Tenmile district, Colonulo. Discussis the chemical and mineralogic characters of laccolitic rocks, the conditions under which they were formed, and the forms and origin of laccolites.

wEKKu.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 143

1187 Cross (Whitman). Pikes Peak folio. Colorado.

XJ. a Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio 7, 1894.

Describes the topographic features, the granite and metamorphie rocks, the occurrence and distribution of the Algonkian, Cambrian, Silurian, Carboniferous, Jura trias, Cretaceous, and Eocene strata. Describes the occurrence and petrographic characters of diabase, syenite, andesite, rhyolite, trachyte, phonolite, and the geographic distribution of the sedimentary and igneous formations and the structural development of the reon. Includes a topographic, colored areal geologic, economic geologic, and structure section maps.

1188 Description of the igneous formations [Anthi-acite-Crested

Butte folio, Colorado].

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio 9, 1894.

Describes the character and occurrence of diorite, porphyrite, porphyritic diorite, granite, rhyolite, and basalt in the portion of Colorado included within the district named.

1189 Intrusive sandstone dikes in granite.

Geol.Soc.Am., Bull., vol.v, pp. 225-230, pi. 8, 1894.

Abstracts: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvii, p. 142 (7 1.), 1894; Am. Geol., vol. xiii, p. 215 (8 1.), 1894; Am. Nat., vol. xxviii, pp. 412-413,

Describes the portion of Colorado in which the dikes occur, their characteristics and mcxle of occurrence. Describes the dike rock and discusses the origin of dikes.

1190 Geology and mining industries of the Cripple Creek district, Colorado. Part I. General geology of the Cripple

Creek district, Colorado.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 16th Ann. Kept., pt. ii, pp. 13-109, pis. i-ii, fig. 1,

Chapter I (introduction). — the geographic position and geologic character of the district and its recent physiographic changes.

Chapter II. — Rock formations. Descriljes the petrographic characters of granite, schist, diabase, phonolite, nepheline-syenite, augitesyenite-porphyry, andesite, tuff, breccia, rhyolite, and the High Park lake beds.

Chapter III. — The Cripple Creek volcano. Describes the constitution and distribution of the fragmental materials and the character of the volcanic phenomena.

Chapters IV and V. — Comprise a description of the distribution of the volcanic rocks in the central area and its outlying districts.

1191 Geology of Silver Cliff and the Rosita Hills, Colorado.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 17th Ann. Rept., pt. ii, pp. 269-403, pis. xxvxxxvi, 1896.

Describes the geology and geologic relationships of the regions and the petrographic characters, occurrence and distribution of the gneiss, granite, dike rocks, and volcanic series. Presents a geologic map of the region. See Emmons (S. F.), No. 1705.

144 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1192 Cross (Whitman). Geology of the Cripple Creek gold mining

district, Colorado.

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. v, pp. 24-49, 1898.

Describes the general geology of the region and the occurrence and characters of the volcanic rocks. Discusses the relationships of the mineral deposits to the rock masses.

1193 Igneous rocks of the Telluride district, Colorado.

Read before the Colorado Scientific Society, in Denver, Colo., Sept, 7, 1896, 10 pp.

Describes the general character and distribution of the igneous rocks and the occurrence of diorite stocks and of intrusive rocks in the Cretaceous shales. Includes description of the volcanic series of the western San Juan district.

1194 The San Miguel formation [Colomdo].

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. v, pp. 235-241, 1898. Describes the character, relationships, and distribution of the formation, and discusses its Eocene or Upper Cretaceous age.

1195 Emmons (S. F.), and Eldridge (G. H.). Geology of the

Denver Bitsin in Colorado.

See Emmons (S. F.), Cross (W.), and Eldridge (G. H.), No. 1707.

1196 Cross (Whitman). Igneous rocks of the Leucite Hills and Pilot

Butte, Wyoming.

Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. v, p. 361, 1897.

Describes the occurrence 'and petrographic and chemical characters of wyomingite, orendite, and madupite. Discusses the classification and nomenclature, and describes the inclusions in the Leucite Hills rocks.

1197 An analcite basalt from Colorado.

Jour. Geol., vol. v, pp. 684-693, 1897.

Describes the petrographic and chemical characters of the material and discusses its relations with closely allied rocks.

1198 The geological versus the petrographical classification of

igneous rocks.

Jour. Geol., vol., vi, pp. 79-91, 1898.

Science, new ser., vol. vii, p. 83 (i p.); Am. Nat, vol. xxxii, pp. 465-466, 1898.

Refers to the many broad classifications of rock masses necessary from a geologic standpoint, and concludes that most geologic criteria are not available for the construction of a systematic classification of rocks as objects — the petrographic scheme.

1199 See Day (W. C), No. 1146.

1200 See Diller (J. S.), No. 1507.

1201 Telluride folio, Colorado.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio No. 57, 1899.

Review: Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. ix, p. 387, 1900.

Describes thegeneral physiography and geology of the San Juan region, and the occurrence and character of the Algonkian, Jura-Trias, Cretaceous, Tertiary, and igneous rocks of the quadrangle and discusses the geologic history. Includes and geologic maps, columnar sections, and special illustrations.

1 Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 145

1202 Cross Whitman). See HUl (R. T.), No. 25G4.

1203 Landslides of the Rico Mountains, Colorado.

Abstracts: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. xi, p. 583; Science, new ser., voL xi, p. 101 p.), 1900.

Brief statement regarding the geology of the region and the occurrence of landslides.

1204 [In discussion of paper by W. M. Davis on "Continental

deposits of the Rocky Mountain region."]

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. xi, pp. 602-603, 1900.

Discusses occurrence and origin of the Arapahoe and Denver beds.

1205 See Vanghan (T. Wayland), No. 5739.

1206 and Spencer (Arthur Coe). Geology of the Rico Mountains, Colorado.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 2l8t Ann. Kept., pt ii, pp. 15-166, pis. i-xxii,

Gives a general outline of the geology of the region and a description of the Algonkian, Devonian, Carboniferous, and Jura-Trias sediments, of the character and occurrence of the igneous rocks, and of the occurrence of landslides. Discusses the structure, erosion, and recent geologic history of the range.

1207 Crump (H. M.). The clays and building stones of Kentucky.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixvi, pp. 190-191, 1898. Includes notes on their character and occurrence.

1208 Cnbberly (E. P.). Indiana's structural features as revealed by

the drill.

Ind. Dept Geol. and Nat. Res., 18th Kept., pp. 219-256, with map and 16 colored geologic sections 1894.

Each geologic section is accompanied by a table showing the depth of the well, the formations penetrated, and other data on which the sections are based.

1209 CulbertBon (Glenn). Preliminary work for the approximate

determination of the time since the retreat of the first great ice sheet

Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc., 1897, pp. 242-243, 1898. Describes methods of work employed in Jefferson County, Indiana, for determining the time interval.

1210 The weathering and erosion of north and south slopes.

Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc., 1899, pp. 167-170, 1 pi., 1900. Presents data showing amount of variation in slopes of certain valleys in Indiana.

Bull. 188—01 10

146 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1211 Culver (G. E.). Notes on a little-known region in northwestern

Montana.

Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts and Letters, Pro<*., vol. viii, pp. 187-205, 1892.

Abstrat-t: Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 412-413 (§ p.), 1893.

De.'crimes the jreneral peojjraphic features of the region, the structure of the plains and mountains, and the strata exjjosed, with notes on the igfueous rocks, chiefly diabase. Describes the character of the existing glaciers and the general features of former glaciers. Discusses the origin of the ice tongues of the eastern slope of the Rocky Mountains.

1212 and Hobbs (Win. H.). On a new occurrence of olivine diabase in Minnehaha County, S. Dak.

Wis, Acad. Sci. Arta and Letters, Proc, vol. viii, pp. 206-210, 1892.

the of the nxk and states that considerable erosion has taken place. Gives notes on thin sections examined.

121*3 Culver (G. E.) Some New Jerse}' eskers.

Science, vol. xxiii, pp. 15-16, 1894.

Describes the character of certain eskers in northeastern New Jersev.

1214 Note on the geoloj of Itasca County, Minn.

Minn. (xeol. and Nat. Hist. Sur\%, 22d Ann. Rept., pp. 97-114, 1894. Describes the of the region and the megascopic chanicters of the granite, diorite, and greenstones, and the Glacial phenomena.

1215 Some New Jersey eskers.

Wis. Acad. Sci. Arta and Letters, Trans., vol. x, pp. 19-23, 1895. Describes the occurrence of eskers at Bamapo, in northeastern New Jersey.

1216 The erosive action of ice.

Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts and Letters, Trans., vol. x, pp. 339-366, 1895. Quotes the opinions of a large number of writers on glacial erosion, citing the publications, and giving the author's conclusions.

1217 Cumings (Edgar R.), Prosser (Charles S.) and. Sections and

thickness of the Lower Silurian formations on West Canada

Creek and in the Mohawk Valley [New York], See Prosser (C. S.) and Cumings (E. R.), No. 4494.

1218 Cumings Edgar R.). On the Waldron fauna at Tarr Hole,

Indiana. Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc. 1899, pp. 174-176, 1900. Gives a list of genera and species identified from the locality.

1219 The stream gradients of the Lower Mohawk Valley [New

York].

Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc. 1899, pp. 176-178, with geologic sketch map and cross section, 1900. Discosses hypotheses as to the origin of the present stream gradients.

WEKK8.1 PALEONTOLOUY, PKTROLOdY, AND MINKRALOUY. 147

1220 Cumings (Edgai* R.). Ijower Silurian system of eiistern Mont-

goinery County, Now York.

N. Y. State Mus., Bull., vol. vii, No. 34, pp. 419-4ft8, pis. i-iv, and 5 cross sections, 1900.

(lives a historical sketch of the sulxlivisions of the Onlovician, and describes their occurrence and characters. Accomimnied by a geologic map.

1221 CnxDmingB (Uriah). American cements.

Rogers and Manson, Boston, 29?) pp., 1898. Review: Jour, of Geol., vol. vii, p. 627 (J p.), 1899.

1222 Cninmms (A..). Geology of the natural gjis fields about Pittsburg.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. liv, pp. 10(>-107, 1892.

the structural features of the region and the character of the strata through which the pans, (lives information concerning the pressure of gas and its in the wells.

1223 Cummins (W. F.). Report for 1801.

Texas Geol. Surv., Rept. of Prog., pp. 27-42, 1891. Describes the topographic and geologic features of the Staked Plains ron, its artesian water supply, and mineral resources.

1224 Report on the geography, topogmphy, and geology of the

Llano Estacado.or Staked Plains, with notes on the geology of the country west of the plains.

Texas (xeol. Surv., Ann. Kept., pp. 129-223, 1892.

Describes the features of the rejxion and the Quaternary, Tertiary, (Jretaceius, and Triasic series, and includes notes on the same formations and the Carboniferous occurring in the country west of the plains.

1225 The Texas meteorites.

Texas Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. i, pp. 14-18, 1892. Gives a historical of Texas meteorites.

1226 Notes on the geology of northwest Texas.

Texas Geol. Surv., 4th Ann. pp. 179-238, 1893.

Describes tlic general geology of the region and given a table containing a list of Pleistocene and fresh- water shells of the region. Remarks on the removal of the entire Cretaceous, comprising 10,000 feet of strata, and the absence of the Tertiary Ik1ow the Fork Ixids over the entire area. Gives sections of the Tule, Blanco, and Fork and a description of the Permian of Texas and other parts of the United States and Europe, and of the <>ccurrence of copper ore in these beds.

1227 Tucumcari Mountain.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 375-383, 1893.

Reviews the previous publications concerning this region and refers to criticisms on the author*s report in the Third Annual Report of the Texas Geological Suney, by Jules Marcou.

148 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1228 Ctunmins (W. F.). Geology of Tucumcari, New Mexico.

Science, vol. xxi, pp. 282-283, 1893.

Gives a list of fossils found at this locality and concludes that the strata are Triassic, Cretaceous, and Tertiary. Refers to certain statements concerning the geology of the region.

1229 — and Dumble (E. T. ). The Kent section and Gryphsea tucum-

carii Marcou.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 309-314, 1893.

Gives the section occurring at this locality in western Texas, with a list of fossils found, representing three divisions of the Cretaceous.

1230 Cummins (W. F.). A question of priority.

Am. Geol., vol. xv, pp. 395-396 (correspondence), 1895.

Discusses the question of priority in the use of the term "Goodnight" to distinguish certain beds between the Fork and Blanco, in Texas, and the term "Palo Buro," employed by W. B. Scott and in Dana's Manual of Geology.

1231 Texas Permian.

Texas Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. ii, pp. 93-98, 1897. the character and relations of the Texas Permian subdivisions, and describes recent observations on the Wichita division.

1232 Cunningham (K. M.). DiatomacesB.

Ala. Geol. Surv., Rept., on the geology of the Coastal Plain of Ala- Imma, pp. 61-65, 1894.

Notes on the fossil Diatomace of Alabama and a list of diatoms occurring at Montgomery.

1233 Notes on the Microzoa of tlie Tertiary' of soutli Alabama.

Ala. Geol. Surv., Rept., on the geology of the Coastal Plain of Alabama, pp. 250-254, 1894. Notes on the occurrence of Microzoa in Alabama.

1234 Notes on the micro-geology of Alabama Cretaceous.

Ala. Geol. Surv., Rept., on the geology of the Coastal Plain of Alapp. 286-289, 1894. Notes on the Cretaceous chalk formation.

1235 Curtis (George Carroll) and Wood'worth (J. B.). Nantucket, a

morainal island.

Jour. Geol., vol. vii, pp. 226-236, 5 figs., 1899. 1 Describes the physiographic, glacial, and general geologic features of the region.

123t> Smith (George Otis) and. Camasland: A valley remnant.

See Smith (G. O. ) and Curtis (G. C. ), No. 5034.

1237 Pushing (Henry P.). Notes on the geology of the vicinity of Muir glacier.

Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. iv, pp. 56-62, 1892.

Describes the strata, consisting of argillites and limestones, in this ron. A few fossils found indicate their Paleozoic age. The older eruptive rocks are diorites, which, with the sedimentaries, are cut by small dikes of later date.

wnw.] PALEOirrOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINEBALOGY. 149

1238 Cnshing (Henry P.). The movement of Muir glacier.

Am. GeoL, voL xi, pp. 276-278 (correspondence), 1893. Refers to criticisms by G. F. Wright

1239 Preliminary report on the geology of Clinton County, N. Y.

N. Y. State Mas., 47th Ann. Kept, pp. 669-683, with map, 1894. Describes the character and distribution of the pre-(Jambrian, Cambrian, and Silurian rocks of this county.

1240 Faults of Chazy Township, Clinton County, New York.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. vi, pp. 285-296, pi. 12, 1895.

Describes the general features of the district and of the Cambrian and Silurian formations. the three claH8t* of faults and disciLsws the cause of the of the Calciferous at Chazy village. The paper is accompanied by a geologic map of Chazy Township.

1241 Notes on the areal geology of Glacier Bay, Alaska.

N. Y. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. xv, pp. 24-34, pi. i, 1896.

Describes the character and distribution of the limestone and igneous rocks, compares them with other Alaskan sections, and gives petrographic notes on the quartz diorites and schists.

1242 On the existence of pre-Cambrian and post-Ordovician trap

dikes in the Adirondacks.

N. Y. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. xv, pp. 248-252, 1896.

Discusses the rock classification and dtwribes the character and distribution of the dikes.

1243 Notes on hypersthene andesite from Mt. Edgecumbo, Alaska.

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 156-159, 1897.

Includes a letter from H. F. Reid, describing ite occurrence, and a discussion of the petrographic characters of the material.

1244 Syenite-porphyry dikes in the northern Adirondacks [New

York].

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. ix, pp. 239-256, pi. 17, 1 fig., 1898.

Abstracts: Jour, of Geol, vol. vi, pp. 119-120; Am. Geol., vol. xxii, p. 382 (J p.); Am. Nat., vol. xxxii, pi>. 534-535 (i p.); Science, new ear., voL vii, pp. 80-81 (J p.), 1898.

Describes the occurrence and distribution of the dikes and the mineralogic and chemical composition of the dike rocks.

1245 Report on the geology of Clinton County [New YorkJ.

N. Y., 15th Ann. Kept. State Geologist, vol. i, pp. 21-22, 499-573, pis. i-iv, 13 figs., 1897; N. Y. State Mus., 49th Ann. Rept., vol. ii, pp. 499-573, pis. i-iv, 13 figs., 1898.

Describes the physiography, the general geologic relations, the character of the igneous rocks, and of the Cambrian, Silurian, and Pleistocene deposits, and the metamorphism of the pre-Cambrian rocks. Includes details of township geology.

150 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1246 dishing (Henry P.). Augite-syenite gneiss near Loon Lake,

New York.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. x, pp. 177-192, pis. 19-20, 1899.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, pp. 106, 330-331; Science, new ser., vol. ix, p. 141, 1899.

Describes meiis'opic, microscopic, and chemical character of the gneiss and its occurrence in the petrographic provinces. Discusses sequence of eruptions in the Adirondacks.

1247 Report on the Iwundary between the Potsdam and pre-Cam-

brian rocks of the Adirondacks [New York],

N. Y. Geol. Surv., 16th Ann. Kept, pp. 5-27, 1 pi., 2 figs., 1899.

Review: Am. (Jeol., vol. xxiii, p. 330, 181H).

Describes the geologic history and kx-al geologic features of the region.

1248 Preliminary report on the geology of Franklin County

[New YorkJ, Part 3.

N. Y. State Gwl., 18th Ann. Kept., pp. 75-128, pis. 1-8, 1899; N. Y. State Mus., 52d Ann. Kept., vol. ii, pp. 75-128, pis. 1-8, 1900.

Describes the topography of the northern Adirondacks, the chara-ter and occurrence of the pre-Cambrian rocks, and occurrence of iron ore, building stone and road material.

D. 1241> Dale (T. Nelson). On plicated cleavage-foliation.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 317-319, 1892. Describes an occurrence of this structure at AVest Rutland, Vt.

1250 On the structure and age of the Stockbridge limestone in

the Vermont valley.

Abstract: (ieol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 514-519, 1892.

The main feature of the region is a complex anticlinal of gneiss and Cambrian (juartzite and schist, flanked by Cambrian limestone and Lower Silurian limestone. Owing to faults at some tlie base of the limestone, with its Cambrian fauna, is exiwstHl; in others, the top with Silurian fauna. Accompanied by sketch map.

1251 The Kenssohier grit plateau in New York.

r. S. (Jeol. Surv., 13th Ann. Kept., pt. ii, ])p. pis. xcvii-ci, figs. 18-41,

Am. (Jeol., vol. xiv, pp. 54-55, 1894.

Describes tlui petrographic characters of the Cambrian and Silurian rocks in this and mentions the fossils found in them. Discusses the geologic structure and relations of the formations and includes a table exhibiting the and resultij obtained.

Weeks.] Paleontology, Petrology, And Minebalogy. 151

1252 Dale (T. Nelson). On the structure of the ridge between the Taconic and Green Mountain ranges in Vermont.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 14th Ann. Kept., pt. 2, pp. 625-549, pis. Ixvi-lxx, figs. 54-64, 1894.

Describes the petrographic, paleontologic, and structural features of the Clarendon, Wallingford, Dan by, and Pine Hill sections and gives a general rum6 of the evidence showing the structure of the range and age of the formation.

1253 The structure of Monument Mountain, in Great Barrington,

Mass.

U. 8. Greol. Surv., 14th Ann. Rept., pt. 2, pp. 551-565, pis. Ixxi-lxxii, figs. 65-72, 1894.

Describes the petrographic character of the Berkshire schist and reviews the evidence indicating the geologic structure of the mountain.

1254 Mount Grey lock: its areal and structural geology.

U. S. Geoi. Hurv., Mon. xxiii, pp. 119-203, pis. xii-xxiii, figs. 30-79,

Gives a list of publications on the geology of the region. Describes the geologic structure of the region, and the lithologic and petrographic characters of the Cambrian and pre-Canibrian rocks.

1255 Structui'al details in the Green Mountain region and in

eastern New York.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 16th Ann. Rept, pt. i, pp. 549-570, figs. 70-100, 1896.

Describes the structural features of the region and gives a bibliographic list of the author*s descriptions of related phenomena in publications of the U. S. Geological Survey.

1256 The slate belt of easte.rn New York and western Vermont.

U. 8. Geol. Surv., 19th Ann. Rept., pt. iii, pp. 153-300, pis. xii-xli, figs. 7-16, 1899.

the physiography, the occurrence, and character and structure of the Cambrian and Ordovician beds, the chemical composition of

the slates, and the economic geology of the region. Includes a bibliography of the subject.

1257 A study of Bird Mountain, Vermont.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 20th Ann. Rept., pt. ii, pp. 15-23, pis. i-ii, tigs. 1-2,

Describes the lithologic characters of the Ordovician rocks and the structure of the mountain.

1258 Dall (William Healey). Gulf formation.

Science, vol. xx, pp. 164-165, 319-320, 1892.

Describes the conditions of sedimentation during the Grand Gulf period and gives the names of fossils found in some of the deposits.

125U Tertiary mollusks of Florida.

Wagner Free Inst, of Sci., Trans., vol. iii, parts i and ii, pp. 1-446, pis. 1-22, 1892.

Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, p. 441 (J p.), 1893.

Reviews the opinions of other writers on the Tertiary beds and their fauna. Describes the processes of deposition in the Southeastern States during Tertiary time and locates and describes many species found in these beds.

152 BIBLIOGEAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAK GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1260 Dall (William Healey) and Harris (Gilbert Dennison). Corre-

lation papers. Neocene.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 84, 349 pp., pis. i-iii, figs. 13, 1892.

Abstracts: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 351-364, 1893; Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 399-402, 1893.

Gives a summary of the knowledge of the Neocene deposits of the Atlantic and Gulf coasts, of the Pacific coast and Canada, and of the supposed Neocene of the interior of the United States, and includes a list of names applied to Cenozoic beds.

1261 Dall (William Healey). Notes on the Miocene and Pliocene of

Gay Head, Marthas Vineyard, Mass., and on the "Land

Phosphate" of the Ashley River district. South Carolina.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlviii, pp. 296-301, 1894.

Gives a list of Miocene and Pliocene fossils identified from Gay Head and Chilmark, and describes two new species. Reviews the evidences of the age of the phosphate rook of the Ashley River district and concludes that the fauna are of Miocene facies.

1262 Notes on the Atlantic Miocene.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xiv, p. 202 p.), 1894.

1263 On the species of Mactra from California.

Nautilus, vol. vii, pp. 13138, 1894.

Describes three species, including one new species, from the coast of California.

1264 and Stanley-Brown (J.). Cenozoic geology along the Apa-

lachicola River.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. v, pp. 147-170, pi. 3, 1894.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xiii, pp. 137-138 (i p.), 1894.

Describes in detail the geology of the localities studied and the geologic structure and succession of the Eocene, Miocene, Pliocene, and Pleistocene beds of this region.

1265 Dall (William Healey). Monograph of the genus Gnathodon

Gi-ay (Kangia Desmoulins).

U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc, vol. xvii, pp. 89-106, pi. vii, 1895. Describes the characters and distribution of the genus Gnathodon, and also the characters of a number of living and fossil species.

1266 Note on the Atlantic Miocene.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xliii, pp. 224-225 (J p.),

1267 Contributions to the Tertiary fauna of Florida, with especial

reference to the Miocene silex beds of Tampa and the Pliocene beds of the Caloosahatchie River.

Wagner Free Inst. Sci., Trans., vol. iii, pt. iii, pp. 483-570, 1895.

Includes descriptions of the families of the orders Prionodesmacea, Anomalodesmacea, Teleodesmacea, and Paleoconcha, and notes on nomenclature.

wittK.l PALEONTOLOGY, PETBOLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 153

1268 Dall (William Healey). Report on coal and lignite of Alaska.

U. S. GeoL Surv., 17th Ann. Rept., pt i, pp. 771-875, pin. xlviii-lviii, ' figs. 23-25, 1896.

Describee the local occurrences of coal, the general Tertiary geology of Alaska, and includes notes on the occurrences of Silurian, Devonian, Carboniferous, and Meeozoic rocks.

1269 '- Diagnoses of new Tertiary fossils from the southern United

States.

U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. xviii, pp. 21-46, 1896. Describes a large number of new species.

1270 A table of North American Tertiary horizons correlated

with one another and with those of western Europe, with annotations.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 18th Ann. Kept., Pt. II, pp. 327-348, 1898. Defines the main divisions of the Tertiary and includes notes on the table.

1271 Quppy (R. J. L.) and. Descriptions of Tertiary fossils

from the Antiliian region.

See Guppy (R. J. L.) and Dall (\V. H.), No. 2214.

1272 Dall (William Healey). Contributions to the Tertiary fauna of

Florida, with especial reference to the Miocene silex of Tampa and the Pliocene of the Caloosahatchie River, including in many cases a complete revision of the generic groups treated of and their American Tertiary species.

Wagner Free Inst. Sci., Trans., vol. iii, Pt. IV, pp. 571-916, pis. xxiii- XXV, 1898.

1273 Notes on the paleontological publications of Professor William Wagner.

Wagner Free Inst. Sci., Trans., vol. v, pp. 7-11, pis. i-iii, 1898. Includes notes on hihhucs descrilKnl by Professor Wagner and illu4tations of a number of

1274 [Paleontology of the collections from Lsthmus of Panama

and Costa Rica.]

Har>''ard Coll., Mus. Comp. Bull., vol. xxviii, No. 5, pp. 271-275,

Gives the author's conclusions regarding the different horizons from a study of materials by R. T. Hill.

1275 A table of the North American Tertiary horizons correlated

with one another and with those of western Europe, with annotations.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 18th Ann. Kept., Pt. II, pp. 327-.'M8, 1898. Definee the main divisions of the Tertiary and includes note on the table.

154 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1276 Dall (William Healey). Synopsis of the recent and Tertiary

Psammobiidae of North America.

Phil. Acacl. Nat. Sci., Proc, 1898, pp. 57-62, 1898. Gives a list of the genera and species.

1277 A new subgenus of Coral liophaga.

The Nautilus, voL xi, p. 135, 1898.

Describes material from the Tertiary of 'Alabama.

1278 See Leidy (Joseph) No. 3447.

1279 A synopsis of the Recent and Tertiary Leptonai*ea of North

America and the West Indies.

U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. xxi, pp. 83-897, Ixxxvii-lxxxviii,

1280 [Review of "A Preliminary Report on the Geolog} of

Louisiana,'' by Gilbert D. Harris and A. C. Veatch.]

Science, new ser., vol. xi, pp. 745-746, 1900.

1281 Contributions to the Tertiar} fauna of Florida, with especial

reference to the silex beds of Tampa and the Pliocene beds of the Caloosahatchie River, including in many cases a complete revision of the generic groups treated of and their American Tertiary species.

Wagner Free Inst. Sci., Trans., vol. iii, pt. v, pp. 949-1189, pis. xxxvixlvii, 1900.

1282 Notes on the Tertiary geology of Oahu.

Geol. Soc. Am., Hull., vol. xi, pj). 5"-60, 1900.

BescrilH's certain sedimentary deposits, and states that the fossils indicate they arc of Tertiary age.

1288 Daly (Reginald Aldworth). Studies of the so-called porphyritic gneiss of New Hampshire.

Jour. Geol., vol. v., pi>. 694-722, figs. 1-2, pp. 776-794, 1897. Reviews previous descriptions of the gneiss, describes its field relations and structure, and discusses the age of the intrusions.

1284 — On the optical characters of the vei'tical zone of amphiboles

and pyroxenes; and on a new method of determining the extinction anghvs of these minenils by means of cleavage planes. Am. Acad. Arts Sci., Proc., vol. xxxiv, pp. 809-323, pis. i-iii, 1899.

1285 On a new variety of hornblende.

Am. Acad. Arts and S<*i., vol. xxxiv, pi>. 431-437, 1899.

1280 The A review.

Am. Nat., vol. IL'7-I3S. 1S99.

Discusses Professor Tan's criticisms (►f the theory.

Wmk8.] Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 155

I 1287 Daly (Reginald Aldworth). The calcareous concretions of Kettle

Point, Lambton County, Ontario.

Jour. vol. viii, pp. l.'VloO, figt. 1900.

DescrilKs the (K'eumnce of the concretions and the structure of the incloeinj? ghalcs, Disciissiv! the )riin of the concretions.

1288 Dana (E. S.). A text-book of niinemlog} with an extended treaties on crystallography and physical mineralogy.

John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1898.

ReWew hy J. P. Iddings, Jour, of Geol., vol. vi, pp. 75(>-757, 1808.

1289 Dana (James D.). On subdivisions in Archean history. Part I.

Am. Jour. 8<*i., ser., vol. xliii, pp. 4or)-4<>2, 1892. DiwusK'H the HulKliviHions of Archean time on — 1, kinds of ro<*kH; 2, Htratification; and 3, physical and hiolo'ical conditions.

1290 Additional observations on the Jura-Trias tmp of the New

Haven ngion.

Am. Jour. 8ci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 1892.

the outcrop of a trap dike in this region and states that the outflow was laccoHthic. Distussts two concerning the origin of the trap Wits.

1291 New England and the Upper Mississippi basin in the Glacial

period.

Am. Jour. Sci., .3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 327-330, 1S93.

Jour, of Geol., vol. i, pp. 847-849, 1893.

Considers that the cause of divergence of opinion concerning the unity of the (glacial jH'riod is due to the different conditions in the eastern and western portions of the Glacial area consetjuent on met<.- orological differences in the two regions. the general conditions existing during the Glacial period.

1292 Observations on the derivation and homologies of some*

articulates.

Am. Jour. Sci., 'M\ ser., vol. xlvii, pp. 325-329, 1894; Annals and Majr. Nat. Hist., vol. xiii, pp. 1894.

the derivation of limaloids, cnistaceans, arachnids, myra- IkkIs, and insects, and in a table shows the relations in body segments and hnihs betwcH'u these clasK's.

1298 Darton (Nelson Horatio). Fossils in the '"Archean" rocks of central piedmont Virginia.

Am. Jour. Sci,, 3d ser., vol. xliv, pj. riO-52, 1892.

Brief of the occurrcnre of roofing slates in the plain west of Richmond, in which f<>>sils, <lctermined ])y C. I). Walcott as of I3wer Silurian age, have Ikhmi found.

1294 On fossils in the Lafayette fonnation in Virginia.

Am. vol. ix, pp. 181-18,3, 1892.

The fossils were at the ba' of the anl are so preserved as to ]>e <Ht!i<-nlt of identification, and, account of their water-worn it is possible thev mav have Inen from the underlying ('hes:ipeake In'ds.

156 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1295 Darton (Nelson Horatio). Notes on the stratigraphy of a por-

tion of central Appalachian Virginia.

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 10-18, 1892.

Refers to the nomenclature of the formations in this region used by other writers. Describes the Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous strata and comjjares them with strata of the sameage in New York and Pennsylvania.

1296 The stratigraphic relations of the Oneonta and Chemung

formations in eastern-central New York.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 203-209, 1893.

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, p. 558 (t P-) 1893.

Describes the geographic distribution of the two formations in this region and the relations of the beds, illustrated by cross section and columnar sections. Describes their lithologic characters and discusses the use of the term "Catskill.'*

1297 The Magothy foimation of northeastern Maryland.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 407-419, 1893.

the general relations of the Coastal Plain formations, including a geologic map of the Magothy and associated formations in northeastern maryland and a discussion of the distribution and lithologic character of the Magothy strata in this region.

1298 Record of North American geology for 1891.

U. S. Geol. Sur\'., Bull. No. 99, pp. 6-73, 1893.

Gives a list of papers on North American geology, with notes descriptive of contents and index references.

1299 On two overthrusts in eastern New York.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 436-439, 1893. Describes two overthnists of Silurian rocks in the Shawangunk Mountain, illustrated by three cross sections.

1300 McOe (W J), TVilliams (G. H.), TVillis (B.), and. Geology of Washington and vicinity. Int. Cong. Geol., Oompte Rendu, 5th session, pp. 219-251, 1893. See McK:iee (W J), Williams (G. H.), Willis (B.), and Darton (N. H.),

No. 3858.

1301 Darton (Nelson Horatio). Shawangunk Mountain.

Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. vi, pp. 23-34, pis. 1-3, figs. 1-3, 1894. Abstracts: Sci. Am. SuppL, vol. xxxvii, pp. 15284-15285, 1894; Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvii, p. 482 (7 1.), 1894.

the relations of the Shawangunk grit and the underlying Hudson shales and the character and distribution of the lakes, which are considered to have been formed by glacial action.

1302 Report on the relations of the Helderberg limestones and

associated formations in eastern New York.

N. Y; State Mus., 47th Ann. Kept., pp. 393-422, pis. 1-4, figs. 1-5,

Describes the physiography of the regions studied, presents several stratigraphic sections of Silurian strata of central and eastern New York, and describes the lithologic character and succession of the deposits.

Week*.] Paleontology, Petbology, And Mineralogy. 157

1303 Darton (Nelson Horatio). Preliminary report on the geology of

Albany County [N. Y.].

N. Y. State Mus., 47th Ann. Kept, pp. 425-455, pin. 1-6, figs. 1-0,

Deecribes the physiographic filatures of the county and the lithologic character ;and stratigraphic relations of the and Silurian deposits, and includes notes on the Pleistocene gtMjlogfy.

1304 Preliminary recoil on the geology of Ulster County [N. Y.].

N. Y. State Mus., 47th Ann. Kept., pp. 485-566, pis. 1-23, figs. 1-18,

Describes the physiography of the region, the structural relations, and the lithologic character and sucx-ession of the several members of the Devonian and Silurian formations presented in this county.

1305 Geology of the Mohawk Valley in Herkimer, Fulton, Montgomery, and Saratoga counties [N. Y.].

N. Y. State Mus., 47th Ann. Kept, pp. 604-623, pis. 1-14, 1894.

Describee the exposures of Potadam sandstone, Calciferous, Birdseye, Black River, and Trenton limestones and Utica shales in the Mohawk Valley of the counties named.

1306 Geologic relations from Green Pond, New Jersey, to Skunne-

munk Mountain, New York.

Greol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. v., pp. 367-394, pi. xvii, 1894.

Abstract: Am. Geol, vol. xiii, pp. 211-212, 1894.

Reviews the literature on the geology and the Devonian, Silurian, and Cambrian beds of this region. Discusses the structure and gives a sketch of its geologic history.

1307 Outline of Cenozoic history of a portion of the middle

Atlantic slope.

Jour. Geol., vol. ii, pp. 568-587, 1894.

Describes the physiographic features of the Piedmont and Coastal Plain areas in this region, the trtmching of the Tertiary of the Piedmont Plateau, and the charactei of the Tertiary and Pleisto<*ene deposits, and includes a rsum of the geologic history of the region in Cenozoic time.

1307a Fredericksburg folio, Virginia-Maryland.

U. S. Ueol. Surv., (ieol. Atlas of U. S., folio No. 13, 1894.

Describes the physiography, the character and occurrence of the Pleistocene, Tertiary, and Cretaceous sediments and the economic products of the region. Includes and geologic maps.

1308 Staunton folio, Virginia and West Virginia.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geologic Atlas of the United Staten, folio No. 14, 1894.

Deecribes the physiographic suMivisions of the Appalachian province, the character and relations of the Cambrian, Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous formations, and the geologic structure and mineral resources of the region, including iron, marble, and clays. Includes a topographic, colored area! geologic, economic, and structure section maps and a columnar section.

158 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 158.

1300 Darton (Nelson Horatio). Artesian well prospects in eastern \'irginia, Maryland, and Delaware.

Am. IiiHt. M. Engra., Trans., vol. xxiv, pp. 372-397, pin. i-ii, 1895.

Pivstmts a map showing the (listribution of artesian wells, and also four cross sections of the ngion. Desorilns the character and distribution of the Pleistocene, Tertiary, and Cretaceous strata, and discusses the conditions affecting subterranean waters. Gives the records of many well borings in the region.

1310 and Kemp (J. F.). A newly discovered dike at Dewitt,

near Syracuse, New York. Geological notes by N. H. Darton. Petrographic description by J. F. Kemp.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlix, pp. 456-462, 1895.

(Jeol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. vi, pp. 477-478, 1895.

Describes the occurrence of the dike in the Salina formation. Refers to the previous descriptions of this dike rock and describes its graphic characters. Presents a table showing its chemical analysis, and of from Syracuse and mic*a- peridot ite from Kentucky. Gives the recortls of various wells, showing the thickness of sedimentary strata through which the dike must have penetrated.

1311 Darton (Nelson Horatio). Preliminary report on artesian waters

of a portion of the Dakotas.

IT. S. Geol Surv., 17th Ann. Kept., I*t, II, 89 pp., pis. Ixix-cvii, figs. 5()-65, 1896.

Describes the extent, occurrence, composition, and origin of artesian waters of the several counties of the reon.

1312 ('catalogue and index of contributions to North American

geology, 1732-1891. U. S. Geol. Sur\'., Bull. No. 127,.?045pp., 1896. Contains an author's list of titles of papers arranged chronologically under each author and a subject index.

1313 Artesian well prospects in the Atlantic Coastal Plain region.

U. S. Geol. Sur\\, Bull. No. 138, 228 pp., 19 pis., 1896.

Gives the results of investigations of artesian well prospects in portions of the Middle and South Atlantic States, including records of well borings, and notes on the general geology of the region and on the Cretaceous and Tertiary deposits.

1314 Xomini folio, Maryland and Virginia.

U. 8. Geol. Surv., (ieol. Atlas of V. S., folio No. 23, 1896.

Describes the physiography, lithologic character and succession of the Pleistocene and Tertiary fonnations, the geologic history of tbe Coastal Plain, and the occurrence of marl and clay. Includes topographic, geologic, and the artesian well maps.

1315 Franklin folio, Virginia and West Virginia.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio No. 32, 1896.

Describes the geographic and features of the region, the character and distribution of the Silurian, Devonian, and Carlmniferous rocks, the geologic structure, and the occurrence of iron, and the characters of the soils.

wKr.Ks] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOOY, AND MINEKALOOY. 159

l;Ji<> Darton (Nelson Jlomtio). Examples of stream robbing in the Catskill Mountains [New York].

(ieol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. vii, pp. pi. 23, % 1, \Hm. Ot*si'ribt'H tin* phenomena and jjivea a map and vntan Heetion of the region.

1;S1T Notes on relations of lower members of the Coastal Plain

series in South Carolina.

Geol. Am., Hull., vol. vii, pp. 512-518, fig. 2, 1H96.

Dewribe the oecnrrenee of the Potomac format overlying the crvptalline roeks and mentionn the (character and thiekne.Mri of the other formations of the Coastal Plain wriea in thin region.

1818 and Taff (Joseph A.). Piedmont folio, West Virginia and

Maryland.

U. 8. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio No. -28, 1896.

Describes the physiographic and drainage feature, the charact4r and distribution of Silurian, Devonian, and rocks, the geologic structure and the occurrence of coal, iron, and buildingstones. Includes geologic, and structure 8€H*tion maps and a sheet of columnar sections.

a

1819 Darton (Nelson Horatio). New developments in boring and irri-

gation in eastern South Dakota.

U. S.Geol. Surv., 18th Ann. Rept, Pt. IV, pp. 567-615, pis. xxxviii-xl vii, figs. 78-a5, 1897.

Describes the progress of well sinking, the extent of the artesian basin, and the irrigation by artesian waters in 189().

1320 Preliminary report on artesian waters of a portion of the

Dakotas.

Review by J. E. Am. Geol., vol. xix, pi>. 274-276, 1S*I7.

1321 Preliminary geologieal map of Albany County [New York].

N. Y., loth Ann. Rept. State (Geologist, vol. i, 1897.

1322 A preliminary description of the faulted region of Herkimer,

Fulton, Montgomery, and counties [New York].

N. Y., 14th Ann. Rept. State Geologist, pp. ,S3-53, pis. 1-9, 12 figs., 1897; N. Y. State Mus., 48th Ann. Rept, vol. ii, pp. 33-58, pis. 1-9, 12 figs., 1897; Review by Stuart Weller, Jour. Geol., vol. vi, p. 205 (J p.),

Describes the faults of the region and the occurrence of the crystalline, Cambrian, and Ordovician rocks.

1323 Underground waters of a portion of southeastern Nebraska.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Water Supply and Irrigation Papers, No. 12, 53 pp., pie. i-xxi, figs. 1-14, 1898.

Describes the occurrence and character of the Carboniferous, Cretaceous, Tertiary, Pleistocene and Recent formations of the region, and the artesian wells and water supply.

160 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1324 Darton (Nelson Horatio). Discovery of marine Cretaceous in

boring at Norfolk, Virginia.

Abstracts: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., voL ix, pp. 414-416; Science, new ser., vol. vii, p. 52 (8 I.), 1898.

Describes the materials from the borings and gives a list of the fossils.

1325 Geothemial data from deep artesian wells in the Dakotas.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. v, pp. 161-168, 2 figs., 1898. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. vii, p. 84 (J p.), 1898. Presents data regarding the temperature of underground waters.

132r Tertiary of South Dakota and Nebraska.

Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. vii, p. 359 (J p.), 1898.

Summary of paper read before the Cieological Society of Washington.

1327 and Keith (Arthur). On dikes of felsophyre and basalt in

Paleozoic rocks in central Appalachian Virginia.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. vi, pp. 305-315, 1 fig., 1898. the occurrence and character of the dikes and includes petrographic notes on the dike rocks.

1328 Darton (Nelson Horatio). Preliminary report on the geology

and water resources of Nebraska west of the one hundred and third meridian.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 19th Ann. Kept., Pt. IV, pp. 719-785, pis. Ixxivcxviii, figs. 208-230, 1899.

Describes the physiography, the character and occurrence of the Pleistocene, Tertiary, and Cretaceous strata and of the underground waters.

1329 The bad lands of South Dakota.

Nat. (Jeog. Mag., vol. x, pp. 339-343, 3 pis., 1899. Describes the general geologic and physiographic features of the region.

1330 Fossil fish in Jurassic of Black Hills.

Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, p. 93 (4 1.), 1899; Science, new ser., vol. ix, p. 103 (7 1.), 1899.

1381 Mesozoic stratigraphy in southwestern Black Hills.

Abstratrts: Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, p. 94 (J p.), 1899; Science, new ser., vol. ix, p. 103 (J p.), 1899.

1332 Relations of Tertiary formations in western Nebraska

region.

Abstracts: Am. GeoL, vol. xxiii, p. 94 p.)i 1899; Science, new ser., vol. ix, p. 103 (51.), 1899.

1333 Shore line of Tertiary lakes on slope of the Black Hills.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, p. 94 (9 L), 1899; Science, new ser.. voLix, p. 1.), 1899.

WWEK8.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. It5l

1334 Darton (Nelson Horatio), Clarke (F. W.) and. Hydromica from New Jersey. See Clarke (F. W.) and Darton (N. H.), No. 929.

1336 Darton (Nelson Horatio). Monterey folio, Virginia- West Vir-

ginia.

U. 8. Geol. Surv., Geol. A4;la8 of U. S., folio No. 61, 1899.

Describes the geography and drainage features of the ron, the general sequence of the sedimentary rocks, the character and occurrence of the Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous strata and the igneous rocks, the geologic structure, and the mineral resources of the region, accompanied by topographic, geologic, and stractore section maps and columnar sections.

1886 Physiographic development of the Black Hills.

Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. xi, p. 825, 1900.

1336a Physiographic development of the Washington region

[District of Columbia].

Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. xi, p. 100 (J p.), 1900.

1386} Tertiary shore lines and deposits in the Black Hills [South

Dakota].

Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. xi, p. 144 (i p.), 1900.

1836c; Mesozoic stratigraphy of the Black Hills of South Dakota.

Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. xi, p. 143 (J p.), 1900.

1337 Danbre (M.). Recherches exp6rimentales sur le r61e possible

des gaz a hautes temperatures, dous de tres fortes pressions et animus d'un mouvement fort rapide, dans divers ph-

nomnes gologiques.

Soc. Gl. de France, Bull., 3d ser., vol. xix, pp. 313-354, 1892.

In referring to the relative altitude of volcanoes and their distribution, reference is made to those occurring in western North America.

1338 Davidson (A. D.), Weller (S.) and. Petalocrinus mirabilis n.

sp., and a new American fauna. See Weller (S.) and Davidson (A. D.), No. 5978.

1339 Davidson (George). The submerged valleys of the coast of Cali-

fornia, U. S. A., and of Lower California, Mexico.

Cal. Acad. Sci., Proc. Geol., 3d ser., vol. i, No. 2, pp. 73-103, pis. iv-xii,

Review by W. S. T. Smith, Jour. Geol., vol. v, pp. 533-534, 1897.

Describes the submerged valleys of the coast of California and presents a number of contour maps of the coast line.

1340 Davidson (Walter B. M.). Florida phosphates: Origin of the

bowlder phosphates of the Withlacoochee River district.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. liii, p. 42 (correspondence), 1892. Reviews the paper by N. A. Pratt on the same subject

Bull. 188—01 11

162 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1341 Davidson (Walter B. M.). The present formation of phosphatic

concretions in deep-sea deposits.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. liii, pp. 499-500, 1892.

Gives the results of the Challenger expedition in this connection and quotes from the published report.

1342 Notes on the geological occurrence of phosphate of lime in

the United States and Canada.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 139-157, 1893.

Describes the occurrence of apatite in gneiss in Canada and the phosphate deposits of South Carolina and Florida, and discusses their geologic occurrence and origin.

1343 Davis (Charles A.). A contribution to the natural history of

marl.

Jour. Geol., vol. viii, pp. 485-497, 1900.

Discusses the eudences that certain fresh-water algse are active agents in precipitating lime and in the formation of marls.

1344 A remarkable marl lake.

Jour. Geol., vol. viii, pp. 498-503, 1900.

Describes the character of a marl lake in Michigan and the occurrence of fresh-water algse.

1345 Davis (Floyd). The coal supplies of Polk County, Iowa.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. lix, pp. 149-150, 1895.

Describes the character and distribution of coal beds in this county.

1346 Davis (H. J.). Modification in the Jonathan Creek drainage

basin [Ohio].

Denison Univ., Sci. Lab., Bull., vol. xi, art. viii, pp. 163-165, pis. xxvxxvi, 1899.

Describes the physiographic features of the region.

1347 Davis (William Morris). The Catskill delta in the post-Glacial

Hudson estuary.

' Boston Soc. Nat Hist, Proc., vol. xxv, pp. .318-335, 1892.

Abstract: Jour. Geol., vol. i, pp. 97-98, 1893.

Gives a sketch of the history of the Hudson River Valley and describes the glacial deposits of the region.

1348 Supplementary note: On the drainage of the Pennsylvania

Appalachians.

Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. xxv, pp. 41R-420, 1892. Refers to a previous postulate of the author employed in his discussion of the rivers and valleys of Pennsylvania.

1349 The sub-Glacial origin of certain eskers.

Boston Soc. Nat. Hist, Proc, vol. xxv, pp. 477-499, 1892.

Abstract: Jour. Geol., vol. i, pp. 95-96, 1893.

Discusses the relation of climate to the results of erosion processes and the origin and deposition of certain eskers in Massachusetts. Concludes that they were formed during the closing stage of the last Glacial epoch, and that their present form and structure indicate their sub-Glacial origin.

if

Weeks.] Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 163

1350 Davis (William Morris). The Loup rivers in Nebraska.

Science, vol. xix, pp. 107-108 and 220-221 (correspondence), 1892. on an article on the same subject by L. E. Hicks.

1351 The lost volcanoes of Connecticut.

Pop. Sci. Mo., vol. xl, pp. 221-235, 1892.

Describes the occurrence of lava ash beds in Connecticut and discusses the evidences indicating the location of the volcano from which they were derived.

1352 [Remarks on drumlins.]

Bost Soc. Nat Hist., Proc., vol. xxvi, pp. 17-23, 1893. Reviews the paper by W. Upham on the Origin of drumlins.'*

1353 The Osage River and the Ozark uplift.

Science, vol. xxii, pp. 276-279 (correspondence), 1893. Reviews a previous article on the subject by Arthur Winslow and discusses the evidence bearing on the question.

1354 Facetted pebbles on Cape Cod, Massachusetts.

Host Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. xxvi, pp. 166-175, pis. i-ii, 1893.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xiii, pp. 146-147, 1894.

Describee the occurrence of these pebbles on Cape Cod and discusses the evidences indicating that the beds in which they are found are subaerial deposits. Discusses the relation of facetting to rock structure and the post-Glacial changes of level in this region.

1355 [Correlation of clastic rocks.]

Int. Cong. Geol., Compte Rendu, 5th session, p. 166 (i p.), 1893. Remarks on the correlation of rocks as indicated by degradation processes.

1356 Physical geography in the university.

Jour. Geol., vol. ii, pp. 66-100, 1894.

Presents the plan of the author's course in physical geography.

1357 and Oriswold (L. S.). Eastern boundary of the Connecticut Triassic.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. v, pp. 515-530, 1894.

Abstracts: Jour. Geol., vol. ii, pp. 644-645, 1894; Am. Geol., vol. xiii, pp. 145-146, 1894; Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvii, pp. 136-137, 1894.

Describes the geologic history of the region and discusses the general characteristics of faults. Discusses the evidences of faulting along the boundary of the Connecticut Triassic and gives the authors' conclusions.

1368 Davis (William Morris). The ancient outlet of Lake Michigan.

Pop. Sci. Monthly, vol. xlvi, pp. 217-229, 1895.

Reviews previous descriptions of the Glacial history of the Great Lakes region and describes the glacial phenomena of the country adjacent to Lake Michigan in Illinois.

1359 The quarries in the lava beds at Meriden, Conn.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. i, pp. 1-13, figs. 1-3, 1896. Describes the several beds of the quarries and discusses the evidences of the tilting and faulting that has taken place.

164 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1360 Davis (William Morris). Bearing of physiography on uniformi-

tarianism.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. vii, pp. 8-11, 1896. Discusses the origin and development of land forms in their bearing on the principles of uniformitarianism.

1361 Plains of marine and subaerial denudation.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. vii, pp. 378-398, 1896.

Refers to the English and American authorities as to the origin of broad plains of denudation. Reviews the arguments and discusses the results of marine and of subaerial denudation.

1362 The outline of Cape Cod [Massachusetts].

Am. Acad. Arts and Sci., Proc, vol. xxxi, pp. 303-332, 1896. Reviews previous descriptions of Cape Cod and discusses its origin and development.

1363 The physical geography of southern New England.

Nat. Geog. 8oc., Mon., vol. i. No. 9, pp. 269-304, figs. 1-7, 1895. Describes the upland region and ite valleys and the Glacial invasion and coast line of the region.

1364 The Triassic formation of Connecticut.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 18th Ann. Rept., Pt. II, pp. 9-192, pis. i-xx, figs. 1-52, 1898.

Describes the deposition, character, and occurrence of the Triassic strata, the occurrence and character of the igneous rocks, and the deformation and denudation of the region.

1365 Physiography [portions of New England].

Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Anniversary Meeting, Guide to localities illustrating the geology, marine zoology, and of the vicinity of Boston. Edited by A. W. Grabau and J. E. Woodman, pp. 1-7, 9 figs., Salem, Mass., 1898.

Describes the physiographic features of the uplands of southern New England, the coastal plain of Maine, and the Meriden district of the Connecticut Valley. Gives a list of papers on the physiography of the

1366 [Review of ' ' Topographic atlas of the United — physiographic types," by Henry Gannett.]

Jour. Geol., vol. vi, pp. 431-433, 1898. Science, new ser., vol. vii, p. 766, 1898.

1367 [Review of ''Geology of the St. Croix Dalles," by C. P.

Berkey.]

Science, new ser., vol. vii, p. 57 (J p.), 1898. .

1368 The grading of mountain slopes.

Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. vii, p. 81 (J p.), 1898.

1369 [Review of "The physical geography of New York," by

R. S. Tarr.]

Science, new ser., vol. vii, pp. 124-125, 1898.

It

Wmm] Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 165

1370 Davis (William Morris). [Review of *'The topography of Mex-

ico," by H. M. Wilson.]

Science, new ser., vol. vii, p. 125 p.), 1898.

1371 [Review of Some pre-Glacial drainage features of southern

Ohio," by W. G. Tight.]

Science, new ser., vol. vii, p. 203 (J p.), 1898.

1372 [Review of ''Great changes of level in Mexico and the interoceanic connections," by J. W. Spencer.]

Science, new ser., vol. vii, p. 203 (J p.), 1898.

1373 [Review of " Mountain structures of Pennsylvania," by A. P.

Chittenden.]

Science, new ser., vol. vii, p. 203 (J p.), 1898.

1374 [Review of "Cote sans Dessein and Grand Tower," by C. F.

Marbut.]

Science, new ser., vol. vii, p. 273 (J p.), 1898.

1375 [Review of ''Artesian well prospects in the Atlantic coastal

plain region," by N. H. Darton.]

Science, new Her., vol. vii, pp. 273-274 (i p. ), 1898.

137G [Review of "Waterfall lakes in central New York," by E. C.

Quereau.]

S(!ience, new vol. vii, pp. 489-490, 1898.

1377 [Review of "A geological reconnaissance of the coal fields

of the Indian Territory," by N. F. Drake.]

Science, new ser., vol. vii, p. 561 (J p.), 1898.

1378 [Review of "Submerged valleys of the coast of California,

U. S. A.," by George Davidson.]

Science, new ser., vol. vii, p. 562, 1898.

1379 [Review of ' ' Water resources o£Jndiana and Ohio, " by Frank

Leverett.]

Science, new ser., vol. vii, pp. 562-563, 1898.

1380 [Review of "Origin of the gorge of the Whirlpool Rapids

at Niagara," by F. B. Taylor.]

Science, new ser., vol. vii, p. 627 (i p.), 1898.

1381 [Review of "Drift phenomena of Puget Sound," by Bailey

Willis.]

Science, new ser., vol. vii, pp. 704-705 (J p.), 1898,

1382 [Review of "The physical geography of New Jersey," by

R. D. Salisbury.]

Science, new ser., vol. vii, pp. 765-766 (4 p.), 1898.

166 BIBLIOGBAPHY OF NORTH AMEBIC AN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1383 Davis (William Morris). [Review of "Geology of Yukon gold

district, Alaska," by J. E. Spurr and H. B. Goodrich.]

Science, new ser., vol. vii, p. 850 (J p.) 1898.

1384 [Review of ''The physical geography of Worcester, Massachusetts," by J. H. Perry.]

Science, new ser., vol. vii, pp. 850-851 (J p.), 1898.

13S5 [Review of "Late formations and great changes of level in

Jamaica," by J. W. Spencer.]

Science, new ser., vol. vii, p. 851 (J p.), 1898.

1380 [Geology and .its relations to topography.]

Am. Soc. Civil Engrs., Trans., vol. xxxix, pp. 86-88, 1898. In discuaeion of paper by John C. Branner on the same subject

1387 The peneplain.

Am. Geo!., vol. xxiii, pp. 207-239, pi. vii, 1899.

Discusses evidences on the existence of peneplains.

1388 Glacial erosion in France, Switzerland, and Norway.

Boat. Soc. Nat. Hist., IVoc., vol. xxix, No. 14, pp. 273-322, pis. i-iii, figs. 1-7, 1900.

Includes discussion of Glacial phenomena in portions of the United States.

1389 The fi*esh-water Tertiaiy formations of the Rocky Mountain region.

Am. Acad. Arts and Sci., Proc., vol. ,'pp. 345-373, 1900.

Reviews: Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. ix, pp. 387-388; Jour. Geol., vol. viii, pp. 379-383, 1900.

Reviews the literature regarding these formations and discusses their origin and mode of formation.

1390 Notes on the Colorado Canyon district.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. x, pp. 251-259, 1 fig., 1900. Discusses the physiographic and dynamic history of the region.

1391 Fault scai-p in the Lepini Mountains, Italy.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. xi, pp. 207-216, pis. 18-19, 1900. Science, new ser., vol. xi, pp. 101-102, 1900.

1392 [In discussion of paper by A. P. Brigham on "Glacial erosion in the Aar Valley."]

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. xi, pp. 590-591, 1900.

1393 Continental deposits of the Rocky Mountain region.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol xi, pp. 596-601, 603-604, 1900.

Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. xi, p. 144 (i p.), 1900.

Reviews previous descriptions of Tertiary lakes in the region, describes their formation, and discusses the lacustrine and fluviatile theories of their origin.

WMKs.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETBOLOGY, AND MNEBALOGY. 167

1394 Davis (William Morris). [In discussion of paper by Aug. F. Foerste on ''Further studies on the history of the Cincincinnati anticline.'']

Geol. Soc. Am., Ball., vol. xi, pp. 604-605, 1900.

1895 CuiTent notes on physiography.

Science, new ser., vol. xi, pp. 34-35, 1900.

Contains notes on glaciated sculpture in western New York and notes on glaciated valleys in portions of Europe.

1396 Current notes on physiography.

Science, new ser., vol. xi, pp. 73-74, 1900.

Contains notes on the Crystal Falls iron region of Michigan and on water power in North Carolina.

1396 a Physiographic terminology, with special reference to land

forms. Science, new ser., vol. xi, p. 99 (J p.), 1900.

1397 Current notes on physiography.

Science, new ser., vol. xi, pp. 154-156, 1900.

Contains notes on the physiography of the Chattanooga district, on river spacing and regional beveling, on the ancient plain on which rent the Cambrian sandstones of Colorado, and on the evolution of the Ural Mountains.

1398 Current notes on physiography.

Science, new ser., vol. xi, pp. 314-315, 1900.

Contains notes on western Nebraska, on the reports of the Commissions on the Mississippi and Missouri rivers, on the glacial lake outlet in Michigan, and on the paper regarding the geography of Chicago and its environs.

1399 The conditions of formations of conglomerates, and criteria

for distinguishing between lacustrine and fluviatile beds. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. xi, pp. 429-430, 1900.

1400 Current notes on physiography.

Science, new ser., vol. xi, pp. 433-435, 1900.

Beviews a paper on the deflection of rivers by sand reefs.

1401 Current notes on physiography.

Science, new ser., vol. xi, pp. 515-516, 1900. Contains notes on the lowan drift.

1402 Current notes on physiography.

Science, new ser., vol. xi, pp. 591-592, 1900. Contains notes on glacial lakes in western New York.

1403 Current notes on physiography.

Science, new ser., vol. xi, pp. 671-672, 1900. Contains notes on Porto Bico.

168 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NOftTH AMEBlCAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1404 Davis (William Morris). Current notes on physiography.

Science, new ser., vol. xi, pp. 75754, 1900.

Contains notes on the report of the Mexican Iwundary commission and on the glaciation of the Sierra Costa Ranfe.

1405 Current notes on physiography.

Science, new ser., vol. xi, pp. 790-791, 1900.

Contains notes on shore-line topography and on the shore forms on the Bras d*Or lakes of Cape Breton Island.

1406 Current notes on physiography.

Science, new ser., vol. xi, pp. 870-871, 1900.

Contains notes on the diversion of the Yellowstone River.

1407 Current notes on physiography.

Science, new ser., vol. xi, pp. 956-957, 1900.

Contains notes on a paper by Cleveland Abbe on the physiography of ' Maryland.

1408 Current notes on physiography.

Science, new ser., vol. xi, pp. 1032-1033, 1900.

Contains notes on H. M. Wilson's paper on a dictionary of topographic terms and Todd on moraines of southeastern South Dakota.

1409 The physical geography of the lands.

Pop. Sci. Mo., vol. Ivii, pp. 157-170, 1900.

Reviews the development of the study of physical geography.

1410 Davison (Charles). Methods of studying earthquakes.

Jour. GeoL, vol. viii, pp. 301-308, fig. 1-2, 1900.

1411 Davison (John M.). Wardite; a new hydrous basic phosphate

of alumina.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. ii, pp. 154-155, 1896. Describes the chemical and physical (!characters of an encrustation on decomposed massive variscite.

1412 Platinum and iridium in meteoric iron.

Am. Jour, Sci., 4th ser., vol. vii, p. 4, 1899. Review: Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, p. 327 (9 1.), 1899.

1413 Dawson (George M.). Note on the distribution of the upturned

Cretaceous beds of British America.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 413-435 (correspondence), 1892.

Describes the divisions of the Cordilleran belt in British America, with a brief reference to the distribution and structure of the Cretaceous strata.

1414 Notes on the geology of Middleton Island, Alaska.

Geol. Soc. Am,, Bull., vol. iv, pp. 427-431, 1893.

Abstract: Can. Rec. Sci., vol. vi, p, 58 p.), 1894.

Describes some specimens of bowlder clay and other material collected on this island, including a few fossil shells, and concludes that the material is of Pleistocene age and referable to the Glacial period.

wKfi.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETKOLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 169

1415 DaWBon (George M.). Geological notes on some of the coasts and Islands of Bering Sea and vicinity.

Geol Soc. Am., Bull., vol. v, pp. 117-146, 1894.

Abstracts: Am. Jour., Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvii, p. 136 (J p.), 1894; Am. Geol., vol. xiii, p. 137 (J p.), 1894.

Contains notes on the topography and geology of the of Bering Sea.

1416 Notes on the occurrence of mammoth remains in the Yukon

district of Canada and Alaska.

Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 1, pp. 1-8, 1894.

Abstract: Can. Rec. Sci., vol. vi, p. 59 (f p.), 1894.

Gives a historical sketch of the discoveries of mammoth remains in this region. Describes the unglaciated area in Alaska in which these remains occur and the Cordilleran glacier. Discusses the evidences of elevation and subsidence.

1417 Volcanic rocks of the Huronian.

Science, vol. xxiii, p. 50, 1894.

Brief note on the occurrence of volcanic rocks in the vicinity of the Lake of the Woods.

1418 Inter-Glacial climatic conditions.

Am. Geol., vol. xvi, pp. 65-66, 1895.

Discusses the evidence of the plant remains found at Toronto, Ontario, in its bearing on the question of inter-Glacial climatic conditions.

1419 Note on the Glacial deposits of southwestern Alberta.

Jour. Geol., vol. iii, pp. 507-511, 1895.

Discusses the relations of the drift from the Laurentian area with drift along the eastern slopes of the Rocky Mountains.

1420 Note on the amount of elevation which has taken place along

the Rocky Mountain range in British America since the close of the Cretaceous period. [Reply to a letter from J. D. Dana.]

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlix, pp. 463-465, 1895.

f Describes briefly the infolding of the Cretaceous rocks with the Paleo-

zoic in the Rocky Mountains. Considers that the amount of elevation

varied in different localities, and that 32,000 to 35,000 feet is a minimum

estimate of the greatest elevation for the region. Discusses the evidences of movement in Eocene and Miocene times.

1421 Summary report on the operations of the Geological Survey

for the year 1894 [Canada].

Canada Geol. Surv., new ser., vol. vii, Rept. A, 123 pp., 1896.

Gives a brief description of the field work in 1894 on the Tar sands of Athabasca, the cinnabar and gold ore deposits of British Columbia, reconnaissance surveys in the Northwest Territory, the Archean rocks of Ontario, the Ordovician rocks of Quebec and adjacent regions, reconnaissance surveys in the Northeast Territory, the Pleintocene and Gla cial phenomena of New Brunswick, and the Triassic, Carboniferous,

Devonian, and Silurian rocks of Nova Scotia.

170 BIBLIOGBAPHY OF NORTH AMEBIOAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1422 Dawson (George M.). Report on the area of the Kamloops

map-sheet, British Columbia.

Canada Geol. Surv., new ser., vol. vii, Kept. B, 427 pp., 7 pis., 1896.

Describes the physiography of the region and presents a table showing the nomenclature, lithologic character, and thickness of the Cambrian, Carboniferous, Jura-Trias, Cretaceous, and Tertiary series, and a comparative table of formations of the eastern border of the Rocky Mountains, in Selkirk range, and on the western side of the Rockies. Describes the distribution and relations of each of these formations. Gives an account of the Glacial phenomena and of the occurrence of gold, cinnabar, iron, copper, coal, and building stones.

1423 (with the collaboration of R. G. McConnell.) Glacial

deposits of southwestern Alberta in the vicinity of the Rocky Mountains.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. vii, pp. 31-66, pi. i, figs. 1-5, 1896.

Describes th physiography of the region and gives a summary of previous observations and sections on Belly and Oldman rivers. Describes the distribution of material derived from the Rocky Mountain and Laurentian glaciers. Includes a summary and discussion of results.

1423a Summary report of the operations of the Geological Survey for the year 1895. Can. Geol. Surv., new ser., vol. viii, pp. 3A-154A, 1897.

1424 [Review of "Genesis of Lake Agassiz," by J. B. Tyri'ell.]

Jour. Geol., vol. v, pp. 78-81, 1897.

1425 Are the bowlder clays of the Great. Plains marine?

Jour. Geol. vol. v, pp. 257-262, 1897.

Describes the occurrence of Cretaceous marine organisms in the bowlder clays of the Great Plains in British Columbia. Gives a list of the fossils determined by Mr. Joseph Wright.

1426 Opening address. Section C, British Association for the

Advancement of Science, 1897.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept. 1897, pp. 628-640, 1897; Nature, vol. Ivi, pp. 396-401, 1897; Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. xliv, pp. 18089-18090, 1897.

Discusses the relations of the pre-Cambrian rocks of Canada and other parts of North America.

1427 The physical geography and geology of Canada.

Toronto, 48 pp., 1897.

Gives a general outline of the physiography and geologic features of Canada.

1428 Summary report of the Geological Survey department for

the year 1896 [Canada].

Canada Geol. Surv., new ser., vol. ix, Rept A, 144 pp., 1898. Gives a summary of the oflBce and field work of the survey.

WEEKS.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINEBALOGY. l7l

1429 DaWBon (George M.) Summary report of the geological survey

department [Canada] for the year 1897.

Can. GreoL Surv., new sen, vol. x, Rept. A, 156 pp. and map, 1898.

Contains a general summary of the operations of the survey and of the annual reports of the several geologists.

1430 Summary report of the geological survey department

[Canada] for the year 1898.

Can. Geol. Surv., 208 pp., 1899.

Review: Am. Gol., vol. xxiii, pp. 384-385, 1899.

1431 The coals of the Canadian northwest and Rocky Mountain

region.

The Mineral Industry for 1898, vol. vii, pp. 198-201, 1899. Describes occurrence and distribution.

1432 A remarkable landslip on the Riviere Blanche, Port Neuf

County, Quebec.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. xxiii p. 103 (i p.) ; Science, new ser., vol. ix, p. 1.), 1899.

1433 Duplication of geologic formation names.

Science, new ser., vol. ix, pp. 592-593, 1899. Discusses use of the name Cache Creek formation.

1433a Economic minerals of Canada.

Paris International Exhibition, 1900. Printed by direction of the Canadian commission for the exhibition, 54 pp., 1900. (Not seen.)

1434 Daw8oh (J. William). On the correlation of early Cretaceous

floras in Canada and the United States, and on some new plants of this period.

Can. Roy. Soc., Trans., vol. x, sec. iv, pp. 79-93, 1892.

Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci., ser., vol. xlv, p. 439 (i p.), 1893.

Gives a summary of geologic knowledge concerning rocks of Cretaceous age. Describes some species of the Kootenai formation and states that they represent Lower Cretaceous facies, an indication that the Kootenai belongs to the lowest portion of the Cretaceous.

1435 Geological notes.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. v, pp. 386-393, 1892.

Reviews the recent literature bearing on the classification of the oldest rocks and some recent papers on Glacial phenomena. Mentions the discovery of fish remains in the Siluro-Cambrian of Colorado.

1436 On new species of Cretaceous plants from Vancouver Island.

Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. and Trans., vol. xi, sec. iv, pp. 53-73, pis. v-xiv, 1893.

Contains a statement concerning the locality where the collections were made and a description of the plant remains found.

1437 Note on fossil sponges from the Quebec group (Lower

Cambro-Silurian) at Little Metis, Canada.

Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 409-410, 1893.

172 BIBLIOGBAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1438 Dawson (J. William) and Penhallow (D. P.). Parka decipiens.

Can. Roy. Soc., Trans., vol. ix, sec. iv, pp. 3-16, 1892. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. ix, p. 341, 1892.

Gives a historical and geologic sketch of the fossil and the microscopical and botanical results of a study of the specimens.

1439 Dawson (J. William). Preliminary note on recent discoveries

of batrachians and other air-breathers in the coal formation of Nova Scotia.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. vi, pp. 1-7, 1894.

Abetratt: Am. Geol., vol. xiii, p. 137 (i p.), 1894.

Refers to the previous discoveries of animal remains in the coal beds of South Joggins. Gives the vertical section of an embedded tree recently found in these deposits, and mentions the fossils found in it.

1440 Our record of Canadian eai*thquakes.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. vi, pp. 8-16, 1894.

Gives a list of publications of the records of Canadian earthquakes prior to 1877, and includes a list and description of earthquakes occurring since that time.

1441 Note on the genus Naiadites, as occurring in the coal formation in Nova Scotia.

Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 1, pp. 435-437, pi. xx, 1894. Describes the occurrence of this genus and its associates in the coaJ deposits of Nova Scotia.

1442 The study of fossil plants.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. v, pp. 2-5, 1894.

Discusses the importance of fossil plants as an aid in determining the geologic age of rocks and climatic conditions.

1443 Some recent discussions in geology'.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. v, pp. 101-116, 1894.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xiii, pp. 135-137, 1894; Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvii, pp. 135-136, 1894.

Discusses the correlation of the Cambrian rocks of North America and Great Britain, the forces that have produced mountain ranges, uniformitarianism, the formation of coal, the relation of vegetation to continental movements, the phenomena of the Glacial period, and post- Pleistocene continental movements.

1444 The Canadian Ice age.

William V. Dawson, Montreal, 1893.

Review: Jour. Geol., vol.ii, pp. 232-235, by T. C. Chamberlin, 1894.

Abstracts: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvii, pp. 146-147 (i p.), 1894; Am. Geol., vol. xiii, pp. 116-121, 1894; Can. Rec. Sci., vol. vi, pp. 113- 115, 1894.

1444 The fossil plants of Canada as tests of climate and age.

Nat. Sci., vol. iv, pp. 177-182, 1894.

Abstract from paper on the Cretaceous plants of Vancouver Island.

] Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 173

1445 DawBon (J. William). Notes on the bivalve shells of the coal formation of Nova Scotia.

CSan. Rec Sci., vol. vi, pp. 117-134 and 167, 1-13, 1894.

Diflcusees the characters of the genus Naiadites and describes fossil shells from the Carboniferous strata of Nova Scotia, including new species.

1446 Synopsis of the air-breathing animals of the Paleozoic in

Canada, up to 1894.

Can. Roy. 8oc. Proc. and Trans., vol. xii, sec. iv, pp. 71-88, 1895.

Reviews the literature on the subject and gives a brief description of the genera of the vertebrata, and a list of the genera and species of Arthropoda. Describes erect trees recently found in the Joggins coal mine. Nova Scotia, and the chanwter of the flora of the Devonian plant-bearing beds at St. John, New Brunswick. Includes suggestions to collectors.

1447 Review of the evidence for the animal nature of Eozoon

canadense.

Geol. Mag. dec. iv, vol. ii, pp. 443-449, 502-506, and 545-550, 1895.

Describes the character of the strata in which Eozoon occurs and discusses the petrographic, chemical, structural, and biologic evidences of its animal nature.

1448 On collections of Tertiary plants from the vicinity of the

city of Vancouver, British Columbia.

Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. and Trans., 2d ser., vol. i, eec. iv, pp. 137-151, pis. iv-viii, 1896.

Discusses the relations of the Tertiary beds of the region, with notes on the fossil plants.

1449 Notes on a specimen of Beluga catodon from the Leda clay,

Montreal. Can. Rec. Sci., vol. vi, pp. 351-354, 1895. Describes the occurrence in Pleistocene rocks.

1450 Review of the evidence for the animal nature of Eozoon canadense.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. vi, pp. 470-479, vol. vii, pp. 62-77, figs. 6-8, 1896. Reviews the literature and discusses the petrologic, chemical, and biologic evidences of the animal nature of Eozoon canadense.

1451 Pre-Cambrian fossils.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol.. vii, pp. 157-162. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept. 1896, pp. 784-785, 1896.

Abstract: Greol. Mag., dec. 4, vol. iii, pp. 513-514, 1896.

Remarks on occurrence of fossils in pre-Cambrian rocks of North America.

174 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1452 DawBon (J. William). Additional notes on fossil sponges and other organic remains from the Quebec group of Little Metis, on the Lower St. Lawrence. With notes on some of the specimens by G. J. Hinde.

Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. and Trans. , 2d eer., vol. ii, sec. iv, pp. 91-121, . i-iv, 1896.

Discusses the nomenclature of the subdivisions of the Quebec group, and describes the geologic features at Little Metis. Gives general remarks on the fossil sponges and descriptions of the species, including several new ones.

1453 Note on cryptozoon and other ancient fossils.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. vii, pp. 203-219, figs. 1-3, 1897.

Gives a review of the knowledge of certain ancient fossils, mainly pre-Cambrian, and describes one new species from the Grand Canyon of the Colorado.

1454 Note on Carboniferous Entomostraca from Nova Scotia, in

the Peter Redpath Museum, determined and described by Prof. T. Rupert Jones, F. R. S. , and Mr. Kirkby .

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. vii, pp. 316-323, figs. 1-9, 1897. Describes and figures a number of species.

1455 On the genus Lepidophloios as illustrated by specimens from

the coal formation of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick.

Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. and Trans., 2d ser., vol. iii, sec iv, pp. 57-78, pis. i-xiv, figs. A-D, 1898.

Describes L. acadianus and L. cliftonensis and discusses the relations with other species and the relations of Lepidophloios to certain other genera.

1456 Note on Lepidophloios cliftonensis.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. ix, p. 416 (101), 1898. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. vii, pp. 79-80 (t p.), 1898.

1457 Addendum to a note of Nova Scotia Carboniferous Entomostraca in number for January, 1897.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. vii, p. 396, g. 10, 1898. Gives figure of Carbonia rankiniana.

1458 Note on an echinoderm collected by Dr. Ami at Bessrers,

Ottawa River, in the Pleistocene (Leda clay).

Ottawa Nat., vol. xiii, pp. 201-202, 1899.

Contains notes on a specimen representing a species of Spatangus or Brissus.

1459 DawBon (William L.). Glacial phenomena in Okanogan County,

Washington.

Am. Geol., vol. xxii, pp. 203-217, 4 figs., 1898.

Describes the physiography and development of the Glacial drainage of the region and the occurrence of terraces and other Glacial phenomena.

wiEM.1 PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 175

Y 1460 Day (David T.). A suggestion as to the origin of Pennsylvania

petroleum.

Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. xxxvi, pp. 112-115, 1897. Discuases a theory suggested by John N. MacGonigle.

1461 Platinum.

U. 8. Geol. Surv., 19th Ann. Kept, Pt. VI, pp. 265-271, 1898. Includes statistics of production and notes on occurrence in California and British Columbia.

t

1462 Mineral Resources of the Antilles, Hawaii, and the

Philippines.

Eng. Mag., vol. xvii, pp. 242-251, 1899.

Gives a general account of the mineral resources of these islands.

1463 The occurrence of fuller's earth in the United States.

Franklm Inst., Jour., vol. cl., pp. 214-223, 1900. Gives general notes on its occurrence.

1464 Notes on the occurrence of platinum in North America.

Mg. and Sci. Press, vol. Ixxxi, p. 158, 1900.

1465 Day (William C). Stone.

U. 8. Geol. Surv., 16th Ann. Kept, pt. iv, pp. 436-510, 1895.

Gives a list of mineral constituents of granite, and a table showing the distribution in the United States of the various classes of granite. Describes the nature and varieties of sandstone and limestone.

1465a The building stones of the United States.

Franklin Inst., Jour., vol. di, pp. 98-115, 1896. Contains notes on the character and occurrence of various building stones.

1466 Stone.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 19th Ann. Rept, Pt. VI (continued), pp. 205-315,

Includes statistics of production, petrographic notes on granite from Barre, Vermont, by Whitman Cross; notes on character and occurrence of New England granites, on California marbles, by E. W. Hilgard and George Madeira, and on West Virginia marbles by George C. Underwood; on the Bangor roofing slates of Pennsylvania, by Mansfield Merriam, and on sandstones from Niles, California, by E. W. Hilgard; a description of the Bedford oolitic limestone of Indiana, by C. E. Siebenthal, and chemical analyses of various building stones.

1467 The coal and pitch coal of the Newport mine [Oregon].

U. S. Geol. Surv., 19th Ann. Kept, Pt. Ill, pp. 370-376, 1899. Discusses the character and origin of certain portions of these coal beds.

1468 See Taflf (J. A.). No. 5291.

1469 Dean (Bashford). Contributions to the anatomy of Dinichthys.

N. Y. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. xii, p. 187, 1894. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xiu, pp. 357-358 (8 1.), 1894.

176 OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1470 Dean (Bashford). A new cladodont from the Ohio Waverly,

Cladoselac'he newberryi n. sp. N. Y. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. xiii, pp. 115-118, pi. 1, 1894. Describee and figures specimens from the sub-Carboniferous of Ohio.

1471 Contributions to the morphology of Cladoselache (Cladodus).

Jour. Morph., vol. ix, pp. 87-114, pi. vii, 1894.

Suggests the name Cladoselache for that of Cladodus for the American form. Discusses the relationships under the different structural characters.

1472 On the vertebral column, fins, and ventral armor of Dinich-

thys. N. Y. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. xv, pp. 157-163, pis. vii-viii, 1896.

1473 Note on the ventral armoring of Dinichthys.

N. Y. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. xvi, pp. 57-61, 1898.

1474 On a new speoies of Edestus, E. lecontei, from Nevada.

N. Y. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. xvi, pp. 61-69, 1898. Describes a new species and discusses ite evidences of the primitive mode of spine formation within the phylum of fishes.

1475 See Newberry (J. S.), No. 4082.

1476 The Devonian lamprey Palseospondylus gunni Traquair,

with notes on the systematic arrangement of the fish-like vertebrates.

N. Y. Acad. Sci., Mem., vol. ii, pt. i, pp. 1-29, pi. i, 1 fig., 1899. Rev., Jour. Geol., vol. viii, pp. 1900.

Reviews the literature reganling Palaeospondylus, describes its character and relations, and discusses its affinities and position.

1477 Dean (George W.) Catalogue of the shell-bearing moUusca of

Portage County, Ohio.

Am. Nat., vol. xxvi, pp. 11-23, 1892.

1478 Deby (J.). The fossil Aulisci of California.

Torrey Bot. Club, Bull., vol. xx, pp. 118-119, 1893. Gives a list of 30 forms from California.

1479 De Kalb (Courtenay). The new gold fields of the Mosquito coast

of Nicaragua.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ivii, pp. 294-295, 1894.

The gold occurs in placers in the Matagalpa Mountains, of small extent but very rich, and in "pockets." The mountains are said to be flanked by Carboniferous limestones overlain by Permian red sandstones and shales which have been covered by diorite flows, and the gold occurs along the contact of the shales and diorite mass.

1480 Onyx marbles.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs. Trans., vol. xxv, pp. 557-569, 1896. Describes the commercial varieties of onyx marbles and their occurrence in different parts of the United States, Mexico, and other countries.

WKKs.] PALEONTOLOOy, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 177

1481 Da Kalb (Courtenay). The onyx marbles.

Stone, vol. xvii, pp. 39705, 1898. Describee the occurrence of onyx marbles.

1482 See Parker (E. W.), No. 4248.

1483 Mines of eastern Ontario.

Ont Bareau of Mines, 9th Ann. Rep., pp. 89-111, 1900. Contains geologic notes on mines.

1484 Derby (Orville A.). On the separation and study of the heavy

accessories of rocks.

Roch. Acad. 8ci., Proc., vol. i, pp. 198-206, 1892.

Aljstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvi, pp. 694-695, 1892.

Describes the apparatus used by the author to separate the mineral constituents of rocks, the method of operation, and its application to the study of rock-forming minerals.

1485 A study in consanguinity of eruptive rocks.

Jour. Geol., vol. i, pp. 597-606, 1893.

Describee the occurrence and character of some eruptive rocks of Brazil.

1486 Constituents of the Caflon Diablo meteorite.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlix, pp. 101-110, 1895.

Describes the results of the several chemical analyses made of the material, and concludes that the mass treated did not contain diamonds or anything remotely suggestive of them.

1487 On the origin of certain siliceous rocks.

Jour. Geol., vol. vi, 366-368, 1898.

Discusses the origin of the Arkansas novaculitei

1487a Origin of monazite.

Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. 1, p. 20904, 1900.

1488 Dewar (R.). The occurrence of gold and silver in galena and

iron pyrites.

Can. Inst, Trans., vol. ii, pt. i, pp. 121-127, 1892. Contains notes on the association of these minerals and on the process of their deposition.

1489 Dickhant (Henry E.). Collecting fossils in the Cincinnati shales.

Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, pp. 335-336, 1899.

Contains notes on the occurrence of fossils in these shales and recommendations as to the best part of the year to collect fossils from this region.

1490 XMener (C). [Classification of Pleistocene deposits.]

Int Cong. GreoL, Compte Rendu, 5th session, p. 197 (4 p.), 1893. Considers that fossil remains are not proof of the nonexistence of gladers in the vicinity in which the fossils occur.

Bull. 188—01 12

178 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1491 Diest (P. H. van). On the artesian wells of Denver.

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc, vol. iv, pp. 1-6, 1891.

Gives a brief summary of the history of the Denver artesian basin, and discusses the evidences which indicate the character and extent of the collecting area, the oscillations of the water level, and the average available supply of artesian water in this basin. Considers that at about 1,500 feet in depth a supply of water can be obtained from the basal sandstones of the Laramie.

1492 Evidence bearing on the formation of ore deposits b}' lateral

secretion.

Colo. Sci. Soi!., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 340-347, 1893. Describes the geology and discusses the origin of the veins and ore deposits of the John Jay mine, Boulder County, Colorado.

1492a See van Diest (E. C.) and (P. H.), Nos. 5676 and 5677.

1493 Diller (Joseph Silas). On a late volcanic eruption in northern

California and its peculiar lava. U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 79. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 265-266 (§ p.), 1892.

1494 Mica-peridotite from Kentucky.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 286-289, 1892. Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, p. 273 (J p.), 1893. Describes the dike in which the specimen occurs and the mineralogic characteristics of the rock.

1495 Lassen Peak sheet.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. map of the U. S., preliminary edition, 1892.

Describes the topography of the area, the character of the metamorphic rocks, the unaltered sedimentaries and igneous rocks. Gives a general sketch of the geologic history of the region and its economic resources. Accompanied by topographic, areal, and economic geologic maps and a sheet illustrating the Cinder Cone.

1496 Geology of the Taylorsville region of California.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 369-394, 1892.

Abstracts: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, p. 330 (i p.), 1892; Am. Geol., vol. X, p. 183 (J p.), 1892.

Reviews the previous work in this region and gives a table stunmarizing the geologic systems represented and their thicknesses. Describes the eruptive action which continued at intervals from the Paleozoic to Pleistocene time, the anticlinal and synclinal structure developed, and the character and displacement of the Taylorsville fault.

1497 " The Tertiary revolution in the topography of the Pacific

coast.

Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, p. 74 (J p.) 13. Paper read before the Geological Society of Washington.

Wiek8.] Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 179

r

1498 Diller (Joseph Silas). Note upon some observations on the aurif-

erous gravels of laeustral origin in the region of TaylorsviUe, Cal.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 398-399 (correHpondence), 1893.

Deecribee the general distribution of the gravels of the region and refers to the existence of a fault, indicating the displacement of the auriferous gravel since its deposition.

1499 Cretaceous and early Tertiary of northern California and

Oregon.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 205-224, 1893. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 119-120 p.), 1893.

Discusses the relation, distribution, and composition of the Shasta- Chico series and gives list of fossils found in the different Hulnli visions of the series. Reviews the evidences of the pre-Cretaceous elevation of the Klamath Mountains and the Sierra Nevada and the inter-Cretaceous- Tertiary upheaval of the former.

1500 Tertiary revolution in the topography of the Pacific coast.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 14th Ann. Rept, pt. 2, pp. 397-434, pis. xl-xJvii, figs. 45-48, 1894; Jour. Geol., vol. ii, pp. 32-4, 1894.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xiii, p. 354 (i p.), 1894.

Describes the topography of the Pacific; coast, the ancient baselevel of erosion in northern California, and the characttir of the deposits u|)on its borders. Discusses the evidence as to the age of the baseleveling, the conditions during Cretaceous, Eocene, and Miocene times, and the deformation of the baselevel.

1501 and Schnchert (Charles). Discovery of Devonian rocky in

California.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvii, pp. 416-422, 1894.

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxviii, p. 796 (J p.), 1894.

Describes the different outcrops of Devonian rocks that liave lieen found in California, with notes on the fossils coUetrted from them, and discusses their correlation with Devonian strata of other regions.

1502 and Stanton (T. W.). The Shasta-Chico series.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., volv, pp. 435-464, 1894.

Abstracts: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvii, p. 141 p.), 1894; Am. Geol., vol. xiii, p. 208 (61.), 1894; Am. Nat., vol. xxviii, p. 1024

► (}p.), 1894.

Reviews the literature of the Cretaceous deposits of the Pacific coast. Describes three sections of the Cretaceous deposits and gives lists of foasils found at different horizons. Discusses the faunal relations of the beds, the deformation during and subsequent to their deposition, and the correlation of the series with the Cretaceous of other parts of North America.

1502a Diller (Joseph Silas). Lassen Peak folio, California.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol Atlas of U. S., folio No. 15, 1895.

Describes the physiography, the character, and occurrence of the

Silurian, Devonian, Jura-Trias, Cretaceous, Tertiary, and

Pleistocene sediments and the igneous rocks, and the geologic structure

of the region. Discusses the recent volcanic activity. Includes topographic and geologic maps.

180 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1502& Diller (Joseph Silas). Mount Shasta, a typical volcano.

Nat Geog. Soc., Mon., vol. i, No. 8, pp. 237-268, figs. 1-7 and map, 1895. Describes forms of eruption and the coulees, cones, varieties of lava, zones of degradation, and glaciers of Mount Shasta.

1503 Diller (Joseph Silas). A geological reconnaissance in northwest-

ern Oregon.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 17th Ann. Rept., Pt. I, pp. 447-520, pis. iv-xvi, figs. 4-17, 1896.

Describes the physiographic features and the character and distribution of the Cretaceous, Tertiary, and Pleistocene deposits of the region and the occurrence and character of the coal veins, iron ores, building stones, and gold.

1504 Crater Lake, Oregon.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th sen, vol. iii, pp. 165-172, pi. v, 1897; Smith. Inst., Ann. Rept. 1897, pp. 36S-379, pis. ii-xvi, 1898. Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. 8, pp. 33-48, pi. i, 7 figs., 1897. Describes the peculiar features of the lake and discusses its origin.

1505 Hornblende-basalt in northern California.

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 253-255, 1897.

Describes the petrographic characters of the material and gives its chemical analysis.

1506 The origin of Camas Swale.

Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. vi, p. 923, 1897.

1507 The educational series of rock specimens collected and distributed by the United States Geological Survey.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 150, 400pp., pis. i-xlvii, figs. 1-18, 1898.

Describes the structural and physical features of rocks, the principal rock-making minerals, and the classification of rocks, with descriptions and chemical analyses of the educational series of rocks distributed by the U. S. Geological Survey.

1508 Roseburg folio, Oregon.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio No. 49, 1898.

Describes the topography, the occurrence of the Jura-Trias (?), Cretaceous, Tertiary, and igneous rocks, and the occurrence of gold, coal, cement, and building stone. Discusses the origin of the topography. Includes topographic and geologic maps.

1509 The Coos Bay coal field, Oregon.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 19th Ann. Rept., Pt. Ill, pp. 309-376, pis. xliii-liv, figs. 17-76, 1899.

Describes the topographic and geologic features of the region and the occurrences and character of the coals.

1510 Origin of Paleotrochis.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol, vii, pp. 337-342, 1899. Review: Am. Geol., vol. xxiv, p. 182 (i p.), 1899. Describes microscopic characters of the material and origin of the Paleotrochis structure.

Wmm.J Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 181

1511 Diller (Joseph Silas). Latest volcanic einiption on the Pacific

coast.

Science, new ser., vol. ix, pp. 639-640, 1899.

Describes material from Mount St. Helen8, Washington.

1512 The educational series of rock specimens collected and distributed by the United States (geological Survey.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, pp. 61-62, 1899.

1513 The Ihemia mininj region of western Oregon, with notes

on the Blue River mining region and on the structure and

age of the Cas<*ade Range.

V. 8. Geol. Sur\'., 20th Ann. Repf., pt. iii, pp. 7-36, fig8. 1-3, 1900.

Review: Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. x, pp. 465-466 (i p.)f 1900.

Describes the general geology of the region and the occurrent*e of gold and silver. Discusses the structure and age of the Cascade Range as indicattnl by the occurrence of certain fossil ])lants.

1514 DTnvimers (E. V.), McCreath (A. S.) and. The Clinch Valley

coal fields.

See McCreath (A. S.) and D'lnvilliers (E. V.), 3843.

1515 D'XnvillierB (E. V.). [Carboniferous system, Pennsylvania.]

Pa. Geol. Surv., Final Rept., vol. iii, pt. 2, pp. 2153-2588, pis. 396-595,

Describes the character and distribution of the Lower Productive measures of Alleghany River coal series in Pennsylvania and the octmrrence of coal in these tels. Includes vertical sections of many mines and names and figures of fossils from this formation.

1516 Smith (A. D. W.), Lesley (J. P.), and. [Carboniferous

formation, Pennsylvania.]

Pa. Geol. Sur\'., Final Rept., vol. iii, pt. i, pp. 1629-2152, pis. 2a5-396, See Lesley (J. P. ), D'Invilliers (K. V. ), and Smith (A. I). W), No. 3468.

1517 DTnvimers (E. V.).

Franklin Inst., Jour., vol. cxlvi, pp. 41-42, 1898. [In discussion of paper by R. Cabrera on "Mineral resources of Cuba.*']

1518 Dixon (Roland B.) and Drew (Charles D.). Observations on the

physiography of western Massachusetts.

Science, new ser., vol. vi, p. 847, 1897.

Describes the slope of the peneplain in this region.

1519 Dodge (R. E,). The geographical development of alluvial river

terraces.

Bost Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. xxvi, pp. 257-273, 1894.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xiv, p. 397 p.), 1894.

Describes the formation of alluvial terraces and plains, the cycle and development of a normal river, and normal, subnormal, and accidental alluvial terraces. Discusses the conditions of terrace formation and gives the author's conclusions.

182 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1520 Dodge (R. E.). Additional species of Pleistocene fossils from

Winthrop, Mass.

Am. Jour. 8ci., ser., vol. xlvii, pp. 100-104, 1894.

Mentions the Species heretofore found in a dnimlin in Boston Harbor, joid also others recently found by the author. Considers that ocean waters were wanner prior and subsequent to the advance of the ice sheet, and discusses the causes of this phenomenon.

1521 phenomena illustrated by ripple marks.

Science, vol. xxii, pp. 38-39, 1894.

ripple marks o(*curring on the coast of Massachusetts, which are comjmred to the formation of a continental shelf similar to that the eastern vosLsi of North America.

1522 Dodge (William W.) and Beecher (Charles E.). On the occur-

rence of Upper Silurian strata near Penobscot Bay, Maine.

Am. Jour. Sci., ser., vol. xliii, pp. 412-418, with map, 1892. DeHcribi8 the formations in this rejnon and gives a list of Clinton and Niagara fossils, with their location.

1523 Domenech (Manuel Victor). [Mineral resources of Porto Rico.]

Mines ami Minerals, vol. xix, pp. 529-532, 1 tig., 1899. occurrence of gold, silver, copper, and iron.

1524 Donald (J. F.). The occurrence of platinum in Canada.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Iv, pp. 81-82, 1893.

Remarks on the (H*currence of platinum in eastern Canada and in British Columbia.

1525 Donald (J. T.). A notable Canadian deposit of chromite.

Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. ii, pp. 25-27, 1899; Can. Mg. Rev., vol. xviii, pp. 40-41, 1899. Contains notes on occurrence. .

1526 Douglas (James). The copper resources of the United States.

8ci. Amer. Suppl., vol. , pp. 14ia'W4186, 1893. I)(scrilH's the copiHr mines of the Ike Superior, Arizona, Montana, and other districts in the United States.

1527 The copper industry' of Arizona.

The Mineral Industry, 1897, pp. 227-232, 1898.

the occurrence of copper in the mines of Arizona.

1528 The Copper Queen mine, Arizona.

Min. and Sci. Press, vol. Ixxix, pp. 432-43.3, 2 figs., 1899.

1529 The Copper Queen mine, Arizona.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxix, pp. 511-546, figs. 1-16, 1900. Review: Zeit. fiir prak. Gwl., pp. 117-118, 1900. the ocx'urrence, character, and relations of the ore bodies and discusses their genesis.

1530 Douglas (Walter). Lake of the Woods, Ontario, gold district

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. lix, p. 152, 1895.

Describes the occurrence of gold quartz veins in this district.

▼Ml PALEONTOLOGY, PETBOLOGY, AND MINEBALOOY. 183

1531 Douglass (Earl). New species of Merycochoerus in MoDtana.

Am. Jour. Sd., 4th ser., vol. x, pp. 428-438, figs. 1-3, 1900. Describes Merycochoerus laticeps, n. sp.

1532 DonviUtf (M. H.). Sur les couches k rudistes du Texas.

8oc. Gl. de France, Bull., 3d ser., vol. xxvi, pp. 387-388, 1898 Discusses the paleontologic evidence of the age of certain suImII visions of the Cretaceous of Texas.

1533 Sur V&ge des couches traverses par le canal de Panama.

8oc G6ol. de France, Bull., 3d ser., vol. xxvi, pp. 587-600, 1898.

1534 DoTKrling (D. B.). Notes on the stratigraphy of the Canibro-

Silurian rocks of eastern Manitoba.

Ottawa Nat, vol. ix, pp. 67-74, 1896.

Describes the lithologic character and succession of Lower Silurian rocks in the vicinity of Lake Winnipeg and gives a sketch map of this lake.

1535 Report on the country in the vicinity of Red Lake, and

part of the basin of Berens River, Keewatin.

Can. Geol. Surv., new ser., vol. vii, Bept. F, 54 pp., 1896. Describes the physiography of the region, the character and tlistribution of the Archean rocks and of the Glm;ial phenomena.

1535a General index to the Reports of Progress [Canada Geological Survey], 1863 to 1884. Can. Geol. Surv., 475 pp., 1900.

1535& Report on the east shore of Lake Winnipeg and adjacent

parts of Manitoba and Keewatin, from notes and surveys of J. Burr Tyrrell.

Can. Geol. Surv., new ser., vol. xi, pt. G, 98 pp., 1900. (Not seen.)

1535 Report on the geology of the wet shore and islands of

I /ike Winnipeg.

Can. Geol. Surv., Ann. Kept., new ser., vol. xi, pt F, 100 pp., 1900. (Not seen. )

1535:? A condensed summary of the field work annually accomplished by the officers of the Geological Survey of Canada

from its commencement to 1S()5. Ottawa Nat., vol. xiv, pp. 107-118, 1900.

1534 . See Tyrrell (J. Burr).

1536 Drake (Noah Fields). Stratigraphy of the Triassic formation of northwest Texas.

Texas Geol. Surv., 3d Ann. Rept., pp. 228-247, 1892. Includes a description of the lithologic and stratigraphic relations of the beds comprising the formation in this region.

184 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [BtTLL.188.

1537 Drake (Noah Fields). Report on the Colorado coal field of Texas.

Texas Geol. Surv., 4th Ann. Kept., pp. 357-446, 1893.

Describes the structural and lithologic characters of the subdivisions of the Cretaceous and Carboniferous formations of the district, the character and extent of the coal seams, and the occurrence of iron ore, clay, and building stones. Illustrated by sections and two maps showing the areal geology and extent of the coal field.

1538 The topography of California.

Jour. Geol., vol. v, pp. 56-578, 1897. Describes the topographic features of the State.

1539 A geological reconnaissance of the coal fields of the Indian

Territoiy.

Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. xxxvi, pp. 226-419, pis. i-ix, 6 figs., 1897; Leland Stanford Univ., Pub., Cont. to Biology, xiv, pp. 226-419, pis. i-ix, 6 figs., 1898; Review by C. R. Keyes, Jour. Geol., vol. vi, pp. 652-658,

Describes the character, occurrence, distribution, and classification of the Coal Measures and the occurrence and character of the coals, and gives lists of fossils collected and description of three new species.

1540 Draper (Marshall). Hahns Peak [Colorado].

Colliery Engineer, vol. xvii, pp. 437-438, 1897. Describes the geologic features of the region and the occurrence of the gold and silver ores.

1541 Dresser (John A.). Petrographical notes on some Archean rocks

from Chelsea, Quebec.

Ottawa Nat, vol. x, pp. 129-133, 1896.

Describes serpentine limestone, gneiss, and olivine diabase.

1542 Geological report and map of the district about Montreal

[Canada].

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. vii, pp. 247-255, 1897.

Gives a summary of a report of the Geological Survey of Canada on this region.

1543 Dresser (Principal). Note on the glaciation of Mount Orford,

P.Q.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. viii, pp. 223-225, 1900.

Discusses evidences of glaciation on summit of this mountain.

1544 DreTKT (Charles D.), Dizon (Roland B.) and. Observations on

the physiography of western Massachusetts. See Dixon (R. B.) and Drew (C. D.), No. 1518.

1545 Dnunmond (A. T.). The physical features of the environs of

Kingston, Ontario, and their history.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. v, pp. 108-117, 1892.

Describes the relations of the Laurentian and Cambrian rocks and the Quaternary beds of this locality.

w

Weeks.] Paleontology, Petkology, And Mineralogy. 185

1546 Diyer (Charles R.). Report upon the geology of Dekalb County, Indiana.

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Hist., 16th Kept., pp. 98-104, 1889. Describes the topographic features and drift deposits of this county.

1547 Report upon the geology of Allen County, Indiana.

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Hist, 16th Kept., pp. 105-130, 1889. Divides the county into six districts and describes the Glacial features

of each. Gives a section exhibited by an artesian well boring, showing the presence of Silurian limestones and shales underneath the driftcovering.

1548 Report upon the geology of Steuben County, Indiana.

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Hist., 17th Rept., pp. 114-134, 1892. Describes the Glacial moraines. and drainage system of the county.

1549 Report upon the geology of Whitley County, Indiana.

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Hist, 17th Kept., pp. 160-170, 1892. Describes the Glacial moraine covering this ron and. the drainage systems.

1550 The geology of Noble County [Ind.].

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Res., 18th Rept, pp. 17-32, 1894. Describes the Glacial deposits of the county and gives the sections displayed by several artesian wells, showing the presence of Devonian

and Silurian strata.

1551 Report upon the geology of Lagrange County [Ind.].

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat Res., 18th Rept, pp. 72-82, 1894. Describes the character and distribution of the Glacial beds of the county.

1552 The drift of the Wabash-Erie region. A summary of

results.

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Res., 18th Rept, pp. 83-90, 1894. Describes the distribution of the moraines and the movements of the ice sheet in this region.

1552a The meanders of the Muscatatuck at Vernon, Indiana.

Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc. for 1898. pp. 270-273, 1 fig., 1899. Discusses the origin of the meandering of this stream.

1553 Diygalski (Erich von). GrOnlands Eis und sein Vorland.

Gronland-expedition der Gesellschaft fiir Prdkunde zn Berlin, Erster band, 556 pp., 44 pis., 54 figs, and 9 maps, 1897.

Describes the physiographic features and Glacial phenomena of portions of Greenland.

1554 Dnden (Hans). Some notes on the black slate or Genesee shale

of New Albany, Ind.

Ind. Dept of Geol. and Nat. Res., 2l8t Ann. Rept, pp. 108-119, pis. ii-iii, 1897. Describes the chemical composition of the slate and the methods of utilizing it. Includes a description of new genera and species of fossil

186 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1554a Dumaifl (F. H.). Quelques apercus sur la geologie du Saguenay.

Le Naturaliste Canadian, 2d eer., vol. vii, pp. 24-25, 42-47, 1900. (Not seen. )

1555 Domble (Edwin T.). Sources of the Texas drift.

Texas Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. i, pp. 11-13, 1892.

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, pp. 269-270 (J p.), 1893.

Describes the lithologic character of the drift of the Rio Grande and Colorado River basins and of eastern Texas, and gives the author's conclusions as to the source of the material.

1556 Volcanic dust in Texas.

Texas Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. i, pp. a3-34, 1892. Describes briefly the geology of the region and the section in which the volcanic dust occurs.

1557 Notes on the geology of the valley of the middle Rio Grande.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 219-230, 1892.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 65-66 (J p.), 1892.

the general topographic and geologic features of the region. The formations represented comprise the Neocene, Eocene, and Cretaceous.

1558 Report on the brown coal and lignite of Texas.

Texas Geol. Surv., 1892, pp. 17-243.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. xi, p. 209, 1893; Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, p. 379 (J p.), 1893.

Describes the origin, formation, and characters of brown coal, the geology of the Texas deposits, and the occurrence and composition of the Tertiary brown coals in the different States, and compares them with European and bituminous coals.

1559 Second report of progress.

Texas Geol. Surv., 2d Rept. of Prog., pp. 7-91, 1892.

Gives an account of the work done on the general and economic geology of the Carboniferous, Cretaceous, and Tertiary sections of the State and includes of the several assistant geologists.

1560 [Report of State Geologist.]

Texas Geol. Surv., 3d Ann. Rept., pp. xvii-lxi, 1892. Gives a summary of the geologic work done during the year and the reports of the assistant geologists.

1561 and Cummins (W. F.). The Double Mountain section.

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 347-351, 1892.

Describes the general features of the region and the character of the Cretatjeous, Triassic, and Permian beils which make up the mountain mass and mentions the fossils found in them.

1562 Domble (Ekiwin T.). Note on the occurrence of grahamite in Texas.

Am. Inst. Min. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 601-605, 1893.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xi, p. 120 (8 1.), 1893.

Describes the geology of the region in which the specimens were found and gives the section of the two matle up of Tertiary strata in which they occur, and chemical analyses.

Vwm.] Paleontology, Peteolooy, And Minebalogy. 187

1563 Dmuble (EMwin T.). Progress of geological surveys in Texas.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Iv, p. 56, 1893.

Remarks on the work and results obtained by the Geological Survey of Tesas in 1892.

1564 Report of the State Geologist for 1892.

Texas Geol. Surv., 4th Ann. Kept., pp. xvii-, 1893.

Includes an account of the work done in 1892, with remarks on the deposits of the Coastal slope and the Colorado coal field, and on the deposits of the precious metals associated with and lead in the Trans-Pecos district.

1665 The Kent section and Gryphaea tucumcarii Marcou.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 309-314, 1893.

Gives the section occurring at this locality in western Texas and a list of fossils found, representing three divisions of the Cretaceous.

1566 and Harris (G. D.). The Galveston deep well.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 38-42, 1893.

Gives the section shown by this well to a <lepth of 3,070 feet and a summary of conclusions drawn from a study of the fossils obtained from the well.

15P7 Doinble (Eklwin T.). The Cenozoic deposits of Texas.

Jour. Geol., vol. ii, pp. 549-567, 1894.

Describes the lithologic character of the Cenozoic deposits ol Texas and gives lists of fossils found at different horizons and localities.

1568 Cretaceous of western Texas and Coahuila, Mexico.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. vi, pp. 375-388, 1895.

Gives a detailed section of the rocks of San Lorenzo, Coahuila. Describes the lithologic characters and names some of the fossils found in the Bosque, Fredericksburg, and Washita divisions of the Lower Cretaceous. the distribution of the Dakota, Colorado, and Montana divisions of the Upper Creta<*eou8 in Texas, (lives a general section of the Montana rocks and a list of fossil <determined bv Mr. T. W. Stanton.

1569 Volcanic dust in Texas.

Science, new ser., vol. i, pp. 657-658 (correspondence), 1895.

Describes the occurrence of volcanic dust in material of which the larger part is formed of diatoms. Refers to the description of volcanic dust by IL W. Turner and quotes from Professor Ctpe as to the geologic age of the deposits from which the volcanic dust was

1570 Some Texas oil horizons.

Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. vi, p. 72 (J p.), 1897. Gives a brief statement as to the different geologic horizons at which oil occurs in this State.

1571 Some Texas oil horizons.

Texas Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. ii, pp. 87-92, 1897.

Describes occurrence in Carboniferous and Cretaceous strata.

188 BIBLIOORAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1572 Dnmble (Eklwin T.). Triassic coal and coke of Sonora, Mexico.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. xi, pp. 10-14, 1900.

Describes the physiography of the region, the general character of the sedimentary and igneous rocks and the occurrence and character of the coal.

1578 — — Notes on the geology of Sonora, Mexico.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxix, pp. 122-152, 1900. the occurrence of Cambrian, Silurian, Devonian, Carboniferous, Jura-Trias, Cretaceous, and Tertiary rocks of the region.

1574 Natural coke of the Santa Clara coal field, Sonora, Mexico.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxix, pp. 546-549, 1900. Describes the general geology of the region and the character, occurrence, and origin of the material.

1575 Dunn (Russell L.). Siskiyou County [California].

Cal. State Min. Bur., 11th Kept, pp. 420-449, 1893. Describes the geologic structure of the Coast Range, with notes on some of the mines of the county.

1576 Trinity County [California].

Cal. State Min. Bur., 11th Rept., pp. 480-484, 1893. Brief general description of the placer deposits.

1577 Auriferous conglomerate in California.

Cal. State Mg. Bureau, 12th Rept., pp. 459-471, with map, 1894.

Describes an auriferous conglomerate of peculiar character occurring in Siskiyou County. Discusses the evidences bearing on its fluviatile origin and on the source of the gold. Compares this deposit with the auriferous conglomerate of South Africa.

1578 The country of the Klondike [Alaska].

Mg. and Sci. Press, vol. Ixxvii, pp. 400, 425-426, 449, 1898. Describes the Glacial features of the region and the occurrence of the gold-bearing rocks and placers.

1579 Dutton (C. E.). On the greater problems of physical geography.

Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, p. 258 (f p.), 1892.

1580 Dwight (A. S.). Notes on Montana sapphires.

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 174-175, 1892. Describes the occurrence of sapphires in the bars of placer gravel and considers that they originally came from a dike.

1581 Dyche (D. T. D.). The crinoid Heterocrinus subcrassus.

Science, vol. xx, p. 66, 1892. DescriU its structural characteristics.

E. 1582 Eakins (L. G.). A new meteorite from Hamblen County, Tenn.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 283-285, 1893. Gives the chemical composition of the metallic and siUceous portions of the meteoric mass.

Weeks] Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 189

I 1583 Eakins (L. G.), Cross (W.) and. A new occurrence of ptilolite.

I See CroflB (W.) and Eakins (L. G.), 1180.

1584 Z3akle (Arthur S.). On some dikes occurring near Lyon Moun-

tain, Clinton CJounty, N. Y.

Am. GeoL, vol. xii, pp. 31-36, 1893.

Describes the location of the dikes, shown on an accompanying map of the region, and the petrographic characters and cliemical composition of the dike rocks.

1585 On allanite crystals from Franklin Furnace, N. J.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvii, pp. 436-439, 1894; N. Y. Acad. 8ci., Trans., vol. xiii, pp. 102-107, 1894.

Abstract: Am. Nat, vol. xxviii, p. 877 (6 1.), 1894.

Describes the crystallographic characters of crystals from the Trotter mine.

1586 Erionite, a new zeolite.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. vi, pp. 66-68; Review, Am. Geol., vol. xxii, p. 378 (J p.), 1898.

Describes the occurrence and chemical character of the material found in a rhyolite tuff from Oregon.

1587 A biotite-tinguaite dike from Manchester by the Sea, Essex

County, Massachusetts.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. vi, pp. 489-492, 1898. Describes the occurrence of the dike and the microscopic and chemical characters of the dike rocks.

1588 Topaz crystals in the mineral collection of the U. S. National

Museum.

U. S. Nat Mus. Proc., vol. xxi, pp. 361-369, 22 figs., 1899. Describes crystallographic characters.

1589 Earle (Charles). Revision of the species of Coryphodon.

Am. Mus. Nat Hist, Bull., vol.iv, pp. 149-166, 1892.

Abstract: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, p. 160 (J p.), 1893.

CJompares the Coryphodon material recently procured from the Wasatch formation in Wyoming with that contained in other collections.

1590 A memoir upon theenus Palaeosyops Leidy and its allies.

Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci., Jour., 2d ser., vol. ix, pp. 267-388, pis. x-xvii,

Describes the geologic succession, distribution, and characters of the different species.

1591 and Wortman (J. L.). Ancestors of the tapir from the

lower Miocene of Dakota.

Am. Mus. Nat Hist., Bull., vol. v, pp. 159-180, 1893.

Discusses the origin of the tapir in America, describes species from the Miocene of South Dakota, and reviews the evidences of relationship between American and European species of Protapirus.

190 BIBLIOGRAPHY OP NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1592 Earle (Charles), Osbom (H. F.) and. Fossil mammals of the

Puerco beds.

See Osbom (H. F. ) and Earle (Charles), No. 4191.

1593 Earle (Charles). Tapirs, past aud present.

Science, new ser., vol. iv, pp. 934-935, 1896. Discusses the relations of recent and fossil tapirs.

1594 Relationship of the Chriacidae to the primates.

Am. Nat., vol. xxxii, pp. 261-262, 1898.

1595 Eastman (Charles K.). Beitr&ge zur Kenntniss der Gattung

Oxyrhina, mit besonderer Berucksichtigung von Oxyrhina

mantelli Agassiz.

Paleontographica, Band xli, pp. 149-192, pis. xvi-xviii, 1894.

Describes Oxyrhina mantelli from the Cretaceous of Kansas and-gives a smnmary of the species of Oxyrhina.

1596 Remarks on Petalodus alleghaniensis Leidy.

Jour. GeoL, vol. iv, pp. 174-176, 1896.

Reviews descriptions of P. securiger by O. P. Hay, with remarks on the retention of the name Petalodus alleghaniensis for P. securiger, P. destructor, and P. alleghaniensis, all of which the author considers identical.

1597 — — Preliminary note on the relations of certain body -plates in

the Dinichthyids.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. ii, pp. 46-50, 1896. Describes the charai;ter and relationships of new material from the Cleveland shale of Ohio.

1598 On Ctenacanthus spines from theKeokux limestone of Iowa.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv, pp. 10-12, figs. 1-2, 1897. Describes two species, including one new one.

1599 Tamiobatis vetustus, a new form of fossil skate.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv, pp. 85-90, pi. 1, fig. 1, 1897. Describes material from the Devonian of Kentucky.

1600 On the charactei*s of Macropetalichthys.

Am. Nat., vol. xxxi, pp. 493-499, pi. xii, 1897.

1601 Dentition of Devonian Ptyctodontidse.

Am. Nat., vol. xxxii, pp. 473-488, 545-560, 50 figs., 1898. Describes material from the State quarry beds of Iowa and discusses the relations of the Devonian fish fauna of Milwaukee, Wisconsin.

l002 Some new points in Dinichthyid osteology.

Am. Nat, vol. xxxii, pp. 747-768, 6 figs., 1898.

1603 On the occurrence of fossil fishes in the Devonian of Iowa.

Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. vii, pp. 108-116, pi. iv, 10, 1897; Review by C. R. Keyes, Am. Geol., vol. xxii, pp. 237-238, 1898.

Discusses the differences in the Devonian and Carboniferous fish faunas.

Weeks,] Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 191

1604: Eastman (Charles R.). Descriptions of new species of Diplodus

teeth from the Devonian of northeastern Illinois. Jour. Geol., vol. vii, pp. 489-93, pi. vii, 1899. Describes two new species of Diplodu .

1605 Upper Devonian fish fauna of Delaware County, New York.

N. Y. State Geol., 17th Ann. Kept., pp. 318-327, 6 figs.; N. Y. State Mas., 5l8t Ann. Rept, vol. ii, pp. 318-327, 6 figs., 1899. Describes material collected by Charles S. Prosser.

1606 Fossil Lepidosteids from the Green River shales of Wyoming.

Harvanl Coll., Mus. Com p. ZooL, E all., vol. xxxvi, pp. B7-75, pis. 1-2,

1607 Karpinsky's genus Helicoprion.

Am. Nat., voL xxxiv, pp. 579-582, fig. 1, 1900.

1608 Dentition of some Devonian fishes.

Jour. Geol., vol. viii, pp. 32-41, figs. 1-7, 1900.

1609 [Review of 'The Devonian 'Lampre}'' Palaeospondyius

gunni, Traquair," by Bashford Dean.] Jour. Geol., vol. viii, pp. 286-289, 1900.

1610 New fossil bird and fish remains from the Middle Eocene of

Wyoming.

Geol. Mag., Dec. iv, vol. vii, pp. 54-58, pi. iv, 1900. Describes Galliuuloides wyomingensis, n. gen. et sp., and Lepidosteus atrox Leidy, and discusses their relationships.

1611 Eaton (G. F.). The prehistoric fauna of Block Island, as indi-

cated by its ancient shell heaps.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. vi, pp. 137-159, 1898.

Describes the general geologic and geographic features of the island and the occurrence and distribution of the shell heaps. Gives lists of the species found in them.

1612 ZfCkel (E. C). Intrusives in the Inwood limestone of Manhattan

Island.

Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, pp. 122-124, pi. iii, 1899.

Describes the relations of the formations and the character and occurrence of the intrusives.

1613 Edxnan (J. A.). Outline of structuml geology.

Mg. and Sci. Press, vol. Ixxx, pp. 672, 701, 733-734, 1900. Discusses the general principle of structural geology and tlie occurrence and formation of ore deposits.

1614 Edwards (Arthur M.). Hudson River "Fiord."

Am. Jour. ScL, 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 182-183, 1892.

Gives a list of fossils found in the soundings from the Hudson River "Fiord," and concludes that, as the microscopic organisms are not those of Newark Bay, the fiord" is not a continuation of that bay, but of the Hudson Biver.

192 BIBLIOGRAPHY OB* NOBTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1615 Edwards (Arthur M.). On a Charaplain ( deposit of Diatom-

acece belonging to the littoral plain.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. r 85-388, 1893. Gives a list of species collected in New Jersey and describes the Glacial geology of the ron.

1616 The Diatomacefe of the Triasic ( '() sandstone of New Jersey.

Am. Nat, vol. xxvii, pp. 817-818, 1893.

Remarks on finding Diatomacese in Tertiary clays of New Jersey.

1617 The occurrence of Tertiary clay on Long Island, N. Y.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. 1, p. 270 (J p.) (communicated), 1895. Descriljes the occurrence of upper Miocene clay containing marine Hacillariaceie on Long Island.

1618 On the (X'currence of Neocene marine Diatoniaceaj near New

York.

Am. Nat., vol. xxx, pp. 212-216, 1896.

Describes the occurrence of strata containing Diatomaceie on Long Island, N. Y. Gives a list of the forms.

1619 Ehrenfeld (Frederick). A study of the igneous rocks at York

Haven and Stony Brook, Pa., and their accompanying formations.

Thesis presented to the faculty of the department of philosophy of the University of Pennsylvania, 24 pp., 1 pi., 1898. (Not seen.)

1620 Zndridge (George H.). The Florence oil field, Colorado.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xx, pp. 442-462, 1892.

Gives a history of the development of the petroleum industry in this region, and describes the topographic and geologic features and structure. Describes the horizon, its thickness and extent, and the source of the oil. Discusses the relation between wells, their yield, and describes the character and treatment of the products. Discussed by F. H. Newell, p. 462.

1621 A preliminary sketch of the phosphates of Florida.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 196-231, 1893.

Describes the topographic and geologic features of the State, the character and occurrence of the four classes of Florida phosphates, and discusses their origin. Gives chemical analyses of a number of phoephate specimens. Presents a map showing the location and extent of the phosphate districts.

1622 Artesian wells of eastern Dakota.

Int. Cong. Geol., Compte Rendu, 5th session, p. 318, 1893. Describes the character of the strata from which artesian water is obtained and gives the depths of the wells.

1623 Description of the sedimentary formations [Anthracite- Crested Butte folio, Colorado.]

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geologic Atlas of the United States, folio 9, 1894.

Describes the Archean, Cambrian, Silurian, Carboniferous, Jura-Trias, and Cretaceous formations of the region, the geologic structure and the occurrence of coal in the Laramie, and gives four tables of analyses of the coals.

Wekkb.J Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 193

1624 Eldridge (George H.). A geological reconnaissance in north-

west Wyoming.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull., No. 119, 72 pp., pla. i-iv, fig. 1, 1894.

Describes the topography of the Big Horn Mountain region, the general character of the Archean, Cambrian, Silurian, Carboniferous, Trias, Jura, Cretaceous, and Tertiary formations, the structure of the mountain ranges, and the occurrence of coal, petroleum, building materials, and gold.

1625 A geological reconnaissance across Idaho.

U. 8. Greol. Surv., 16th Ann. Rept., pt ii, pp. 211-276, pis. xv-xvil, figs. 38-41, 1895.

Describes the topography of central Idaho, the drainage systems of the Snake and Columbia rivers, and the ocxsurrence of granite and meta morphic and unaltered sedimentary rocks. Discusses the general structural features. Describes the gold and silver deposits and coal veins of the region.

1626 The uintaite (gilsonite) deposits of Utah.

U. 8. Greol. Surv., 17th Ann. Rept, pt. i, pp. 909-949, pis. lix-lx, figs. 26-33, 1896.

Describes the classification and chemical relations of hydrocarbons, the geology of the region, and the occurrence and character of the veins. Presents a geologic map of the coimtry.

1627 Occurrence of uintaite in Utah.

Science, new ser., vol. iii, pp. 830-832, 1896.

Describes the veins of uintaite, cutting Tertiary strata in Utah, and gives its chemical analysis.

1628 Emmons (S. F.), Cross (W.), and. Geology of the Denver Basin in Colorado.

See Emmons (S. F.), Cross (W.), and Eldridge (G. H.), No. 1707.

1629 mdridge (George H.). The extreme southeastern coast. The

coast from Lynn Canal to Prince William Sound [AlaskaJ. U. S. Geol. Surv. Expl. in Alaska, pp. 101-104, 1899. Describes occurrence of gold and coal in the region.

1630 The Sushitna drainage area [Alaska]>

U. 8. Geol. Surv. Expl. in Alaska, pp. 111-112, 1899. Describes general physiographic and geologic features.

1631 and Muldrow (Robert). Report of the Sushitna expedition

[Alaska].

U. S. Geol. Surv. Expl. in Alaska, pp. 15-27, 1899.

Describes the physiography, the character and occurrence of the granite and sedimentary formations, and the geologic structure and mineral resources of the region.

1632 Eldridge (George H.). A reconnaissance in the Sushitna Basin

and adjacent territory, Alaska, in 1898.

U. S. Geol. Sur\\, 20th Ann. Rept, pt vii, pp. 7-29, maps 1-3, pis. i-vi, 1900.

Describes the geologic features of the region and the occurred-e of jjold ami foal.

Bull. 188—01 13

194 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [BrLL.188.

1633 Elftman (Arthur Hugo). Preliminary report of field work during 1893 in northeastern Minnesota. Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., 22d Ann. Kept., pp. 141-180, 1894. Describes the topography of portions of Ike County and the distribution and petrographic characters of the granite, actinolite-magnetite schist, gabbro, red rock, diabase, and anorthosite of northeastern Minnesota.

1634 Notes upon the bedded and banded structures of the gabbro and upon an area of troctolyte. Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., 23d Ann. Kept., pp. 224-230, 1895. Describes the megascopic characters and field relations of gabbro in northeastern Minnesota and its microscopic features.

?.635 The geology of the Keweenawan area in northeastern Minnesota.

Am. Geol., vol. xxi, pp. 90-109, with map, 175-188, vol. xxii, pp. 131-149, pi. vii, 1898.

the Glacial geology of the region and gives a historical review and description of the stratigraphy of the Keweenawan series and an account of the gabbro group.

1636 The St. Croix River Valley [Minnesota- Wisconsin].

Am. Geol., vol. xxii, pp. 58-61, 1898.

Describes the relation of the pre-Glacial and post-Glacial courses of the river.

1637 Preliminary report of field work during the summer 1895.

Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., 24th Ann. Kept., pp. 148-149, 1899. Brief notes on the occurrence of anorthosites.

1638 List of rock samples collected in northeastern Minnesota in

1895, 1896, and 1897 (prepared by U. S. Grant). Minn. Geol. and Nat Hist. Surv., 24th Ann. Rept, pp. 150-170, 1899.

1639 Ellis (W. Hodgson). Chemical composition of the anthi-axolite.

Ontario Bureau of Mines, 6th Rept., pp. 162-163, 1897. Gives analyses of various specimens.

1640 and Lawson (William). Chemical notes on the so-called

Sudbury coal [Ontario].

Can. Inst, Proc, new ser., vol. i, pp. 67-68, 1897. Gives chemical analyses of the coals.

1641 EUs (R. W.). The Laurentian of the Ottawa district.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 349-360, 1893.

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, p. 996 (i p.), 1893.

Reviews the literature on the geology of this region and the work of Sir W. Logan on the Laurentian. Gives data obtained in an examination of the Trembling Mountain section and the region between the anorthosite area and Gatineau River. Describes the Laurentian gneiss and limestone and associated intrusive rocks, and presents a of the facts and the author's conclusions.

WEEKS. J PALEOirrOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINEBALOGY. 195

l(>42 EUb (R. W.). The geology of the proposed tunnel under the Northumberland Strait.

Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. and Trans., vol. xi, sec. iv, pp. 75-84, 1893, with map.

Describes the geology of the region and gives the records of ten holes made along the line of the proposed tunnel.

1643 Mica deposits in the Laurentian of the Ottawa district.

Geol. Soc- Am., Bull., vol. v, pp. 481-488, 1894.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xiii, p. 215 (6 1.), 1894.

Describes the metamorphosed sedimentaries and intrusive rocks of tnis district, the occurrence of apatite and mica, and the differences in the mica-apatite deposits.

1644 The Potsdam and Calcif erous formations of Quebec and

eastern Ontario.

Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. and Trans., vol. xii, sec. iv, pp. 21-30, 1895.

Describes the character and distribution of the Potsdam and Calciferons rocks in the Ottawa and St. Lawrence basins and also of the Cambrian in eastern Quebec.

1645 The Rensselaer grit plateau.

Ottawa Nat., vol. ix, pp. 9-11, 1895.

Reviews a paper by T. Nelson Dale on the same subject and refers to the work of J. W. Dawson in the same region and in the vicinity of Quebec.

1646 How rocks are formed.

Ottawa Nat., vol. ix, pp. 157-166, 1895.

Discusses the theories of rock formation and describes the process of formation of the deposits in the vicinity of Ottawa, Canada.

1647 Notes on recent sedimentary formations on the Bay of Fundy

coast [Nova Scotia].

Nova Scotian Inst, of Sci., Proc. and Trans., vol. viii, pp. 416-419, 1895. Describes beds of limestone and shale overlying the trap rocks of the region.

1648 The apatite-bearing rocks of the Ottawa district [Canada].

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. vi, pp. 213-222, 1895.

Describes the general features of Laurentian and the character, occurrence, and origin of the apatite deposits.

1640 Report on a portion of the Province of Quebec comprised

in the southwest sheet of the ''Eastern Townships" map (Montreal sheet) [Canada].

Canada Geol. Surv., new ser., vol. vii, Rept. J, 157 pp., 1896.

Describes tlie character and distribution of the Devonian, Silurian, Cambro-Silurian, Cambrian, pre-Cambrian, and the volcanic and plutonic rocks of the region. Gives a brief account of the economic minerals.

196 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [boll. 188

1()50 Ells (R. W.). The geology of the Ottawa and Parry Sound Railway [Ontario], Ottawa Nat, vol. x, pp. 165-173, 1896.

the loca' jreology alon the route. The rocks are mainly Silurian.

1()51 and Barloiv (A. E.). The physical features and geology of

the route of the proposed Ottawa canal between the St Lawrence River and Lake Huron.

Can. Roy. Soc., Proe. and Trans., 2d ser., vol. i, sec. iv, pp. 163-190, with geologic map, 1896.

Describes the drainage and physical features and reviews the work of various geologists in this region.

1(>52 EUb (R. W.). Paleozoic outliers in the Ottawa River Basin [Canada].

Can. Roy. 8oc., and Trans., 2d ser., vol. ii, sec iv, pp. 137-149,

Describes the occurrence of Cambro-Silurian and Upper Silurian formations in this region.

1652a The gold deposits of the eastern townships [Quebec].

Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. i, pp. 109-126, 1896. Describes the general geology of the region and the occurrence of gold.

1653 Problems in Quebec geologA\

Brit Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept. 1897, pp. 640-642, 1898. Abstract: Ottawa Nat, vol. xi, pp. 173-176, 1897. Describes the general results of the study of the geology of this province.

1654 Memoir of N. J. Giroux.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, p. 377, 1897. Gives a sketch of his life.

1655 [Note on Origin and relations of the Grenville-Hastings

series of the Canadian Laurentian."]

Geol. Am., Bull , vol. viii, pp. 401-102, 1897. Describes briefly the characters of the series.

165(; See Adams (F. D.) and Barlow (A. E.), No. 20.

1657 Adams (F. D.), Barlow (A. E.), and. On the origin and

relations of the Grenville and Hastings series in the Canadian Laurentian.

See Adams (F. D.), Barlow (A. E.), and Ells (R. W.), No. 22.

1658 Ells (R. W.) Notes on the Archean of eastern Canada.

Can. Roy. Soc., Proc. and Trans., 2d ser., vol. iii, sec. iv, pp. 117-124,

Describes the occurrence and general character of the Laurentian and Huronian rocks.

Weeks) Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 197

1<;.V. BUs (R. \V.) Sands and clays of tho Ottawa Basin [C aiuidal.

Am., Bull., vol. ix, pp. 211-222, pi. 16, 1898.

Abetracts: Jour, (ieol., vol. vi, pp. 117-118; Siuence, new wr., vol. vii, pp. 49-50 (i p.), 1898.

Describes the phyHiojjraphy of the region, the eharacter and liHtrilmtion of the Hands and clan, and other Glacial phenomena.

1660 Problems in Quebec geology.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept. 1897, pp. 640-642, 1898.

Abstract: Ottawa Nat., vol. xi, pp. 173-176, 1897. '

Describes the general results of the study of the geology of the province.

1661 Formations, faulte, and folds of the Ottawa district [Canada].

Ottawa Nat, vol. xi, pp. 177-189, 1898.

Describes the occurrence, character, and strncturt of the Onlovician strata of the vicinity.

1662 Problems in Quebec geology.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. vii, pp. 480502, 1898.

Gives a general review of the publications on Quebec geology and di.s- cusses the problems involved.

1663 Canadian geological nomenclature.

Can. Roy. Soc, Proc. and Trans., 2d ser., vol. v, set!, iv, pp. 3-38, 1899. Gives an historical sketch of Canadian geological nomenclature.

1664 mxnore (C. J.). Fossil Diatomacete from Nebraska and their

relations to modern species.

Torrey Bot. Club., Bull., vol. xxiii, pp. 269-275, 1896.

Describes the general features of the deposits, discusses the relation of the diatoms to modem sjHJcies, and gives a list of the determined.

1665 See Barbour (H H.), No. 234.

1666 mrod (Moses N.) and Benedict (A. C). Geology of Wabash

County [Indiana].

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Hist., 17th ., 1891, pp. 192-272, 1892.

Describes the topographic features and gives a list of fossils found in this county. Gives the section shown at various localities and the lithologic character of the Niagara limestones, and discusses the probability of a tilting of these the Quaternary' deposits and gives sections displayed by several gas wells.

1666a Geology of Cass County [Indiana].

Ind. Dept. of Geol. and Nat. Res., 19th Ann. Kept., pp. 17-39, 1894. the occurrence of Devonian, Silurian, and Pleistocene strata.

1666J drod (Moses N.). The geologic relations of some St. Louis group caves and sink holes.

Ind. Acad. Sci., Proc. for 1898, pp. 258-267, 1899. Discusses the stratigraphic relations and nomenclature of the formations in which the cave (xx-ur.

198 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bi i.l, iss.

U'}(u Emerson (Boiijiuiiin KeiKltill). Proofs that the Holyoke and Deortield tnip sheets are contenipomneous flows and not

later intrusions.

Am. Jonr. 8ci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 146-148, 1892.

Given an abstract of the data showing that the main trap sheets of Massachusetts are and easily distinguished from smaller intnisive masses.

1G68 Hawlev sheet.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of the U. S., preliminary edition, 1892. the topographic features of the region, the lithologic character, structure, and relations of the Cambrian and Silurian formations. Illustrated by topographic, colored areal, and economic geologic and structure section maps.

1G09 Outlines of the geology of the Green Mountain region in

Massachusetts.

U. S. Greol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of the U. S., Hawlev sheet, preliminary tnlition, 1892.

Desi'ribes the topographic features of the region and the lithologic chara(?ter, structure and relations of the Algonkian, Cambrian, Silurian, and Devonian formations.

1670 Notes upon two bowlders of a very basic eiiiptive rock from

the west shore of Canandaigua Lake and their contact

phenomena upon the Trenton limestone.

N. Y. State Mus., 46th Ann. Kept., pp. 251-255, 1893. Describes the petrographic characters of the specimens and the contact phenomena.

1671 A mineralogical lexicon of Franklin, Hampshire, and

Hampden counties, Mass.

U. S. Geol. Sur\'., Bull. No. 126, 180 pp., 1895.

Consists of a*condensed history of minerals occurring in these counties, chemical analyses of some of the species, and a bibliography of the literature.

1672 Illustmtions of peculiar mineral transformations.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. vi, pp. 473-474, 1895.

Mentions the occurrence of serpentine pseudomorphs after olivine and calcite pseudomorphs after salt, and describes the puckering of corundum crj'stals around allanite.

1673 Geology of Old Hampshire County, in Massachusetts.

Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. vii, pp. 5-6, 1896. Describes briefly the character and distribution of the pre-Cambrian, Triassic, and Quaternary rocks.

1674 Diabase pitchstone and mud inclosures of the Triassic trap

of New England.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., voL viii, pp. 59-86, pis. 3-9, 1897.

Describes the characters of the tuff, mud inclosures, pitchstone, and the petrographic character of the Grten field beil and the Meriden ash bed. Discusses the origin of the glass and minerals.

W1Bk8.1 Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 199

1075 Emerson (Benjamin Kendall). Geology: Turner Falls region.

Two excursions in the Connecticut Valley [Massachusetts].

Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., fiftieth anniversary meeting. Guide to lo(*alities illustrating the geology, marine zoology, and botany of the vicinity of Boston. Etlited by A. W. Grabau and J. E. Woodman, pp. 33-35, Salem, Massachusetts, 1898.

Describes the geologic features of the region.

1676 Holyoke folio, Massachusetts-Connecticut.

U. S. Geol. 8urv., Geol. Atlas of the U. S., folio No. 50, 1898.

Describes the topography, the character, and occurrence of the rocks of the Algonkian, Cambrian, Silurian, Devonian, Jura- Trias, and Pleistocene periods of western MassachaMetts antl of the Holyoke quadrangle. Describes the and the occurrence of building stones and clay. Includes and geologic maps of the Holyoke quadrangle.

1677 Geology of Old Hampshire County, Massachusetts, comprising Franklin, Hampshire, and Hampden counties.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Mon. xxix, 790 pp., pin. i-, tigs. 1— i8, 1898.

Review: Am. Geol., vol. xxv, pp. 51-54, 1900.

Describes the character and oc-currence of the Algonkian, Cambrian, Ordovician, Silurian, Devonian, Jura-Trias, ami Pleistocene and associated metamorphic and igneous and the Glacial phenomena of the region. Includes a supplement to the author*s mineralogical lexicon of these countries and a bibliography of the geology of the region.

1678 The geology of eastern Berkshire County, Massachusetts.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 159, 139 pp., 9 pis., 16 figs., 1899.

Describes the otrurrontre, character, and structure* of the pnCambrian, Cambrian, Silurian, Glacial, and jrivts an account of the mineral resort'es and a mineral lexicon and bibliography of the region.

1679 Differences of batholitic granites, according to depth of

erosion.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, pp. 104-105; new sen, vol. ix, p. 140 (J p.), 1899.

1680 The tetrahedral earth and zone of the intercontinental seas.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. xi, pp. 61-96, pis. 9-14, figs. 1-7, 191K). Discusses Greenes hypothesis of the tetralunlral earth and the lH*aring which the arrangement of land and water has upon this theory.

1681 Carboniferous from India.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. x, pp. 57-58, 1 fig., 1900.

1682 A new bivalve from the Connecticut River Trias.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th sen, vol. x, jk 58, 1 fig., 1900.

1682a Some curious matters illustrative of geological phenomena.

Ani. Geol., vol. xxvi, pp. 2-315, pp. xxi-xxii, MHX).

200 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1683 Emerson (Philip). Glacial erosion in the White Mountain

notches. Science, new ser., vol. xi, pp. 911-912, 1900. Gives notes on some Glacial and drainage features of the region.

1684 Ernmans (Stephen H.). The nickel deposits of North Carolina.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. liii, pp. 476-477, 1892.

Quotes from the previous descriptions of these deposits, compares them with the New Caledonia deposits, and describes the character and extent of the ore bodies.

1685 Faulting in veins.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. liii, p. 492, and vol. liv, p. 27 (correspondence), 1892. Reviews statements of John A. Ohunh on this subject.

1686 Emmons (Samuel Franklin). Progress of the precious-metal industry in the United States since 1880.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Min. Res., pp. 46-94, 1892.

Gives a general review of the progress of the industry and a brief description of the principal ore deposits in the various States and Territories, tables of production, and a forecast of future production.

1687 Faulting in veins.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. liii, pp. 548-549, 1892. Refers to previous communications on this subject and discusses the occurrence and characters of fracture planes and the conditions of their development and the general features of fault phenomena.

1688 From Chicago to the Mississippi River. Itinerary.

Int. Cong. Geol., Compte Rendu, 5th session, pp. 298-301, 1893. Describes the glacial phenomena of the region and the outcrops of the Cambrian beds.

1689 Livingston to the Snake Plains. Itinerary, Butte City to

Pocatello, and the Snake Plains.

Int. Cong. Geol., Compte Rendu, 5th session, pp. ;7-374, 1893.

Describes the geology along the route of travel of the excursion of the International Congress of Geologists in this region antl the geologic history of the Snake Plains.

1690 The Wasatch Mountains and the geological panorama of the

Wasatch range.

Int. Cong. Geol., Compte Rendu, 5th session, pp. 381-391, 1893. Describes the geologic history of this range, the outcrops of the strata, and the structure of the mountain range.

1691 Itinerary, Spanish Fork Canyon, Utah, to Grand Junction,

Colo.

Int Cong. Geol., Compte Rendu, 5th session, pp. 397-402, 1893. Describes the geology along the railroad between the pomts named.

Weeks.] Paleontology, Pktrology, And Mineralogy. 201

Ihnmons (Samuel Frankliu). The Koiky Mountains of Colorado. Idnemry, (irmnd Junction to Glenwood Springs and Aspen, Glenwood Springs to Leadvilie and Nathrop, and Salida to Canyon Citv, Colo.

Int. Cong. Compte Rendu, 5th season, pp. 403-426, 1893.

Describes the jjeolojc history and general structure of the Rocky Mountains and the local geology along the railroad between the points mentioned.

1693 Itinerar3% Canyon City to Colorado Springs [Colo.].

Int. Cong. Geol., Compte Rendu, 5th session, pp. 428-429, 1893. Describee the geology along the railroad between these points.

1694 The Great Plains of Colorado and iCansas. Itinemry, Denver to Kansas City.

Int, Cong. Geol., Compte Rendu, 5th session, pp. 443-448, 1893. De8cril.*8 the geologic features of the Great Plains and the Until geology along the route traversed by the excursion.

1695 Excursion to the Canyon of the Colorado. Itinerary, Denver, Colo., to Albuquerque, N. Mex. Int. Cong. Geol., Compte Rendu, 5th session, pp. 464-468, 1893. Describes the local geology along the route traversed.

1696 Bibliography of the geology of the excursion to the Rocky

Mountains.

Int. Cong. Geol., (mpte Rendu, 5th session, pp. 482-487, 1893.

Gives a list of 123 publications relating to the geology along the route traversed by the western excursion of the International Congress of Geologists.

1697 Fluorspar deposit** of southern Illinois.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 31-53, 1893.

Gives a historical skeUth of mining operations in this region. Describes the lithologic character of the strata and discusses the evidences which indi(*ate the geologic subdivisions to which they should be assigned. Gives an account of the distribution of lead and associate minerals in limestones of the Mississippi Valley. the mining developments of the district and discusses the manner of formation of the deposits and the origin of the vein material.

1698 Description of the Elk Mountains [ Anthracite-Crested ButJ

folio, Colorado].

U. 8. Geol. Surv., Geologic Atlas of the Ignited States, folio 9, 1894.

Gives a historical sketch of the geology of the region and describes the clays, iron ore, and precious metal deposits. Includes a topographic, colored geologic, economic, and structure section maps of eaeh of the districts and a sheet of columnar sections.

1699 Geological distribution of the useful metals in the United

States.

Am. Inst Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxii, pp. 53-95 and 737-738, 1894.

Describes the geologic occurrence in different parts of the United States of iron, manganese, nickel, tin, copper, lead, zinc, quicksilver, gold, and silver, and gives a summary of conclusions concerning the genesis of their minerals.

202 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1700 Emxnons (Samuel Fmnkliii). ffhe genesis of ore deposits.]

Am. Inst. Mg. Engre., Trans., vol. xxiii, pp. 697-602, 1894. Discussion of paper by F. Poeepny on the same subject.

me

1701 Congrfes Gologique International, Compte Rendu de la 5

session, Washington, 1891, ix+529 pp., pis. i-xxi, figs. 1-39.

Edited by S. F. Emmons, secretary.

Contains a historical sketch of the Congress, report of the sessions, a description of the geology of Washington and vicinity, the geology of the region traversed by the excursion to the Rocky Mountains and the Grand Canyon of the Colorado, and of the excursion to Lake Su|)erior.

1702 Guidebook of an excursion to the Rocky Mountains.

John Wiley & Sons, New York, 1894.

Describes the geology aUmg the route traversetl by the western excursion of the International Congress of Geologists from Washington, D. C, to Chicago, St. Paul, Yellowstone National Park, Snake Plains, Great Salt Lake, Leadville, Denver, Canyon of the Colorado, Kansas City, Chicago, Niagara Falls, and to New York City.

Extract from Compte Rendu, Int. Cong. GeoL, 5th session.

1703 and Merrill (G. P.). Geological sketch of Lower California.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. v, pp. 489-514, pi. 19, 1894.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xiii, pp. 209-210, 1894.

Describes the physical features and reviews previous descriptions of the geology of Lower California. Describes the general structure and the occurrence of Eocene and Cretaceous beds, and gives a list of fossils found at different horizons.

1704 ZiininoiiB (Samuel Franklin). Eiconomic geology of the Mercur

mining district, Utah. Introduction. The Oquirrh Mountains.

U. S. Geol. Sur\'., 16th Ann. Rept., pt. ii, pp. 349-369, 1895.

Describes the and gives an account of the discovery, development, and production of the mining district. Describes the structure of the range, the occurrence of the and igneous rocks, and the general geology of the district.

1705 The mines of Custer CJountv, Colorado.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 17th Ann. Rept., Part 11, pp. 411-472, pi. figs. 38-43, 1896.

Describes the character and mode of occurrence of the gold and silver bearing ores and discusses their origin. Includes analyses of sinters and waters from 500 and 2,000 feet levels of the Geyser mine. See Cross ( W. ) No. 1191.

1706 Some mines of Rosita and Silver Cliff, Colorado.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxvi, pp. 77:-823, 1896.

Describes the geologic history of the region, and the occurrence and character of the ore bodies in the principal mines. DiscusHts their origin. Gives chemical analyses of waters from deep levels in the Geywr mine and a discussicm of the results.

Wbem] Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 203

1707 Emmons (Samuel Franklin), Cross (Whitman), and Eldridge

(George H.). Geology of the Denver Banin in Colorado.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Mon. xxvii, 556 pp., 31 pis., 102 fign., 1896.

Chapter I is a de!ription of the phyHiojfraphy and hintorital and structural geology of the region. Chapter II deserileH the lithologicr characters, distribution, and structure of the Jurassic and Cretaceous subdivisions. Chapter III comprises an atx-ount of the stratigraphy and age of the Arapahoe, Denver, and Monument Creek formations. Chapter IV describes the chara(;ter and distribution of the Pleistocene deposits. Chapter V is a description of the geological occurrence* and petrographic characters of the igneous rocks. Chapter VI the occurrence of coal and clay and the artesian wells of the region. Includes topographic, geologic, structure section maps and columnar sections in pocket.

1708 [Review of century of geography in the United States.]

Science, new ser., vol. vii, p. 677.

1709 Origin of Green River.

Science, new ser., vol. vi, pp. 19-21, 1897.

Discusses the evidence as to the origin and development of this river.

1710 The geology of Government explorations.

Geol. Soc. of Wash., Presidential atidress, 39 pp., Washington, 1897; Science, new ser., vol. v, pp. 1-15, 42-51, 1897.

Gives a historical sketch of the work of geological sur\'ey8 undertaken by the Uniteti States Government, and a bibliography of the subject.

1711 and To'wer (George Warren, jr.). Economic geology of

the Butte special district [Montana].

U. S. (ieol. Surv., Geol. Atlaa of the U. S., folio No. 38, 1897.

Describes the fissure systems, the distribution of the ores, the ore deposition, the minerals occurring with the ores, and the character and occurrence of the lodes.

1712 Emmons (Samuel Franklin). Tenmile district special folio,

Colorado.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of the U. S., folio No. 48, 1898.

Describes the geographic features, occurrence, and cliaracter of the Archean, Cambrian, Silurian, and Carboniferous strata, recent deposits, diorite-porphyries and rhyolites of the region. Discusses the structural relations and orographic disturbances and the geographic and geologic distribution, character, and occurrence of the silver-ore bodies. Accompanied by topographic and geologic maps and structure sections.

1713 Map of Alaska, showing known gold-bearing rocks, with

descriptive text containing sket'hes of the geography,

geology, and gold deposits, and routes to the gold tields.

U. S. Geol. Surv. (prepared in accordance with public resolution No. 3 of the Fifty-fifth Congress, second session, approved January 20, 1898), 44 pp. and geologic; map, Washington, 1898. ,

Review Zeit. fiir prak. Geol., Heft 8, pp. 292-297.

Abstracts: Nat. (ieog. Mag., vol. ix, pp. 139-172, 3 pis., Mg. and Sci. Press, vol. Ixxvi, pp. 31 1-315, 341-342, 370, and 393, 1898.

204 HTBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, fBrulKH.

1714 Emmons (Samuel Fmnklin). [Goolojify of the mining district, Colomdo, Introduetion.J U. 8. Geol. Surv., Mon. XXXI, pp. xvii-xxxii, 1898. Includes aii account of the development of the A8pen mining district and the geologic investigations that have been made in tlie region.

1715 Plutonic plugs and mountains.

Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. x, pp. 24-25, 1899.

1716 [Review of ''The Ore Deposits of the United States and

Canada''' by James Furman Kemp. J

Science, new ser., vol. xi, pp. 50:J-505, 1900.

1717 Tintic special folio, Utah. Geneml conclusion.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of the U.S., folio No. 65, 1900. Gives general conclusions with regard to the economic geology of the region.

1718 [In discussion of paper by E. O. Hove} on ''Erosion fonns

in Harney Peak district. South Dakota.'"]

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. xi, p. 582, 1900.

1719 [In discussion of paper by W. M. Davis on "Continental

deposits of the Rocky Mountain region."]

Geol. Soc. Am., Bu41., vol. xi, pp. 601-602, 1900. Discusses the work of the 40th parallel survey in relation to these Tertiary formations.

1720 Endlich (F. M.). Mining in the Mojave Desert in California.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixii, pp. 197-198, 1896. Describes the gold mines of Keni County, California.

1721 The Pearce mining district, Arizona.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiii, p. 571, 1897.

1722 Engel (George W.). Description of a peculiar fault in the Mam-

moth coal bed, Panther Creek Basin, Pennsylvania.

Colliery Engineer, vol. xviii, p. 100, 2 figs., 1897.

1723 Evans (Nevil N.). Chemical composition of the gi*anite from

Pine Lake, Ontario.

Abstract: S<*ience, new ser., vol. viii, p. 82 (J p.), 1898.

1724 Eyerman (John). The genus Temnocyon and a new species

thereof and the new genus Hypotemnodon from the John Day Miocene of Oregon.

Am. Geol., vol. xvii, pp. 267-287, pi. xi, 1896.

Describes Tenmocyon ferox and Hypotemnodon coryphaeus n. sp., from the Miocene beds of Oregon.

1725 Bibliography of North American vertebrate paleontology

for the year 1891.

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 249-256, 1892.

Presents a bibliography and a list of new forms described in the papers

Wmerb.] Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 205

1726 Eyerman (John). Bibliography of North American vertebrate

paleontology for the year 1892.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 388-393, 1893.

Contains a list of papers bearing on North American vertebrate paleontology for the year 1892.

1727 Vertebrate paleontology at thfe Columbian Exposition; a

brief notice.

Am. Geol., vol. xiii, pp. 47-48, 1894.

Mentions the genera and species of vertebrates from various (countries exhibited at the World's Columbian Exposition.

1728 Preliminary notice or a new species of Temnocyon and a new

genus from the John Day Miocene of Oregon.

Am. Geol., vol. xiv, pp. 320-321, 1894.

Gives a brief description of the new species and of a new genus. Hypotemnodon.

1729 Faber (Charles), Miller (S. A.) and. Description of some sub- Carboniferous and Carboniferous Cephalopoda. See Miller (S. A.) and Faber (C.) 3993.

1730 Some new species and new structural parts of fossils.

8ee Miller (S. A.) and Faber (C), No. 3994.

1731 New species of fossils from the Hudson River group,

and remarks upon others.

See Miller (S. A.) and Faber (C. L.), No. 3996.

1732 Description of some Cincinnati fossils.

See Miller (S. A.) and Faber (C. L.), No. 3997.

1733 Fairbanks (Harold W.). The pre-Crctaceous age of the metamorpbic rocks of the California Coast ranges.

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 153-166, 1892.

Quotes the opinions of other writers on the age of these rocks. Describes the structural conditions and fowil contents of the strata in this region, and concludes that the Coast ranges and Sierras were upheaved ahd metamorphosed prior to the Cretaceous, and, therefore, the gold-bearing slates are pre-Cretaceous.

1734 Geology and mineralogy of Shasta County [California].

Cal. State Min. Bur., 11th Kept., pp. 24-53, 1893.

Describes the lithologic character and distribution of the Cretaceous and metamorphic rocks in this county, with notes on the occurrence of coal seams and of the precious metals. Accompanied by colored geologic map. .

1735 Notes on the geology and mineralogy of portions of Tehama

Colusa, Lake, and Napa counties [California].

Cal. State Min. Bur., 11th Kept., pp. 54-75, 1893. Describes the Cretaceous and crystalline rocks of these counties, unth notes on some of their mineral deposits.

206 BIliLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

173t) Fairbanks (Harold W.). Geology of San Diego County; also of portions of Orange and San Bernardino counties [California].

Cal. State Min. Bur., 11th Kept., pp. 76-120, 1893.

Contains description of the crystalline, Cretaceous, Tertiary, and Quaternary rocks in these counties, with notes on some mineral deposits, and accompanied by a colored geologic map.

1737 The relation between ore deposits and their inclosing walls.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Iv, p. 200, 1893.

Describes the Mother Lode of California, and discusses the question whether certain wall rocks indicate rich mines and whether the metals are derived from such walls or from deep-seated regions. Concludes that mineral deposits usually occur in regions of great disturbance, producing chemical action and access upward of mineral bearing solutions through existing fissure systems.

1738 The validity of the so-called Wallala beds as a division of the

California Cretaceous.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 473-478, 1893.

Reviews the evidences upon which the Wallala beds are seputited from the Chico and Shasta series. Gives the results of observations in Lower California, and in southern California and concludes that the evidence does not warrant the separation of the Shasta beds from the Chico.

1739 Notes on a further study of the pre-Cretaceous rocks of the

California Coast ranges.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 69-84, with map, 1893.

Describes the general character and structure of the formations represented in the Coast ranges from the author's recent observations. Refers to the finding of Inoceramus in the San Francisco sandstones and Aucella in the metamorphic rocks and its bearing on the Cretaceous age of the beds. Concludes that the axes of the Coast ranges and Sierras are structurally closely related and were first raised during the Post- Jurassic upheaval.

1740 Notes on the occurrence of rubellite and lepidolite in southern California.

Science, vol. xxi, pp. 35-36, 1893.

Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, p. 1091, 5 1, 1893.

Gives a brief account of the geology of the locality in which this mineral association occurs and a description of their mineralogic characters.

1741 Red Rock, Goler, and Summit mining districts, in Kern

County [Cal. J.

Cal. State Mg. Bureau, 12th Rept, pp. 456-458, 1894. Describes the occurrence of gold in the wash from the conglomerate and sedimentary strata of this region.

1742 Preliminary report on the mineral deposits of Inyo, Mono,

and Alpine counties [Cal.].

Cal. State Mg. Bureau, 12th Rept., pp. 472-478, 1894. the and mineral resources of these counties in southeastern California.

Weieks.1 Paleontolooy, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 207

1743 Fairbanks (Harold W.). Geology of a .section of Eldomdo

County [Cal.].

Cal. State Mg. Bureau, 12th Kept, pp. 479-481, 1894.

Describes the gold-quartz vems of a portion of this county separated from Ihe " mother lode " by a diabase ridge.

1744 Geolog}' of northern Ventura, Santa Barbai-a, San Luis

Obispo, Monterey, and San Benito counties [Cal.].

Cal. State Mg. Bureau, 12th Rept., pp. 493-526, 1894. Describes the pre-Cretaceous, Cretaceous, and Miocene beds of these counties and gives the author's summary of conclusion.

1746 Notes on some localities of Mesozoic and Paleozoic in Shasta

County, Cal.

Am. Geol., vol. xiv, pp. 25-31, 1894.

Describes the geologic structure, lithologic character, and fauna of the Jurassic, Triassic, Carboniferous, and Devonian strata found in this region.

1746 A remarkable folded vein in the Ready Relief mine [Cal.].

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ivii, pp. 321-322, 1894.

Describes the apparent folding of mica-schist and gneiss in the Peninsula range of San Diego County, Cal. , and discusses the cause of the phenomenon.

1747 Some remarkable hot springs and associated mineral deposits in Colusa County, Cal.

Science, vol. xxiii, pp. 120-121, 1894.

Describes the occurrence of hot springs and the associated gold and quicksilver deposits in this county.

1748 On analcite diabase from San Luis Obispo County, Cali-

foniia.

Univ. of Cal., Dept. of Geol., Bull., vol. i, pp. 273-300, pi. 16, 1896. Describes the field relations, contact metamorphism, and the microscopic and chemical characters of these rocks.

1749 The stratigitiphy of the California Coast ranges.

Jour. Geol., vol. iii, pp. 415-433, 1895.

Describes the character, positicm, and fauna! relations of the Golden Gate series and discusses the evidences of a nonconformity Ivtween the Knoxville and Golden Gate beds, between the Chico and Knoxville, and between the Miocene and Chico-Tejon series.

1750 Review of our knowledge of the geology of the California

Coast ranges.

Geol. Soc. Am. Bull., vol. vi, pp. 71-102, 1895.

Discusses the use of the term Coast ranges as employed by different geologists, gives a summary of previous work, and compares the age and relations of the Coast ranges and Sierra Nevada. Describes the character of the crystalline basement complex, the lithologi(! charac!ter, extent, and relations of the pre-Cretaceous series, the alteration of the eruptives, and the characteristics and relations of the rocks of the Klamath Mountains. Discusses the general features of the orographic, movement, the paleontologic and stratigraphic evidence of the age of the sedimentary series, and the relations of the Cretaceous and pre-Cretaceous strata. Describes the Eocene and Miocene formations of these ranges.

208 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1761 Fairbanks (Harold W.). Auriferous conglomerate in California.

Eng. and Mg. Joxir., vol. lix, pp. 389-390, 1896. Describes the occurrence of an auriferous conglomerate in Siskiyou County, its geologic relations, and the structure of the region.

1752 Ove deposits, with special reference to the Mother Lode

[California].

Cal. State Mining Bureau, 13th Ann. Rept., pp. 665-672, 1896. Discusses the meaning of the term Mother Lode and describes the general features of the ore bodies occurring in this region.

1753 The geology of Point Sal [CaliforniaJ.

Univ. of Cal., Dept. of Geol., Bull., vol. ii, pp. 1-92, pis. 1-2, 1896.

Describes the characters of the Miocene and Knoxville ])e*\s, the petro. graphic characters of augite-teschenite, lianalt, gabbro, peridotite, and serpentine, and discusses the age of these eruptions.

1754 Notes on the geology of eastern California.

Am. Geol., vol. xvii, pp. 63-74, pi. iii, 1896.

Describes the topography of the portion of California east of the Sierra Nevada Range and the character and distribution of the metamorphic, sedimentary, and igneous rocks.

1755 The mineml deposits of eastern California.

Am. Geol., vol. xvii, pp. 144-158, 1896.

Describes the distribution and geologic relations of the gold and silver ores and the pyritiferous mineralization of the rcxiks. Discusses the origin of the gold and silver ore bodies.

1756 The age of the California Coast ranges.

Am. GeoL, vol. xviii, pp. 271-282, 1896.

Reviews the opinions of various writers as to the evolution of the Coast ranges and discusses the changes that have affected them during Jurassic, Cretaceous, arid Tertiary times.

1757 Stratigraphy at Slates Springs, with some further notes on

the relation of the Golden Gate series' to the Knoxville.

Am. Geol., vol. xviii, pp. 50-56, 1896.

Discusses the evidence as to the Jurassic or ('retatvous age of the Golden Gate series and of its relations to the Knoxville

1758 The possibilities of the petroleum industry in Califomia.

Eng. and Mg. Jour. , vol. Ixi, p. 588, 1896.

Describes the occurrence of petroleum in various parts of California,

1759 The coal beds of California.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixii, p. 10, 1896. Describes the Tertiary coals of the Coast ranges.

1760 The great Mother Lode of California.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixii, pp. 248-250, 1896. Describes the characteristics of the gold-bearing veins of the region.

Wek8.] Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 209

1761 Fairbanks (Harold W.). Note on a breathing gas well [Cali-

fornia].

Science, new ser., vol. iii, pp. 693-694, 1896.

Deecribes the peculiar features of this well and the character of the associated Cretaceous and Jurassic strata.

1762 The mineiul deposits of eastern California.

Mining and Scientific Press, vol. Ixxiii, pp. 480-481, 501, 1896. Describes the occurrence of gold veins in this region.

1763 The geology of the San Francisco peninsula [California].

Jour. Geol., vol. v, pp. 63-76, 1897.

Reviews the report of Professor Lawson on this subject and discossee the author's conclusions.

1764 An interesting case of contact metamorphism.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv, pp. 36-38, 1 fig., 1897. Describes the geologic features of the locality in southern California and the contact phenomena.

1765 The tin deposits at Temescal, southern California.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv, pp. 39-42, 1897; Mg. and ScL Press, vol. Ixxv, p. 362, 1897.

Describes the geologic features of the region and the occurrence of the vein system and the tin deposits.

1766 Oscillations of the coast of California during the Pliocene

and Pleistocene.

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 213-245, pi. xv, 1897.

Reviews previous opinions concerning the subject, and discusses the evidences of the separation of the Pliocene and Pleistocene, and the evidence of a post-Pliocene disturbance and uplift.

1767 Outline of the geology of California with reference to its

mineral deposits.

Mg. and Sci. Press, vol. Ixxiv, pp. 132, 152, 173, 193, 213, 232, 1897. Describes the general geologic features of the occurrence of mineral deposits in California.

1768 Geology of a portion of the southern coast i*anges.

Jour. Geol., vol. vi, pp. 551-576, 2 figs., 1898.

Describes the topographic features, the character and occurrence of the Jurassic, Cretaceous, Tertiary, and Pleistocene deposits and of the igneous rocks. Discusses the structure and geologic history of the region.

1769 The great Sierra Nevada fault scarp.

Pop. Sci. Mo., vol. Hi, pp. 609-621, 7 figs., 1898. Discusses the history of the fault scarp along the eastern base of the Sierra Nevada Range.

1770 Bituminous rock deposits in the vicinity of San Luis Obispo,

California.

Mg. and Sci. Press, vol. Ixxvi, p. 661, 1 fig., 1898.

Describes the occurrence of the bituminous rock and discusses its origin.

Bull. 188—01 U

210 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1771 Fairbanks (Harold W.). Some notes on the petroleum deposits of California.

Mg. and Sci. Press, vol. Ixxviii, p. 533, 1899. Discusses occurrence and origin.

1772 Fairchild (Hennan Le Roy). A {section of the strata at Rochester, N. Y., as shown by a deep boring.

Roch. Acad. 8ci., Proc., vol. i, pp. 182-186, 1892.

Abstract: Am. Nat, vol. xxvi, pp. 695-696, 1892.

Gives a table showing the correspondence of the exposed strata and the first part of the well record, followed by a condensed section of the well boring. Compares the published and measured records of rocks in this vicinity with those of the well record.

1773 The evolution of the ungulate mammals.

Abstract: Roch. Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. ii, pp. 206-209, 1894. Describes the evolution of the Artiodactyla and Perissodactyla.

1774 The geological history of Rochester, N. Y.

Roch. Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. ii, pp. 215-223, 1894.

Gives a condensed section of the strata at Rochester and describes the process of deposition in Silurian and Devonian times and the character of the Glacial deposits.

1775 The length of /geologic time.

Roch. Acad. Sci, Proc., vol. ii, pp. 263-266, 1894. Reviews the recent literature on the subject and gives the estimates of different writers.

1776 Glacial lakes of western New York.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. vi, pp. 353-374, pis. 18-23, 1895.

Presents a hydrographic map of western New York, and in a table gives a list of extinct lakes, their altitudes, and estimated dimensions. Describes the history and phenomena of some of these Glacial lakes.

1777 Lake Newberry the probable successor of Lake Warren.

Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. vi, pp. 462-466, 1895. Discusses the evidences which indicate the formation, extent, and duration of Lake Newberry.

1778 The kame-moraine at Rochester, N. Y.

Am. Geol., vol. xvi, pp. 39-51, with map, 1895.

Describes the location, topographic features, and the structure and composition of the Pinnacle Hills, in the vicinity of Rochester. Describes their morainic character and the process of their formation, and compares them with neighboring kame areas.

1779 Glacial Genesee lakes.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. vii, pp. 423-452, pis. 19-21, 1896.

Describes the hydrography, topography, and geologic history of the Genesee Valley. Gives a description of the history and outlets of the several Glacial lakes and of contemporary local Glacial lakes and subsequent morainal lakes.

Weol8.] Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 211

1780 Fairchild (Herman Le Roy). Kame areas in western New York

Bouth of the Irondequoit and Sodun Imys.

Jour. Geol., vol. iv, pp. 129-159, figs. 1-7, 1896.

Describes the character and extent of massive depositfl of sand and gravel of Glacial origin. Compares these kame areas with the area at Rochester, N. Y., and discusses thiMr manner of formation.

1781 Lake Warren shore lines in western New York and the

Geneva beach.

Gefjl. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 269-284, pi. 30, 1897. Describes the occurrence of the shore lines and other Glacial phenomena of the region.

1782 Glacial geology of western New York.

Geol. Mag., dec. 4, vol. iv, pp. 529-637, with map, 1897; Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept. 1897, p. 664 (i p.), 1898.

Describes the Glacial deposits and phenomena of this portion of the State.

1783 Kettles in Glacial lake deltas.

Jour. Geol., vol. vi, pp. 589-696, 3 figs., 1898.

Describes occurrence at Potter, N. Y., and discusses its origin and formation.

1784 Glacial geology of western New York.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept. 1897, p. 664 (J p.), 1898; Geol. Mag., Dec iv, vol. iv, pp. 529-637, with map, 1897. Describes the Glacial deposits and phenomena of the State.

1785 Glacial geology in America.

Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xlvii, pp. 257-290; Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. xlvi, pp. 18972-18974, 18989-18990, 19001-19002; Am. Geol., vol. xxii, pp. 154-189, 1898.

Reviews the early literature on the glaciation of Nortli America and the literature on the cause, time divisions, character, and origin of the \riou8 Glacial phenomena.

1786 Basins in Glacial lake deltas.

Abstracts: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc, vol. xlvii, p. 291 (t p.); Science, new ser., vol. viii, p. 467 ( J p.) ; Am. Geol., vol. xxii, p. 254 (J p. ), 1898. Describes occurrence near Potter, N. Y., and discusses its origin.

1787 Glacial watei's in the Finger Lake region of New York.

Abstracts: Science, new ser., vol. viii, p. 463 (J p.); Am. Geol., vol. xxii, p. 249 (9 1.), 1898.

1788 Glacial waters in the Finger Lakes region of New York.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. x, pp. 27-68, pLs. iii-ix, 1899. Describes the Glacial lakes that occupy the various valleys of the region.

212 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1789 Fairchild (Herman Le Roy). Glacial lakes Newbeny, Warren,

and Dana, in central New York.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. vii, pp. 249-263, 1 fig., pi. vi, 1899. Describes jneral character, extent, and shore lines and elevations of the Glacial lake.

nsda Beach structure in Medina sandstone.

Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. xi, pp. 102-103 (i p.), 1900.

1790 Faribault (E. tt.). On the gold measures of Nova Scotia, and

deep mining.

Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. ii, pp. 119-129; Can. Mg. Rev., vol. xviii, p. 78, 1899.

Review: Jour. Geol., vol. viii, pp. 84-85, 1900.

Describes geologic structure and occurrence of gold in the region.

1790a The gold measures of Nova Scotia.

40 pp., Halifax, N. 8., 1900. (Not seen.)

1791 Parish (John B.). Theoredepositsof Newman Hill [Rico, Colo.].

Colo. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. Iv, pp. 151-164, 1892.

Mg. and Sci. Review, vol. xxviii, No. 26, p. 4, vol. xxix, No. 1, pp. 4-5 and No. 2, pp. 4-5, 1892.

Describes the geologic features of the locality and the structural and mineralogic characteristics of the ore bodies.

1792 Famsworth (P. J.). The Great Lake basins.

Science, vol. xx, p. 74, 1892.

Discusses the evidences as to the origin of these lake basins.

1793 Farr (Marcus S.). Notes on the osteology of the White River

horses.

Am. Phil. Soc. Proc., vol. , pp. 147-175, pi. xiii, figs. 1-6, 1896. Discusses the osteology of Mesohippus and gives a bibliography of the literature.

1794 Farrington (Oliver Cummings). Phenomena of falling mete-

orites.

Am. Geol., vol. xvii, pp. 82-89, 1896.

Reviews the history of the phenomena of falling meteorites.

1795 [Review of " Expedition cientifica al Popocatapetl," by Jos

G. Aguilera and Ezequiel Ordonez.]

Jour. Geol., vol. iv, pp. 516-520, 1896.

1796 Observations on Popocatepetl and Ixtaccihuatl, with a review

of the geographic and geologic features of the mountains [Mexico].

Field Col. Mus., Geol. ser., vol. i, pp. 75-120, pis. vii-xviii, figs. 1-2, 1897. Reviews the literature on the region and describes the geographic, geologic, and glacial features.

WMKii.1 PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 213

1707 Farrington (Oliver Cunuuings). [Review of '' Manual of determinative mineralogy, with an introduction on blowpipe analysis," by George J. Brush.]

Jour. Geol., vol. v, pp. 86-87, 1897.

1798 The average specific gravity of meteorites.

Jour, (ieol., vol. v, pp. 126-130, 1897.

Reviews previous discussions of the subject and gives the results of the author's studies.

1799 The eruptive rocks of Mexico.

Jour. Geol., vol. v, pp. 467-468, 1897.

Gives a summary of recent work by Seftor Ordonez on this subject.

1800 Datolite from Guanajuato [Mexico].

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. v, pp. 285-288, 5 1898. Describes the crystallographic characters of the material.

1801 A fossil egg from South Dakota.

Field Col. Mus., (ieol. ser., vol. i. No. 5, pp. 192-200, pin. xx-xxi, fij?s. 1-2, 1899.

1802 New mineral occurrences.

Field Col. Mus., Pub. 44, Geol. ser., vol. i, pp. 221-231, pi. xxvii, figs. 1-9, 1900.

Describes occurrence and cystallographic characters of ineeite, caledonite, gay-lu8site, epsomite, and golden calcite.

1803 Ciystal forms of calcite from Joplin, Missouri.

Field Col. Mus., Geol. ser., vol. i, pp. 232-241, pis. xxviii-xxxi, 1900. Describes occurrence and crystallographic characters of the material.

1804 Fechet (Eugene O.). The mines of Sierra Mojada, Mexico.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Iv, pp. 151-152, 1893.

Describes the general topographic and geologic features of the region. The ore bodies occur in a Cretaceous limestone and their mineral contents are principally silver, lead, and copper.

1805 Felix (J.) and Lenke (H.). Beitrage zur geologie und paleon-

tologie der Republik Mexico.

i, Leipzig, 1890; part iii, Stuttgart, 1891. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 120-121.

1806 Ueber die tektonischen Verhflltnisse der Republik

Mexico.

Zeit Deut. geol. Gesell., Band xliv, Heft 2, 1892, pp. 303-323.

Describes the topographic and geologic structure of the mountain ranges and plateau of Mexico. Considers that the volcanoes owe their origin to and are arranged along certain definite fissure systems.

1807 Ueber die mexicanische Vulcanspalte.

Zeit. Deut. geol. Gesell., 1894, pp. 678-681.

1808 Ueber das Vorkommen von Nummulitenschichten in

Mexico.

Neues Jahr. fur Min., etc., 1895, II, pp. 207-208.

214 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GKOLOOY, [bill. 188.

1809 Fenderson (\V. C). Turquoise mining in New Mexico.

Mg. and Si-i. Press, vol. Ixxiv, p. 192, 1897. the occurrence of turquoise in Mexico.

1810 Fenner (Clarence). The Old Telegraph mine, Bingham Can-

yon, Utah.

School of Mines Quart., vol. xiv, pp. 354-58, 1893.

the character and structure of the ore bodies in this mine.

1811 Ferrier (W. F.). Notes on the microscopical character of some

of the rocks of the counties of Quebec and Montmorenc}'.

Can. (ie<)l. Surv., Reports, vol. v, new ser., part i, 1890-91, Report h, apiMindix, pp. 73-82, 1893.

Quot*s Dr. Adams's scheme for the classification of the rocks of the gabbro family and describes the megascopic and microscopic characters of homblende-granite-gneiss, anorthosite, norite, j?abbro-gneiss, and pyroxenite-granite-gneiss.

1812 Crystals.

Ottawa Nat., vol. ix, pp. 117-131, 1895.

Des<!ribes the formation of crystals and reviews the literature of the subject.

1813 Petrographical characters of some rocks from the area of

the Kamloops map-sheet, British Columbia.

Can. Geol. Surv., new ser., vol. vii, Rept. B, appendix 1, pp. 349B- 400B, 1896.

the petrographic characters of schist, porphyrites, amphibolites, tuff, gabbro, dacite, trachyte, andesite, basalt, diorite, granite, syenite, and quartz porphyry.

1814 Erythrite, stilpnomelane var. chalcodite, crystallized mona-

zite, and pleochroic apatite from some Canadian localities.

Ottawa Nat., vol. ix, pp. 193-195, 1896.

1815 Barlo'w (A. E.) and. On the relations and structure of certain gmnites and associated arkoses of Lake Temiscaming,

Canada. See Barlow (A. E.) and Ferrier (W. F.), No. 252.

1816 Ferrier (W. F.) Notes on the microscopic structure of some

rocks from the Labrador Peninsula. Can. Geol. Surv., new ser., vol. viii, Report L, V, 1897.

1817 Finch (Grant E.). Drift section at Oelwein, Iowa.

Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc, vol. iv, pp. 54-58, pi. 1, 1897. Describes the local features of the drift beils.

1818 Finch (J. W.). [Review of ''Iowa Geological Survey, Ann. Kept. vol. ix."J

Jour, (reol., vol. vii, 517-521, 1899.

Wbem.] Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 215

1819 Finlay (G. 1.). A new occurrence of nepheline syenite and

associated dikes in the State of Tamaulipas, Mexico, with a review of the distribution of these rocks in North America.

Abstract: Science, new ner., vol. xii, pp. 446-447, 1900.

1820 Finlay (J. Ralph), Smyth (H. L.) and. The geological structure

of the western part of the Vermilion i*ange, Minnesota.

See Smyth (H. L.) and Finlay (J. R.), No. 5102.

1821 Fisher (Osmond). Rigidity not to be relied upon in estimating

the earth's age.

Am. Jour. Sei., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 464-468, 1893.

Reviews the paper by Clarence King, "The age of the earth," and quotes from other writers concerning the tidal rigidity of the earth. Concludes that rigidity can not be relied upon ay furnishing data from which to estimate the earth's age.

1822 Fisher (W. L.). See Prosser (Charles S.), No. 4497.

1823 Fitch (C. H.). Triangulation and spirit leveling in Indian Ter-

ritory.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 175, pp. 1-141, pi. i, fig. 1, 1900.

1824 Fitzpatrick (T. J.). The drift section and the glacial striae in the

vicinity of Lamoni, Iowa.

Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. v, pp. 105-106, pi. viii, 1898. Describes occurrence of beds of driftwood and burieil forest, and discusses its bearing on the question of the existence of a pre-Kansas stage.

1825 Fleck (W. I.). Pocket mining in .southern Oregon

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixx, p. 69, 1900.

Contains notes on occurrence of gold in placers and quartz veins.

1826 Fleming (Mary A.). The potholes of Fosters Flats (now called

Niagara Glen) on the Niagara River.

Abstracts: Am. Assoc. Adv. Proc., vol. xlviii, pp. 226-227 (J p.); Science, new ser., vol. x, p. 489 (J p.), 1899.

1827 Fletcher (Hugh). Report on the geological surveys and explo-f

tions in the counties of Pictou and Colchester, Nova Scotia.

Can. Geol. Sur\'., Reports, vol. v, new ser., part ii, 1890-91, Report P, 193 pp., 1893.

The formations of the region range from the post-Tertiary to the Cambro-feilurian and are cut by dikes and sheets of igneous Describes sections shown at various points, the de|)osits of coal and iron, and the traces of lead and copper that were found.

1828 Descriptive note on the Sydney coal field. Cape Breton,

Nova Scotia. To accompany a revised edition of the geological map of the coal fields.

Can. Geol. Surv., 16 pp., 1900. (Not seen.)

216 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1829 Fletcher (Hugh). Geological nomenclature in Nova Scotia.

N. 8. Inst. Sci., Proo. and Trans., vol. x, pt. ii, pp. 235-244, 1900. Discussion of the classification of Devonian and Carboniferous rocks.

1830 Foerste (August F.). Studies on the Chipola Miocene of Bain-

bridge, Ga., and of Alum Bluff, Fla., with an attempt at correlation of certain Grand Gulf group beds with marine Miocene beds eastward.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 244-254, 1893.

Describes the general character and relations of the strata in this region, with special reference to exposures at Bainbridge and Alum Bluff. Presents a provisional list of Gasteropoda Gully species, showing their geologic and geographic distribution, with notes on the various species.

1831 New fossil localities in the earlv Paleozoics of Pennsylva-

nia. New Jersey, and Vermont, with remarks on the close similarity of the lithologic features of these Paleozoics.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 435-444, 1893.

Describes the general relations and lithologic character of the Cambrian and Silurian strata in the portions of the States mentioned and their fauna, as shown by the observations of various investigators. Discusses the correlation of the beds in the several districts, and presents a geologic sketch map of the portions of New Jersey and Vermont

1832 An examination of Glyptodendron Claypole, and of other

so-called Silurian land plants from Ohio.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 133-141, 1893.

Discusses the characteristics of the specimens found in rocks of Clinton age in Ohio, said to be land plants. Considers that at present there is no evidence of the existence of land plants in the region of the Cincinnati anticlinal during Clinton time.

1833 Remarks on specific characters in Orthoceras.

Am. Geol. , vol. xii, pp. 232-236, 1893.

Describes some of the special characteristics of Orthoceras.

1834 The reproduction of arms in crinoids.

Am. GeoL, vol. xii, pp. 270-271, (t p. ) (correspondence), 1893.

1835 Fossils of the Clinton group in Ohio and Indiana.

Ohio Geol. Surv., vol. vii, pp. 516-601, 1893.

Describes fossils found in Clinton rocks of these States, including several new species.

1836 The Upper Vicksburg Eocene and the Chattahoochee Miocene

of southwest Georgia and adjacent Florida.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlviii, pp. 41-54, with sketch map, 1894.

Describes certain exposures of the Eocene and Miocene in this region and correlates them with other deposits of Georgia.

Wejek9.J Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 217

1837 Foarste (August F.). On Clinton eongloniemtcH and wave uiark in Ohio and Kentucky. With a rsum of our knowledge of similar occurrences in other Silurian strata of these States, and their evidence upon prolmble land conditions.

Jour. Geol., vol. iii, pp. 50-60, and 169-197, 1895.

Gives a description of beer\'ationH, by the author and others, of rounded limestone pebbles and wave marks in the Cincinnati, Oneida, Medina, and Clinton groups in Ohio and Kentucky. Includes remarks on the occurrence of the Upper Silurian and Devonian formations in the same region, a rsum of the facts reganling the geographic distribution of the pebbles and wave marks, and the conclusions to be drawn from them t*oncoming the existence of land areas in Silurian and Clinton times.

1838 An account of the Middle Silurian rocks of Ohio and Indiana,

including the Niagara and Ohio Clinton, and the IhxI at the top of the Lower Silurian strata, formerly considered the Medina.

Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., Jour., vol. xviii, pp. 161-199, 1896.

Describes local details of the succession of Lower and Upper Silurian rocks at various places in southeastern Indiana and southwestern Ohio, and discusses the evidences as to correct separation of these two groujw and the correlation of the several members.

1839 A report on the geology of the Middle and Upper Silurian

rocks of Clark, Jefferson, Ripley, Jennings, and southern Decatur counties, Indiana.

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Res., 2l8t Ann. Kept., pp. 21,V288, pis. xivxvii, 1897.

Describes the lithologic and faunal characters and occurrence of the different subdivisions of the Silurian strata, and includes geological maps of the counties named.

1840 A report on the Niagara limestone quarries of Decatur,

Franklin, and Fayette counties, with remarks on the geology of the Middle and Upper Silurian rocks of these and neighboring (Ripley, Jennings, Bartholomew, and Shelby) counties [Indiana].

Ind. Dept. of Geol. and Nat. Res., 22d. Ann. Kept, pp. 195-255, pis. xiv-xviii, 1898.

Abstract: Stone, vol. xvii, pp.253-256, 1898.

Gives a general description of the Silurian strata and local details of the quarries.

1841 Age and development of the Cincinnati anticline.

Abstract: S<*ience, new ser., vol. x, p. 488 (i p.), 1899.

1842 Shaler (N. S.), Woodworth (J. B.), and. Geology of the

Narragansett Basin.

See Shaler (N. S.), Wood worth (J. B.), and Foerste (A. F.), No. 4940.

218 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bill. 188.

1848 Foerste (August F.). A geneml discussion of the Middle Silurian rocks of the Cincinnati anticlinal region with their

synonymy.

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Res,, 24th Ann. Rept., pp. 41-80, 1900.

Gives a general rume of the literature regarding the various formations of this portion of the Silurian strata. .

IS'Sa Further studies on the history of the Cincinnati anticline.

Abstract: Science, new ser., vol, xi, p. 145 (t p. ), 1900.

1844 Fogh (Carl S.). Some geological features of the mine of Velar-

dena, Mexico.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ivii, pp. 29-30, 1894. the ore and the dikt8 which cut them.

1845 Fontaine (William Morris). Description of some fossil plants

from the Great Falls coal field of Montana.

U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. xv, pp. 487—195, pis. Ixxxii-lxxxiv, 1893. Describes the general character of the flora represented and the characteristics of several new species.

1846 Notes on some fossil plants from the Trinity division of the

Comanche series of Texas.

U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. xvi, pp. 261-282, pis. xxxvi-xliii, 189. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 327-328, 1893.

1847 Notes on some fossil plants from the Trinity division of the

Comanche series of Texas.

U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. xvi, pp. 261-282, pis. xxxvi-xliii, 1893.

Discusses the lithologic character of the bed in which the fossils were found and the characteristics of the plants including eight new species.

1848 The Potomac formation in Virginia.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull., No. 145, 149 pp., 2 pis., 1896.

Describes the character and occurrence of Potomac strata at various localities in Virginia and discusses the evidence as to the age ot the formation.

1849 Notes on some Mesozoic plants from near Oroville, California.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. ii, pp. 273-275, 1896. Gives a list of the plants collected and discusses their on the evidence as to the age of the deposits, which is considered to be Jurassic.

1850 Notes on Lower Cretaceous plants from the Hay Creek coal

field, Crook County, Wyoming.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 19th Ann. Rept, Pt. II, pp. 645-702, pis. clx-clxix,

Describes the section of the coal beds and the fossils collected.

1851 See Ward (L. F.), No. 5856.

wEEKJt.l PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 219

1S52 Fontaine (William Morris). Notes on fossil plants collected by Dr. Ebenezer Emmons from the older Mesozoic roeks of North Carolina.

U. S. GeoL Sur\\, 20th Ann. Kept., Pt. II, pp. 277-315, 1900. Contained in paper by L, F. Ward et al. on the Status of the Mesozoic florae of the United Staten.'* See No. 5857.

1853 Notes on Mesozoic plants from Oroville, California.

U. 8. Ueol. Surv., 20th Ann. Kept., Pt. II, pp. 342-368, 1900. Contained in paper by L. F. Ward et al. on the Status of the Mesozoic floras of the States." See No. 5857.

1854 Wanner (Atreus) and. Triassic flora of York County,

Pennsylvania. See Wanner (A.) and Fontaine (W. M.), No. 5835.

1855 Foote (A. E.). A new locality for meteoric iron, with a prelim-

inary notice of the discovery of diamonds in the iron.

Abstract: Am. Ahsoc. Adv. Sci., Prot!., vol. xl, pp. 279-283, 1891. Describes the locality in Arizona and the specimens obtained, and remarks on the occurrence of small black diamonds in them.

1856 Preliminarv notice of a meteoric stone seen to fall at Bath,

South Dakota.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, p. 64, 1893.

Gives a brief description of the stone, by photojfraph, pi. iii. ,

1857 Foote (H. W.). On the occurrence of the pollucite, mannocolumbite, and microlite at Rumford, Maine.

Am. Jour. Sci.. 4th ser., vol. i, pp. 457-461, 1896.

Gives a brief description of the occurrence of the minerals and the chemical composition of jiollucite. Describes the crystal lographic characters of mangano-columbite and microlite.

1858 Pratt (J. H.) and. On wellsite, a new mineral.

See Pratt (J. H.) and Foote (H. W.), No. 4437.

1859 Foote (H. W.), Penfleld (S. L.) and. On bixbyite, a new mineral, and notes on the associated topaz.

See Penfleld (S. L.) and Foote (H. W.), No. 4315.

1860 Note concerning the composition of ilmenite.

See Penfleld (S. L.) and Foote (H. W.), No. 4316.

1861 On clinohedrite, a new mineral from Franklin, N. J.

See Penfleld (S. L.) and Foote (H. W.), No. 4320.

1862 Chemical composition of tourmaline.

See Penfleld (S. L.) and Foote (II. W.), No. 4321.

1863 Foote (Warren M.). -Note on the occurence of leadhillite pseudomorphs at Granby, Mo. Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. 1, pp. 99-100, 1895. pseud omor|)hs after calcite and galena.

220 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

18H4 Foote (Warren M.). Preliminary note on a new alkali mineral.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. I, pp. 480-481, 1895.

Describes briefly the chemical and crystal lographic characters of a new mineral from California for which the term northupite" is

1865 Preliminary note on a new alkali mineral.

Phil. Acad.' Nat. Sci., Proc., 1895, pp. 408-409.

Describes the crystallographic and chemical characters of northupite, found at Borax Lake, California.

Note on a new meteorite from the Sacramento Mountains,

New Mexico.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iii, pp. 65-66, pis. i-ii, 1897. Nature, vol. Iv, pp. 572-573, figs. 1-2, 1897. Describes the mass and gives its chemical analysis.

1867 Note on the ocmrrenee of native lead with roeblingite,

native copper, and other minerals at Franklin Furnace, New Jersey.

Am. Jour. St-i., 4th ser., vol. vi, pp. 187-188, 1898. Describes the characters of the material.

1868 Note on a new meteoric iron found near the Tombigbee

River, in Choctaw and Sumter counties, Alabama.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. viii, pp. 153-156, pis. ii-iii, 1899. Review: Am. Geol., vol. xxiv, p. 319 (8 1.), 1899. Describes the occurrence and physical and chemical characters of the material.

1869 Note on a new meteoric iron found near Iredell, Bosque

County, Texas.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. viii, pp. 415-416, 1899,

Rev. Am. Geol., vol. xxv, p. 176, (9 1.), 1900.

occurrence and chemical character of the material.

1870 Forbes (E. H.). On the epidote from Huntington, Mas8., and

the optical properties of epidote.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. i, pp. 26-30, 1896.

Gives the chemical analysis of the epidote and describes its crystallographic characters.

1871 Penfield (S. L.) and. Fayalite from Rockport, Mass., and

on the optical properties of the chrysolite-f ayalite group and of monticellite.

See Penfield (S. L.) and Forbes (E. H.), No. 4312.

1872 Ford (W. E.), Penfield (S. L.) and. On some interesting devel-

opments of calcite crystals.

See Penfield (S. L.) and Ford (W. E.), No. 4328.

1873 Penfield (S. L.) and. Siliceous calcites from the Bad Lands,

Washington County, South Dakota. See Penfield (S. L.) and Fortl ( VV. E.), No. 4327.

WKEKft.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 221

1874 Forrester (Robert). Coal fields of Utah.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Min. Res., 1892, pp. 511-520.

The Coal Measures of the Laramie group are InjHt developed on the eastern slopes of the Wasatch and the beds attain a maximum thickness of 28 feet. Coal also occurs in the Montana and Colorado Cretaceous. Gives analyses of coal from different localities.

1875 Forstall (A. E.). The origin of coal and petroleum.

Sci. Araer. Suppl., vol. xxxiv, pp. 13790-13797, 1892.

Gives an account of the conditions existing during the formation of coal and petroleum and reviews the literature on the question of their origin.

1876 ForB3rth (A.), O'Harra (C. C.) and. Notes on the geology and

mineral deposits of a portion of the southern Black Hills. See OHarra (C. C.) and Forsyth (A.), No. 4128.

1877 Fowke (Gerard). Pre-Glacial and recent drainage channels in

Eoss County, Ohio.

Denison Univ., Sci. Lab., Bull., vol. ix, pp. 15-24, pi. i, 1895.

Discusses the origin of certain drainage features and gives a map of the region.

1878 The formation of natural bridges.

Stone, vol. xiv, pp. 355-357, 1897.

Discusses the mode of formation of natural bridges.

1879 Pre-Glacialdrainagein the vicinity of Cincinnati; itsrelation

to the origin of the modern Ohio River, and its bearing upon the question of the southern limits of the ice sheet.

Denison Univ., Sci. Lab., Bull., vol. xi. Art. I, pp. 1-10, pi. i, 1898. Describes the origin and geologic history of the Ohio River and the southern limit of the ice sheet.

1880 Fowler (Frank B.). The gold zone of Copalquin, Durango,

Mexico. San Fernando.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixix, pp. 225-226, 3 figs.; pp. 557-558, 4 figs, Briefly describes the character and occurrence of the ore

1881 Fowler (S. S.). Notes on the Ymir mine and its mill pmctice

[British Columbia]. Mg. and Sci. Press, vol. Ixxix, p. 517, 1899. Describes geologic features and occurrence of gold and silver ores.

1882 Notes on the Ymir mine and its mill practice [British

Columbia].

Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. iii, pp. 3-10, 1900.

Describes the general geology of the region and the occurrence of the gold-silver ores.

1883 Frazer (Persifor). The sixth session of the International Con-

gress of Geologists.

Am. Geol., vol. xiv, pp. 259-271, 1894.

Gives an account of the excursions and proceedings of this session held at Zurich, Switzerland, in August, 1894.

222 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bi ll. 18.

1884 Frazer (Persifor). [On the red horizons.]

Am. Phil. Proc., vol. xxxiii, pp. 216-217, 1894. Discusses a paper by B. S. Lyman on the same subject.

1885 Two supposed new trap dikes in Chester County, Pennsylvania.

Phil. Nat. 8ci., Proc., 1896, pp. 206-207, 1896. Remarks on the occurrence of trap dikes in Chester County.

1886 Tables for the determination of minerals by physical properties ascertainable with the aid of a few field instruments.

J. B. Lippincott & Co., Philadelphia, 4th edition, 1897. Review by U. S. Am. Geol.. vol. xix, pp. 221-222, 1897; Review by E. B. Mathews, Science, new ser., vol. v, pp. 624-625, 1897.

1887 Notes on the northern Bla(;k Hills of South Dakota.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engra., Trans., vol. xxvii, pp. 204-231, 1898. Describes the general geology of the ron and occurrence of the gold ores. Includes a bibliography.

1888 Archean character of the nuclei of the Antilles.

Am. Geol., vol. xxi, pp. 250-251 (J p.), 1898.

1889 The life and letters of Edward Drinker Cope.

Am. Geol., vol. xxvi, pp. 67-128, pis. vi-xv, 1900.

Freeh (F.). [Correlation of clastic rocks.]

Int. Cong. Geol., Compte Rendu, 5th session, pp. 171-172 (i p.)> 1893. Remarks on the comparison of the middle Paleozoic faunas of and North America.

1891 Section in Congress Canyon opposite Point Sublime [Ariz.].

Int. Cong. Geol., Compte Rendu, 5th session, pp. 476-481, 1893. Describes exposures of Archean, Algonkian, Cambrian, and Carboniferous rocks in this canyon, and gives the author's conclusions.

1892 Das Profil des Grossen Colorado-Canon.

Neues Jahr. fur Min., etc., 1895, Band II, pp. 153-156. Gives the vertical section of the Cambrian rocks of Colorado Canyon and a description of the geologic history of the region.

1898 Freeland (Francis T.). Fault rules.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 491-502, 1893.

Discusses the general characteristics of fault phenomena and gives a number of rules to be followed in mining where faults occur and a bibliography of the subject.

1894 Freeman (H. C). The Ammon mines, Fergus County, Montana.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. lix, pp. 416-417, 1895. Describes the occurrence of gold on the contact of limestone and porphyry in this locality,

1895 Boulder mining district, Montana.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ix, pp. 583-584, 1895.

Gives a historical review of mining in this district and a brief description of the gold ores.

Weeks.] Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 223

1896 Frensel (A. B.). The turquoise deposit in Mohave County,

Arizona.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixvi, p. 697, 1 fig., 1898.

Deflcribee the occurrence and chemical character of the material.

1897 Fuller (Homer T.). Effects of droughts and winds on alluvial

deposits in New England.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 148-149, 1892.

Deecribee terraces once covered with vegetation, but which are now almost entirely denuded, and states that the wind striking them at an angle carries the sand to the nearest lower spot to the leeward.

1898 Fuller (Myron L.). A new occurrence of Carboniferous fossils

in the Narrangansett Basin.

Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. xxvii, pp. 195-199, 1896. Describes the lithologic character of the strata, with notes on the occurrence of Calamites and Sigillaria.

1899 Crosby (W. O.) and. Origin of pegmatite.

See Crosby (W. O.) and Fuller (M. L.), No. 1164.

1900 Fnller (Myron L.). Notes on a Carboniferous bowlder train in

eastern Massachusetts.

Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. xxyiii, pp. 251-263, with map, 1898. Describes the character and distribution of the material and gives a bibliography of the subject

1901 Champlain submergence in the Narragansett Bay region

[Rhode Island].

Am. Geol., vol. xxi, pp. 310-321, 1898.

Discusses theories as to the origin of certain Glacial phenomena of the region.

1902 Crushed quartz and its source.

Stone, vol. xviii, pp. 1-4, 1 fig., 1898.

Describes the material from which the crushed quartz used in polishing, manufacture of glass, etc., is obtained.

1903 Season and time elements in sand-plain formation.

Jour. Geol., vol. vii, pp. 452-462, 1 fig., 1899. Discusses origin of certain Glacial deposits.

1904 Notes on an unusual orientation of phcnociTsts in a dike.

Tech. Quart., vol. xii, pp. 175-179, 2 figs., 1899. Describes phenocrysts of a porphyritic granite.

1905 The occurrence and uses of mica.

Stone, vol. xix, pp. 530-532, 1899.

1906 [Review of " Minemlogical notes, analyses of tysonite, bast-

nasite, prosopite, jeffersonite, covellite," etc., by W. F. Hillebrand.]

Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, pp. 324-325 (J p.), 1899.

224 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bill. 188.

Fuller (Myron L.). [Review of '*On the chemical composition of tourmaline, "by S. L. Pentield and H. W. Foote.]

Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, p. 325 (i p.), 1899.

1908 [Review of "On dikes of felsophyre and basalt in Paleozoic

rocks in central Appalachian Virginia," by N. H. Darton, and " Notes on the petrography," by Arthur Keith.]

Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, p. 327 (61.), 1899.

1909 [Review of ''Platinum and iridium in meteoric iron," by

J. M. Davison.]

Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, p. 327 (9 1.), 1899.

1910 [Review of ''Causes of variation in composition of igneous

rocks," by T. L. Walker.]

Am. Geol, vol. xxiii, pp. 327-328 (i p.), 1899.

1911 [Review of "On the associated minerals of rhodolite," by

W. E. Hidden and J. H. Pratt.]

Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, p. 328 (5 1.) 1899.

1912 [Review of "The alkaline reaction of some natural silicates."

by F. W. Clarke.]

Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, p. 328 (7 1.), 1899.

1913 [Review of "Petroleum inclusions in quartz crystals," by

Chas. L. Reese.]

Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, p. 328 (3 1.), 1899.

1914 [Review of "Mineral resources of Cuba," by Raimundo

Cabrera.]

Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, p. 328 (3 1.), 1899.

1915 [Review of "The slate region of Pennsylvania," by Mansfield Merriam.]

Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, p. 328 (5 1.),

1916 [Review of "On the phenocrystiiof intrusive iguvwus rocks,"

by L. V. Pirsson; "On the occurrence, origin, and chemical composition of chromite," by J. H. Pratt; "Some rockforming biotites and amphiboles," by H. W. Turner; "On the occurrence of Paleotrochis in volcanic rocks in Mexico," by H. S. Williams; "Origin of Paleotrochis," by J. S. Diller; "Goldschmidtite, a new mineral," by W. H. Hobbs, and "On ahydromica from New Jei*sey," by F. W. Clarke and N. H. Darton.]

Am. Geol., vol xxiv, pp. 180-182, 1899.

Wbbm.] Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy.

lyi7 Fuller (Myron L.) [Review of '"Analysis and composition of roscoelite," by W. F. Hillebrand; "Chemical of roscoelite,'"* by F. W. Clarke; "The oe'urrence of roscoelite," by H. W. Turner; "On the chemical composition of parasite and a new occurrence of it in Ravalli County, Mont," by S. L. Penfield and C. H. Warren; "The constitution of tourmaline," by F. W. Clarke; "Note on a new meteoric iron found near Tombigbee River in Choctaw and Sumter counties, Alabama, U. S. A.," by Warren M. Foote; "An Albertite-like asphalt in the Choctaw Nation, Indian Territory," by J. A. Taflf ; "On the separation of alumina from molten magmas and the formation of corundum," by J. H. Pratt; "Experiment*} relative to the constitution of pectolite, pyrophyllite, calamine, and analcite," by F. W. Clarke and George Steiger; ''The mineralogical structure and chemical composition of the trap of Rocky Hill, N. J.," by A. H. Phillips; "Mineralogical notes, melonite, coloradoite, petzite, hessite," by W. F. Hillebrand.]

Am. Geol., vol. xxiv, pp. 317-321, 1899.

1918 [Review of "Geology of Minnesota, Final Report, vol. iv,"

by N. H. Winchell, U. S. Grant, Warren Upham, and H. V. Winchell.]

Joor. Geol., vol. viii, pp. 197-201, 1900.

1918a [Review of "Some new minerals from the zinc mines

at Franklin Furnace, N. J., and note concerning the chemical composition of Ganomalite;" "Andesites of the Aroostook volcanic area of Maine;" "On a new mode of occurrence of ruby in North Carolina;" "Note on anew meteoric iron found near Iredell, Bosque County, Texas;" "On a new occurrence of nepheline syenite in New Jersey;" "On graftonite, a new mineral from Grafton, New Hampshire, and its intergrowth with triphylite," and "Some analyses of Italian volcanic rocks, II."]

Am. Geol., vol. xxv, pp. 174-177, 1900.

1919 An instance of subaqueous differential weathering.

Am. Geol., vol. xxv, pp. 355-369, 1900.

Describes the differential weathering of gneiss beneath the water of lake Winuipesaukee, N. H.

1919a [Reviews of "Foasil floras of the Lower Coal Measures

of Missouri;" "Report on fossil plants from the McAlester coal field, Indian Territory, collected by Messrs. Taff and Richardson in 1897," and "Relative ages of the Kanawha and AUeghan}' ages of the Kanawha and Alleghany series as indicated by the fossil plants " by David White].

Am. Geo!., vol. xxvi, pp. 55-59, 1900.

Bull. 188—01 15

226 BIBLIOGRAPHY OK NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

Itl20 Fulton (R. L.). Nevada Hulphur depcKsits.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixviii, p. 64 (J p.), 1899. Briefly describes occurrence and character.

1921 Fultz (Francis M.). Interruption during the deposition of the

Burlington limestone.

Am. Geol., vol. xiv, pp. 246-249, 1894.

Discusses the evidences of disturbances during the Burlington epoch in the Mississippi Valley.

1922 Evidences of disturbance during the deposition of the Burlington limestones.

Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. i, pt iv, pp. 56-58, 1894.

Dis<*usse8 the disturbances occurring in the Burlington limestone as indicated by changes in fossil forms, lithologic characters, erosion, and imcon f ormabi lity .

1923 Erosion during the deposition of the Burlington lime-stones.

Am. Geol., vol. xv, pp. 128-130 (comspondence), 1895.

Describes deposits near Burlington, Iowa, which indicate a cessation of deposition and erosion, and renewal of deposition during the formation of the Burlington limestones.

1924 How old is the Mississippi?

Abstract: Iowa Acad. Sci.,* Proc., vol. ii, p. 39 (J p.), 1895. Gives brief notes on the geologic history of this river.

1925 Formation of the flint beds of the Burlington limestones.

Abstract: Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. ii, p. 177, 1895. Brief note on the occurrence of these beds.

1926 Coincidence of present and pre-Glacial drainage system in

extreme southeastern Iowa.

Abstract: Iowa Sci., Proc., vol. ii, pp. 208-209 (i p. ), 1895. Comprises brief notes on the drainage systems of the region.

1927 Extension of the Illinois lobe of the great ice sheet into

Iowa.

Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. ii, pp. 209-212, 1895.

Discusses the general features of the ice invasion of the State.

1928 Glacial markings in southeastern Iowa.

Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. ii, pp. 213-217, pis. xxi-xxii, 1895. Describes the character and directions of the markings.

1929 Recent discoveries of Glacial scorings in southeastern Iowa.

Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., voU iii, pp. 60-62, 1896. Presents data showing that the Illinois ice lobe crossed the Mississippi into Iowa.

1930 Some facts brought to light by deep wells in Des Moines

County, Iowa.

Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. iii, pp. 62-63, 1896. Gives brief notes on certain deep wells.

.1 Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 227

1931 (Francis M.). The Burlington artesian well [Iowa].

Iowa Acad. 8ci., Proc. vol. vi, pp. 70-74, 1899. Gives section of well to a depth of 2,430 feet.

1932 Fnnnan (H. van F.). Mining and smelting in the State of

Durango, Mexico.

Mines and Minerals, vol. xx, pp. 433-435, 2 figs., 1900. Describes occurrence of gold-silver ores of Mapimi.

1933 Oallaher (John A.). Bureau of geology and mines.

Missouri, Biennial Rept. 1898, 68 pp. Describes general geologic features of the State.

1933a Preliminary report of the structural and economic geology

of Missouri.

Mo., Bureau of Geol. and Mines, 259 pp., pis. i-lxiii, figs. 1-6, and 9 vertical sections, 1900.

Contains a statement of the author*s theory of the Cosmos and a description of the character and occurrence of the igneous and sedimentary rocks of Missouri.

1934 Gkuie (Henry Stewart). A contribution to the Neocene corals

of the United States.

Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ, vol. xv, pp. 8-10, 1896. Describes the distribution of Neocene corals and the characters of a number of new species.

1935 Gannett (Henry). The mapping of the United States.

Scottish Mag., vol. viii, pp. 150-153, 1892.

Gives a history of the various surveying expeditions that hwe been made in the United States and a brief account of the character of the topographic maps now being executed by the U. 8. Geological Survey.

1936 Physiographic types.

U. 8. Geol. Surv., Topographic Atlas of U. S., folio 1, 1898.

Reviews by W. M. Davis, Jour, of Geol., vol. vi, pp. 431-433; Jcience, new ser., vol. vii, p. 766, 1898.

Describes various physiographic types in the United States, iUtistrated by topographic maps.

1937 A gazetteer of Kansas.

U. 8. Geol. Surv., Bull., No. 154, 246 pp., with map, 1898.

1938 The aims and methods of cartography, with especial reference to the topographic maps now under construction in Maryland by the United States Geological Survey in cooperation with the Maryland Geological Survey.

Md. Geol. Surv., vol. ii, pp. 245-336, pis. xxxiii-xlii, figs. 20-26, 1898.

1939 Lake Chelan [Washington].

Nat Geog. Mag., vol. ix, pp. 417-428, 7 pis. and map, 1898. Describes the physiographic features of the region.

228 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188,

1940 Ghuinett (Henry). Stanford's Compendium of Geography and

Travel (new issue). North America. Vol. II, the United States.

London, Edward Stanford, 466 pp., 73 pis., 16 mape, 1898. Review by H. R. Mill, Nature, vol. Iviii, pp. 497-498, 2 figs., 1898.

1941 A dictionary of altitudes in the United States. (Third

edition.) U. 8. Geol. Surv., Bull., No. 160, 775 pp., 1899. Review: Am. Geol., vol. xxv, pp. 121-122, 1900.

1942 Physiographic types.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Topoj?. Atlas of U. 8., folio No. 2, 1900.

Illustrated the following types: A coast swamp — Norfolk sheet, Virginia-North Carolina; a graded river — Marshall sheet, Missouri; an overloaded stream — Lexington sheet, Nebraska; Appalachian ridges — Poteau Mountain sheet, Arkansas-Indian Territory; Ozark plateau — Marshall sheet, Arkansas; Hogbacks — West Denver sheet, Colorado; Volcanic peaks, plateaus, and necks — Mount Taylor sheet, New Mexico; Alluvial cones — Cucamonga sheet, California; a crater — Crater Lake special sheet, Oregon.

1943 A gazetteer of Utah.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull,, No. 166, pp. 1-43, pis. i-ii, 1900.

1944 Altitudes in Alaska.

U. S. Geol. Surv., BuL., No. 169, pp. 1-13, 1900.

1945 Boundaries of the United States and of the several States

and Territories with an outline of the history of all important changes of territory. (Second edition.)

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull.. No. 171, pp. 1-142, pis. i-liii, 1900.

1946 Gkurriflon (F. Lynwood). The Joplin zinc district [Missouri-

Kansas].

Mines and Minerals, vol. xx, pp. 462-463, 1900. Contains notes on the occurrence of the zinc ores.

1947 Gkurside (G. W.). The mineral resources of southeast Alaska.

Mg. and Sci. Review, vol. xxx. No. 7, pp. 4-5, and No. 8, pp. 4-5; Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 815-823, 1893.

Abstract: Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Iv, pp. 175-176, 1893.

Desirribes the character and value of the precious metal ores found in the several districts of this region, accompanied by sketch map of a part of Alaska, showing mineral belt

1948 Gkissaway (A. D.). The Magalia, Cal., drift mine.

Mg. and Sci. Press, vol. Ixxviii, pp. 372-373 (3 figs.), 400-401 (3 figs.),

Weeks.) Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 229

1SH1 d-aiidry (Albert). Excursion dans les Montagnes rocheuses.

Soc. Gl. <ie France, Bull., Sd ser., vol. xix. No. 12, pp. 936-942,

Gives a general geologic description of the route traversed by an excursion of members of the Fifth International Congress of Geologists, crossing many of the Eastern, Middle, and Western States of the United States, and includes a des(*ription of the mammalian and other fossil faunas found in some of the Western States.

1950 Similitudes dans la marche de revolution sur I'ancien et le

nouveau continent.

Soc. G6ol. de France, Bull., 3d sen, vol. xix, No. 12, pp. 1024-1035,

Compares the characteristics of certain American faunas with those of Europe, and discusses the changes that have taken place in each and their relation to the progress of evolution.

1961 [Classification of Pleistocene deposits.]

Int. Cong. Geol., Compte Rendu, 5th session, pp. 192-193, 1893. Remarks on the desirability of a chronological classification of Pleistocene deposits.

1952 Gcer (Gerard de). Isobases of the post-Glacial elevation.

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 247-249, 1892.

Gives an account of the author's observations of the Glacial deposits in various parts of the United States and Canada.

1953 Quaternary changes of level in Scandinavia.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 65-68, with map, 1892. Describes the author's methods of determining the marine boundary and gives the results of his observations.

1954 On Pleistocene changes of level in eastern North America.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 22-44, 1893; Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. XXV, pp. 454-477, 1892.

Gives a general statement of the methods and results of the author's investigations in Europe and North America. Considers that continental changes of level are closely connected with the local structure of the earth's crust and that no changes in the level of the sea can account for the phenomena.

1955 [Correlation of clastic rocks.]

Int. Cong. Geol., Compte Rendu, 5th session, pp. 156-156 p.), 1893. Remarks on statistical analyses of fossil faunas, with special reference to the number of individuals found.

1956 [Classification of Pleistocene deposits.]

Int Cong. Geol., Compte Rendu, 5th session, pp. 193-194, 196, 198,

Remarks on the importance of a genetic classification of Pleistocene deposits and the possibility of a local chronologic classification.

230 BIBLIOOBAPHT OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1957 Gtoikie (Archibald). Text-Book of Geology, third edition.

Macmlllan & Co., London and New York, 1893. Review: Am. Geol., vol. xiii, pp. 60-70.

1958 De la Cooperation Internationale dans les investigations

geologiques.

Jour. Geol., vol. viii, pp. 585-595, 1900.

1959 Geikie (James). Glacial geology.

Smith. Inst., Ann. Rept. for 1890, pp. 221-230, 1892. DiscuBses the general conclusions of investigators of Glacial phenomena and deposits in different portions of the world.

1960 Address as president of the Section of Geography.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Report for 1892, pp. 794-810; Scottish Geog. Mag., vol. viii, pp. 457-479, 1893.

Describes the geographic development of coast lines and the orographic movements that have influenced their location and direction in North America and other parts of the earth,

1961 The great Ice age.

Third edition, London, Edward Stanford.

Review: Jour. Geol., vol. ii, pp. 730-747, by R. D. Salisbury.

1962 The classification of European Glacial deposits.

Jour. Geol., vol. iii, pp. 241-269, 1895.

Describes the Glacial phenomena of Europe and gives the author's classification.

1963 Oemmell (R. C.)* The Camp Floyd mining district and the

Mercur mine, Utah.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixiii, pp. 403-404, 1897.

Describes the topographic and geologic features of the district.

1964 Genth (Frederick A.). The minerals of North (]!arolina.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull., No. 74, 1891. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. ix, p. 342 (i p.), 1892.

1965 Contributions to mineralogy.

Am. Jour. Sci., ser., vol. xliii, pp. 184-189, 1892. Notes on hubnente, hessite, bismutite, and natrolite.

196 On penfieldite, a new species.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 260-261 (correspondence), 1892.

1967 Contributions to mineralogy, No. 54, with crystallographic

notes by S. L. Penfield.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 381-389, 1892.

Notes on aguilarite, metacinnabarite, lollingite, rutile, quartz from the alteration of orthoclase, danalite, yttrium-calcium fluoride, cyrtoUte, lepidolite, and fuchsite.

Weeks.] Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 231

1968 Gtenth (Frederick A.). On the *anglesite" aasociated with

bolite, No. 55. Am. Jour. Sci. 3d 8er., vol. xlv, pp. 32-33, 1893. Abstract: Am. Nat., vol. xxvi, p. 1090, 1893.

Gives the crystallographic characters of the crystals examined and two chemical analyses.

1969 George (R. D.). [Review of Annual Report, Geological Survey

of Canada, new series, vol. ix.]

Jour. Geol., vol. vi, pp. 857-858, 1898.

1970 [Review of " Preliminary report on the copper-bearing

rocks of Douglas Count} Wisconsin," by Ulysses Sherman Grant]

Jour. Geol., vol. viii, p. 370, 1900.

1971 [Review of Upper and Lower Huronian in Ontario," by

Arthur P. Coleman.]

Jour. Geol., vol. viii, pp. 370-371, 1900.

1972 [Review of " Lower Cambrian Terrane in the Atlantic

Province," by C. D. Walcott.]

Jour. Geol., vol. viii, pp. 375-376, 1900.

1973 [Review of ''Geology of Narragansett Basin," by N. S.

Shaler, J. B. Wood worth, and A. F. Foerste.]

Jour. Geol., vol. viii, pp. 377-378, 1900.

1974 [Review of ''On the Lower Silurian (Trenton) Fauna of

Baffin Land," by Charles Schuchert.]

Jour. Geol., vol. viii, pp. 378-379, 1900.

1975 Geraland (George). Modern studies of earthquakes.

Pop. Sci. Mo., vol. liv., pp. 362-371, 1899.

1976 Glesner (G. W.). Dr. Abraham Gesner. A biographical sketch.

New Brunswick Nat. Hist. Soc., Bull., No. 14, pp. 3-11, 1896.

1977 GKbBon (A. M.). Report on the Coal Measures of Blount

Mountain, with map and sections.

Ala. Geol. Surv., 1893, pp. 7-80.

Describes the topojnphy and geoloj?ic structure of the rejnon and the stratigraphy of the lower and upper Coal Measures, with a detailed description of the coal seanis. Dis(;usse8 the correlation of the various seams and gives chemical analyses of some of the coals.

1978 Report on the Coal Measures of Blount Mountain.

Abstracts: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvii, p. 319 (8 1.), 1894; Am. Geol., vol. xiii, p. 284 (J p.), 1894. See No. 1977.

1979 Report upon the Coosa coal field [Alabama].

Ala. Geol. Surv., Montgomery, Ala., 143 pp., 1895.

Describes the topographic features of the coal field, with detailed description of the occurrence of coal seams. Includes a sheet of cross sections, showing the geologic structure and succession in the region.

232 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull, iw

1980 GKbson (T. W.). The corundum deposite of Ontario.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixvii, p. 500, 1899. Describee general character and occurrence.

1981 Oidley (J. W.). A new species of Pleistocene horse from the

Staked Plains of Texas.

Am. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. xiii, pp. 111-116, figs. 1-5, 1900. Describes Equus scotti n. sp.

1982 GHlbert (Grove Karl). Post-Glacial anticlinal ridges near Rip-

ley, N. Y., and near Caledonia N. Y.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xl, pp. 249-250, 1891.

An examination of these ridges confirms the opinion previously expressect concerning certain other anticlinal ridges, that the phenomena are superficial. They are due to the sinking of the overlying Corniferous limestone by the removal of salt and gypsum by underground water.

1983 Discussion of the papers " Relationship of the Glacial lakes,

Warren, Algonquin, Iroquois, and Hudson-Champlain," and the two papers by J. W. Spencer, "The Iroquois shore north of the Adirondacks"' and "Channels over divides not evidence per se of Glacial lakes."

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 492-494, 1892.

Reviews the descriptions given in the above-named papers and concludes that the Iroquois Lake was bounded on the northeast by a wall of ice and that its surface level was determined by the altitude of a divide near Rome. Concerning the temijea mentioned in the last paper, considers there are certain features which indicate they are not littoraL

1984 Continental problems.

Geol. Soc. Am., BulL, vol. iv, pp. 179-190, 1893; Smith. Inst Ann. Rept, 1891-92, pp. 16:-173.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 118-119, 1893; Jour. Greol., vol. i, pp. 204-205, 1893.

Differentiates the continental from the oceanic plateaus. Discusses the question of rigidity versus isostasy, the origin of the continental plateaus, the cause of continental movements of elevation and subsidence, and the permanence and growth of continents.

1985 [Correlation of clastic rocks.]

Int. CJong. Geol., Rendu, 5th session, pp. 151-155, 1893. Discusses the physical and biotic methods of correlation of rocks.

1986 Physical geography of the region.

Int Cong. Geol., Compte Rendu, 5th session, pp. 261-267, 1893.

Describes the physical and climatic features of the parts of the United States traversed by the Rocky Mountain excursion of the International Congress of Geologists.

1987 From the Ohio to the Mississippi River. General sketch.

Int. Cong. Geol., Compte Rendu, 5th session, pp. 289-290, 1893.

Mentions the different exposures of Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous rocks and describes the Glacial phenomena of the region traversed by the geological excursion.

Wkekji.1 Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 233

1988 Gilbert (Grove Karl). Great Salt Lake and Lake Bonneville. Fault scarps. Itinerary, Pocatello, Idaho, to Salt Lake City, Utah.

Int Cong. Geol., Compte Rendu, 5th session, pp. 374-380, 1893.

Describes the geologic history of Lake Bonneville, the fault scarps of the mountains of the Great Basin, and the geology along the railroad from Pocatello to Salt Lake City.

1989 Great Salt Lake Valley, and Itinerary, Salt Lake City to

Spanish Fork Canyon [Utah].

Int. Cong. Geol. Compte Rendu, 5th session, pp. 391-397, 1893. the geologic history of (ireat Salt Lake Valley and the local geology along the railroal to Spanish Fork Canyon.

1990 Itinerary, Chicago to Niagara Falls.

Int. Cong. Geol., Compte Rendu, 5th session, pp. 453-458, 1893.

Describes the local geology between Chicago and Niiara Falls, through Michigan and the Province of Ontario, and the geologic history of Niagara Falls.

1991 Itinerary, Albuquerque, N. Mex., to Flagstaff, Ariz., and

to the Grand Canyon.

Int. Cong. Geol., Compte Rendu, 5th session, pp. 468-474, 1893. the geology along the route traversed by the western excursion of the international Congress of Geologists.

1992 The name ''Newark" in American stratigraphy.

Jour, of Geol., vol. ii, pp. 55-59, 1894.

Discusses the principles of stratigraphic nomenclature in reference to the use of the term "Newark" in geologic literature.

1993 The chemical equivalence of crystalline and sedimentary

rocks.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xiii, pp. 213-214, 1894.

1994 Lake basins created by wind erosion.

Jour. Geol., vol. iii, pp. 47-49, 1895. Abstract: Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. xxxix, p. 16157, 1895. Discusses the evidences of the action of the wind in forming small lake basins in the arid portion of the Arkansas Basin.

1995 Sedimentary measurement of Cretaceous time.

Jour. Geol., vol. iii, pp. 121-127, 1895.

Abstract: Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. xxxix, pp. 16180-16181, 1895.

Describes certain alternations of strata in Colorado, correlates these with the precession of the equinoxes, and from this deduces an estimate in years of a portion of Cretaceous time.

1996 New light on isostasy.

Jour. Geol., vol. iii, pp. 331-334, 1895.

Discusses the results obtained by Mr. G. R. Putnam in the measurement of gravity by means of the pendulum.

234 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

1997 GUlbert (Grove Karl). A rock fissure.

Science, new ser., vol. 2, pp. 117-119, 1896.

Describes a rock fissure in Carbonileroos limestone in Arizona, considered to be the result of tension of the rock. Describes the character of the faults in the vicinity.

1998 Niagara Falls and their history.

Nat. Geog. Soc, Mon., vol. i, No. 7, pp. 203-236, figs, 1-21, 1896. Describes the river's gorge, the recession of the waterfall, and the development of the Laurentian lakes.

1999 and Ghilliver (F. P.). Tepee Buttes.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. vi, pp. 333-342, pi. 17, 1895.

Describes the character of the Pierre group of Colorado, in which the buttes occur, the distribution and general features of the buttes, and the lithologic and faunal characters of the tepee rock. Discusses the origin of the cores and the conditions affecting their distribution, form, and size, and compares them with buttes of other origin.

2000 GHlbert (Grove Karl). The underground waters of the Arkansas

Valley in eastern Colorado.

U. 8. Geol. Surv., 17th Ann. Kept, Pt II, 51 pp., pis. Ivi-lxviii, figs. 45-49, 1896.

Describes the character, distribution, and structure of the Jurassic and Cretaceous strata, the sands and gravels, and the general conditions of the artesian and ground waters.

2001 Laccolites in southeastern Colorado.

Jour. Geol., vol. iv, pp. 816-825, 5 figs., 1896.

Describes the character of the laccolitic rocks, the structure of the region, and the lithologic character and distribution of the associated Dakota and Neocene beds.

2002 The origin of hypotheses, illustrated by the discussion of a

topographic problem. -

Science, new ser., vol. iii, pp. 1-13, figs. 1-6; Washington Geol. Soc. Address of retiring President, in 1895, 1896.

Describes the nature and origin of hypotheses as indicated by a study of the Coon Butte region in Arizona.

2003 [Review of " Elements of geology, a text- book for colleges

and for the general reader," by Joseph Le Conte.]

Science, new ser., vol. iv, pp. 620-621, 1896.

2004 Age of the Potomac fonnation.

Science, new ser., vol. iv, pp. 875-877, 1896.

Discusses methods of correlation employed by Professor Marsh in his paper on the Jurassic formation of the Atlantic coast

2005 Pueblo folio, Colorado.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio No. 36, 1897.

Describes the geologic history of the region, the character and occurrence of the Archean, Silurian, Carboniferous, Jura-Trias, Cretaceous, Neocene, and Pleistocene strata, the character and origin of the topographic features and the economic resources of the region. Includes topographic and geological maps.

] Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 285

2006 Qllbert (Grove Karl). Old tracks of Erian drainage in western New York.

Abstract: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 285-286, 1897. Deecribes the general features of the Glacial drainage of the region.

2007 Recent earth movements in the Great Lakes region.

U. 8. Geol. Surv., 18th Ann. Kept, Pt. II, pp. 601-647, pi. cv, figs. 93- 101, 1898; Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. \nii, pp. 233-247, figs. 1-7, 1897.

Abstract: Nature, vol. Ivii, pp. 211-213, fig. 1, 1897.

Descriljes the general features of the region, the methods of obtaining the data, and gives a discussion and summary of results.

2008 [Contribution to ''A symposium of the classification and

nomenclature of geologic time divisions."] Jour. Geol., vol. vi, pp. 338-340, 1898.

2009 Bowlder pavement at Wilson, New York.

Jour. Geol., vol. vi, pp. 771-775, pi. xiv, fig. 1, l898. Describes occurrence of bowlders in till, arranged horizontally and striated on the upper surfaces. Discusses mode of formation.

2010 Joseph Francis James, 1857-1897.

Am. Geol., vol. xxi, pp. 1-11, pi. i, 1898.

Gives a sketch of his life and a list of his published papers.

2011 A proposed addition to physiographic nomenclature.

Science, new ser., vol. vii, pp. 94-96, 1898.

Proposes the name "discrete" for the superficial, unconsolidated material which forms a mantle over a large part of the rock mass of the earth.

2012 Origin of the physical features of the United States.

Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. ix, pp. 308-317, pis. 8-9, 1898. Discusses the origin of land forms and describes the characters of the physical features of the United States.

2013 See DiUer (J. S.), No. 1507.

2014 Glacial sculpture in western New York.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. x, pp. 121-130, 1899. Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, p. 103 (8 1.); Science, new ser., vol. ix, p. 143 (ip.), 1899. Describes sculpture of the Niagara, Clinton, and Medina strata.

2015 Dislocation at Thirty -mile Point, New York.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. x, pp. 131-134, pi. xii, 2 figs., 1899. Describes overturned fold in Medina formation and discusses origin of the structure.

2016 Ripple marks and cross bedding.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. x, pp. 135-140, pi. xiii, 5 figs., 1899. Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, p. 102 (ip.); Science, new ser., vol. ix, p. 138 (ip.), 1899. Describes occurrence in the Medina formatioo

23() BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bill. 188.

2017 GHlbert (Grove Karl). [RevivW of ''The great ic of Ijakes Mauniee, Whittlasly, and Warren," by F. B. Taylor. J

Jour. GeoL, vol. vii, pp. 621-623, 1899.

2018 Rhythms and geologic time.

Am. Ahhoc. Adv. St'i., Proe., vol. xlix, pp. 1-19; Science, new ser., vol. xi, pp. 1001-1012, 1900.

Abstract: Nature, vol. Ixii, No. 1603, pp. 275-278, 1900.

Reviews the various methods by which estimates of the earth's age have been dcMluced and suggests the study of rhythms and their interpretation as a means of determining rates of sedimentation under different conditions at different times.

2010 Edward Orton, Geologist.

Science, new ser., vol. xi, pp. 6-11, 1900.

2020 Memoir of Edward Orton.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. xi, pp. 542-552, pi. 51, 1900.

Gives a sketch of his life and a list of his scientific publications.

2021 [In discussion of paper by A. P. Brigham on Glacial erosion in the Aar Valley."]

Geol. Sm*. Am., Bull., vol. xi, p. 591, 1900.

Remarks on hanging valleys as evidence of former glaciation.

202hi Submerged forest of the Columbia River.

Science, new ser., vol. xi, pp. 99-100 p.), 1900.

2022 GHlbert (J. Z.). On the skull of Vertebratus (?) undata Cope.

Kan. Tniv. Quart., vol. vii, pp. 143-148, 4 figs., 1898. material from the Loup Fork beds of Kansas.

2023 Gill (Theodore). Note on the Devonian Palaeospondylus.

Science, new ser., vol. iv, pp. 10-11, 1896.

Quotes Dr. Traquair's description of Paheospondylus gunni and discusses briefly their relations.

2024 . Edward Drinker Cope, Naturalist. A chapter in the his-

tory of Si'ience.

Am. Nat., vol. xxxi, pp. 831-863, 1897; Science, new ser., vol. vi, pp. 225-243, 1897; Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. xliv, pp. 18028, 18080-18081, and 18092-18094, 1897.

Gives a sketch of the life of Professor Cope and a review of his work as a naturalist.

2025 The earliest use of the names Sauria and Batrachia.

Science, new ser., vol. xii, p. 730, 1900.

2025a GKlxnan (Daniel C). The life of James Dwight Dana.

Harper Bros., N. Y. 1899.

2026 Gilpin (E.). Note on the Sydney coal field [Nova Scotia].

Nova Scotian Inst, of Sci., Proc. and Trans., vol. viii, pp. 435-438, 1895. Contains description of a subordinate coal basin within the Sydney coal field.

wEEKB.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 237

2027 CMlpin (E.). The iron ores of Nictaux, N. S., and notes on steel

making in Nova Scotia.

N. S. Inst, of Sci., Proc. and Trans., 2d eer., vol. ii, pp. 10-20, 1896. Describes the character and extent of the iron-ore bodies.

2028 The undeveloped coal fields of Nova Scotia.

N. S. Inst. Sci., Proc. and Trans., 2d ser., vol. ii, pp. 134-149, 1896. Describes the character of the Carboniferous strata and the occurrence of coal in parts of Nova Scotia.

2029 Ores of Nova Scotia. Gold, lead, and copper.

Rept to of Public Works and Mines, 46 pp. and map, Halifax, Nova Scotia, 1898.

Describes the occurrence and distrilmtion of gold, lead, and deposits in Nova Scotia.

2030 Gilpin (E.. jr.). The geological horizons of some Nova Scotia

minerals.

Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Rept. 1897, p. 663 (J p.), 1898. Mentions the geologic horizons at which certain minerals o<;our.

2031 Some analyses of Nova Scotia coals and other minerals.

N. 8. Inst Sci., Proc. and Trans., 2d ser., vol. ii, pp. 246-254, 1897. Gives analyses of coals and iron ore.

2032 Oirty (George H.). Development of the corallum in Favosites

forbesi'var. occiden talis.

Am. GeoL, vol. xv, pp. 131-146, pis. vii-viii, 1895.

The material on which this paper is based was found in the Niagara shales of Waldron, Ind. Describes the development of the corralla in Favosites forbesi, F. spiniferus, and F. conicuw, and discusses theevidences which show to what extent the development observed in F. forbesi is characteristic of Favosites as a genus.

2033 Mr. Sardeson and fossil tabulates.

Am. Geol., vol. xviii, pp. 332-333, 1896.

2034 A revision of the sponges and of the Lower

Helderberg group of New York.

N. Y.,14th Ann. Rept. State Geologist, pp. 261-309, 7 pis., 1897; N. Y. State Mus., 48th Ann. Kept., vol. ii, pp. 261-309, 7 pis., 1897. Review by Stuart Weller, Jour. Geol., vol. vi, pp. 206-207 (41.), 1898.

2035 Description of a fauna found in the Devonian black shale

of eastern Kentucky.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. vi, pp. 384-394, 1 pi., 1898. Discusses the correlation of the black shale with the Genesee shale of New York. Describes a new subgenus and two new species.

2036 Spencer (A. C.) and. The Devonian in southwestern Colorado.

See Spencer (A.C.) and Girty (G. H.), No. 5117.

238 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bl. 188.

2037 Girty ((george H.). Preliminary report on Paleozoic invertebrate foHsils from the region of the McAleter coal field, Indian Territory.

U. 8. GeoL ., 19th Ann. Kept., Pt III, pp. 539-693, pla bdx-lxxii

Deacribee the occurrence of the fossils and the relations of the beds in which they occur, and the general characteristics of the Lower Helderbergt Niagara, and Ordovician faunas. Discusses their relations to other founas and describes the characters of the species collected.

2038 Devonian and Carboniferous fossils. [Yellowstone National

Park.]

U. S. Geol. Sur., Mon. XXXII, Pt II, pp. 479-599, pis. Ixvi-lxxi, 1899. Discussses the relations of the faunas and describes the fossils collected.

2039 Devonian fossils from southwestern Colorado; the fauna of

the Ouray limestone.

U. 8. Geol. Surv., 20th Ann. Kept, pt ii, pp. 31-63, pis. iii-vii, 1900. Reviews the geological literature of this region, discusses the evidences as to the age of the beds and describes the fossils collected from them.

2040 Glenn (L. C). The Hatteras axis in Triassic and Miocene time.

Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, pp. 375-379, 1899.

Describes the difference in Triassic sedimentation in North CaroUna and in the Middle and North Atlantic States, and the occurrence of a land area in the Carolina region in early Miocene time.

2041 Glenn (William). Chromic iron, with reference to its occurrence

in Canada.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 17th Ann. Kept, pt. iii, pp. 261-273, 1896.

Gives a historical sketch of chromic iron and describes its oocurrenoe in the United States and Canada.

2042 Chrome in the southern Appalachian region.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., voL xxv, pp. 481-499, 1896.

Gives a historical account of chromium, describes the occurrence of chromic iron in Maryland and Pennsylvania, and discusses its origin and relations to the associated serpentine.

2043 The form of fissure walls, as affected by subfissuring and

by the flow of rocks.

Am. Inst Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxv, pp. 499-513, 1896. Describes the form of certain fissures in the flow of rocks as shown by a section of the Appalachians in Maryland.

2044 Gtoldsmith (E.). Notes on some minerals and rocks.

Phil. Acad. Nat Sci., Proc, 1893, part i, pp. 174-180. Describes pimelite, asbeferrite, cacoxenite, amphibolite, phonolite, and granulite from various parts of Pennsylvania.

2045 Volcanic rocks of Mesozoic age in Pennsylvania.

Phil. Acad. Nat Sci., Proc. 1898, pp. 90-97, pis. ii-v, 1 fig., 1898. Describes occurrence and characters of trap rocks near Pottstown, Pa.

WKMHi.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 239

2046 Gtoode (G. Brown). Bibliography of the United Staters National

Museum for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1898.

U. 8. Nat Mus., Kept, for 1893, appendix vii, pp. 285-313, 1895.

2047 Gtoode (John Paul). The piracy of the Yellowstone.

Jour. Geol., vol. vii, pp. 261-271, 5 figs., 1899.

Describee the poet-Glacial history and drainage of the Upper Yellowstone Valley.

2048 [Review of " Physical geography of New Jersey," by R. D.

Salisbury.]

Jour. Geol, vol. vii, pp. 314-316, 1899.

2049 Gtoode (Richard Urquhart). Bitterroot Forest Reserve [Idaho- Montana].

Nat Geog. Mag., vol. ix, pp. 387-400, 4 figs, and map, 1898. Describee the general physiographic features of the region.

2060 Survey of the boundary line between Idaho and Montana

from the international boundary to the crest of the Bitterroot Mountains.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 170, pp. 1-66, pis. i-xiv, fig. i, 1900.

2051 Ooodrich (Harold Beach). Recent warpings as shown by drainage peculiarities [Alaska].

U. S. Geol. Surv., 18th Ann. Kept, pt. iii, pp. 276-289, 1898. Describee the Alaekan drainage and the warping of the region as measured by the streams, and gives a summary of conclusions.

2062 See Spurr (J. E.), No. 6173.

2063 Recent warpings as shown by drainage peculiarities

[Alaska].

Abstract, Am. Geol., vol. xxii, pp. 49-50, 1898.

2054 See Spurr (J. E.), No. 6174.

2066 Gtoodwin (W. L.) and MiUer ( W. G.). Note on a mineral of the Columbite group.

Federated C. Mg. Inst, Jour., vol. iii, pp. 151-152, 1898. Describes the occurrence of the mineral in Ontario and gives a chemical analysis.

2066 (S. S.). Geology of Miami County, Indiana.

Ind. Dept Geol. and Nat Hist, 16th Kept, 1888, pp. 165-188, 1889.

Describee the topographic features of the county, the character of the drift mantle and the Devonian and Silurian limestones, and gives sections displayed by various gas wells.

2057 Natural gas and petroleum.

Ind. Dept Geol. and Nat Hist., 16th Kept, 1888, pp. 189-301, 1889.

In tabular form gives the thicknesses of the Paleozoic formations found in Indiana. Discusses the origin of natural gas, its permanency of supply, and the theories concerning the structural conditions necessary for its accumulation. Includes a description of the structural features of the State and numerous sections as shown by well borings.

240 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [boll. M8.

2058 Gtorby (S. S.). Limits of natural gas supply.

Eng. Mag., vol. v, pp. 419-426, 1893.

Discusses the evidences which indicate the organic origin of natural gas.

2059 [Natural resources of Indiana.]

Ind. Dept. Geol. and Nat. Res., 18th Rept, pp. 9-16, 1894. Reviews the developments in the coal, building stone, clays, gas, and petroleum industries of Indiana in 1893.

2060 The onyx deposits of Barren County, Kentucky

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixvii, pp. 707-708, 2 figs., 1899. Describes character and occurrence of the deposits.

2061 Gtordon (Charles H.). Quateniary geology of Keokuk, Iowa, with notes on the underlying rock structure. Am. Geol. vol. ix, pp. 183-190, three sections, 1892. Gives a vertical section ot the beds at this locality. Describes the Glacial deposits and loess formation in this region.

2062 Buried river channels in southeastern Iowa.

Iowa Geol. Surv., vol. iii, 2d Ann. Rept., pp. 239-255, 1895.

Describes the drainage of the region and gives the section exposed at various localities and in several well borings. Describes the history of the drainage diversion.

2063 Geology of Van Buren County [Iowa].

Iowa Geol. iSurv., vol. iv, 3d Ann. Rept., pp. 201-254, pis. vi-vii, figs. 19-26, with geologic map, 1895.

Describes the physiography and drainage of the region and the lithologic and stratigraphic characters of the Carboniferous and Pleistocene formations. Gives vertical sections of several well borings and describes the occurrence of coal, clay, and building stone.

2064 Stratigraphy of the St. Louis and Warsaw formations in

southeastern Iowa.

Jour. Geol., vol. iii, pp. 289-311, with map, 1895.

Reviews the earlier geologic descriptions of this region, gives a cross section, and describes the lithologic character of the at a number of localities. Describes the characteristics of the formations and the unconformities above and below the St. Louis limestone. Discusses the origin of thebrecciated character and dolomitization of this limestone.

2065 A report on the Bevier sheet, including portions of Macon,

Randolph, and Chariton counties [Missouri].

Mo. Geol. Surv., vol. ix. Sheet Rept. No. 2, 75 pp., figs. 1-5, 1896.

DescrilxiS the physiographic cliaracter of the region, the lithologic characters of the Coal Measure and Quaternary beds, and the economic geology of the coal area.

2066 Syenite-gneiss (leopard rock) from the apatite region of

Ottawa County, Canada.

Geol. Am., Bull., vol. vii, pp. 95-134, figs. 1-9, 1896.

Describes the general geology of the region, the geologic occurrence of the syenite-gneiss and its and microscopic characters. Discusses the character, relations, nomenclature, and origin of the ellipsoidal structure of the rocks. Gives chemical analyses of the gneiss.

witM.] PALEOirrOLOGY, PETBOLOGY, AND MINEBALOOT. 241

2067 Gtordon (Charles H.). [Review of ''Correlation of Erie-Huron

beaches with out-lets and moraines in southeastern Michigan," by F. B. Taylor.]

Jour. GeoL, vol. v, pp. 313-317, 1897.

2068 Notes on the Kalamazoo and other old Glacial outlets in

southern Michigan.

Jour. Geol., vol. vi, pp. 477482, pi. xii, 1898.

Describes characteristics of glacial and post-Glacial drainage oT the region.

2069 Geological report on Sanilac County, Michigan.

Mich. Geol. Surv., vol. vii, pt. iii, pp. 1-34, 6 pis., 2 figs. 1900. Describes the physiography and the character and occurrence of the Pleistocene and Carboniferous formations and of the economic products.

2070 Gormaii (Martin W.). Ice cliffs on White River, Yukon ter-

ritory.

Nat Geog. Mag., vol. xi, pp. 113-117, 1900.

C!ontains notes on the physiography of the region and the occurrence of the ice cliffs.

2071 (Eklgar B.). A treatise on ozokerite.

School of Mines Quart., vol. xvi, pp. 41-68, 1895.

Describes its properties and the geology of portions of Europe and of the central Rocky Moimtain States in which it occurs. Describes the process of treatment and its uses.

2072 Gould (Charles Newton). A geologic section across the Flint

Hills along the Missouri Pacific Railway, beginning near

Cedarvale and extending to Winfield [Kansas].

Univ. Geol. Surv. of Kans., vol. i, pp. 31-34, fig. 1, 1896.

Gives a vertical section of the strata and describes briefly the Hthologic character and fauna of the exposures examined.

2073 On a series of transition beds from the Comanche to the

Dakota Cretaceous in southwest Kansas.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. v, pp. 169-175, 1 fig., 1898.

Gives a section of the beds and describes the general (character of the subdivisions of the Cretaceous of the region. Presents a classification of the Cretaceous group of southwest Kansas.

2074 On the finding of fossil insects in the Comanche Cretaceous

of Kansas.

Kan. Acad. Sci. Trans., vol. xvi, p. 284, 1899.

2076 The Lower Cretaceous of Kansas.

Am. Geol., vol. xxv, pp. 1-40, 1900.

Gives a historic sketch of the geologic work on the Lower Cretaceous of Kansas; the oc(;urrence, character, and relations at certain localities, and discusses the relations of the Comanche to the Dakota series.

Bull. 188—01 16

242 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

2076 Gtould (Charles Newton). Nonronformitics at the mouth of the

Platte River.

Am. Geol., vol. xxv, pp. 364-368, fijw. 1-7, 1900. Describes the subsidences, sedimentations, and erosion in this region from Carboniferous to Pleistocene time.

2077 Some phases of the Dakota Cretaceous in Nebraska.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. ix, pp. 42i)-43:i, 1900. Describes the general character of the formation and the occurrence ami origin of the water supply derived from it.

2078 Oklahoma building stone.

Stone, vol. xxi, pp. 332-334, 1900.

2079 Stratigraphy of the McCann sandstone.

Kan. Univ. Quart, vol. ix, pp. 175-177, 1900. Contains notes on local occurrence in Oklahoma.

2080 Grabau (Amadous W.). The pre-Glacial channel of the Genesee

River.

Host. 8oc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. xxvi, pp. 359-369, 1894. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xiv, pp. 397-398 (4 p.) Describes the modern channel of the river, the topography of the adjacent region, the relations of the Genesee and Wyoming valleys and the Danesville-Rochester Valley, and gives a summary of conclusions.

2081 The sand plains of Truro, Wellfleet and Eastham [Massa-

chusetts].

Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. v, pp. 334-335, 361, 1897.

Describes the physiography of the region and the character and occurrence of the sand plains.

2082 Paleontology: eastern Massachusetts.

Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., fiftieth anniversary meeting. Guide to the localities illustrating the geology, marine zoology, and botany of the vicinity of Boston. Edited by A. W. Grabau and J. E. Woodman, pp. 37-62, Salem, Mass., 1898.

Gives lists of fossils found in the geologic formations of the region and a bibliography of the subject.

2083 Paleontology of the Cambrian terranes of the Boston Basin

[Massachusetts].

Abstracts: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xlvii, pp. 305-306 (i p.), 1898; Science, new ser., vol. viii, p. 505 (J p.); Am. Geol., vol. xxii, pp. 264-265 (J p.), 1898.

2084 Siluro-Devonian contact in western New York.

Science, new ser., vol. viii, p. 800 (i p.), 1898.

Summary of paper read before the Harvard University Students' Geological Club.

Weeks.] Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 243

2085 Grabau (Amadeu8 W.). Geology and paleontology of Eighteen-

mile Creek and the lake shore sections of Erie County, New

York. Part I.

Buffalo Soc. Nat Hist, Bull., vol. vi, pp. iii-xxiv, 1-91, pis. i-xxvii,

DeBcribee the lithologic and faunal characters and occurrence of the Devonian strata and discusses the geologic history of the region.

2086 The paleontology of the Eighteen-mile Creek and the lake

shore sections of Erie County, New York.

Buffalo Soc. of Nat. 8ci., Bull., vol. vi, pp. 93-403, 263 ., 1899.

Discusses the elements of paleontology and describes the genera and species of fossils collected from the Devonian strata of the region. Includes bibliography and a discussion of the relation of marine bionomy to stratigraphy.

2087 The faunas of the Hamilton group of Eighteen-mile Creek

and vicinity, in western New York.

N. Y. Geol. Surv., 16th Ann. Rept, pp. 227-340, 5 pis., 6 figs., 1899. Describes the stratigraphic features and the vertical distribution of the fossils of the Hamilton group of the region.

2088 Moniloporidee, a new family of Paleozoic corals.

Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. xxviii, pp. 409-424, 4 pis., 1899.

2089 Some modern stratigraphic problems.

Abstract: Science, vol. x, p. 85 (i p.), 1899.

2090 Siluro-Devonic contact in Erie County, New York.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. xi, pp. 347-376, pis. 21-22, figs. 1-8, 1900. Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. xi, p. 105 (J p.), 1900. Describes the Upper Silurian and Devonian rocks of the region and includes a synopsis of the fauna of the Manlius limestone in the county.

2091 Lake Bouv, an extinct Glacial lake in the southern part of

the Boston Basin.

Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist, Occ. Papers IV, pt. iii, pp. 564-600, map, 1900. Describes the outline and extent, and the occurrence of the eskers and sand plains, and the history of this Glacial lake.

2092 Paleontology of the Cambrian terranes of the Boston Basin.

Bost Soc. Nat Hist, Occ. Papers IV, pt iii, pp. 601-694, pis. xxxixxxix, 1900.

Gives a historical sketch regarding the discoveries of Cambrian fossils in this region and describes the genera and species collected.

2093 Graham (James C). Some experiments with an artificial geyser.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 54-60, 1893.

Describes the apparatus used and refers to McKenzie's theory of a geyser eruption. Gives tables showing the temperature of materials used, time of eruptions, etc., and discusses the results obtained as bearing on the phenomena of soaping geysers.

244 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bill. 188.

2093a Orant (C. C). Notes on fossil Silurian plants, Hamilton, Ont.

Hamilton Assoc., Jour, and Proc., No. 8, pp. 29-36, 147-148, 1892. Contains notes on Buthotrephis and l.icrophycus.

2093i Notes on the Niagara Falls rocks.

Hamilton Assoc., Jour, and Proc., No. 8, pp. 135-139, 1892. Contains notes on fossils collected in this region.

2093<? Geological notes on Marl Lake, Anticosti.

Hamilton Assoc., Jour, and Proc., No. 8, pp. 140-146, 1892. Contains notes on a marl deposit and on some fossils collected in the Anticosti group.

2093rf Fragments of Paleozoic sea floors from Hamilton, Ont. ,

and Anticosti. Hamilton Assoc., Jour, and Proc., No. 8, pp. 149-154, 1892. Contains notes on occurrence of some Silurian fossils.

2093 Geological notes.

Hamilton Assoc., Jour, and Proc., No. 9, pp. 97-135, 1893. Contains notes on building stones and occurrence of Silurian fossils near Hamilton, Ont.

2093y Notes on local fossils in the glaciated chert Niagara beds.

Hamilton Assoc., Jour, and Proc., No. x, pp. 79-89, 1894.

2094 Opening address.

Hamilton Assoc., Jour, and Proc., No. xi, pp. 60-64, 1895. Contains remarks on certain graptolites and notes on the occurrence of Niagara fossils in the vicinity of Hamilton, Ontario.

2095 Brief note on the Devonian rocks, Ontario.

Hamilton Assoc., Jour, and Proc., No. xi, pp. 65-70, 1895. Remarks on the fossil fauna and flora of Devonian rocks.

2096 Geological notes in continuation.

Hamilton Assoc., Jour, and Proc., No. xi, pp. 71-78, 1895. Contains notes on Glacial phenomena in Ontario and on the Silurian rocks of Anticosti and Quebec.

2097 Geological notes.

Hamilton Assoc., Jour, and Proc., No. 12, pp. 140-145, 1896. Gives notes on the Upper Silurian fauna in the vicinity of Hamilton, Ontario.

2098 Additional notes regarding our local graptolites.

Hamilton Assoc, Jour, and Proc., No. 12, pp. 159-163, 1896. Notes on localities in the vicinity of Hamilton, Ontario, where graptolites have been found.

2099 Geological notes.

Hamilton Assoc, Jour, and Proc, No. 14, pp. 89-100, 1898. Describes local features of the Silurian near Hamilton, Ontario.

Weeks] Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 245

2100 Ghrant (C. C). Geological notes.

Hamilton Assoc., Proc. and Trans., No. xv, pp. 48-64, 1899. Contains notes on the Silurian strata and fossils in the vicinity of Hamilton, Ontario.

2101 [Geological notes.]

Hamilton Sci. Assoc., Jour, and Proc., No. xvi, pp. 75-82, 1 fig., 1900. Contains discussion of data regarding elevation in he Great Lakes region and mention of Silurian fossils recently collected.

2102 Fossiliferous localities near Hamilton, Ont.

Hamilton Sci. Assoc., Jour, and Proc., No. xvi, pp. 83-88, 1900. Notes on localities where Silurian fossils have been collected.

2103 Ghrant (Ulysses Sherman). The stratigraphic position of the

Ogishke conglomerate of northeastern Minnesota.

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 4-10, 1892.

Describes the composition of the conglomerate and quotes the views of other writers on its age. Describes the relations of the conglomerate to the Saganaga granite and to the Keewatin. Concludes that it is not a parallel of the Animike and that it is a part of, but younger than, most of the Keewathi.

2104 Note on an augite soda-granite from Minnesota.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 38:388, 1893.

Describes the petrographic characters and gives the chemical composition of a type of granite from the pre-Cambrian of northeastern Minnesota.

2106 Note on gabbro in Maryland.

Johns Hopkins Univ. Circ., vol. xii, pp. 47-49, 1893.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. xi, p. 209 (J p.); Am. Nat, vol. xxvii, p. 383 (ip.), 1893.

Describes the petrographic characters of certain quartz of Maryland.

Field obsei*vations on certain granitic areas in northeasteni

Minnesota.

Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., 20th Ann. Kept., pp. 35-110, 1893.

Gives field observations in different areas of the region, containing statements as to the general rock structures and a catalogue of mens

2107 The State of Minnesota.

Int. Cong. Geo!., Compte Rendu, 5th session, pp. 302-311, 1893.

Describee the topography, the outcrops of Archean and Algonkian, Cambrian, and Silurian formations, and the (glacial deposits of the portion of the State crossed by the excursion.

2108 La Crosse to Minneapolis and Minneapolis to Moorhead.

Itinerary.

Int. Cong. Geol., Compte Rendu, 5th session, pp. 312-317, 1893. Describes the local geology along the route traversed by the excursion of the International Congress of Geologists.

24() BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

2109 G-rant (Ulysses Sherman). The geology of Kekequabic Lake,

in northeastern Minnesota, with special reference to an augite soda-granite.

Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., 2lBt Ann Rept, pp. 9-58, pis. i-ii, figs. 1-4, 1893.

Describes the topography and reviews the previous literature on the region. the ancient clastic and igneous rocks and the field relations and petrographic characters of the granite.

Catalogue of rock specimens collected in northeastern Minnesota in 1892, Mmn. Geol. and Nat Hist. Surv., 21st Ann. Rept, pp. 69-67, 1893.

2110 Preliminary report of field work during 1893 in northeastern

Minnesota.

Minn. Geol. and Nat Hist. Surv., 22d Ann. Rept, pp. 67-78, 1894.

Describes the topography and the lithologic character and structure of the Animike and Keweenawan beds of the ron.

2111 Volcanic rocks in the Keewatin of Minnesota.

Science, vol. xxiii, p. 17, 1894.

Describes the petrographic characteristics of some volcanic rocks occurring in Keewatin strata.

2112 Note on the Keweenawan rocks of Grand Portage Island,

north coat of Lake Superior.

Am. Geol., vol. xiii, pp. 437-439, 1894.

Describes the sedimentary and igneous rocks of this island and considers that the former belong to the lower part of the Keweenawan.

2113 The name of the copper-bearing rocks of Lake Superior.

Am. Geol., vol. xv, pp. 192-194 (correspondence), 1895.

Discusses the use of the terms Keweenawan and Nipigon to designate the copper-bearing rocks of Lake Superior, and quotes from several papers to show that the name Keweenawan should be adopted.

2114 Winchell (H. V.) and. Preliminary report on the Rainy

Lake gold region.

See Winchell (H. V.) and Grant (U. S.), No. 6285.

2115 Winchell (N. H.) and. Volcanic ash from the north shore

of Lake Superior.

See Winchell (N. H.) and Grant (U. S.), No. 6324.

2116 Grant (Ulysses Sherman). [Review of 'Preliminary report on

the Marquette iron-bearing district of Michigan/' by C. R. Van Hise and W. S. Bay ley . W ith a chapter on the Republic trough, by H. L. Smyth.]

Jour. Geol., vol. v, pp. 401-404, 1897.

2117 [Review of ''Tables for the determination of minerals by

physical properties ascertainable with the aid of a few field instruments," by Persifor Frazer.]

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 221-222, 1897.

wMKs-1 PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 247

2118 Grant (Ulysses Sherman). [Review of '' Biennial report of the

State jreologist of Missouri," by C. R. Keyes.]

Am. Geo!., vol. xix, p. 350 p.), 1897.

2119 Lakes with two outlets in northeastern Minnesota.

Am. GeI., vol. xix, pp. 407-411, 1897.

Describes the occurrence of several laken of thiH character, and discoflBes the evidences of their probable duration.

2120 [Review of 'Treatise on rocks, rock-weathering and soils,"

by George P. Merrill.]

Am, Geol., vol. xx, pp. 27-274, 1897.

2121 [Review of "Syllabus of general geology for students, with

definition and references," by C. W. Hall.]

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 323-324, 1897.

2122 [Reviews of ''Geology of Polk County, Iowa," by H. F.

Bain.]

Am. Geol., vol. xx, p. 334 p.), 1897.

2123 Sketch of the geology of the eastern end of the Mesabi iron

range in Minnesota.

Univ. of Minn., Engineers' Year Book, pp. 49-62, with map, 1898.

Describes the physiography, geolojfic history, octnirrence of Animikie and pre-Animikie rocks, diabase sills and gabbro, and the occurrence of iron ores.

2124 [Review of "Iowa Geological Survey, Vol. VI."]

Am. Geol., vol. xxi, pp. 64-65, 1898.

2126 The geology of Cook County [Minnesota].

Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., Final Rept., vol. iv, pp. 313-346, pi. Ixix, HH-KK, 1899.

Describes the physiography and (xxurrence of the Archean and Cambrian rocks and Glacial history and deposits of the region.

2126 The geology of the Pokegama Lake plate [Minnesota].

Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. 8urv., Final Rept., vol. iv, pp. 346-349, pi. Ixx, 1899.

Describes character and occurrence of the Cambrian strata of the region.

2127 The geology of the Grand Rapids plate [Minnesota].

Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., Final Rept, vol. iv, pp. 350-354, pi. Ixxi, 1899.

Describes the character and occurrence of the granites and the Cambrian sediments of the region.

2128 The geology of the Swan Lake plate [Minnesota].

Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., Final Rept, vol. iv, pp. 355-357, pi. Ixxii, 1899.

Describes briefly the o(!current?e of granitic tricks ami Cambrian deposits.

248 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

2129 Ghrant (Ulysses Sherman) The geology of the Gabbro Lake

plate [Minnesota].

Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., Final Rept, vol. iv, pp. 399-419, pi. Ixxxviii, and MM and PP, 1899.

Deecribee the character and occurrence of the Archean and Cambrian

rocks.

2130 The geology of the Snowbank Lake plate [Minnesota].

Minn. (tcoI. and Nat Hist Surv., Final Rept, vol. iv, pp. 420-433, pi. Ixxix, 1899. Describes drift deposits and Archean rocks of the region.

2131 The geology of the Fraser Lake plate [Minnesota].

Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist Surv., Final Rept., vol. iv, pp. 434-461, pis. Ixxx and LL, figs. 78-79, 1899.

De8t;ribes the and the occurrence and character of the Archean and Cambrian rocks.

2132 The geology of the Akeley Lake plate [Minnesota].

Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., Final Rept, vol. iv, pp. 462-480, pi. Ixxxi, figs. 80-87, 1899.

Descrilies the physiography, the character and occurrence of the Cambrian and Archean rocks and occurrence of iron ores.

2133 The geology of the (junflint Lake plate [Minnesota].

Minn. Geol. and Nat Hist. Surv., Final Rept, vol. iv, pp. 481-490, pi. Ixxxii, NN, figs. 88, 89, 1899. Describes character and occurrence of the Cambrian rocks.

2134 The geology of the Rove Lake plate [Minnesota].

Minn. and Nat. Hist. Surv., Final Rept, vol. iv, pp. 491-495, pi. Ixxxiii, 1899. Descrilies character and occurrence of the Cambrian rocks.

2135 The geology of the Mountain Lake plate [Minnesota].

Minn. (teol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., Final Rept, vol. iv, pp. 496-501, pi. Ixxxi V, fig. 90, 1899.

character and occurrence of the Cambrian rocks and occurrence of silver.

2136 Record of geological field work in northern Minnesota, 1892

to 1898. Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., 24th Ann. Rept, pp. 85-144, 1899.

2137 List of rock samples collected in northeastern Minnesota in

Minn. Geol. and Nat Hist. Surv., 24th Ann. Rept, pp. 145-147, 1899.

2138 The geology of Itasca County [Minnesota].

Minn. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., Final Rept, vol. iv, pp. 166-192, pi. Ixv, 1899.

DescrilMJS the physiographic features and the character and occurrence of Archean rocks ami and Glacial deposits.

W110.1 Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 249

2139 Grant (Ulysses Sherman). [Review of ''The educational series of rock specimens collected . and distributed by the United States Geological Survey,** by J. S. Diller.]

Am. Greol., vol. xxiii, pp. 61-62, 1899.

2140 [Review of ''Recent earth movement in the Gi*eat Lakes

region," by G. K. Gilbert.]

Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, pp. 126-127, 1899.

2141 [Review of "Geology of Ijake Placid region," by J. F.

Kemp.]

Am. Geo!., vol. xxiii, p. 195 (J p.), 1899.

2142 [Review of "The hardystonite, a new calcium zinc silicate

from Franklin Furnace, New Jersey," by J. E. Wolff.]

Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, p. 329 (J p.), 1899.

2143 [Revi.w of "Minernl resources of Kansas, 1898," by Ei-as-

mus Ha worth; and "The Crystal Falls iron-bearing district of Michigan," by J. M. Clements and H. L. Smyth; with a chapter on the Sturgeon River tongue, by W. S. Bayley, and an introduction by C. R. Van Hise.]

Am. Geol., vol. xxiv, pp. 305, :)8-311, 1899.

2144 A possible driftless area in northeastern Minnesota.

Am. Geol., vol. xxiv, pp. 377-381, 1899.

Desc.nbes the jreologic features of the region and (liflcusHes the evidence bearing en the oociirrence of a nonglaciated area.

2145 See Elftman (A. H.), No. 1638.

2146 Winchell (H. V.) and. Preliminary report on the Rainy

Lake gold region [Minnesota].

See Winchell (H. V.) ami Grant (U. S.), No. 6289.

2147 Grant (Ulysses Sherman). Preliminary on the copper-

bearing rocks of Douglaf County [Wisconsin].

Wis. Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv., Bull., No. vi, Econ. ser.. No. 3, pp. 1-55, pis. i-xi, 1900.

Review?, Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. x, p. 249 (J p.); Jour. Geol., vol. viii, p. 370, 1900.

Describes the topographic features of the county, the occurrence and character of the Keweenawan and Lake Superior sandstone beds, the distribution of the copper-bearing rocks and the mode of occurrence of copper.

2148 [Review of A dictionary of altitudes in the United States

(third edition)," by Henry Gannett]

Am. Geol., vol. xxv, pp. 121-122, 1900.

2148a [Review of "The geography of Chicago and its environs,"

by R. D. Salisbury and W. C. Alden.] Am. Geol., vol. xxv, p. 174 (1 p.), 1900.

250 BIBUOORAPHY OF NORTH AMKRICAN GKOLOGY, Ibull. 18.

2149 G-rant (Ulysses Sherman). Contact metamorphism of a basic

igneous rock. Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. xi, pp. 50-510, 190a Describes the local geology, the occurrence of Keweenawan gabbro

and the contact metamorphism in Minnesota.

2150 Vinchell (N. H.) and. Petrographic geology of the crystalline rocks of Minnesota.

See Winchell (N. H.) and Grant (U. R.), No. 6376.

2151 Ghratacap (L. P.). The possible revival of Virginia City, Nevada.

Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. xl, pp. 16329-16330, 1095. Describes the occurrence of the ore bodies in this region.

2152 Fossils and fossilization.

Am. Nat., vol. xxx, pp. 902-912, 993-1003, 1896.

the characters, preservation, and distribution of fossils.

2153 [Review of *'A dictionary of the names of minerals, including their history and etymology," by A. H. Chester.]

Science, new ser., vol. iv, pp. 117-118, 1896.

2154 Fossils and fossilization.

Ajn. Nat, vol. xxxi, pp. 16-33, 191-199, 285, 293, 1897.

Continues the discussion from in Am. Nat., vol. xxx, p. 1003, 1896.

2155 Relation of James Hall to American geology.

Am. Nat., vol. xxxii, pp. 891-902, 1 pi., 1898.

2156 Notes on the limonite beds on Ocean terrace [Staten Island,

New York].

Staten Island Nat Sci. Assoc., Proc, vol. vii, No. 12, 2 pp., 1899. Notes on occurrence of limonite.

2157 The Comsto<*k lode [Nevada].

St;i. Am. Suppl., vol. xlviii, pp. 19925-19926, 1 fig., 1899.

2158 A plea for the popular exposition of lithology for museum

purposes.

Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, pp. 281-287, 1899.

2159 Note on an interesting specimen of calcite from Joplin, Missouri. Am. Mus. Nat Hist, Bull., vol. xiii, pp. 95-97, pi. vi, figs. 1-4, 1900. Descrilies its crystal lographic characters.

2160 The Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural History.

Science, new ser., vol. xi, pp. 807-816, 1900. Gives a historic sketch of this publication.

2161 The asbestus mine at Thetford, Canada.

Sci. Amer., vol. Ixxxii, pp. 213-214, 3 figs., 1900. Describes the character and occurrence of the material.

W1Kk8.] Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 251

2162 Ghneene (Greorge K.). Contribution to Indiana Paleontology.

Part I. Ewing & Zeller, New Albany, Ind., pp. 1-7, pk.

i-iii, 1898. Deflcribee new species from the Devonian.

2162a Contribution to Indiana Paleontology. Part II. Ewing

& Zeller, New Albany, Ind., pp. 8-10, pin. iv-vi, 1899. Describes new species from the Devonian.

2162b Contribution to Indiana Paleontology. Part III. Ewing

& Zeller, New Albany, Ind., pp. 17-25, pis. vii-ix, 1899. Describes new species from the Silurian and Devonian.

2162<? Contribution to Indiana Paleontology. Part IV. Ewing

& Zeller, New Albany, Ind., pp. 26-33, pis. x-xii, 1900.

Describes new species from the Silurian and Devonian.

2162 Contribution to Indiana Paleontology. Part V. Ewing

& Zeller, New Albany, Ind., pp. 84-41, pis. xiii-xv, 1900.

Describes new species from the Devonian and Carboniferous.

2163 Ghreenleaf (James L.). The hydrology of the Mississippi.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. ii, pp. 29-46, 1896.

Describes the drainage area of the Mississippi and its tributaries, the distribution and amount of rainfall, and the temperature and character of the flow of the streams.

2164 Ghreenlea (W. B.). The amount of water in the earth's crust.

Am. Geol., vol. xviii, pp. 33-36, 1896.

Describes the author's method of computing the amount of water in the earth's crust.

2165 Ghregory (Herbert E.). Andesite of the Aroostook volcanic area

of Maine. Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. viii, pp. 359-369, 1899. Review: Am. Geol., vol. xxv, p. 175 (J p.), 1900.

'3166 Contributions to the geology of Maine. Part II. Geology

of the Aroostook volcanic area including an account of the clastic rocks of Aroostook County [Maine].

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull., No. 165, pp. 93-188, pis. iii-xiv, figs. 2-11,

Describes the occurrence and megascopic and microscopic characters of the igneous ro<!ks and the occurrence and character of the Silurian and Devonian sediments.

2167 Volcanic rocks from Temiscouata Lake, Quebec.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. x, pp. 14-18 and map, 1900.

Describes the general character of the sedimentary rocks of the region and of the volcanic rocks which are interbedded with the Niagara strata.

252 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN OEOLOGY, (bull. 188.

2168 Gregory (J. W.). The relations of the American and European

echinoid faunas.

Geol. Hoc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 101-108, 1892.

Describes the characteristic's of these faunas on the two continent, from the Carboniferous to and including the Tertiary, and concludes that their succession presents a series of phenomena incompatible with the theory of the permanence of the great ocean basins.

2169 Some problems of Arctic geology. 1. The polar basin.

Nature, vol. Ivi, pp. 301-303, figs. 1-3, 1897. Discusses the geologic history of the Arctic region.

2170 Some problems of Arctic geology. II. Former Arctic climates.

Nature, vol. Ivi, pp. 351-352, 1897.

Discusses the evidences as to the nature of Arctic climates in former geologic ages.

2171 New species of Cladophyllia Prionastnea and Stylina.

Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., 7th ser., vol. iv, pp. 457-461, 3 figs.,

2172 G-wesley (W. S.). A hitherto undeseribed phenomenon m hematite.

Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 219-223, 1892.

DiscusseH the origin of certain holes in a specimen of hematite.

2173 Faulting in veins.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. liii, p. 517 and p. 660 (correspondence), 1892. Ek'icribes an mTurrence of coal which shows from the vein material that there has been a movement of the walls inclosing it.

2174 North American geological notes.

Manchester Geol. Soc., Trans., vol. xxi, part ii, pp. 68-74, 1892.

Includes notes on some iiecuHar fonnations in the roof of a c!oal seam in Illinois, the occurreni*e of fossil trees in Pennsylvania anthracite heiU and on some bowlders found in Coal Measures in the North American anthracite region.

2175 (Jone-in-cone: How it occurs in the Devonian series in Pennsylvania, United States of America, with further details of its structure.

Geol. Soc. London, Quart. Jour., vol. 1, pp. 731-739, pis. -xxxvi,

Abstract; Am. Geol., vol. xiv, pp. 399-400 (J p.), 1894.

Describes the occurrence of cone-in-cone structure in Devonian beds of Pennsylvania.

2176 The "slate binders" of the "Pittsburg" cojil bed.

Am. Geol. vol. xiv, pp. :i56-365, figs. 1-2, 1894. Describes the character of the slate partings and discusses the different theories which may account for the formation of similar beds.

W1EK8.1 PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOiJY. 253

2177 Qresley (W. S.). Observations regarding the of

anthracite, with a new theory of its origin.

Am. Geol., vol. xviii, pp. 1-21, pi. i, 1896.

DiscuaseH J. J. Stevenon*8 theory as to the origin of Pennsylvania anthracite and the origin of the metamorphism in this region. the conditions in other coal fields.

2178 — — A granite bowlder near Pittsburg, Pa.

Am. Geol., vol. xviii, pp. 331-332 (correspondemre), 1896. Gives reasons for supposing this to be an erratic lielonging to the Glacial period.

2179 Tracer* of organic remains from Huronian (?) series at Iron

Mountain, Mich., etc.

Am. Inst Mg. Engrs., TranH., vol. xxvi, pp. 527-534, 1897. Describes the characteristics of marking conHidere*! to be of organic origin from the ore bodies at this locality.

2180 Clay veins vertically intersecting Coal Measures.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. ix, pp. 35-58, figs. 1-27, 1898. Describes the occurrence and chara<'ter of veins in coal, and discnisses their age and origin. Includes a bibliography of the subject.

2181 Side light upon coal formation.

Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, pp. 69-80, pi. ii, 1899.

Describes certain features of coal veins and associateil strata, and discusses their bearing on the origin of coal

2182 Possible new coal plants in coal.

Am. Geol., vol. xxiv, pp. 199-204, pis. vii-x, 1899. Describes structure resembling plants.

2183 Possible new coal plants in coal. Part II.

Am. Geol., vol. xxvi, pp. 49-55, pis. ii-v, 1900.

2184 Oximsley (G. Perry). Microscopical study of Ohio limestones.

Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., Jour., vol. xv, pp. 160-167, 1893. Describes the limestone formations of the State, their nii<*ro8copic structure, and the characters of some of the contained fossils.

2185 The granites of Cecil County, in northeastern Maryland.

Cin. Soc. Nat. Hist., Jour., vol. xvii, pp. 59-67, pis. 4-5, and pp. 78-114,

Abstracts: Jour. Geol., vol. ii, pp. 865-866, 1894; Am. (ieol., vol. xiv, p. 398 (J p), 1894.

Describes the rock exposures and the microscopic characters of the granite, diorite, staurolitic mica-schist, and granite-gneiss found in this rion. Gives a summary of conclusions.

2186 Gypsum deposits of Kansas.

Geol. Soc Am., Bull., vol. viii, pp. 227-240, pis. 21-22, 1897.

Describes the topography of the areas, the origin, character, and age of the gypsum deposits, and the occurrence and character of the secondary gypsum deposits.

254 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 158.

2187 GMmsley ((i. Perry). Gypsum in Kannas.

Kan. Univ. Quart., vol. vi, pp. 15-27, pie. iii-vi, figs, 1-6, 1897. Describee the character and extent of the j?ypeum deposits of the State.

2188 The study of natural palimpsests.

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 15-21, 1897. Discusses the phenomena of metamorphism.

2189 [Review of University Geological Survey of Kansas,

vol. ii.]

Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 272-274, 1897.

2190 Gypsum in Kansas.

Kan. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. xv, pp. 122-127, 1898. Describes the occurrence and distribution of the gypsum beds.

2191 The study of natural palimpsests.

Kan. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. xv, pp. 127-130, 1898. Discusses the origin of metamorphic rocks.

2192 The gypsum deposits of Kansas.

The Mineral Industry, 1897, pp. 395-396, 1898.

DescrilK* the <K*currence, character, and distribution of the deposits.

2192a and Bailey (E. H. S.) (with the assistance of Erasmus

Haworth). Special report on gypsum and gypsum cement

plasters.

Kan. Univ. Geol. Surv.. vol. v, 183 pp., pis. i-xxx, figs. 1-20, 1899.

Describes the general distribution of gypsum deposits and their occurrence, character, and origin in Kansas. Includes chemical analyses of samples and a bibliography of the subject.

2193 G-rinnell (George Bird). The glaciers of Montana.

Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. xlviii, p. 19854, 1899. Describes existing glaciers.

2194 G-iiswold (Leon S.). The structure of the Ouachita uplift of

Arkansas.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci. Proc, vol. xl, p. 261, 1891. The uplift is formed of closely folded Silurian strata between two broad belts of Lower Carboniferous rocks, and appears to form a continuation of tne Appalachian system.

2195 Whetstones and novaculites of Arkansas.

Ark. Geol. Surv., Ann. Rept, 1890, vol. iii, pp. 1-443, pis. i-ix, 1891.

Abstracts: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, p. 332 (J p.), 1892; Am. Nat, vol. xxvii, p. 42 (J p.), 1893.

Gives a general historical sketch of whetstones. Describes the megascopic and microscopic characters of Arkansas novaculites, their chemical composition, and the topography and geology of the Arkansas novaculite area. Discusses their origin.

WEEKS.) PALEONTOLOGY, PKlROLiKlY, AND MINERALOGY. 255

2196 OrisiPold (Leon S.). A baic dike in the Connecticut Triassic.

Harv. Coll., Mus. Coinp. Zool., Bull., vol. xvi, pp. 239-242, 1893.

Gives a brief deseriptiou of the locality of the dike and the inicro- Bcopic character of the dike rock (fotirchite?), and discuHses the (question as to the class to which it belongs.

2197 Davis (W. M.) and. Eantern of the Connei'ticut

'Triassic.

See Davis (W. M.) and Griswold (L. S.), No. \:m.

2198 GrisiKrold (Leon S.). The origin of the Arkansa.s

Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. xxvi, pp. 414-421, 1895.

Describes the field relations of the Arkansas novaculites and discusses tlieir origin, with special reference to a paper by F. Rutley on the same subject.

2199 Origin of the Lower MissiHsippi.

Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. xxvi, pp. 474-479, with map, 1895. Compares the Cretaceous peneplain of Arkansas with that of the Appalachian region and describes the development of the former.

2200 Notes on the geology of southern Florida.

Harv. Coll., Mus. Comp. Zool., Bull., vol. xxviii. No. 2, pp. 52-62, pis. xvii-xxvi, 1896.

Describes the character of the Everglades and the occurrence of limestone. Discusses the origin of the oolite.

2201 Notes on the geology of southern Florida.

Review by J. Edmund Woodman. Jour. Geol., vol. v, pp. 312-313,

2202 The geology of Helena, Montana, and vicinity.

Assoc, of Eng. Soc., Jour., vol. xx, No. 1, pp. 51-68, 3 figs., 1898.

Describes the character and occurrence of the igneous and metamorphic rocks and of the Algonkian, Cambrian, Silurian, and Carboniferous strata and the geologic structure of the rion.

2203 Quentherodt (J. J.). Twin Lakes region [Colorado].

Colliery Eng., vol. xvii, pp. 201-202, 1896.

Describes the occurrence of gold placers and veins near Lead vi lie, Colo.

2204 Guiterman (Franklin). [Origin of ore deposits.]

Col. Sci. Soc., Proc., vol. iv, pp. 347-348, 1893.

In discussion of paper by P. H. van Diest on the "Evidence bearing on the formation of ore deposits by lateral secretion."

2205 Ghilliver (F. P.). The Newtonville sand plain.

Jour. Geol., vol. i, pp. 803-812, 1893.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xii, p. 177 (J p.), 1893.

Describes the process of making the clay model of the map of the region, reproduced in fig. 1; and of another (tlay model of the supposed relations of the deposits, shown in fig. 2. Describes the origin and relations of the Glacial beds.

250 HIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bill. 188

GKilliver (F. P.). Ice sheet on Newtonville sand plain.

Alwtratt: Am. Assoc. Adv. Si'i., *., vol. xlii, p. 178 (J p.), 1894.

2207 Gilbert (G. K.) and. Tepee buttes.

See Gilbert (G. K.) and Gulliver (F. P.), No. 1999.

22<)8 GKuUiver (F. P.). Cusimte forelands.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. vii, pp. 399-122, pi. 18, . 1-15, 1896.

Describes the formation and method of jjrowth of current, tidal and delta ciiHis at typical localities on the Atlantic and Pacific coasts of the Unittnl States.

2209 Classification of coastal form.

Abstracts: Sciem*, new ser., vol. viii, p. 466 p.); Am. Geol., vol. xxii, p. 253 (i p.), 1898; Geol. So<!. Am., Bull., vol. x, p. 18, 1899.

2210 Note on Monadnock.

Abstratit: Am. Geol., vol. xxii, i>. 253 (5 1.), 1898.

2211 Shore line topography.

Am. Acad. Arts and Pnx;., vol. xxxiv, pp. 149-258, tigs. 1-32,

Review: Jour. Geol., vol. vii, pp. 827-829, 1899.

Describes the successive stajft of development of shore lines as influeniHjd by uplift and depression.

2212 Note on Monadnocks.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. x, p. 19 (8 1.), 1899.

2213 Thames River in Connecticut.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, j). 104 (J p.); Sidence, new ser., vol. ix, p. 144, 199.

2214 Qtippy (R. J. Lechniere) lind Dall (William H.). Descriptions

of Tertiary fossils from the Antillean region.

U. S. Nat. Mus., Proc., vol. xix, pp. 303-331, pis. xxvii-xxx, 1897.

2215 Ghirley (R. R.). The geologic age of the graptolite shales of

Arkansas.

Ark. Geol. Surv., Ann. Kept., 181K), vol. iii, pp. 401-404, 1892.

Discustes the evidences by the fossils found in these shales in their on the geologic age the formation and their correlation with other beds of similar horizons, viz, the Trenton and Calciferous.

2216 New species of graptolites.

Ark. Surv., Ann. Kept., 1890, vol. iii, pp. 416-418, 1892. Brief destTiption of new species from Arkansas.

2217 North American gi-aptolites, new and vertical mnge.

Jour. Geol., vol. iv, pp. aV102, 291-311, pis. iv-v, 1896.

Mentions described speciefc rejiorted from # American strata, giving their generic reference and geologic range. The paper also includes descriptions of new species, a list of American graptolites, and tables showing their vertical and geographic range.

wEEKi.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETBOLOGY, AND MiNERALOQf. 257

2218 Ghirley (Wm. F. E.), Miller (S. A.) and. Description of some new genera and species of £k;hinodermata from the Coal Measures and sub-Carboniferous rocks of Indiana, Missouri, and Iowa.

See Miller (S. A.) and Gnrley (W. F. E.), No. 3991.

2218a Description of some new species of invertebrates from

the Paleozoic rocks of Illinois and adja<.*ent States.

See Miller (S. A.) and Giirley (W. F. E.), No. 3997a.

2218i Upper Devonian and Niagaran crinoids.

See Miller (S. A.) and Gurley (W. F. E.), No. 3997b.

221Sc Description of new species of Paleozoic Echino-

dermata.

See Miller (S. A.) and Gurley (W. F. K), No. 3997d.

New genera and species of Echinodermata.

See Miller (S. A.) and Gurley (W. F. E.), No. 3997c.

2219 New and interesting species of Paleozoic; fossils.

See Miller (S. A.) and Gurley (W. F. E.), No. 3998.

2220 Descriptions of new and remarkable fossils from the

Paleozoic rocks of the Mississippi Valley.

See Miller (S. A.) and Gurley (W. F. E.), No. 3999.

2221 New species of crinoids from Illinois and other States.

See Miller (S. A.) and Gurley (W. F. E.), No. 4000.

2222 New species of Echinodermata and a new crustacean

from the Paleozoic rocks. See Miller (S. A.) and Gurley (W. F. E.), No. 4001.

2223 New species of Paleozoic invertebrates from Illinois

and other States.

See Miller (S. A.) and Gurley (W. F. E.), No. 4002.

2224 New species of crinoids, cephalopods, and other Paleozoic fossils.

See Miller (S. A.) and (hurley (Wm. F. E.), No. 40aS.

2225 Onrlt (Adolf). On a remarkable deposit of wolfram ore in the

United States.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxii, pp. 236-242, 1894. Deecribes an occurrence of wolfram ore in Fairfield County, Conn., in crystalline limestone and gneiss.

2226 Ghxrillim (J. C). Gold and silver ores of the Slocan, B. C.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. vi, pp. 494-498, 1896.

Describes gold and silver ore deposits in British Columbia.

Bull. 188—01 17

258 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

2227 Gwillim (J. C.) and Johnson (W. S.). Some ores and rocks of

southern Slocan division. West Kootenay, British Columbia.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. vii, pp. 293-302, 6 figs., 1897. Deecribes the geological featores and the occurrence of the gold and silver ores of the region.

2228 Owillim (J. C). Some West Kootenay ore bodies [British

Columbia].

Federated Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. iii, pp. 19-26; Can. Mg. Rev., vol. xviii, pp. 17-19, 1898.

Describes the occurrence and character of the gold, silver, and copper ores of the region.

2229 Notes on the Atlin gold fields [British Columbia].

Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. iii, pp. 97-101; Can. Mg. Rev., vol. xix, pp. 69-70, 1900. Describes the occurrence of gold placers.

2230 Hague (Arnold). Geology of the Eureka district, Nevada.

XJ. S. Geol. Surv., Monograph XX, pis. i-viii, figs. 1-9, 1892.

Abstracts: Am. GreoL, vol. xii, pp. 264-266; Am. Joor. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 161-163, 1893.

Describes the topographic and geologic features of the region and includes a discussion of the relations of land and water during Paleozoic time. Gives an account of volcanic action in this region and a description of the ore bodies and their mode of formation. Appendix A gives a list of fossils found in each formation and Appendix B is a discussion of the microscopic characters of the crystalline rocks.

2231 The great plains of the North. General sketch. Itinerary

from Jamestown, N. Dak., to Livingston, Mont.

Int. Cong. Geol. Compte Rendu, 5th session, pp. 319-325, 1893.

Describes the general geologic features of the great plains and the local geology of the route traversed by the Rocky Mountain excursion of the International Congress of Geologists.

2232 The Yellowstone Park.

Int. Cong. Geol., Compte Rendu, 5th session, pp. 336-359, 1893. Describes the geologic history of the park and the physical and geologic features of the route through the park traversed by the excursion.

2233 Geologic history of the Yellowstone National Park.

Smith. Inst, Ann. Rept., 1891-92, pp. 133-151.

2234 - — - Yellowstone National Park folio, Wyoming. Greneral de-

scription.

U. S. Geo). Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. S., folio No. 30, figs. 1-11, 1896. Describes the physiography and general geologic features and history of the region. Includes tjiographic geologic maps.

Wmm.] Paleontology, Petkology, And Mineralogy.

(Arnold.) The age of the igneous njeks of the Yellowstone National Park.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. i, pp. 445-457, 1896.

Reviews the geologic history of the park, mentions the fossil plant and invertebrate remains found in the Tertiary strata, and difltrusses the bearing of the data on the age of the igneous rocks and tlie character of the post-Laramie movement.

Absaroka folio, Wyoming.

U. S. Geol. Sur\'., Geologic Atlas of U. S., folio No. 52, 1899.

Describee the topographic features, the cliaracter and oixurrence of the Archean, Cambrian, Silurian, Devonian, Carlwniferous, Cretaceous, and volcanic rocks of the Crandali and quadrangles. Includes topographic and geologic maps and columnar sections.

Descriptive geology of Huckleberry Mountain and Big Grame Kidge [Yellowstone National Park].

U. 8. Geol. Surv., Mon. XXXII, Pt. II, pp. 165-202, pis. xxiv-xxv, Describes the general pliysiographic and geologic features of the region.

Early Tertiaiy volcanoes of the Absaroka Range.

Wash. Geol. Soc, Presidential Address, pp. 25, pis. i-iii; Science, new ser., vol. ix, pp. 425-442, 1899.

Describes the character and occurrence of tlie volcanics.

[A geological relief map of the Yellowstone National Park

and of the Absaroka Range.] Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. ix, p. 454 (i p), 1899.

Othniel Charles Marsh.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 21st Ann. Rept, pt. i, pp. 189-204, 1900. Gives a sketch of the life and work of Professor Marsh.

- Repoil of the Congress of Geologists, International Universal Exposition, Paris, 1900.

Rept. of Comm. General for the U. S., vol. vi, pp. 198-204, 1900.

2241 Hall (Charles E.). Geological notes on the manganese ore deposit

of Crimora, Va.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xx, pp. 46-49, 1892.

The ore bodies lie in a ])asin at the base of the mountains formed of Potsdam sandstones, shales, and slates, in the former of which black oxide of manganese is disseminated and from which the ore appears to have been derived by seepage of surface waters.

2242 Hall (Christopher Webber). A review of the theories of the

origin of the granitic rocks and the crystalline schists. Abstract: Minn. Acad. Nat. Sci., Bull., voLiii, p. 175, 1892. Brief rsum of the theories of the origin of granite and allied rocks.

A vacation trip into the Black Hills of South Dakota.

Abstract: Minn. Acad. Nat. Sci., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 185-186, 1892. Gives an account of the relations of the formations in this region.

260 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

2244 HaU (Christopher Webber). The deep well at Minneota, Minn.

Minn. Acad. Nat. Sci., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 248-250, 1892. Brief description of the formations penetrated, and gives the section as shown by the well record.

2245 Notes on a geological excursion into central Wisconsin.

Minn. Acad. Nat. Sci., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 251-268, 1892. Describes the microscopic and megascopic characters of the rock types in the region visited.

2246 and Sardeson (F. W.). Paleozoic formations of southeastem Minnesota.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 331-368, 1892.

Abstracts: Am. Nat, vol. xxvli, p. 144, 1893; Am. Geol., vol. x, pp 182-ia3 (ip.), 1892.

Describes the character of the Archean floor upon which the Upper Cambrian was deposited and the lithologic characters of the Magnesian series. The Lower Silurian is represented by the St. Peters sandstone, Trenton and Cincinnati limestones and shales, and the Devonian by siliceous limestones containing few fossils.

2247 Hall (Christopher Webber). The formation and deformation of

Minnesota lakes.

Sci. Amer. Suppl., vol. xxxvi, pp. 14625-14626, 1893. Describes the process of formation and deformation of the Glacial lakes in Minnesota.

2248 Mineral alterations in the granitic rocks of the Northwestern

States.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Prot\, vol. xliii, p. 236 (J p.), 1895. Discusses the alterations of granites in Minnesota and Wisconsin.

2249 and Sardeson (F. W.). The Magnesian series of the North-

western States.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. vi, pp. 167-198, pi. 2, 1895.

Discusses the lithologic and imleontologic characteristics of the series. Describes the local features of the St. Lawrence dolomites and shales, Jordan sandstone, Oneota dolomite, New Richmond sandstone, and the Shakopee dolomite. Discusses the lithology and genesis of the sandstones, shales, and dolomites. Includes a geologic map of portions of Minnesota, Iowa, Wisconsin, and Illinois.

2250 Hall (Christopher Webber). Syllabus of general geology for

students, with definitions and references. The University Book Store, Minneapolis, Minn., 8vo, 127 pp., 1897. Review by U. S. Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 323-324, 1897.

2251 The gneisses, gabbro-schists, and associated rocks of southwestern Minnesota.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Bull., No. 157, 160 pp., 27 pis., 7 figs., 1899. Describes the occurrence, distribution, and petrographic characters of the rocks.

wsras-j PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 261

2252 Hall (Christopher Webber). [Extent and distribution of the

Archean in Minnesota.]

Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. ix, pp. 412-413, 1899.

2253 and Sardeson (F. W.). Eolian deposits of eastern Minnesota.

Greol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. x, pp. 349-360, pis. xxxili-xxxiv, 1899.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, p. 103 (8 1.); Science, new ser., vol. ix, p. 143 (J p.), 1899.

Describes the character, ocHurrence, and origin of the loess formation and dune sands.

2254 Hall (Christopher Webber). The Chengwatona series of the

Keweenawan.

Abstracts: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xlix, p. 191 (Ip.)j Science, new ser., vol. xii, p. 994 (J p.), 1900.

2255 Hall (John G.). A geologic section from State Line, opposite

Boicourt, to Alma, principally along the Osage River

[Kansas].

Univ. Geol. Surv. of Kans., vol. i, pp. 99-106, pi. v, 1896. Describes the limestones and shales which comprise the Carboniferous formation in the region.

2256 Hall (James). Preliminary notice of Newberria, a new genes of

brachiopods, with remarks on its relations to Rensselseria and Amphigenia.

N. Y. State Geol., 10th Ann. Rept, pp. 91-98, pi. v, 1891.

2257 and Clarke (J. M.). An introduction to the study of Bra-

chiopoda, intended as a handbook for the use of students.

Parti.

N. Y. State Mus., 45th Ann. Rept, pp. 455-616, 1892; and N. Y. State Geol., nth Ann. Rept, pp. 133-300, pis. 1-22, 1892.

Abstracts: Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 251-253; Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser,, vol. xliv, pp. 330-332, 1892.

Describes the general characters of the class, their habits of life and powers of locomotion, and includes a description of some of the genera.

2258 Hall (James). Report of the State Geologist for the year 1891.

N. Y. State Mus., 45th Ann. Rept, pp. 323-345, 1892.

Gives a list of Devonian fossils found in the Livonia salt shaft

2259 [Correlation of clastic rocks.]

Int. Cong. Geol., Compte Rendu, 5th session, p. 170 (J p.), 1893. Remarks on the importance of considering both physical and faunal characters and the unequal value of fossils in the correlating of rocks.

2260 and Clarke (J. M.). An introduction to the study of the

genera of Paleozoic Brachiopoda. Part I.

Nat Hist, of N. Y. Paleontology, vol. viii, part i, pp. 1-367, pie. i-xx, 1893.

Describes genera and also some of the species of Brachiopoda.

262 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAl/ GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

2201 Hall (James) and Clarke (J. M.). An introduction to the study

of the genei'a of Paleozoic Bi'a<''hiopoda.

Nat. Hiflt. of N. Y. Paleontolojry, vol. viii, part ii, fascicle i, pp. 1-176,

Continiiea the review of the genera of Paleossoic Brachiopoda begun in part i.

2261a An introduction to the study of the genera of Paleozoic

Brachiopoda.

Nat. Hist, of N. Y. Paleontology, vol. viii, pt. ii, fascicle ii, pp. 177- 394, 1893.

2262 Hall (James). The Livonia salt shaft; its history and geological

relations, etc. N. Y. State Mus., 47th Ann. Kept., pp. 205-214, 1894. Gives an account of the geologic work done during the sinking of the Livonia shaft and describes the relations of the formations.

2263 and Clarke (J. M.). Paleontology of New York, vol. viii.

Part II.

N. Y. State Mus., 47th Ann. Rept, pp. 797-851, 1894.

Includes a synopsis of contents of vol. viii, pt. ii, and a summary of evolution of the genera of the Paleozoic Brachiopoda" and description of new in the same volume.

2264 An introduction to the study of the Brachiopoda, intended as a for the use of students. Part II.

N. Y. State Mus., 47th Ann. Kept., pp. 945-1137, 1894, and 13th Ann. Rept. N. Y. State (leol., pp. 749-1137, 1894.

Continues the description of genera bt*gun in i, discusses the evolution and (classification of the genera of the Brachiopoda, and gives a table of clasfci filiation and an alphabeti(*al index to genera and subgenera of the BrachiojKxla.

2265 An introduction to the study of the genera of Paleozoic Brachiopoda, vol. viii, pirt ii, fascicle i.

Abstracts: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvii, p. 319 (ip.)i 1894; Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlviii, pp. 71-72, 1894.

2266 Hall (James). A discussion of Streptehusnia and allied genera of

rugose coi-als. N. Y., 15th Ann. Rept. State Geologist, vol. i, pp. 24-25, 1897. Gives a brief abstract of the paper.

2267 The Paleozoic hexactinellid sponges constituting the family

Dictyospongidae.

N. Y., 15th Ann. Rept. State Geologist, vol. i, pp. 25-26, 1897. Givas a brief abstratrt of the paper.

2268 and Clarke (John M.). The new species of Brachiopoda

described in Paleontology of New York, Volume VIII,

Parts I and II, 1892-1894!

N. Y., 14th Ann. Rept. State Geologist, pp. 325-372, 14 pis., 4 figs.; N. Y. State Mus., 48th Ann. Rept., vol. ii, pp. 325-372, 14 pis., 4 figs.,

W1Ek8.1 Palkontolooy, And Mineralogy. 263

2269 Hall (James) and Clarke (John M.). A memoir on the Paleozoic reticulate sponges constituting the family Dictyospongidae.

N. Y. State Mua., Memoir ii, pp. 350, pla. i-lxx, figB. 1-45, 1898.

Reviews: Jour. Geol., vol. vii, pp. 717-718; Am. Geol., vol. xxiv, pp. 304-305, 1899.

Includes general observations on sponges, the stracture, variations, and occurrence of Dictyospongide, and description of the genera and species. Includes a bibliography.

2270 A memoir on the Paleozoic reticulate sponges constituting the family Dictyospongidse. Part I.

N. Y. Geol. 8ur\-., 15th Ann. Rept, vol. ii, pp. 753-90, 47 pis. 17 figs.; N. Y. State Mus., 49th Ann. Rept., vol. iii, pp. 743-894, pis. i-lxvii, figs. 1-17, 1898.

2271 A memoir on the Paleozoic reticulate sponges constituting the family Dictyospongidse. Part II.

N. Y. Geol. Surv., 16th Ann. Rept., pp. 343-389, pis. xlviii-lxx, figs. ia-45, 1899.

2272 HaU (W. S.). The South Dakota artesian basin.

Science, vol. xxii, pp. 29-30, 1893.

Discusses and illustrates by cross He<!tion the geology of South Dakota.

2273 Hallock (William.) Preliminary report of obseiTations at the

deep well at Wheeling, W. Va.

Am. Jour. Soi., 3d. ser., vol. xliii, pp. 234-236, 1892. Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xl, pp. 257-259, 1891. Gives a list of temjieraturt* at various de[)thH down to 4,500 feet, and a table of comparison with those of two other deep wells.

2274 Note on further observations of temperature in the deep

well at Wheeling, W. Wa.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xlii, pp. 173-175, 1894. In tabular form shows the temperature of the water which had leaked into the well to a depth of 3,196 feet.

2275 Subterranean temperatures at Wheeling, W. Va., and

Pittsburg, Pa.

School of Mines Quart., vol. xviii, pp. 148-153, 1897.

Gives notes on the tem{)erature8 in deep wells at these Uxalities.

2276 [Review of "Artesian wella of Iowa," by W. H. Norton.]

Science, new ser., vol. vii, p. 499 (i p. ), 1898.

2277 Halse (Eklward). Notes on the occurrence of manganese ore near

Muleg, Baja California, Mexico.

North of Eng. Inst, of Mg. and Mech. Engrs., Trans., vol. xli, pp 202-307, 1892.

Abstract: Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Iv, pp. 223-225, 1893.

Describes veins of manganese ore in trachyte and gives chemical analyses of some specimens. The ore occurs as filling of superficial vein-like fissures and was probably derived from the trachyte by leaching.

264 BIBLIOGBAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

2278 Halse (Ildward). Notes on some gold-bearing veins of Zacatecas, Mexico.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Iviii, p. 78 and pp. 105-107, 1894. Notes on the vein structure and character of the ore.

2279 Gold in Zacatecas, Mexico.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Iviii, pp. 605-606, 1894. Brief description of the ore

2280 The silver district of Tehuilotepec, State of Guerrero,

Mexico. Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ix, pp. 197-199, 1895.

Describes the occurrence of silver ores in this region and the character of the mining and ore reduction processes.

2281 The quicksilver mine and reduction works at Huitzuco,

Guerrero, Mexico.

North of Eng. Inst, ot Mg. and Mech. Engrs., Trans., vol. xlv, pt. 1, pp. 73-88, 1895.

the geologic features of the region, the character and occurrence of the ore, and diusses its origin.

2282 The occurrence of tin ore at Sain Alto, Zacatecas, with

reference to similar deposits in San Luis Potosi and Durango, Mexico.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxix, pp. 502-511, figs. 1-6, 1900. Describes the occurrence of the various ore bodies.

2283 Hamilton (S. Herbert). Monazite in Delaware County, Pa.

Phil. Acad. Nat. Sci., Proc., 1899, pp. 377-378. Describes occurrence and crystallographic characters.

2284 Hanna (George B.) Nitze (H. B. C.) and. Gold deposits of

North Carolina. See Nitze (H. B. C.) and Hanna (G. B.), No. 4108.

2285 Hardman (John E.). Occurrence of galena at Smithfield, N. S.

Federated Can. Mg. Inst., Jour., vol. i, pp. 215-218, 1896. Briefly describes iKcurrence.

2286 Notes on some mining districts in British Columbia.

Can. Mg. Review, vol. xvi, pp. 109-112, 1897.

briefly the occurrence of gold and silver in the Rossland, Nelson, and Fort Steele districts.

2287 The gold fields of Canada.

Can. Mg. Rev., vol. xvii, pp. 156-163, 184-190, 1898. Describes occurrence of gold in various provinces of Canada.

2288 Notes on some mining districts in British Columbia.

Federated Can. Mg. Inst, Jour., vol. ii, pp. 166-180, 1897. Includes notes on the gold and silver ores of the Rossland. Nelson, Slocan Lake, and Fort Steele districts.

Wkm8,] Paleontology, Pktbology, And Mineralogy. 265

2289 Hardt (Anton). The Blossburg coal region [Pennsylvania].

Mines and Minerals, vol. xix, pp. 126-128, 4 figs., 1898. Describee briefly the occorrenoe of coal in the region.

2290 Harker (Alfred). Thermometamorpbism in igneouH rocks.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 16-22, 1892.

Refers to the previous publication on this subject and describes the changes in the igneous rocks of the English lake district. Concludes that basic and intermediate lavas, when affected by weathering, are as easily changed by heat as argillaceous sediments; acid lavas and ashes may be very little modified by heat Various feldspars, resulting from the rejuvenation of old feldspars or by recombinations of other minerals in the advanced stages of metamorphism, are abundant in the newly formed products.

2290a Physical geology in the basin of the Colorado.

Nat Science, vol. i, pp. 205-210, 1892.

2291 On the migration of material during the metamorphism of

rock masses.

Jour. Geol., vol. i, pp. 574-678, 1893.

Discusses the changes in rock masses which are due to thermal metamorphism. Considers that transferencre of material due to thermal causes is confined to narrow limits, and this limit varies with the temperature.

2292 Igneous rock series and mixed igneous rocks.

Jour. Geol., vol. viii, pp. 389-399, figs. 1-4, 1900. Describes the characteristics of the two classes ot rocks.

2293 Hamly (H. J.). Cone-in-cone "' (an impure calcite).

Kan. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. xv, p. 22, 1898.

Describes occurrence of material in Cretaceous rocks of Kansas.

2294 Harper (G. W.) and Bassler (R. S.). Catalogue of the fossils of

the Trenton and Cincinnati periods occurring in the vicinity

of Cincinnati, Ohio. Ccinnati, Ohio, 34 pp., 1896.

2295 Harrington (B. J.). The composition of limestones and dolo-

mites from a number of geological horizons in Canada.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. vi, pp. 27-32, 1894.

Gives the chemical composition of Cambrian, Silurian, Carboniferous, and Triassic limestones from different localities of Canada

2296 On nepheline, sodalite, and orthoclase from the nepheline-

syenite of Dungannon, Hastings County, Ontario.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., voL xlviii, pp. 16-18, 1894.

Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xiv, p. 68 (5 1.), 1894.

Describes the chemical composition of the minerals mentioned.

2297 The chemical composition of andradite from two localities

in Ontario.

Can. Rec. Sci., vol. vi, pp. 479-481, 1896. Gives chemical analyses of the material.

266 BIBLIOQBAPHY OF NORTH AMEKICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

229S Harrington (B. J.), Adams (Frank D.) and. On a new alkali hornblende anda titaniferous audradite from the nephelinesyenite of Dungannou, Hastings County, Ontario.

See Adainw (F. D.) and Harrington (B. J.), No. 16.

2299 Harris (Gilbert Dennison). The Tertiary geology of Calvert

Cliffs, Maryland.

Am. Jour. S<*i., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 21-31, 1893.

GiveH the nectionn exposed by thene cliffs at several localities, with a list of Hpe<'ieH found in each and map of the region.

2300 Preliminary report on the organic remains obtained from a

deep well at Galveston, together with conclusions respecting the age of the various formations penetrated.

Texas (xeol. Sur\\, 4th Ann. Rept., pp. 117-119, 1893.

Gives in tabular form the liathymetric distribution of the fossils obtained from the well, from which the conclusions are drawn as to the geologic horizons represented, which are said to range from Pleistocene to Miocene.

2301 Correlation of Tejon deposits with Fiocene stages of the Gulf

slope.

Science, vol. xxii, p. 97 (corresjwndence), 1893.

Remarks on similarity of the fauna found in the Eocene of the Gulf States, Texas, and California.

2302 Republication of Conrad's fossil shells of the Tertiary formations of North America.

Abstratt: Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 60-61, 1893.

2303 Dall (W. H.) and. Correlation Papers. Neocene.

See Dall (W. H.) and Harris ((i. D.), No. 1260.

2304 Dumble (E. T.) and. The Galveston deep well.

See Dumble (E. T.) and Harris (G. D.), No. 1566.

2805 Harris (Gilbert D. ). The Tertiary geology of southern Arkansas.

Ark. (ieol. Surv., Ann. Rept., 1892, vol. ii, pp. 1-207, with geologic map, pis. i-vii, and figs. 1-34.

Abstracts: Jour. Geol., vol. ii, p. (J p.), 1894; Am. GreoL, vol. xiv, pp. 394-395 (i p.), 1894.

Reviews the literature on the Tertiary of this region. Describes the character of the nn-ks on which the Tertiary IkhIs were depositeti, the different stages of the Tertiary ejKX'h and the fossil fauna, and includes the author's summary.

230t> On the geological position of the Eocene deposits of Maryland and Virginia.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvii, pp. 391-394, figs. 1-3, 1894. Reviews previous determinations of fossils collected in this region and gives a general section of the Eocene series of the Southern States.

wiKKs] PALKONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY.

'2807 Harris (GiHMrt D.). ' New and otherwise interesting Tertiary Mollusea from Texas. Phil. Ai-Hil Nat. Sci., Prw. 1895, pp. 46-88, pis. 1-9. De8(!ribe many new 8peeie the Tertiary rocks of Texas.

2308 Claiborne fossils.

Am. Pal., Bull., vol. i, No. 1, pp. 1-60, pi. i, 1896.

Gives a list of Claiborne fossils and a (les<!ription of three new speeies.

2809 Neocene Mollusca of Texas, or fossils from the deep well at

Galveston.

Am. Pal., Bull., vol. i. No. 3, 26 pp., 4 pis., 1896.

2310 The Midway stage.

Am. Pal., Bull., vol. i. No. 4, 126 pp., 16 pis., 1896.

Gives a historical sketch of the study of the Midway stage and describes sections in Texas, Arkansas, Tennessee, Mississippi, Alabama, and (ieorgia. Includes descriptions of molluscan remains of Midway stage.

2311 New and interesting Eocene Mollusc* from the Gulf States.

Phil. Nat. Sci., Proc., 1896, pp. 470-482, pis. xviii-xxiii, 1896. The fossils are from the Eoieneof Alabama and Mississippi.

2312 See Say (Thomas), No. 481.

2313 The Lignitic Stage. Part I. Stratigraphy and Pelecypoda.

Am. Pal., Bull., vol. ii, No. 9, pp. 3-102, 16 pis., 1897.

Reviews descriptions of the stratigraphy in various States and includes lists of references to the literature. Describes the Pelecypoda, including a number of new species.

2314 Natchitoches are*

U. State Exp. Sta., Part V, pp. 142-148, pis. xii-xiii, 1899. the physiography and occurrence of Lower Claiborne deposits.

2315 The Cretaceous and Lower Eocene faunas of Liouisiana.

La. State Exp. Sta., Part V, pp. 289-309, pis. xlix-lv, 1899.

2316 The Lignitic Stage. Part II. Scaphopoda, Grastropoda,

Pteropoda, and Cephalopoda.

Am. Pal., Bull., No. 11, pp. 128, 12 pis., 1899.

2317 and Veatch (A. C). Historical review fof geological literature of Louisiana].

La. State Exp. Sta., Part V, pp. 11-44, 1899.

2318 General geology [of Iuisiana].

La. State Exp. Sta., Part V, pp. 52-138, pis. i-x, figs. 2-4, 1899.

Describes the character, occurrence/ and distribution of the Cretaceous, Tertiary, and Pleistoctie subdivisions, and the occurrence of economic products. Includes geologic map of the State.

268 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 1.

2319 Harris (Hunter L.). A new instatice of stream capture.

Boet Soe. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. xxvi, pp. 27-29, 1893. Describee briefly the drainage of Hominy Creek and Pigeon River, in North Carolina.

2320 History of the Atlantic shore line.

Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc., Jour. 1894, part ii, pp. 33-50. Discusses the evidences of the changes that have affected the Atlantic shore line of the United States during geologic times.

2321 Harris (T. W.). Mount Bol>, Mount Ida, or Snake Hill.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 236-238, 1892. Describes the formations of this hill in eastern New York as remnants of the Lower Helderberg group.

2322 The kames of the Oriskany Valley [New York].

Am. Geol., vol. xiii. pp. 384-390, 1894.

Describes the drainage systems of central and western New York and the Glacial deposits of the Oriskany Valley.

2323 Harrison (J. B.), Jnkes-Brown (A. J.) and. The geology of

Barbados. Part ii. The oceanic deposits. See Jukes-Brown (A. J.) and Harrison (J. B.), 2946.

2324 The oceanic deposits of Trinidad [British West Indies].

London Geol. Soc., Quart Jour., vol. Iv, pp. 177-189, 1899. Describes succession and relations of the Naparima marls.

2325 HartweU (E. Adams). The Pearl Hill pothole.

Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Proc., vol. xxv, pp. 421-425, 1892.

Describes the pothole as occurring in a bowlder of mica-schist derived from a neighboring exposure of the same rock. Considers that it was formed by some Glacial stream flowing down a crevasse.

2326 Hartzell (J. C, jr.). The history and principles of geology and

its aim.

Am. Nat, vol. xxx, pp. 177-183, 271-279, 1896.

Gives a historical sketch of the science of geology and discoases its principles and aims.

2327 Hastings (John B.). Some notes on Idaho mines.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ivii, pp. 267-268 (correspondence), 1894. Describes placer deposits of Snake River Valley.

2328 The Boise Basin, in Idaho.

Sci. Am. Suppl., vol. xxxviii, pp. 15540-15641, 1894; Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Iviii, p. 56, 1894.

Describes the placer deposits and the character and structure of the quartz veins from which the placer gold was derived.

2329 The Atlanta lode, Idaho.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. lix, p. 128, 1895. Describes the occurrence of gold ore at this locality.

wKDfi.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETBOLOGY, AND KINBBALOOY. 269

Hastings (John fi.). Subclassification of zenogenous ore de-

posit8. Eng. and Mg. Joar., vol. lix, pp. 268-260, 1896. DifHnisBee some recent proposed classifications of ore deposits.

2381 Hatcher (J. fi.). The Titanotberiura beds.

Am. Nat, vol. xxvii, pp. 204-221, 1893.

Describe the geographies distribution of these beds, their lithologic composition and stratigraphic position, and discusses the character of the fauna by which they have been divided into lower, middle, and upper beds.

2332 Tbe Ceratops beds of Converse County, Wyo.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 135-144, 1893.

Describes the geographic distribution of the Ceratops beds in this region, the lithologic character of the strata, and their stratigraphic position. Discusses the age of the Ceratops beds, as indicated by the fossils, and the probable conditions attending their deposition.

2333 A median horned rhinoceros from the Loup Fork beds of

Nebraska.

Am. Geol., vol. xiii, pp. 149-160, 1894.

Names and describes Teleoceras major, a new genus from the Loup Fork beds of Nebraska.

2334 Discovery of Diceratherium, the two-horned rhinoceros, in

the White River beds of South Dakota.

Am. Geol., vol xiii, pp. 360-361 (correspondence), 1894. Describes the type specimen found in the Oreodon beds (Protooeras beds of Wortman).

2335 On a small collection of vertebrate fossils from the Loup

Fork beds of northwestern Nebraska, with note on the geology of the region.

Am. Nat., vol. xxviii, pp 236-248, pis. i-ii, 1894.

Describes two new species from the Miocene of Nebraska and the lithologic character and structure of the Loup Fork beds in which they are found.

2336 Recent and fossil tapirs.

Am. Jour. Sci.. 4th ser., vol. i, pp. 161-180, pis. ii-v, 1896.

Describes Protapirus validens n. sp., and discusses the osteology of the genus. Reviews the literature regarding the genera Colodon and Protapirus.

2337 Some localities for Laramie mammals and homed dinosaurs.

Am. Nat., vol. xxx, pp. 112-120, with map of a part of Wyoming, 1896.

Describes localities in Wyoming where these fossils have beeh found, with remarks on the occurrence and fauna of the Laramie and Ceratops beds.

270 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bill. 188.

2338 Hatcher (J. B.). Diceratherinin proavitum.

4.m. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 313-316, pi. xix, 1897.

Makes correction of error in orijpnal description and discusses its asBignment to the genus Diceratherium rather than Aceratherium.

2339 Sedimentary rocks of southern Patagonia.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. ix, pp. 85-108, 1900.

2340 The Carnegie Museum paleontological expeditions of

Science, new ser., vol. xii, pp. 718-720, 1900.

Contains notes on the fossils collected in Wyoming and Nebraska.

2341 Vertebral formula of Diplodocus (Marsh).

Science, new ser, vol. xii, pp. 828-830, 1900. De*crimes new material the Jurassic of Wyoming.

2341rt Hang (Emile). Les geosyndinaux et les aires continentales. Contribution a Tetude de,s transgressions et des regressions marines.

Soc. Geol. de France, Bull., 3d ser., vol. xxviii, pp. 617-711, 1 fig., Refers to various geologixl features in North America,

2342 HaKTorth (Eiusmus). The age and origin of the crystalline

rocks of Missouri.

Mo. Geol. Surv., Bull. No. 5.

Review: Am. Geol., vol. ix, pp. 55-56 p.), 1892.

This paper is principally devoted to giving the evidence of the eruptive origin of the crystalline rocks of Missouri, and adds confirmatory evidence of their assumed Archean or pre-Paleozoic age.

2343 Prismatic sandstone from Missouri.

Science, vol. xlx, p. 58, 1892; Iowa Acad. Sci., Proc., vol. i, part ii, pp. 36-37, 1892.

Describes an occurrence of sandstone of a prismatic form resembling basaltic columns.

2344 Notes on Missouri minerals.

Iowa Acd. Sci., Proc., vol. i, part ii, pp. 3.3-35, 1892. Describes occurrences of melanie in a basic dike rmk and of limonite pseudomorphs after calcite.

2345 Relative value of limestone, sandstone, and shale for stratigraphic work in Kansas.

Kans. Univ. Quart., vol. ii, pp. 102-104, 1894.

States that in Kansas the limestones are more important for stratigraphic purposes than either sandstone or shale, on account of their regularity and in lateral extent.

2346 A geologic section along the Atchison, Topeka and Santa

Fe Railroad, from Cherryvale to Lawrence and from Ottawa to Holliday [Kansas].

Kans. Univ. Quart., vol. ii, pp. 118-126, 1894.

the strata along the line of this section and correlates certain beds with those of other sections previously described.

] Paleontology, Petboloc4Y, And Mineralogy. 271

2347 Haiorth (Eimus). Rnuin of stratigraphy of eastern Kansas.

Kana Univ. Quart., vol. ii, pp. 126-129, 1894.

Gives a general sketch of the succeeeion of the formations in eastern Kanaaa as shown by the several sections previously described.

2348 The topography of eastern Kansas.

Kans. Univ. Quart., vol. ii, pp. 129-136, 1894.

Describes the general topographic features of eastern Kansas.

2349 The surface gravels of eastern Kansas.

Kans. Univ. Quart, vol. ii, pp. 136-142, 1894.

Describes the distribution of the gravels, and considers that they are residual products derived from the weathering of the underlying formations.

2350 and Blirk (M. Z.). iV geologic section along the Neosho

River from the Mississippian formation of the Indian Territory to White City, Kans., and along the Cottonwood River from Wyckoff to Peabody.

Kans. Univ. Quart., vol. ii, pp. 104-115, 1894.

Describes the limestones, sandstones, and shales outcropping along the Neosho and Cottonwood rivers.

2351 and Piatt (W. H. H.). A geologic section along the Verdigris River from the State line to Madison [Kans.].

Kans. Univ. Quart.,, vol. ii, pp. 115-118, 1894. Describes the stratigraphy along the Verdigris River.

2352 Haiorth (Ei-asmus). The stratigraphy of the Kansas Coal Meas-

ures.

Kans. Univ. Quart., vol. iii, pp. 271-290, pi. xx, 1895.

Describes the character and distribution of the strata which form the Coal Measures, and discusses the conditions of thei r deposition. Includes a generalized vertical section of the Coal Measures.

2353 Division of the Kansas Coal Measures.

Kans. Univ. Quart., vol. iii, pp. 291-295, 1895.

Discusses the evidences of changes in the strata upon which to base a subdiNdsion of the Coal Measures.

2354 The coal fields of Kansas.

Kans. Univ. Quart., vol. iii, pp. 297-309, 1895. Describes the area of the coal fields and the geologic position of the coal beds, and discusses the physical and chemical properties of the coals.

2355 Stratigraphy of the Kansas Coal Measures.

Am. Jour. Sci., 'Sd ser., vol. I, pp. 452-466, 1895.

Describes the distribution of the Mississippian formation which forms the floor of the Coal Measures. Gives the thickness of the various series of limestones and shales which comprise the Coal Measure formation, as shown by outcrops and records of well borings, and describes their distribution. Gives lists of fossils collected from several horizons. Discusses the ratio of limestone to shales. Includes a map showing the line of outcrop of the various subdivisions, a generalized vertical section of the Coal Measures, and the section shown by a boring at Topeka to a depth of aboat 1,600 feet

272 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

2356 Haiorth (4ira8mus). Oil and gas in Kanst.

Abstract: Am. Assoc. Adv. Sci., Proc., vol. xliii, pp. 229-236, 1895.

Describes the past production of oil and gas in southeastern Kansas and the character and distribution of the Coal Measure shales and sandstones in which they occur. Discusses the relation of oil and gas to anticlinals and synclinals and the evidences as to their original source.

2357 The crystalline rocks of Missouri.

Mo. Geol. Surv., vol. viii, pp. 84-220, pis. x-xxx, figs, 1-16, 1895.

Discusses the classification of the crystalline rocks and describes the chemical and mineralogic characters of the dike rocks, granites, granite porphyries, and porphyries.

2358 A geologic section from Coffey ville to Lawrence [Kansas].

Univ. Greol. Surv. of Kans., vol. i, pp. 129-139, pi. vii, 1896. Describes the character of Carboniferous limestones and shales, and compares them with those of the Baxter Springs-Kansas City section.

2359 R6sum6 of the stratigraphy and correlations of the Carboniferous formations.

Univ. Geol. Surv. of Kans., vol. i, pp. 145-194, pi. xxii, figs. 7-8, 1896.

Describes the characters of the different subdivisions of the Carboniferous and Permo-Carboniferous formations in Kansas and gives a list of their characteristic fossils and a table showing thickness, lithologic character, and characteristic fossils of the Upper Paleozoic rocks of central Kansas.

2360 Physiographic features of the Carboniferous.

Univ. Geol. Surv. of Kans., vol. i, pp. 195-217, pis. xxiii-xxx, figs. 9-11, 1896.

Describes the characteristic erosion features of the Carboniferous and Permo-Carboniferous areas of Kansas.

2361 The coal fields of Kansas (preliminary).

Univ. Geol. Surv. of Kans., vol. i, pp. 218-231, 1896.

Describes the geographic and geologic distribution of the coal beds in Kansas and gives a rsum of the stratigraphy of the Coal Measure strata.

2362 Oil and gas in Kansas (preliminary).

Univ. Geol. Surv. of Kans., vol. i, pp. 232-245, 1896.

Gives a historical account of the industry, describes their geographic extent, and the character of the Coal Measure strata in which the oil and gas occur, and discusses their origin and physical and chemical properties.

2363 Surface gravels of the Carboniferous area.

Univ. Geol. Surv. of Kans., vol. i, pp. 246-255, 1896. Describes the character and distribution of the suriace gravels and discusses their origin.

2364 The Coal Measure .soils (preliminary).

Univ. Geol. Surv. of Kans., vol. i, pp. 256-269, 1896. Describes the general characters of the Coal Measure soils of Kansas and discusses methods of fertilization.

Weeks,] Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 273

2365 HaKTorth (Era8niu8). The UniverHity (teolojitral Survey of

Kansas, Vol. I.

Plates x~xxi are sections of deep wells in the Carboniferous area; plate xxii is a jneral vertical section of of Kansas, and plate xxxi is a preliminary geologic map of Kansas.

2366 Local deformation of strata in Meade County, Kans., and

adjoining territory (preliminary).

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. ii, pp. 368-373, 1896 (with drainage map). Discusses the geographic and geologic evidence of deformation of the region.

2367 and Bennett (John). A geologic section from Baxter

Springs [Kansas] to the Nebraska State line.

Univ. Geol. Sur\'. of Kans., vol. i, pp. 35-71, pi. ii, figs. 2-3, 1896.

Describes the lithologic character and succession, and mentions the fossils found in the various beds which make up the Carboniferous series in the region.

2368 Nason (F. L.), Winslow (A.) and. A report on the Iron

Mountain sheet, including portions of Iron, St. Francois,

and Madison counties [Missouri]. See Winslow (A.), Haworth (E.), and Nason (F. L.), No. 6397.

236ft Haiorth (Erasmus). Underground waters of southwestern Kansas.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Water-Supply and Irrigation Papers No. 6, 63 pp., pis. i-xii, figs. 1-2, 1897.

Describes the physiography of the region, the character and occurrence of the Jura-Trias, Cretaceous, a id Tertiary beds, and the water supply. Includes a geological map.

2370 Physiography of western Kansas.

Kan. Univ. Geol. Surv., vol. ii, pp. 11-49, pis. i-viii, fig. 1, 1897. Describes the stream erosion of the region.

2371 Physical properties of the Tertiary [Kansas].

Kan. Univ. Geol. Surv., vol. ii, pp. 251-284, pis. xxxvi-xliv, 1897. Describes the physical character of the material forming the Tertiary deposits, and discusses their origin and mode of formation.

2372 The University Geological Survey of Kansas. Vol. II.

Review by S. W. Jour, of Geol., vol. v, pp. 400-401, 1897; Review by G. P. Am. Geol., vol. xix, pp. 272-274, 1897.

2373 See Logan (W. N.), No. 3552.

2374 and Beede (J. W.). The MePherson Equus beds [Kansas].

Kan. Univ. Geol. Surv., vol. ii, pp. 287-296, pi. xlvii, 1897. Describes the topographic features of the region, and the character, structure, and origin of the

Bull. 188—01 18

274 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

2375 Haiorth (RramuH). Stratigraphy of the Kansas Coal Measures.

Kan. Univ. (xeol. Surv., vol. iii, pp. 13-105, pis. i-xxx, figs. 1-3, 1898.

Describes the distribution and surface features of the Mississippian series, the character, occurrence, and distribution of the subdivisions of the Coal Measures, the correlation of sections, and comparison with Missouriand lowaCoal Measures. Discusses the nomenclature employed.

2376 Annual Bulletin on Mineral Resources of Kansas for 1897.

Kan. Univ. Geol. Surv., 98 pp., Lawrence, Kans., 1898.

Contains statistics of production of the various economic products of the State, and notes on the occurrence and character of the lead and zinc ores, on the chemical and physical properties of Kansas coals, on the occurrence and origin of the Kansas oil and gas, on the geologic features of the gypsum beds, and on the occurrence of hydraulic cement and building stones.

2377 Mineral resources of Kansas, 1898.

Kan. Univ. Geol. Surv. Ann. Bull., Min. Res. for 1898, 1899 (not seen) . Review: Am. Greol., vol. xxiv, p. 305 (i p.), 1899.

2377a Mineral resources of Kansas, 1899.

Kan. Univ. Geol. Surv., Ann. Bull., Min. Res., for 1899. 67 pp., 5 pis., 1899. Review: Jour. Geol., vol. viii, pp. 557-658, 1900.

2378 — Relations the Ozark uplift 'nd ore deposits.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. xi, pp. 231-240, 1900.

Describes the physiography of the Iwrder area of Missouri, Kansas, and Arkansas, and the general geology, structure, and mineralization that has taken place in the region.

2379. Hay (O. P.). Description of a new species of Petalodus (P. socuriger) from the carboniferous of Illinois.

Jour. Geol., vol. iii, pp. 561-564, 1895.

Describes an< 'igures the characters of the dentition of Petalodus securiger and compares it with P. destructor.

2380 Notes on species of Ichthyodectes, including the new species

1. cruentus, and on the related and herein established genus Gillicus.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. vi, pp. 225-232, figs. 1-5, 1898. Reviews previous descriptions and describes a new species and a new genus.

2381 On some changes in the names, generic and specific, of certain fossil fishes.

Am. Nat, vol xxxiii, pp. 783-792, 1899.

2382 Descriptions of two new species of tortoise from the Tertiary of the United States. U. S. Nat Mus., Proc., vol. xxii, pp. 21-24, pis. iv-vi, 1899.

""

J Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy, 275

2383 Hay (O. P.)- On one little known and one hitherto unknown species of Sauroeephalus.

Am. Jour. ScL, 4th Her., vol. vii, pp. 299-104, 5 fij?s., 1899.

Annals and Mag. of Nat. Hist., 7th ser., vol. iv, pp. 480-487, 5 figs., 1899.

Discusses character of certain of Saurodon and Saurocephalus.

2384 On the nomenclature of certain American fossil invertebrates.

Am. Geol., vol. xxiv, pp. 345-349, 1899.

2385 On the names of certain North American fossil vertebrates.

Science, new ser., vol. ix, pp. 593-594, 1899.

2386 Notes on the nomenclature of some North American fossil

vertebrates.

Science, new ser., vol. x, pp. 253-254, 1899.

2387 A census of the fossil vertebrata of North America.

Science, new ser., vol. x, pp. 681-684, 1899.

Gives the number of genera and species of the several groups of the vertebrata.

2388 Descriptions of some vertebrates of the Carboniferous age.

Am. Phil. Soc., Proc., vol. xxxix. No. 161, pp. 96-123, pi. vii, figs. 1-3, 1900.

2389 Hay (Robtrt). Notes on .some new s|>ecies of fossil cephalopods.

Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. xiii, pp. 37-47, 1892. Description of species occurring in the and Permo- Carboniferous of Kansas.

2390 Some characteristics of the glaciated area of northeastern

Kansas.

Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. xiii, pp. 104-106, 1892. Describes the (glacial deposits and phenomena of this region.

2391 Sandstone dikes in northwestern Nebraska.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 50-55, figs. 1-5, 1892. Briefly describes the geologic formations of the region and states the width and direction of the two dikes.

2392 A contribution to the geology of the Great Plains.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 519-521, 1892. Abstract: Am. (leol., vol. xi, pp. 56-57, 1893.

The surface of the plains area consists of calcareous and arenmeous clays of Tertiary age which may grade into post-Pliocene to the east.

2393 Geology and mineral resources of Kansas.

Kans. State Board of Agric, 8th Biennial Rept., 1891-92, pp. 99-162,

Describes the topographic f cultures and lithologic character and the relations of the Carlwniferous, Cretaceous, Tertiary, and post-Tertiary formations in the State, including an account of the lead and zinc, coal, salt, and other mineral deposits.

276 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

2394 Hay (Robert). Water resources of a portion of the Great

Plains.

IT. S. Geol. Surv., 16th Ajin. Rept, part ii, pp. 5:i5-588, pis. xl-xlii, figs. 5H-65, 1895.

Describei the hydrographic, geologic, and topographic features and water-bearing formations of a portion of western Kansas and Nebraska and eastern Colorado.

2395 The geology of the Fort Riley military reservation and

vicinity, Kansas.

r. S. (tcoI. 8urv., Bull., No. 137, 35 pp., 8 pis., 1896.

Describe-H the currence and gives a section of the Permian and Permo-Carboniferous and the physiography and hydrography of the region. Includes notes on the occurrence of Cretaceous, Tertiary, and Pleistocene beds, and on the Glacial phenomena.

2396 On the eastern extension of the Cretaceous rocks in Kansas,

and the formation of certain sandhills.

Kans. Acad. 8ci., Trans., vol. xiv, pp. 227-229, 1896.

Describes the characteristics of the Dakota C'retaceous beds in the region and considers certain sandhills are formed of the weathered Dakota sandstone.

2397 The river counties of Kansas. Some notes on their geology

and mineral resources.

Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. xiv, pp. 230-260, 1896.

Describes the character and distribution of the Carboniferous formation in the counties of Kansas Inirdering on the Missouri River, the Glacial phenomena, mineral resources. Gives the sections of several artesian wells.

2398 A bibliography of Kansas geology, with some annotations.

Kans. Acad. Sci., Trans., vol. xiv, pp. 261-278, 1896.

2399 Haycock (E,). Records of post-Triassic changes in Kings

County, N. S.

N. S. Inst. Sci., Proi'. and Trans., vol. x, pt. ii, pp. 287-302, pi. i, figs. 12, 1900.

Describes the physiography and stratigraphy of the region and discusses its dynamic history.

2400 Hayes (C. Willard). An expedition through the Yukon district

Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. iv, pp. 117-159, 1892.

Describes the character of the country traversed and its general orographic features. The sedimentaries are limestones, shales, sandstones, quartzites, and conglomerates. The igneous rocks are mainly basic, largely altered to serpentine, and granites. Placer gold is widely disseminated and copper occurs at several localities. Describes the recent volcanic phenomena and the general features of the glaciation of the region.

2401 Notes on the geology of the Yukon basin.

Abstracts: Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 495-496, 1892; Am, GeoL, vol. xi, pp. 58-59 (i p.), 1893.

Weeks.] Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 277

2402 Hayes (C'. Willard). Report on the geology of northeastern V Alabama and adjacent portions of Georgia and Tennessee.

Ala Geol. Surv., Bull., No. 4, pp. 11-85, pi. i, map and structure nections, figs. 1-15, 1892.

Abstracts: Jour. Geol., vol. i, pp. 98-99, 1893; Am. Nat., vol. xxvii, pp. 34-35 (i p.), 1893; Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 322-323 (i p.), 1892.

Describes the topographic features of the district, its drainage systems, the stratigraphy of the Cambrian, Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous strata and their structural relations.

2403 Chattanooga sheet. (Tennessee.)

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Map of the U. 8., Preliminary edition, 1892.

Describes the topography of the area, the character and relations of the Cambrian, Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous formations, their structure and the mineral resources. Accompanied by topographic, colored areal and economic and structure section maps and a sheet of columnar sections.

2404 Kingston sheet. (Tennessee.)

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Map of the U. S., Preliminary edition, 1892.

Dencribes the topography of the area, the character, structure, and

relations of the Cambrian, Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous rocks,

the mineral resources and soils. Accompanied by topographic, colored

areal and economic geologic and structure section maps.

2405 Ringgold sheet. (Tennessee and Georgia.)

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Map of the U. S., Preliminary edition, 1892. Describes the topography of the region, the stratigraphy of the Cambrian, Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous rocks, their structure and mineral resources. Accompanied by topographic, colored areal and economic geologic and structure section maps.

2406 Bauxite.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Min. Res., 1893, pp. 159-167.

Describes the geologic structure of the Cambrian and Silurian formations in which the deposits are found in the Appalachian province and the forms of the ore bodies, and discusses their origin.

2407 Willis (B.) and. Conditions of Appalachian faulting

See WUlis (B.) and Hayes (C. W.), No. 6200.

2408 Hayes (C. Willard). Geology of a portion of the Coosa Valley,

in Georgia and Alabama.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. v, pp. 465-480, pi. 18, 1894.

Abstract: Am. Greol., vol. xiii, p. 142 (8 1.), 1894.

Describes the physical features of the region and the succession of the Cambrian, Silurian, and Devonian rocks. Discusses the structure and gives a sketch of its Paleozoic and post-Paleozoic history.

2409 On the Devonian (Oriskany) in the southern Appalachians.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvii, pp. 237-238 (commvmicated) , 1894.

Mentions fossils of Devonian faoies found in a ferruginous sandstone in Alabama which rests on Trenton or Hudson River strata. Considers the unconformity between the beds to be due to overlap of deposition and not to faulting.

278 BIBLIDGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

2410 Hayes (C. Willard.) Ringgold folio, Georgia and Tennessee.

U. S. Geol. 8urv'., CJeologic Atla of the UniUMi 8tat*8, folio 2, 1894.

the and the occurrence and character of the Oamhrian, Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous strata and the mineral resources, including coal, iron, and the soils of the region. Includes topographic, colored areal geologic, economic geologic, and structure section maps and a sheet of columnar sections.

2411 Kingston folio, Tennessee.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geologic Atlas of the United States, folio 4, 1894.

Describes the geography and drainage, the occurrence and lithologic cliaracter of the Cambrian, Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous strata, the geologic structure and the ocrurrente of (*oal, iron ores, and soils of the region. Includes areal geologic, economic geologic, and structure stH'tion nia|>s and a sheet of columnar sections.

2412 Chattanooga folio, Tennessee.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geologic Atlas of the United States, folio 6, 1894.

Describes the physiography, the occurrence antl distribution of the ("ambrian, Silurian, Devonian, and strata, the geologic structure, and the coal and iron and soils of the region. Includes colonel areal geologic, geologic, and structure section maps and a sheet of columnar sections.

2413 Sewanee folio, Tennessee.

U. S. Geol. Surv., (Geologic Atlas of the United States, folio 8, 1894.

Describes the physiography and drainage of the region, the occurrence and distribution of the Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous strata, the geologic structure and the mineral resources, including coal and iron. Contains colored areal geologic, economic geologic, and structure section maps and a sheet of columnar sections.

2414 and Campbell (M. R.). Geomorphology of the southern

Appalachians.

Nat. Geog. Mag., vol. vi, pp. 63-126, pis. 4-6, 1894.

Reviews the previous work in the region. Describes the several types of the deformed Cretaceous peneplain, the deformation of the Cretaceous and Tertiary peneplains, and the drainage development as affected by dynamic movements. Includes a discussion of the sedimentary record.

2414a Hayes (C. Willard). The southern Appalachians.

Nat. Geog. Soc., Mon. vol. i, No. 10, pp. 305-336 and map, 1895. Describes the physiographic divisions of the region, their drainage, and the history of their development.

2416 Bauxite.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 16th Ann. Rept, part iii, pp. 547-597, pis. xx-xxiii, figs. 6-9, 1895.

Includes notes on the occurrence of bauxite in New Mexico and Arkansas and a description of the topography, stratigraphy, and structure of the Georgia and Alabama bauxite region, illustrated by a geologic map and vertical section. Describes the ores and associated deposits and discusses the origin of bauxite deposits, the soun of the material, and the age of the strata.

Weeks.] Paleontology, Petrology, And Minebalogy. 279

2416 Hayes (C. Willard). The Tennessee phosphates.

U. 8. Geol. Surv., 16th Ann. Rept, part iv, pp. 610-630, pis. v-vi, 1895.

Describes the character and occurrence of the phosphate in Devonian strata and the local characters of the various deposits. Discusses the origin of the deposits. Accompimied by a map of the phosphate region and vertical sections.

2417 Stevenson folio, Alabama, Georgia, and Tennessee.

U. S. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas 6t the U. 8., folio 19, 1895.

Describes the physiography of the region, the character and distribution of the Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous rocks, and the geologic structure of the region. Describes the occurrence of coal, iron, building stone, road material, clay, and the character of the soils. Contains topographic, colored areal geologic, geologic, and structure section maps and vertical sections.

2418 Cleveland folio, Tennessee.

U. 8. Geol. 8urv., Geol. Atlas of the U. 8., folio 20, 1895.

Describes the geography and stratigraphy of the region, the character and distribution of the Algonkian, Cambrian, Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous rocks, the geologic structure and the occurrence of iron, lead, building stone, clay, and soils. Contains topographic, colored areal geologic, economic geologic, and structure section maps and a sheet of columnar sections.

2419 Pikeville folio, Tennessee.

U. 8. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of the U. 8., folio 21, 1895.

Describes the geography, topography, and stratigraphy of the region, the character and distribution of the Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous rocks, the geologic structure, and the occurrence of coal, iron, building stone, clay, and soils. by topographic, colored areal geologic, economic geologic, and structure section maps and a sheet of columnar sections.

2420 McMinnville folio, Tennessee.

U. 8. Geol. Surv., Geol. Atlas of the U. 8., folio 22, 1895.

Describes the geography, topography, and stratigraphy of the region, the character and distribution of the Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous formations, the geologic structure, and the occurrence of coal, iron, building stone, clay, and soils. Gives a generalized section and two vertical sections of the coal beds. Accompanied by topographic, colored areal geologic, economic geologic, and structure section maps.

2421 The geological relations of the southern Appalachian bauxite

deposits.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxiv, pp. 243-254, 861, 1895.

Presents a geologic map of the Georgia and Alabama bauxite deposits, describes the stratigraphy, general geology, and character of the ore bodies, and discusses the origin of the deposits.

280 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. W8.

2422 Hayes (C. Willard). Gadsden folio, Alabama.

U. 8. GeoL Surv., Geol. Atlas of U. 8., folio No. 35, 1896.

Describes the physiographic and stratigraphic features of the region, the occurrence, character, and distribution of the Cambrian, Silurian, Devonian, and Carboniferous rocks, the geologic structure and the occurrence of coal, iron, and soils. Includes topographic, geologic, structure section maps and columnar sections, and a list of formation names.

2423 The Tennessee phosphates.

U. S. Geol. Surv., 17th Ann. Rept , Pt II, 38 pp., pis. 1-lv, fig. 44, 1896.

Describes the general physiographic and stratigraphic features of the region and the character and distribution of the black and white phosphates. Discusses their origin.

2424 The white phosphates of Tennessee.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans, vol. xxv, pp. 19-28, 1896. Describes the location, occurrence, and physical and chemical character of the phosphate and di8(*U8sta their origin.

2425 Solution of silica under atmospheric conditions.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. \4ii, pp. 213-220, pis. 17-19, 1897. Describes oocurrence of this phenomenon and the chemical reactions involved.

2426 [Review of "Report on the Valley Regions of Alabama.

Part II. On the Coosa Vallev region." By Henrv Mc- Galley.]

Science, new ser., vol. vi, p. 296, 1897.

2427 The geological relations of some Southern iron ores.

Science, new 8tr., vol. v, p. 558, 1897.

2428 The continental divide in Nicaragua.

Sinence, new ser., vol. viii, p. 466 (J p.); Am. Geol., vol. xxii, pp. 253-254 (4 p.), 1898.

2429 Physiography of the Chattanooga district in Tennessee,

Georgia, and Alalmma.

U. S. Geol. Surv., I9th Ann. Rept., Pt. II, pp. 1-58, pis. iv, fig. 1, 1899.

2430 A brief reconnaissance of the Tennessee phosphate fields.

U.S.(Jeol.Surv., 20th Ann. Rept, Pt. VI (cont), pp. 633-638, 1899. DeHcribes the occurrence and character of the deposits.

2481 Physiography and geology of region adjacent to the Nicaragua Canal route.

(Jeol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. x, pp. 285-348, pis. xxx-xxxii, 1899.

Abstracts: Am. Nat, vol. xxxiii, pp. 679-680; Science, new ser., vol. ix, pp. 105, 15:154; Am. Geol., vol. xxiii, pp. 94-96, 1899.

physiojraphic features, climate, the geology of the region, the processes of rock decay, and the recent geologic history.

woM] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINEBALOGY. 281

8432 Ha3re8 (C. Willard). Physiography of the Nicaragua Canal route.

Nat Geol. Mag., vol. x, pp. 233-246, map, 2 pie., 1 fig., 1899. Describee the physiographic featoree of the region.

2433 The Nicaragua Canal route.

Science, new eer., vol. x, pp. 97-104, 1 fig., 1899. Contains an account of the general physiographic and geologic features of the region.

434 An assumed inconstancy in the level of Lake Nicaragua; a

question of permanency of the Nicaragua Canal. Nat Geog. Mag., vol. xi, pp. 166-161, 1900. Discusses paper by Professor Heilprin on the same subject

2435 Solution sinks in a quartzite formation.

Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. xi, p. 228 (J p.), 1900.

2436 The geological relations of the Tennessee brown phosphate.

Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. xii, p. 1005, 1900.

Briefly describes the character and mode of formation of the deposits.

2437 and Brooks (Alfred H.). Ice cliflfs on White River, Yukon

territory.

Nat Geog. Mag., vol. xi, pp. 199-201, 1900.

Discusses paper by Martin W. Gorman on the same subject.

2438 and Campbell (M. R.). The relation of biology to physiography.

Science, new ser., vol. xii, pp. 131-133, 1 fig., 1900.

Describes the physiographic history of the southern Appalachian region and the evidence of changes in the drainage lines as shown by a biologic study of the region.

2439 Hazelhurst (G. F.). The Cripple Creek mining district,

Colorado.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixx, pp. 454-455, with geological map, pp. 646--546, 1 fig. ; pp. 577-578, 2 figs. ; p. 605, 1 fig. ; pp. 635-636, 1 fig. ; pp. 669-670, 1900.

Contains notes on the various mines.

2440 Head (Jeremiah). The coal industry of the southeastern States

of North America.

North of Eng. Inst. Mg. and Mech. Engrs., Trans., vol. xlvi, pp. 167-182, 3 figs., 1897.

Describes the character and occurrence of coal in the southern Appalachian region.

2441 Headden (William P.). Stannite and some of its alteration

products from the Black Hills, S. Dak.

Am. Jour. Sci., ser., vol. xlv, pp. 105-110, 1893.

Describes the megascopic characters of a specimen found in a mine, containing mica. Gives a description of the alteration products and a chemical analysis of the mineral.

282 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NOKTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. W8.

2442 Headden (William P.). Kehoeite, a new phosphate from Galena,

Lawrence County, South Dakota.

Am. Jour. Sci., Sd ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 22-25, 1893.

Describes the niineralogic characters and chemical composition of a new substance for which the name kehoeite is proposed. Includes a note on jarosite.

2443 Hadburg (E.). Lead and zine ores. The manner of their occur-

rence and their geological relation to the i*oal area of Missouri.

Mines and Minerals, vol. xviii, pp. 289-290, 3 figs., 1898.

Discusses the orin of the and zinc ore Ixxiies.

2444 Heilprin (Angelo). The geology and paleontology of the Creta-

ceous deposits of Mexico. Review: Am. Geol., vol. x, p. 121 (J p.), 1892.

2446 The Port Kennedy deposit [Pennsylvania].

Phil. Atrad. Nat. sTu., Proc. 1895, p. 451 (i p.).

Discusses briefly the faunal evidence of the aj?e of the deposit.

2446 The glaciers of (Jreenland.

Pop. Monthly, vol. xlvi, pp. 1-14, 1895.

and illustrates the Cilatnal phenomena of Greenland.

2447 Geology of the Klondike gold fields.

Pop. Mo., vol. Iv, pp. 300-317, 5 figs., 1899.

2448 The shrinkage of Iake Nicai'agua.

Sci. Am. Suppl., May 19, 1900.

2449 Heinrich (Carl). Zinc-blende mines and mining near Webb

City, Mis.souri.

Am. Inst. Min. Entre., Trans., vol. xxi, pp. 3-25, 1893.

Abstract: Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. liii, pp. 594-595, 1892.

The ore bodies occur in sub-Carboniferous limestones, overlaid by bituminous clay, calcareous slates and shales, and are found at intervals over a considerable area. Describes the character and structure of the

2450 The Ducktown ore deposits and the treatment of the Ducktown copper ores [Tennessee].

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxv, pp. 173-245, figs. 1-22, 1896.

Gives a historical sketch of mining in this region, <describes the geologic stnicture of the ore deposits and the physical and chemical characters of the ores, and disi'usses the genesis of the ore ileposits. The paiKT tains a sketch map and cross sections of the ore deposits.

2451 Faulting and accompanying features observed in Glacial

gravel and in southern Michigan.

Am. Inst. Mg. Engrs., Trans., vol. xxvi, pp. 460-464, fig. 1, 1896. Describes the character of the strata and the faulting which haa taken place in I best* Glacial deposits.

] Palbontolooy, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 283

2452 Helmhacker (R.). Sepiolite.

£ng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixii, pp. 80-82, 1896.

Describes the characteristic of the mineral and ita occurrence in different countries.

2453 HendexBon (C. Hanford). Mica and mica mines.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Iv, p. 4, 1893.

Describes briefly the general characteriHti( and manner of occurrence of mica, with remarks on the mica veins of North (>arolina.

2454 Herbertson (Andrew J.). The history of the Great Lakes and

Niagara.

M. Amer. Suppl., vol. xlii, p. 17.398, 1896.

Reviews the geologic history of the Great Iakes region.

2455 Herrick (C. L.). Observations upon the so-called Waverly

group of Ohio.

Ohio Geol. Surv., vol. vii, pp. 495-515, 189.S.

Describes the character and distribution of the Waverly strata and gives list uf fossils from different localities.

2456 The so-called socorro tripoli.

Am. Geol., vol. xviii, pp. 135-140, pis. iv-v, 1896. Describes the o<'current?e in Newton County, Mo., gives a chemical analysis of the material, and discusses its origin.

2457 The geology of a typi(*al mining camp in New Mexico.

Am. Greol., vol. xix, pp. 256-262, pis. xiii-xiv, 1897. Describes the general geological features of the Magdalena Mountains and the fault phenomena of the region.

2458 The geology of the environs of Albuquerque, New Mexico.

Am. Geol., vol. xxii, pp. 26-43, pi. vi, 5 figs., 1898. Describes the occurrence of the igneous nx-ks, the and Cretaceous strata, and the river

2459 The ocxjurrence of copper and lead in the San Andreas and

Caballo mountains [New Mexico].

Am. Geol., vol. xxii, pp. 285-291, 1 fig., 1898.

Describee their o<;currence in Carboniferous rocks and discusses the origin of the ore deposits.

2460 Papers on the geology of New Mexico.

Denison Univ., Sci. Ib., Bull., vol. xi, pp. 75-92, pis. ix-xii, 1898.

Describes the geology of the Socorro Mountain, Limitar, and Mount Magdalena, and includes an account of the basic eniptives of the Magdalena district.

2461 The geology of the San Pedro and the Albuquerque districts

[New Mexico].

Denison Univ., Sci. Lab., Bull., vol. xi, pp. 93-116, pi. xiii, 1898. Describes the geologic* features of the region and the (KMurrenct* of and Cn'taccous rociis.

284 BIBLIOGBAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

2463 Herrick (C. L.). The geology of the white sands of New Mexico.

Jour. Geol., vol. viii, pp. 112-128, pis. i-iii, 1900. Describes the general geologic and physiographic features of the region east of the Organ Mountains and the occurrence of the white sands.

2463 Report of a geological reconnaissance in western Socorro

and Valencia counties, New Mexico.

Am. Geol., vol. xxv, pp. 331-346, pis. viii-ix, 1900. Describes the general geologic features of the region and the occurrence and character of the Carboniferous, Permian, and Cretaceous rocks.

2464 and Bendrat (T. A.). Identification of an Ohio Coal Measures horizon in New Mexico. Am. Geol., vol. xxv, pp. 234-242, 1900. Describes the occurrence, character, and feiuna of the formations.

2466 and Johnson (D. W.). The geology of the Albuquerque

sheet [New Mexico].

Denison Univ. Sei. Lab., Bull., vol. xi, art. ix, pp. 175-239, pis. xxvii-lviii, 1900.

Describes the general physiographic and geologic features of the area and the character, occurrence, and classification of the Cretaceous rocks. Includes description of many fossils and a geologic map.

2466 Hershey (Oscar H.). The Utica shale in Stephenson County,

Illinois.

Science, vol. xxii, p. 202, 1893.

Gives a generalized section of the Cincinnati group of this county and describes its lithologic characteristics.

2467 T The Pleistocene rock gorges of northwestern Illinois.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 314-323, 1893.

Abstract: Jour. Geol., vol. ii, pp. 240-241, 1894.

Describes the rock gorges of this region and discusses the cause of their formation. Includes an account of the gorge cutting during the Glacial period.

2468 The Elk Horn Creek area of St. Peter sandstone, in northwestern Illinois.

Am. Geol., vol. xiv, pp. 169-179, with map, 1894.

Describes the lithologic character of the Lower Magnesian limestone, the 8t. Peter sandstone, and the Trenton limestone in the area and the deformation they have undergone. Gives a general summary of the geologic features of the region.

2469 The Columbia formation in northwestern Illinois.

Am. Geol., vol. xv, pp. 7-24, 1895.

Describes the character and distribution of the three members of the Columbia formation, the Florence gravel, valley loess, and upland loess. Discusses the relation of the loess to the drift, the sequence of Glacial history in northwestern Illinois, and the correlation with the Columbia formation in the Lower Mississippi Valley.

Weeks.] Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 285

2470 Hershey (Oscar H.) The Devonian series in soutli western Mis-

souri.

Am. Geol., vol. xvi, pp. 291-300, 1896.

Describee the occurrence of the Eureka shale in Arkansas and of the other Devonian rocks of the Ozark series. Discusses the evidences of elevation and subsidence in this region and the correlations indicated by the lithologic and stratigraphic relations.

2471 River valleys of the Ozark plateau.

Am. Geol., vol. xvi, pp. 338-357, 1896.

Describes the extent and character of the Jura-Cretaceous peneplain and the Tertiary and Quaternary valleys. Discusses the cause of the meandering courses of the rivers and of the comparative straightness of the Missouri Valley. Describes the deposits of local drift in the valleys, considered to be equivalent to the Lafayette formation. Describes the post-Lafayette elevation, the Columbian formation, and the post-Columbia elevation, and gives a summary of the geologic history of the Ozark plateau since the Jurassic period.

2472 On a Devonian limestone breccia in southwestern Missouri.

Science, new ser., vol. i, pp. 676-678, 1895.

Describes the character of a limestone bret!cia deposit in Stone County, Mo., and discusses the causes of it formation.

2473 The Silveria formation [Illinois].

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. ii, pp. 324-330, 1896.

Describes the lithologic character, occurrence, and the fossil flora, gives a section of the formation, and discusses the evidence of the age of the formation.

2474 Ancient river deposits of the Spring River Valley in Kansas.

Am. GL, vol. xvii, pp. 37-40, 1896.

Describes the author's observations in southeastern Kansas and discusses the geologic history of the region.

2476 Early Pleistocene deposits of northern Illinois.

Am. Geol., vol. xvii, pp. 287-303, 1896.

Describes Glacial deposits in the valley of Yellow Creek and discusses their evidence as to the early Pleistocene history of the region.

2476 Pre-Glacial erosion cycles in northwestern Illinois.

Am. Geol., vol. xviii, pp. 72-100, 1896.

Describes the several peneplains of the region, correlates them with others in different parts of the United States and discusses the origin of drainage lines.

2477 The Florencia formation.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. iv, pp. 90-98, 1897.

Describes the lithologic character, distribution, and relations of the formation in Illinois, and gives a list of fossils determined by W. H. Dall.

2478 Mode of formation of till as illustrated by the Kansan drift

of northern Illinois.

Jour. Geol., vol. v, pp. 50-62, fig. 1, 1897.

Describes the general Glacial features of the region and the occurrence and mode of formation of the till.

286 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

2479 Hershey (Oncar H.). Eskern indicating stages of Glacial reces-

sion in the Kansan epoch in northern Illinois.

Am. Geo!., vol. xix, pp. 197-209, 237-253, pi. xi, 1897.

Describes the distribution of the stratified gravel and sand, its mode of deposition, and the occurrence of transported rock maaseH. Presents a map showing the Kansan stages of recession and gives the author's conclusions.

2480 The term Pecaton'm limestone.

Am. Geol., vol. xx, correspondence, pp. 66-67, 1897. Discusses the use of the term Pecatonica.

2481 The physiographic development of the Upper Mississippi

Valley.

Am. Geol., vol. xx, pp. 246-268, 1897.

Describes the peneplains in southeastern Minnesota, northeastern Iowa, northwestern Illinois, and the canyon valleys of the Upper Mississippi region.

2482 The inferior boundary of the Quaternary era.

Am. Nat, vol. xxxi, pp. 104-114, 1897.

Discusses the evidences of the of the Quaternary epoch.

2483 [Review of ''The formation of the Quaternary deposits of

Missouri," by James E. Todd.]

Science, new ser., vol. v, pp. 587-588, 1897.

2484 The loess formation of the Mississippi Valley.

Science, new scr., vol. v, pp. 768-770, 1897. Describes the character and origin of the loess.

2485 Notes on the geology of Jamaica.

Science, new ser., vol. viii, pp. 154-155, 1898. Describes the occurrence of a corraline limestone.

2486 Raised shore lines on Cape Maysi, Cuba.

Sfience, new ser., vol. viii, pp. 179-180, 1898. Des(!rilxs terraces on the eastern end of Cuba.

2487 Observations on dirt storms.

Am. (ieol., vol. xxiii, pp. 380-382, 1899.

the occurrence and phenomena accompanying dirt storms in the Mississippi Valley.

2488 Origin and age of certain gold "pocket" deposits in northern California.

Am. Geol., vol. xxiv, pp. 38-43, 1899.

Desi'ribes the geologic features of the region, and the character, age, and origin of the gold deposits.

2489 Age and origin of certain gold deposits on the Isthmus of

Panama.

Am. Geol., vol. xxiv, pp. 73-77, 1899.

the character, occurrence, and age of the gold-bearing formations.

wmuLs.] PALEONTOLOGY, PETROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 287

2490 Henliey (Oscar H.). Correlations in the Ozark reg-ion, a correction.

Am. Geol., vol. xxiv, pp. 190-192, 1899.

Diacuaees correlation of the Carboniferous and Devonian formations of the reffion.

2491 The gold-bearing formations of Stephenson County, Illinois.

Am. Geol., vol. xxiv, pp. 240-244, 1899.

Describes occurrence of gold in the Utica formation of Illinois.

2492 Archaaologicai notes on central Minnesota.

Am. Geol., vol. xxiv, pp. 283-294, 1899.

Deetribea (glacial phenomena of the region and the occurrence of the implement-bearing beds.

2493 The Upper Coflfee Creek mining district [California].

Mg. and Sci. Press, vol. Ixxix, p. 689, 1899.

Describes the geologic features and occurrence of gold in the region.

2494 Gold-bearing lodes of the Sierra Costa Mountains in California.

Am. Geol., vol. xxv, pp. 76-96, 1900.

Describes the physiography, the occurrence and character of the metamorphic rocks and the occurrence of the gold-bearing veins.

2495 The upland loess of Missouri. It mode of formation.

Am. Geol., vol. xxv, pp. 369-374, 1900.

Discusses the various theories as to the origin of the loess.

2496 Ancient Alpine glaciers of the Sierra Costa Mountains in

California.

Jour. Greol., vol. viii, pp. 42-57, 1900.

Describes the characters of individual glaciers and discusses their age and the possible cause of the glaciation in this range.

2497 Gmnites of the Sierra Costa Mountains in California.

Science, new ser., vol. xi, pp. 130-132, 1900.

Describes character and relations of the granite of this range.

2498 A curious phase of interstream erosion in southern Oregon.

Science, new ser., vol. xi, pp. 614-615, 1900.

Describes the physiographic and erosion feature*! of region.

2499 Herzer (H.) A new tree from the Carboniferous roi'ks of Monroe

County, Ohio.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 285-286, 1893. Describes a new genus and species of Endogen.

2500 A new fungus from the Coal Measures.

Am. Geol., vol. xi, pp. 365-366, 1893.

Describes the fungus found in Zoar limestone, Tuscarawas County, Ohio.

2501 A new fungus from the Coal Measures.

Am. Geol., vol. xii, pp. 289-290, 1893. Describes a new fungus from Ohio.

288 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NOBTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull. 188.

2502 Hess (William H.). The origin of nitrates in cavern earths.

Jour. Geol., vol. viii, pp. 129-134, 1900.

Discusses origin of the nitrates in the caves in the Ohio Valley region.

2603 Heydon (A. Thurston). The geology of White Pass [Alaska].

Mg. and Sci. Press, vol. Ixxvii, p. 133, 1898.

Describes the general geologic features of the region and the occurrence of gold.

2604 The headwaters of the Lewis River [British Columbia].

Mg. and Sci. Press, vol. Ixxviii, p. 65, 1899. Describes occurrence of gold in the region.

2605 Glacial agency in lake formation.

Mg. and Sci. Press, vol. p. 265, 1 fig., 1899.

2606 Hice (R. R.). The inner gorge terraces of the Upper Ohio and

Beaver rivers.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlix, pp. 112-120, 1895.

Describes the character and the process of formation of the terraces of the Ohio and Beaver rivers in Pennsylvania and the relations of the terraces and rock benches. Considers that the rock benches of the two rivers belong to the same series, and that the inner gorge was formed during two periods. Reviews the evidences which show the existence of a buried channel and the character of the alluvium. Gives a list of the principal papers on this subject.

2507 Hicks (Lewis Ezra). The evolution of the Loup rivers in Nebraska. Science, vol. xix, pp. 59, 137, 1892. Describes briefly the topographic features of the region.

2608 Readjustments of the Loup rivers; examples of abstraction

due to unequal declivities.

Science, vol. xix, pp. 288-290, 1892.

Discusses the question of the efficiency of abstraction to account for the capture of one stream by another and the changes which have taken place in the courses of the Loup rivers.

2609 The geological structure knd surface features of the region

drained by the Loup rivers.

Neb. State Board of Agric, Ann. Kept, for 1892, pp. 337-359, 1893. Describes the topographic features and the general character of the Tertiary beds of the Loup region.

2610 Some elements of land sculpture.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iv, pp. 133-146, 1893. Abstract: Am. Geol., vol. xi, p. 412 (6 1.) 1893. Discusses some principles of erosion processes.

2511 Hidden (William Earl). On mackintoshite, a new thorium and uranium mineral; with analyses by W. F. Hillebrand.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 98-103, 1893. Describes a new mineral from Texas smd gives the chemical analyses of the material and a discussion of the composition.

Weeks] Paleontology, Petbology, And Mineralogy. 289

2512 Hidden (William Earl). Mineralogical notes.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 254-257, 1893.

Decribes xenotime from North Carolina and jarosite from New Mexico.

2513 and Hillebrand (W. F.). Description of rowlandite.

Am. Jour. 8ci., 3d ser., vol. xlvi, pp. 208-212, 1893. Describes the mineralogic characters of rowlandite from Llano County, Tex., mclniing chemical analyses and a discussion of composition.

2514 TTifldftn (William Earl). Occurrence of sperrylite in North

Carolina.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. vi, pp. 381-383, 1898. Describes the character, occurrence, and crystal lographic characters of the material.

2515 and Pratt (J. H.). On rhodolite, a new variety of garnet.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. v, pp. 294-296. Review: Am. Nat, vol. xxxii, p. 613 (J p.), 1898. Describes the occurrence and chemical character of the material occurring in North Carolina.

2516 Twinned crystals of zircon from North Carolina.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. vi, pp. 323-326, 6 figs., 1898. Describes crystallographic characters of the material.

2517 On the associated minerals of rhodolite.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. vi, pp. 463-468, 2 figs., 1898.

Describes the characters of a number of minerals associated with rhodolite in Macon County, North Carolina, and gives chemical analyses of gahnite and iolite.

2618 (J. W.) and. New mode of occurrence of ruby in

North Carolina. See Judd (J. W.) and Hidden (W. E.), No. 2945.

2519 Hidden (William Earl). The Hayden Creek, Idaho, meteoric iron.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. ix, pp. 367-368, 1 fig., 1900.

2620 Hilgard (Eugene W.). The age and origin of the Lafayette formation.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliii, pp. 389-402, 1892.

Describes the beds as being predominately a ferruginous sand and the structure similar to that resulting from running and violently agitated waters. Extensive erosion preceded and followed its deposition. Discusses the evidence as to its geologic age and attributes the formation to a period of high elevation, greater in northern latitudes.

2521 The Cienagas of southern California.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 124-127, 1892.

Describes cienagas found in this region and the formations of which they are composed. Discusses their economic importance as a source of water-supply.

Bull. 188—01 19

290 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull.

2522 Hilgard (Eugene W.) Die Bodenverhaltnisse Calif orniens.

Zeit. Deut. geol. (iesell., Band xlv, Heft 1, 1893, pp. 15-22.

Describes the general topDraphir and geologic features of California and discusses the evidence on the character and extent of the various orographic movements.

2523 [Correlation of clastic rocks.]

Int. Cong. Geol., Compte Rendu, 5th session, p. 167 (7 1.), 1893. Remarks on the consideration of the abundance and scarcity of species in the correlation of strata.

2524 The geologic efficacy of alkali carbonate solution.

Am. Jour. Sci., 4th ser., vol. ii, pp. 100-107, 1896. Describes its occurrence and efficacy as a geologic agent.

2525 See Day (W. C), No. 1466.

2526 The subdivision of genera.

Science, new ser., vol. x, pp. 649-650, 1899.

2527 The geological significance of soil study.

Abstract: Science, new ser., vol. xi, pp. 221-222 (J p.) 1900.

2528 Hill (Alexander). The Kay copper mines, Arizona.

Eng. and Mg. Jour., vol. Ixix, pp. 587-588, 3 figs., 1900.

Describes the character of the ore and the mine development.

2529 Hill (Benjamin F.). Notes on a set of rocks from Wyoming,

collected by Prof. Wilbur C. Knight, of the University of Wyoming.

School of Mines Quart., vol. xx, pp. 357-364, 5 figs., 1899.

Describes the petrographic characters of the rocks collected.

2530 Contribution to the geology of part of Sonora, Mexico.

Abstract; Science, new ser., vol. xii, p. 447, 1900.

2531 Kemp (J. F.), Newland (D. H.) and. Preliminary report

on the geology of Hamilton, Warren, and Washington

counties [New York]. Part 5: See Kemp (J. F.), Newland (D. H.), and Hill (B. F.), No. 3022.

2532 Hill (B. H.). Notes on Uintacrinus socialLs Grinnell.

Kans. Univ. Quart., vol. ii, pp. 20-21, 1893.

Gives a diagram and brief description of the crinoid.

2533 Hill (E. J.). An early observation on the history of the Great

Lakes.

Am. t-reol., vol. xiv, p. 405 (J p.) (corrcHpondence) 1894. Gives an extract from a report of Alexander Henry in 1761, published in 1809.

Weem.) Paleontology, Petrology, And Mineralogy. 291

2534 Hill (Robert T.). The deep artesian boring at Galveston, Tex.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, pp. 406-409, 1892. Givee the vertical section as shown by the boring, which shows, by the absence of consolidated material, that the beds are post-Cretaceous. Sedimentation took place in shallow water, and it is considered that the total subsidence of the Eocene shore line has been about 3,000 feet.

2535 Notes on the Texas-New Mexican region.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. iii, pp. 85-100, 1892.

Describes the remnant of Eocene occurring in this region and its relations to the mountains and plains area. Includes description of the other geologic formations and the volcanic area of eastern New Mexico.

2536 The geologic evolution of the nonmountainous topography

of the Texas region. An introduction to the study of the Great Plains.

Am. Geol., vol. x, pp. 105-115, 1892.

Gives a general statement concerning the topographic features at the dose of the Paleozoic. Describes the processes of elevation and dence during Mesozoic and Tertiary times and the formation of the drainage systems during and since the close of the Tertiary.

2537 On the occurrence of artesian and other underground waters

in Texas, eastern New Mexico, and Indian Territory west of the ninety-seventh meridian.

Final Report of the Artesian and Underflow Investigation, part iii Govt. Print. Office, Washington, 1892.

Abstracts: Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xliv, p. 333 (J p.), 1892; Am. Nat., vol. xvi, pp. 935-936, 1892.

Describes the general topographic and geologic features of the southwest portion of the United States, including a more detailed account of the Cretaceous beds.

2538 Mexico as an iron-producing country.

Eng. Mag., vol. iv, pp. 744-753, 1893.

Describes the occurrence of the iron ores of Moncliva and those in the States of Jalisco and Guerrero.

2539 Paleontology of the Cretaceous formation of Texas. The

invertebrate paleontology of the Trinity division.

Wash. Biol. Soc., Proc., vol. viii, pp. 9-40, pis. i-viii, 1893.

Reviews the literature on the stratigraphic divisions and nomenclature of the Comanche series. Describes the position and characteristics of the Trinity division. Discusses the general characters of the Trinity fossils and the age and significance of the Trinity beds, gives a list of fossils found in them and describes some of the species.

2540 The paleontology of the Cretaceous formation of Texas.

The invertebrate fossils of the Caprina limestone beds.

Wash. Biol. Soc., Proc., vol. viii, pp. 97-108, pis. xii-xiii, 1893.

Describes the stratigraphic position of the Caprina limestone in the Comanche series, gives a list of characteristic fossils, discusses the age of the beds, and describes some of the species found in the Caprina limestone.

292 BIBLIOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICAN GEOLOGY, [bull, 188

2541 Hill (Ro))ert T.). The oc'currence of hematite and martite iron ores in Mexico.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv, pp. 111-119, 1893.

Destribes the peolojfic features of the Sierra de Mercado Mountain, in which the iron ore occurs, the occurrence of the ore bodies, and the chemical composition of the ore. Includes brief description of the iron ore Ixxlies in other portions of Mexico occurring in rocks of Cretaceous and Tertiary age.

2542 The Cretaceous formations of Mexico and their relations to

North American geographic development.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlv., pp. 307-324, 1893.

Abstract: Am. Nat, vol. xxvii, pp. 657-658, 1893.

Claiifies the formations into four groups and describes the lithologic cliaracter and structure of the Cretaceous. Discusses the age and homotaxial relations of the Comanche series, the extent and history of its sedimentation, and includes a table showing the known positions of the Comanche series and related formations in Mexico.

2543 Tucumcari.

Science, vol. xxii, pp. 23-25 (correspondence), 1893.

Refers to the writer's previously published*! opinions on the geology of Tucumcari and gives a vertical section of the mesa and a list of fossils which indicate the beds are of Cretaceous age.

2544 Notes on the Tertiary and later history of the island of

Cuba.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlviii, pp. 196-212, 1894.

Describes the metamorphic and igneous rocks, the pre-Tertiary sedimentaries, fhe Tertiary limestones, the post-Tertiary folding, the terraces and elevated coral reefs, and the cienagas. Discusses the different phases of the geologic history of the island as indicated by its topography.

2545 Geology of parts of Texas, Indian Territory, and Arkansas

adjacent to Red River.

Geol. Soc. Am., Bull., vol. v, pp. 297-338, pis. 12-13, 1894.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlvii, p. 141 (J p.), 1894; Am. Geol., vol. xiii, pp. 208-209 p.), 1894.

the physiography of the rion. Gives a list of the Cretatreous, Tertiary, and Pleistocene formations and their subdivisions, whose at different localities are described. Gives lists of fossils found at certain horizons, discusses the oscillations of land and sea, and includes the author's conclusions as to the Cretaceous section of the region. Plate 12 contains a geologic map and cross sections.

2646 Discovery of a dicotyledonous flora in the Cheyenne sandstone.

Am. Jour. Sci., 3d ser., vol. xlix, p. 473 (communicated), 1895.

Contains brief remarks on the discovery of a dicotyledonous flora m the Cheyenne sandstone in the basal beds of the Comanche series in southern Kansas.

wWEfl.) tAtKONfOLOGY, PBTROLOGY, AND MINERALOGY. 25